68
REGULATION No. 5/2016 of the PRESIDENT of the UNIVERSITY of INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY and MANAGEMENT in Rzeszów of 17 th February 2016 on diploma theses and diploma examinations Acting on the basis of § 24 item 8 of the Statute of UITM in Rzeszów, I determine as follows: § 1 The principles of submitting thesis topics and assigning student to seminar groups are stated in Attachment 1 to this Regulation. § 2 1. The conditions for starting and writing theses (Instructions for Thesis Writing) are stated in Attachment 2 to this Regulation. A thesis which does not meet the criteria specified in Attachment 2 cannot be defended. 2. The people responsible for verifying the thesis against principles given in Attachment 2 are: a) the academic teacher who supervises the given thesis, b) Dean’s Office employees who accept a given thesis in an electronic form in the following scope: a. thesis structure correctness (Attachment 2 point V.), b. technical rules of thesis writing (Attachment 2 / D). § 3 The conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and the principles of conducting a diploma examination (Defence Principles) are stated in Attachment 3 to this Regulation. § 4 1. This Regulation enters into force from the Fall (Winter) semester of the academic year 2015/2016. 2. Upon entry of this Regulation into force, the President’s Regulation No. 45/2014 of 23 rd September 2013 expires. 1

ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

REGULATION No 52016of the PRESIDENT

of the UNIVERSITY of INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY and MANAGEMENTin Rzeszoacutew

of 17th February 2016

on diploma theses and diploma examinations

Acting on the basis of sect 24 item 8 of the Statute of UITM in Rzeszoacutew I determine as follows

sect 1The principles of submitting thesis topics and assigning student to seminar groups are stated in Attachment 1 to this Regulation

sect 21 The conditions for starting and writing theses (Instructions for Thesis Writing) are stated in

Attachment 2 to this Regulation A thesis which does not meet the criteria specified in Attachment 2 cannot be defended

2 The people responsible for verifying the thesis against principles given in Attachment 2 area) the academic teacher who supervises the given thesisb) Deanrsquos Office employees who accept a given thesis in an electronic form in the following

scopea thesis structure correctness (Attachment 2 point V)b technical rules of thesis writing (Attachment 2 D)

sect 3The conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and the principles of conducting a diploma examination (Defence Principles) are stated in Attachment 3 to this Regulation

sect 41 This Regulation enters into force from the Fall (Winter) semester of the academic year 201520162 Upon entry of this Regulation into force the Presidentrsquos Regulation No 452014 of 23rd

September 2013 expires

PpVice-President for Teaching

of the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

dr Andrzej Rozmus

1

Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Principles of submitting thesis topics and assigning students to seminar groups

I1 The dean or vice-dean of the given faculty as authorised by the dean are responsible for correct

organisation of collecting topics assigning them and execution of theses2 Thesis topics are accepted according to the following priorities

I a) topics resulting from UITM needs (IT bases administration network marketing and market research teaching tools and aids including academic scripts)

b) topics resulting from research done by departmentschairsc) topics commissioned with UITM grants conducted by UITM and SPP-INNOWACJE

II d) topics commissioned by companies banks local and central government bodiesIII e) topics resulting from student apprenticeship this group includes also topics submitted

(suggested) by students which result from their interests or the needs of the workplace which are not covered by the group specified in II d)

IV f) topics given by teachers conducting seminar classes which are not covered by the group specified inI b)

3 Suggestions for thesis topics resulting from the priorities specified in item 2 are collected by the deans

IIStudents are assigned to seminar groups according to the following procedure1 Stage I ndash preparing the Virtual University system

1) Before the semester commences the deans set a list of supervisors who are assigned groups which start the seminar in the given semester

2) The deans divide the list of supervisors into the particular modules and specialties (MS) Each MS has the name of the supervisor entered who is going to have seminar groups at the given field level and form of studies with the number of students in each group The number of supervisors assigned to a given MS results from the number of students at the given field level and form of studies and from the assumed number of students per seminar group (max 15)

3) By the 20th September for the Fall (Winter) semester and by the 5 th February for the Spring (Summer) semestera) The deans prepare information about the particular MS and a person appointed by them enters

the data into the University XP systemb) Each supervisor must present their thematic range (a short list of areas within which she may

supervise theses) to the dean For supervisors who do not present their thematic range in due time the dean specified the thematic range based on the topics of theses supervised by the supervisor in the previous academic years

c) Collection of commissions for thesis topics according to the principles set out in point I is continued

4) By the 20th September (FallWinter semester) and by the 5th February (SpringSummer semester) knowing the thematic ranges of the supervisors and the list of commissioned topics the deans and the supervisors agree on the choice of the commissioned topics to execute

5) Persons appointed by the deans enter information about the supervisorsrsquo thematic ranges and the specific topics (for supervisors who agreed to execute commissioned topics) into the University XP system

6) The following students may choose the supervisor in the first round students covered by the ldquoTimely Studentrdquo package students participating in the ldquoAmbitious Studentrsquos Studiesrdquo programme anda) first-cycle students whose grade average for all completed semesters is at least 40b) second-cycle students whose grade average for their first-cycle studies is at least 40

7) The supervisors is chosena) in the Fall (Winter) semester

2

- from 1st to 3rd October ndash for students covered by the ldquoTimely Studentrdquo package students participating in the ldquoAmbitious Studentrsquos Studiesrdquo programme and students with the high grade average

- from 4th to 6th October ndash all students- from 7th to 9th October ndash administrative assignment to seminar groups by the Deanrsquos Office

b) in the Spring (Summer) semester- from the 1st to the 3rd day of the semester - for students covered by the ldquoTimely Studentrdquo

package students participating in the ldquoAmbitious Studentrsquos Studiesrdquo programme and students with the high grade average

- from the 4th to the 6th day of the semester ndash all students- from the 7th to the 9th day of the semester ndash administrative assignment to seminar groups by the

Deanrsquos Office2 Stage II ndash selection of supervisors by students

1) The supervisor is chosen in ldquoWyboacuter promotorardquo ldquoChoose Supervisorrdquo in the Virtual University system2) In ldquoWyboacuter promotorardquo ldquoChoose Supervisorrdquo the student sees only supervisors assigned to hisher

module3) The student chooses a supervisor according to the steps indicated by the system The student can

choose a supervisor only once4) In justified cases it is possible for a student to change hisher supervisor In order to do that the

student supplies an application to the Dean during the first month of the semester When the application is accepted a Deanrsquos Office employee changes the supervisor in the Virtual University system

5) If the limit of students per given supervisor is exceeded the system automatically blocks other students from choosing that supervisor

6) Within the given student group (of a specified grade average) students are assigned to the given supervisor in the order of submissions not according to their grade average

3 Stage III ndash approving the make-up of seminar groups1) Students who do not choose a supervisor within the given time limit are administratively assigned to

groups with vacancies2) The student can see hisher assignment to a seminar group in the Virtual University under

ldquoprowadzącyrdquo ldquoteacherrdquo and ldquopraca dyplomowardquo ldquothesisrdquo within a week from closing the ldquoWyboacuter promotorardquo ldquoChoose Supervisorrdquo base

4 Stage IV ndash approving thesis topics1) Before the first semester of the seminar ends the supervisors submit topics and content plans of the

theses written by the students from their seminar groups to the Deans 2) Thesis topics should agree with the graduatersquos profile learning objectives outcomes content and

methods for the given field of study3) Topics of the supervised theses should agree with the supervisorrsquos research interests4) For theses describing experiments on people which meet the criteria of a ldquomedical experimentrdquo

(according to art 21-29 of the Act on the professions of doctor and dentist) the supervisor must ask for an opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission The opinion must be asked immediately

5) Thesis topics are approved by the supervisor on consulting the dean

3

Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for starting and writing theses(Instructions for Thesis Writing)

I1 The thesis is written by the student during the last two semesters of studies under the guidance of an

academic teacher with an academic degree or title later referred to as the supervisor The dean names the academic teachers who can be supervisors For a Masterrsquos seminar a supervisor can be an academic teacher with a doctoral degree if accepted by the faculty council

2 In justified cases the dean may change a supervisor3 The student writes the thesis in the language in which hisher studies are conducted subject to items 4 and

54 With the deanrsquos consent the student may write the thesis in a foreign language To do that the student

should submit an application to that effect to the dean no later than before the last semester of studies commences

5 At fields of study related to education within foreign language philologies students write their theses in the language which is the object of the studies

6 Theses are written individually by the students subject to point II7 A supervisor may supervise no more than 30 theses at the same time

II1 An interdisciplinary thesis hereinafter called ldquoteam thesisrdquo may be prepared by a team consisting of

maximum three students2 Consent for a team thesis being prepared by students of one faculty is given by the dean of that faculty not

later than before the last semester of studies commences3 Consent for a team thesis being prepared by students of various faculties is given by the President not later

than before the last semester of studies commences When issuing the consent mentioned in the previous sentence the President indicated the competent dean for issues concerning the team thesis

4 Each of the students preparing the team thesis work under a supervisorrsquos direction Supervisors who manage the preparation of a team thesis should represent disciplines covering the subject matter of the thesis or related disciplines

5 The main thesis supervisor is indicated by the competent dean for issues concerning the team thesis 6 In the team thesis students and supervisors indicate by means of a statement which chapters (parts) of the

thesis have been prepared by particular members of the team (students)

IIIThe thesis for first-cycle studies should be written in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 2 A

IVThe thesis for second cycle studies should be written in accordance with the rules specified in- Attachment 2 B ndash for fields of studies of a practical profile- Attachment 2 C ndash for fields of studies of a general academic profile

VBinding thesis structure- Title page (first page)- Statements of the author and supervisor with legible signatures (second page)- List of contents (third page)- Introduction- Thesis aim- Body of the thesis (divided into numbered chapters subchapters as needed)- Conclusion- Literature

4

- Summary- AttachmentsEach of the above listed parts of the thesis should start at a new page

VITechnical rules of thesis writing are specified in Attachment 2 D

VIIPersonal data collected for the needs of preparing theses ie data revealing racial or ethnic origin political views religious or philosophical views religious party or trade-union membership health records genetic code addictions or sexual life and data concerning convictions judgments on penalty fines and other decisions issued in court or administrative proceedings are considered sensitive data subject to particular protection (art 27 item 1 of the act on personal data protection) It is allowed to collect and process such data if the person who the data concerns gives their consent in writing (art 27 item 2 point 1 of the act on personal data protection) The consent form is specified in Attachment 2 E Original copies of the particular consents should be attached to the theses in Attachments

VIIIFor theses describing experiments on people which meet the criteria of a ldquomedical experimentrdquo (according to art 21-29 of the act on the professions of doctor and dentist) a positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission must be obtained Application to the Commission is submitted by the thesis supervisor The application form and principles of proceeding are specified by the ldquoWork Regulations of the UITM Bioethical Commissionrdquo given as attachment to the respective Presidentrsquos Regulation The original copy of the UITM Bioethical Commissionrsquos positive opinion should be attached to the thesis in Attachments

5

Attachment 2 A

THESIS AT FIRST-CYCLE STUDIESpractical profile

Character of the thesis

A thesis at first-cycle studies should prove that the student has mastered knowledge and skills necessary to independently solve practical problems within the given field of study (considering the studentrsquos chosen specialty)The main aim of a thesis at first-cycle studies is to present the studentrsquos skills in analysing a problem defining a problem and choosing the methods and procedures to solve it as well as judging the effectiveness of the actions taken and the degree of attaining the set objectiveThe thesis should not be shorter than 30 pages (starting from the title page and ending at the page containing the summary excluding Attachments)

Recommended content of the thesis

IntroductionGeneral analysis of several (3-5) pages introducing the presented issues giving a rough outline of the subject matter of the thesis and its applicability in practice (justification for the issue discussed) The introduction should specify the following elements- justification of the choice of issuetopic of thesis- current state of knowledge concerning the issue discussed in the thesis- scope of the thesis- thesis layout presentation ie brief description of each chapter

Aim of the thesisThe aim of the thesis at first-cycle studies is not so much problem solving itself but the benefits of it (the aim is the future result of the action taken ndash problem solution ndash which justifies the action) The aim of the thesis should be worded in such a way that it is possible to assess the effectiveness of the actions taken to solve the problem and the degree to which the set objective was attained

The main body (divided into numbered chapter subchapters as needed)1

This part of the thesis should be adjusted to the specific character and subject of the issue being solved and it should include a theoretical and a practical partIn the theoretical part the author should present the issues discussed in the thesis analyse the current state of affairs specifying the occurring problem indicate potential solutions and justify the choice of one of themIn the practical part the author should present hisher knowledge of problem-solving procedures (methodologies) adequate to the field of study and the ability to assess the degree to which the set objective has been attained and to draw conclusions on that basis concerning the obtained results and effectiveness of the actions taken

ConclusionThe conclusion should contain an assessment of the effectiveness of the actions taken and the obtained results with a view to the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis

LiteratureThe student should give all sources used in the thesis including webpage addresses beside monographic publications continuous publications and legal acts

1 The dean of the faculty may issue a decision specifying more detailed guidelines concerning the content of the main body of the thesis binding for the given field of study

6

Attachment 2 B

THESIS AT SECOND-CYCLE STUDIESpractical profile

Character of the thesis

The thesis for second cycle studies should prove that the student has mastered specialist knowledge and skills specified by the program (with consideration for the chosen specialty) and prove their ability to solve practical problems (concerning specific needs in various areas of human activity solved with applied research)The thesis should not be shorter than 50 pages (starting from the title page and ending at the page containing the summary excluding Attachments)

Recommended structure of the thesis

IntroductionGeneral analysis of several (3-5) pages introducing the presented issues giving an outline of the subject matter of the thesis and its applicability in practice (justification for the issue discussed) The introduction should specify the following elements- justification of the choice of issuetopic of thesis- current state of knowledge concerning the issue discussed in the thesis- scope of the thesis- thesis layout presentation ie brief description of each chapter

Aim of the thesisThe aim of the thesis at second-cycle studies is not so much problem solving itself but the benefits of it (the aim is the future result of the action taken ndash problem solution ndash which justifies the action) The aim of the thesis should be worded in such a way that it is possible to assess the effectiveness of the actions taken to solve the problem and the degree to which the set objective was attained

The main body (divided into numbered chapter subchapters as needed)2

The main body of the thesis should be adjusted to the specific character and subject of the problem being solved and it should include a theoretical and a practical research partThe theoretical part should contain a justification for the need to solve the particular problem and a description of the method adopted to solve itIn the practical research part the author should present hisher knowledge of problem-solving procedures using elements of applied research methodologies the ability to assess the degree to which the set objective has been attained and to draw conclusions on that basis concerning the obtained results and effectiveness of the actions taken

ConclusionIn the conclusion the author should discuss the results obtained in the research with a view to the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis

LiteratureThe student should give all sources used in the thesis including webpage addresses beside monographic publications continuous publications and legal acts

2 The dean of the faculty may issue a decision specifying more detailed guidelines concerning the content of the main body of the thesis binding for the given field of study

7

Attachment 2 C

THESIS AT SECOND-CYCLE STUDIESgeneral academic profile

Character of the thesis

A thesis at second-cycle studies should prove that the student has mastered knowledge and skills in a specific educational scope (considering the studentrsquos chosen specialty) and the ability to solve theoretical problems (unrelated to the current needs of daily life solved in primary research) or practical ones (concerning specific needs in various areas of human activity solved with applied research)The thesis should not be shorter than 50 pages (starting from the title page and ending at the page containing the summary excluding Attachments)

Recommended structure of the thesis

IntroductionGeneral analysis of several (3-5) pages introducing the presented issues giving a brief outline of the subject matter of the thesis and its applicability in practice (justification for the issue discussed) The introduction should specify the following elements- justification of the choice of issuetopic of thesis- current state of knowledge concerning the issue discussed in the thesis- scope of the thesis- thesis layout presentation ie brief description of each chapter

Aim of the thesisThe aim of the thesis is to solve a research problem using methods applied in scientific research

The main body (divided into numbered chapter subchapters as needed)3

This part of the thesis should be adjusted to the specific character and subject of the problem being solved and it should include a theoretical and a research partThe theoretical part should contain a justification for the need to solve the particular problem and a description of the method adopted to solve itIn the research part the author should present hisher ability to conduct research procedures and the ability to- present raw output- analyse and interpret results- assess the obtained results mainly evaluate and compare them- generalise and draw conclusions (define the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis)

ConclusionIn the conclusion the author should discuss the results obtained in the research with a view to the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis

LiteratureThe student should give all sources used in the thesis including webpage addresses beside monographic publications continuous publications and legal acts It is important for the list of references and the quoted publications to be representative of the discussed research issue and that no major publications and achievements of specialised literature on the problem discussed (solved) are overlooked

3 The dean of the faculty may issue a decision specifying more detailed guidelines concerning the content of the main body of the thesis binding for the given field of study

8

Attachment 2 D

TECHNICAL RULES FOR WRITING THE THESIS

I RULES OF FORMATTING THE TEXT

- Do not insert headers or footers with separate text eg chapters title- Every part of the thesis should begin on a new page- Do not put full stops after the headings of particular parts of the thesis (including chapterssubchapters) and

after thesis title- Page numbers should obligatorily be put in automatically (in the footer centred Font Times New Roman

size 12) The first page of the thesis is the title page and numbering should begin from this very page but the number should not show on that page

- The table of contents should be automatic It should be placed on the third page of the thesis- Font ndash Times New Roman size 12 without bold lettering- Standard space between characters (0 points)- Not more than one space between words- Single space between lines- Text justified- Switch on automatic hyphenation of words- If a paragraph should begin on a new page choose the function of page break (Ctrl + Enter) - Do not leave any single letters or conjunctions at the end of the line To transfer the conjunction to the next

line press hard space (Ctrl + Shift + Space bar) Hard space should be inserted directly after the conjunction and before the following word (this causes the conjunction to be ldquoattachedrdquo to the word)

- Do not use the Enter key or soft enter at the end of the line (within a sentence)- Do not put a space between a word and a punctuation mark following it (comma full stop semicolon

colon) - Words (sentences) written in brackets cannot be separated from the brackets with spaces- Enumerations in the text should be done with automatic bulleting or numbering- The thesis must be printed on both sides ndash in the FilePage LayoutMargins menu choose ldquomirror marginsrdquo

(inside margin - 2cm outside top and bottom margins ndash 15cm each)

II TITLE PAGE OF THE THESIS

The title page of the thesis should containa) the logo (in colour) and name of the school as given in the example (font Times New Roman bold size

16)b) name of the faculty field of study and specialty (font Times New Roman bold size 16) c) full name of the author(s) of the thesis No of students record book ie the student ID No (font Times

New Roman size 15) and the title of the thesis (font Times New Roman italics bold size 20)d) academic degree and full name of the supervisor (font Times New Roman size 12)

NOTE The cover for the thesis has a window of the size 155 x 65 cm (placed centrally in relation to side margins and 125 cm from the bottom of the page) where the information mentioned in points c) and d) should fit in

e) the inscription DIPLOMA THESIS AT FIRST-CYCLE (or SECOND-CYCLEENGINEERrsquoS DEGREE) STUDIES (font Times New Roman bold size 19)

f) the name of the city (Rzeszoacutew) and the year of submitting the thesis eg Rzeszoacutew 2015 (font Times New Roman bold size 14)

The following pages present the specimens for title page of a thesis a version for theses written in Polish (using Economics as an example) and a version for theses written in English (using Philology as an example)

9

WYŻSZA SZKOŁAINFORMATYKI i ZARZĄDZANIA

z siedzibą w Rzeszowie

WYDZIAŁ EKONOMICZNY

Kierunek EKONOMIASpecjalność Rachunkowość

Jan KowalskiNr albumu studenta helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat pracy dyplomowej

Promotor tytułstopień naukowy Imię i Nazwisko Promotora

PRACA DYPLOMOWA MAGISTERSKA

Rzeszoacutew 2015

10

UNIVERSITY OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT

in Rzeszoacutew

FACULTY OF ADMINISTRATION AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

Field of Study PHILOLOGYSpecialty English Philology

Jan KowalskiNo of students record bookhelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Title of the thesis

Supervisor academic degree full name of the Supervisor

DIPLOMA THESIS AT FIRST-CYCLE STUDIES

Rzeszoacutew 2015

11

III SECOND PAGE OF THE THESIS

The second page of the thesis should contain

Version for theses written in English

1) A statement of the following content legibly undersigned by the author of the thesis

I the undersigned hereby state that the thesis entitled ldquordquo submitted by me has been prepared without any help I also state that the thesis has not been subject to procedures connected with acquiring an academic (Bachelorrsquos) degree at a higher education institution at any earlier timeI moreover declare that this version of the thesis is identical with the submitted electronic version

date authorrsquos legible signature

Note ndash for a team thesis (as described in point II of Attachment 2 to the Regulation) the statement is as follows

I the undersigned hereby state that the thesis entitled ldquordquo submitted by me has been prepared together with helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip (full names and ID numbers of co-authors)I also state that the thesis has not been subject to procedures connected with acquiring an academic (Bachelorrsquos) degree at a higher education institution at any earlier timeI moreover declare that this version of the thesis is identical with the submitted electronic version

date authorrsquos legible signature

2) A statement of the following content legibly undersigned by the supervisor of the thesis

I declare that this thesis has been prepared under my direction and I state that it fulfils the conditions for presenting it in proceedings for acquiring an academic degree

date authorrsquos legible signature

12

IV FIGURES GRAPHS PICTURES CHARTS

Graphics included in the thesis should be described as Fig for figures maps graphs diagrams or pictures and Tab for tables They should be numbered sequentially with Arabic numerals (Fig 1 Tab 1)

In the case of Figures the numbers should be followed with adequate captions (titles) and ndash starting from a new line ndash information about the source Figurersquos number its caption and information about the source should be placed below the figure (see example below)

Fig 1 Prototype of a light tank ldquoSkald 2rdquo prepared in the workshop of the Bumar Łabędy armaments concern Source Polish Press AgencyJakub Ochnio

For objects marked as Tab the number and description should be placed above the object (table) and information about the source below the object (see example below)

Tab 1 Armies of the Baltic countries and the forces of the north-western Russia army concentration

Country Basic categories of armed forces (in numbersitems)Infantry Artillery Tanks Planes

Estonia 5300 334 0 0Lithuania 3750 48 0 0

Latvia 1400 76 3 0Russia (NW army

concentration) 65000 850 750 320

Source httpwwwdefence24pl249417armie-krajow-baltyckich-i-rosji (30092015)

For captions and source information you need to use font Times New Roman size 10 in italics no bold lettering and no italics

Graphical objects (Fig and Tab) their captions and source information should be placed centrally with respect to the inside and outside margins When placing the graphical object with its description or information about the source the indentation established for paragraphs in the text is not applied Figures in the thesis have to be legible (they cannot be too small to be read) The size of a figure should be set in such a way that potential descriptions within the figure are minimally size 10 Times New Roman All bitmap or raster graphic objects should be in jpg format and vector graphs in wmf format which will allow to reduce the size of the thesis file

Figures diagrams graphs should be created with appropriate applications meant for that purpose eg Paint PowerPoint If the figures diagrams or graphs are created in MS Word they have to be grouped together

13

The basic principles of creating graphs

1 Graphs are created in justified cases eg it is not a justified case to present graphically two values The same results cannot be presented both in a table and in a graph

2 A graph absolutely must be legible That concerns all its elements including descriptions or labels for axes the legend background font points lines etc

3 Standard graph types are to be used bar charts line graphs (to show trends) pie charts (to show percentages of a whole) or scatter plots

4 3D effects should not be used in graphs Using them in pie charts or bar charts which is frequently done makes reading data in the graph more difficult (see Fig 1 and 2 below) One exception is using the third dimension to present an additional variable

5 If the labels can be placed on the axis rather than in the legend the legend is not needed (see Fig 1 below) The solution should be attempted to see whether sorting the data on the axis helps to make the graph clear

6 Do not use texture gradient shading or any similar elements7 Keep the amount of digits in values presented in the graph to a reasonable minimum they may be rounded

(eg 86 instead of 8578 is often enough) or different units can be used (eg 112 thousand instead of 11200)

8 Graphs should have legible descriptions with source of the data If a graph was created using data from another source the source of the data should be given too otherwise it may be understood that the graph was copied from the first source

Exceptions to the above rules are possible only in justified cases and with the supervisorrsquos consent

Below see examples of wrongly done graphs and their corrected counterparts

WRONG

12

21

2519

1112

lt 2526-3536-4546-5556-65gt 65

WELL

lt 2512

26-3521

36-4525

46-5519

56-6511

gt 6512

Fig 1 Participation of particular age groups of respondents in the survey

Source own study

14

WRONG

01000020000 720230

24797401541890

937850651210

Ludność (w tys)

Ludność

WELL

Przedprodukcyjnym (0-17 lat)

Produkcyjnym (18-5964)

Mobilnym (18-44)

Niemobilnym (45-5964)

Poprodukcyjnym (6065 lat i więcej)

0 5 10 15 20 25 30

Ludność w wieku

Ludność (mln)

Fig 2 Population by economic age groups in 2011 according to National Census data (GUS 2011)Source own study

V FORMULAE

Formulae should be placed centrally in separate lines labelled with Arabic numerals in parentheses placed close to the outer margin

f ( x )=αsdotradic x+1|xminus1|

(1)

If references to some formulae are used in the text the number of the formula in parentheses (1) should be used

15

VI LITERATURE (REFERENCES AND QUOTING)

Basic rules of using someone elsersquos work 1 Each manifestation of creative activity of an individual nature preserved in any form ie an authorrsquos work

is protected by copyright To consider a work an authorrsquos work and protect it with copyright it is not important what its purpose scientific value or other value is It must be indicated however that intellectual work of a creative nature is different than work of a technical nature understood as work requiring only specific knowledge and skills and the use of suitable tools materials and technologyApplicable to protection of results of scientific work (research results) are not only provisions of the act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights but also provisions of the Civil Code act of 23rd April 1963 and more precisely art 23 which explicitly lists scientific and artistic work among personal rights It means that using just research results (not protected by copyright) the author of the research still needs to be indicated in order to secure hisher personal rights to the said results If it is not done such an author can make claims as mentioned in art 24 of the Civil Code ie claims related to protection of personal rights

2 Descriptions of research results scientific discoveries or their interpretations can be used either with the authorrsquos consent or as allowed by legal provisions

3 For use of legally released work (ie released with the authorrsquos consent) the right to quote is applicable as regulated in art 29 item 1 of the act on copyright and related rights According to that provision in works which are independent wholes it is allowed to quote fragments of other published works or short works in their entirety to an extent justified with explanation critical analysis teaching or rights resulting from the workrsquos genre

4 Quotation (providing source data) rules are given further in this chapter Failure to indicate bibliographical data (sources) is an instance of plagiarism ie appropriation of someone elsersquos work When paraphrasing ie expressing someone elsersquos thoughts in your own words without quoting a fragment of someonersquos work literally the source should also be given

5 The concept of plagiarism has not been defined in legal provisions but it is generally understood as- appropriation of the authorship of someone elsersquos work (overt plagiarism) or- taking fragments of someone elsersquos work without providing the data on the author and source (covert

plagiarism) 6 If exercising the right to quote only serves to save on the writerrsquos effort (ie it is not justified with an

explanation or critical analysis) it violates the copyright although it is not plagiarism

Principles of placing quotations in the thesisIf the thesis contains quotations ndash concrete fragments of other authorsrsquo work ndash the whole quoted text should be placed within standard quotation marks (ldquoquoted textrdquo) Only then will the antiplagiarism system omit the quoted fragment when examining the thesis for similarity with other theses and online resources Also- quotations up to 40 words are placed within quotation marks within the particular paragraph- quotations longer than 40 words are placed within quotation marks in a separate paragraph

Foreign literatureTitles of foreign publications should be given in the original languageIt is possible to transliterate the Cyrillic alphabet into the Latin one according to norm PN-ISO 92000 binding in Poland

16

Four methods of inserting references are acceptable The choice of one particular method is made by the supervisor of the thesis

Method 1Automatic foot-endnotes are obligatory (choose Insert Footnote or Insert Endnote from the menu or press Alt + j) Footnotes are placed at the bottom of the relevant page and endnotes at the end of the relevant chapter The foot- or endnotes should end with full stops

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

Foot- or endnotes to literature ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name (or in reversed order initials and last name4) title of the thesis publisher (optional5) place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable Punctuation and font (upright or italics) presented below

Monographic publication quoted as a whole egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Monographic publication indicating a specific issue egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Article in press 6 eg Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 No 12 pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication egPucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Quoting the same reference several times one after the other eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Ibid pp 70-71or2 Ibidem pp 70-71

If quotes are separated with other references eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Wierzchom ST Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-393 Romer D Makroekonomia dlahellip op cit pp 70-72

If different works of the same author are quoted one after the other eg1 Sztompka P Socjologia Analiza społeczeństwa Znak Krakoacutew 20022 Id Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005or2 Idem Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005

4 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis5 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis6 it is also possible to use the name of the periodical without inverted commas (Informatyka) - the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis

17

1 Marody M Jednostka po nowoczesności perspektywa socjologiczna Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 20142 Eadem7 (ed) Wymiary życia społecznego Polska na przełomie XX i XXI wieku Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 2007

Quoting another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)Kowalski J System ochrony konkurencji i konsumentoacutew w Polsce Master thesis UITM Faculty of Administration and Social Sciences Rzeszoacutew 2009

Quoting legal acts

Acts issued until 2011 inclusively egElection Code act of 5th January 2011 (Dz U No 21 item 112 as amended)act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights (unified text Dz U of 2000 No 80 item 904 as amended)Regulation of the Council of Ministers of 23rd December 1996 on execution of the act on administrative enforcement proceedings (Dz U of 1997 No 1 item 1)

Acts issued from 2012 onwards (without the number of the Journal of Laws (DzU)) egRegulation of the Council of Ministers of 11th February 2013 on requirements for commissioning and operation of nuclear installation (Dz U item 28)Regulation of the Minister of Agriculture and Rural Development of 15th December 2011 on the manner and forms of collaboration of district sea fisheries inspectors and the Agricultural and Food Quality Inspection when controlling fishery products (Dz U of 2012 item 2)

Quoting case law

Published case law egSupreme Court ruling of 25th November 2011 III CZP 7611 OSNC 2012 No 6 item 71

Case law published electronically egSupreme Court ruling of 15th June 2012 II CSK66611 LEX No 1212809

If the quoted decision is not published write ldquounpublrdquo (for ldquounpublishedrdquo) egSupreme Administrative Court ruling of 5th April 2002 III SA 319099 unpubl

Foot-endnotes for webpages

Simple foot-endnotes (it is necessary to provide the date of visiting the webpage) eg httpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp from 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp as of 150504orhttpwwwielodzpldokumentyasp 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp (150504)

Foot-endnotes to an unnamed document from a website eghttpwwwielodzpldokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

Situations when frames make it impossible to provide the exact path (catalogue names should be used ) eg httpwwwie1odzp1 DOKUMENTYPOLSKIESTARE from 150504

Foot-endnote to a named document from a website egKozak MW Regiony w Polsce [at] httpwwwie1odzp1dokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

7 female form

18

Method 2References are placed after the quoted text as the authorrsquos name with the year of issue of the quoted position in square brackets as a reference to a literature position given in the list at the end of the thesis egThe system for generating belief networks and belief rules BeliefSEEKERreg has been developed at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew Poland in cooperation with the University of Kansas in Lawrence (KS) USA The first use of the system concerned classification of melanocytic lesions [Hippe and Mroczek 2003] Other applications of the system have been described in [Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003 Varmuza Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2004 Mroczek Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2004 Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 2005 Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2005] Recently new approaches to generating belief networks have been described by Heckerman [Heckerman 1995] and Spiehler [Spiehler 2006]

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

References in bibliography ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name title of the thesis publisher place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable

Reference to a monographic publication quoted as a whole[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000

Reference to a monographic publication indicating a specific issue[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000 pp 267-270

Reference to a publication (one author) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse 1997]Grzymała-Busse JW A New Version of the Rule Induction System LERSFundamenta Informaticae 31(1997)27-39

Reference to a publication (three authors at the most) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 1998]Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Mroczek TBelief rules vs decision rules A preliminary appraisal to the problemFundamenta Informaticae 32(1998)112-119

Reference to a publication (more than three authors) in a scientific periodical[Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003]Błajdo P Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Marek T Mroczek T Wrzesień MA suite of machine learning tools for machine learning and extraction of information and knowledge from dataPattern Recognition 46(2005)36-49

Reference to a publication in conference proceedings[Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003] Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Mroczek TNowe narzędzia informatyczne inżynierii wiedzy i uczenia maszynowego II Poroacutewnanie wybranych modeli wiedzy ukrytej oraz niepewnejIn Bubnicki Z Grzech A (eds) Inżynieria wiedzy i systemy ekspertoweWydawnictwo Politechniki Wrocławskiej Wrocław 2003 Vol 1 pp 239-247

19

Reference to another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)[Cyrek 2011] Cyrek G Architektura i funkcjonalność rozproszonych katalogoacutew bibliotecznych na przykładzie KaRoMaster thesis UITM Faculty of Applied IT Rzeszoacutew 2011

References to websites

Reference to a website with author and title available[Heckerman 1995]Heckerman D A Tutorial on Learning Bayesian Networkshttpresearchmicrosoftcomresearchpubs from 15122006

Reference to a website without title available[Spiehler 2006]httpwwwicsuciedumlearnMLRepositoryhtml from 15122006

Reference to a website without author and title available [WWW-1 2009]httpwwwkardiolopl from 12092009

[WWW-2 2009]httpwwwtelezdrowiepl from 14092009

Method 3References are placed after the quoted text only as numbers in square brackets referring to the number of the item in the bibliography at the end of the thesis eg Comparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [12]Numbers are given to the references in the order in which the particular titles appear in the thesis and this is the order in which particular references should be listed in the bibliography at the end of the thesis If a given reference is quoted more than once it should be referred to with the same number given at the first instance of quoting it each time it is quoted in the thesis If the author uses several titles for one paragraph the numbers of all quoted titles should be written in square brackets egComparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [3 7 12-19]

Literature positions in the bibliography at the end of the thesis should begin with the surname and the initial of the first (first and middle) name they are followed by the title of the work publisherrsquos name place and year of issue page numbers (if applicable) for the text used The entries should end with full stops

Monographic publication eg3 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Monographic publication quoted as a whole eg7 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Article in press eg17 Wierzchoń ST Systemy rozpoznawania Informatyka 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication eg19 Pucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Refrences to webpagesLike in Method 1

20

Method 4

If the authorrsquos name is not used directly in the text give the name8 year of issue and page in brackets eg (Giddens 2004 127)

When the name appears in the text give the year of issue and page in brackets egCynthia Epstein (1988 14) in her work Deceptive Distinctions Sex Gender and the Social Order notes mutual strengthening of the above described dichotomies

If the reference relates to a source quoted by another author information about both sources should be given in brackets egThe research conducted by Smith (1960 after Jones 1994 104) hellipThe reference list at the end of the thesis should contain full data of only that publication which was actually used

With two authors both names should be given If there are more than two authors give the first name in brackets followed by ldquoet alrdquo the year of issue and the page egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski et al 1999 96)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain names of all authors

If several publications of the same author are used which have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski 1999a 20)The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

If no author is given (eg for some reports) the brackets should contain the title of the source (or part of it if the title is long) year of issue and the page egResearch indicates that employment feminisation is currently observed in Poland (Płeć a możliwości ekonomiczne w Polscehellip 2004 84)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain the whole title year of issue publisherrsquos name and place of issue

For press articles without authorrsquos name the brackets should contain the title of the paper year of issue and the page eg (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999 5)

If two press articles of the same author or published in the same paper without authorrsquos name are referred to and they have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egThe local press (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999a 1) reported a corruption affair which involved leaders of the party governing the district At a conference a week later the head of the XY district denied having had anything to do with that matter (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999b 3) The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

For quoting websites- if the website has an author ndash give the name and date egTurner (2001) has created many useful graphs showing the transition between the different age groups- if the website does not have an author ndash give the title of the website in brackets egCancer experts estimate that changes to our diet could prevent about one in three cancer deaths in the UK (CancerHelp UK 2002)

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author Punctuation presented below

8 If the given author is quoted in the text for the first time full name should be given and further in the text only the last name is given

21

Books ndash full name of the author year of issue title place of issue publisherrsquos name eg Ahmed Leila 1992 Women and Gender in Islam Historical Roots of a Modern Debate New Haven and London Yale University PressTibi Bassam 1997 Fundamentalizm religijny Transl by Janusz Danecki Warszawa PWN (for translations translatorrsquos name must be given)

Articles in books - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) ldquoInrdquo full name of the editor of the book book title (in italics) place of issue publisherrsquos name pages where the quoted article is to be found egBruce Steve 1992 Revelations The Future of New Christian Right In Kaplan Lawrence (ed) Fundamentalism in Comparative Perspective Amherts University of Massachusetts Press pp 100-156

Articles in periodicals - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) title of the periodical (in italics) numbers of the periodical (both the current one and the one in the year of publication the latter in brackets) pages where the quoted article is to be found egAlrsquoAlwani Taha 1986 The Testimony of Women in Islamic Law The American Journal of Islamic Social Sciences 13 (2) pp 28-45

Articles in pressIf the author of the article is known the data should contain (in that order) full name of the author year of issue of the paper title of the article (upright font) title of the paper (in italics) number of the paper in the year of publication page(s) egKowalski Jan 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie Gazeta Dzisiejsza 80 p 5

If the author of the article is not known the data is given as followsGazeta Dzisiejsza 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie 80 p 5

Online materials (websites e-books e-journals) full name of the author (editor) year of publication titlename of the page [online] place of publication (if available) information on the URL and date of accessing the source egHolland Matt 2004 Guide to citing Internet sources [online] Poole Bournemouth University At httpwwwbournemouthacuklibraryusingguide_to_citing_internet_sourchtml [20042006]

For more on the Harvard Referencing System seehttpwwwwydawnictwoivgplattachmentsFileZasady_tworzenia_przypis__w_bibliograficznychpdf (file in Polish)httpswwwstaffsacukassetsharvard_quick_guide_tcm44-47797pdf (file in English)

22

VII SUMMARY

The summary should be written according to the model below using Times New Roman size 10 None of the elements from the specimen should be omitted Keywords required in the summary should be understood as 2-3 characteristic names expressions reflecting the subject and content of the thesis

The summary should be put at the end of the thesis after bibliography

In their theses students of first-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in the language in which the thesis is written (Polish or English)In their theses students of second-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in Polish and in English

23

SUMMARY SPECIMEN

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w RzeszowieWydział Administracji i Nauk Społecznych Wydział EkonomicznyWydział Informatyki Stosowanej Wydział Medyczny

Streszczenie pracy dyplomowejThesis title in Polish

AutorPromotorSłowa kluczowe

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in Polish

The University of Information Technology and Management in RzeszoacutewFaculty of Administration and Social Sciences Faculty of EconomicsFaculty of Information Technology Faculty of Medicine

Diploma Thesis SummaryThesis title in English

AuthorSupervisorKeywords

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in English

24

VIII ATTACHMENTS

Attachments to the thesis (if applicable) should form a separate chapter of the thesis placed at the end of it (after the list of references) and considered in the list of contentsAttachments should be written in font Times New Roman size 10 and formatted according to the principles of formatting the text of the thesis margins formulae figures diagrams pictures tables as specified in this regulationIf the attachments are extensive or electronic in form (eg software graphics) they should be placed on a CD and thus attached (in an envelope pasted in at the end of the thesis)This part of the thesis also contains original copies of consents for processing personal data and the original copy of the positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission as applicable

25

Attachment 2 E

SPECIMEN

CONSENT FOR PROCESSING PERSONAL DATA

I the undersigned helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip hereby agree to have my personal

data collected and processed - within the scope of the thesis of student

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip student ID No helliphelliphelliphelliphellip titled helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip whose supervisor is

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip - by the University of Information Technology and

Management in Rzeszoacutew ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew according to the act of 29 th August 1997 on

personal data protection (DzU 2014 item 1182 as amended)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate legible signature

26

Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and principles of conducting a diploma examination

(Defence Principles)

I1 Defences are conducted at the following times

a) in July and September - for students finishing their studies in Juneb) in March - for students finishing their studies in Februarysubject to point II item 4

2 A detailed schedule of defences is established by the deans after consulting the supervisors of the theses3 Students writing a team thesis take their defence exam at the same time In justified cases and with the

deanrsquos consent it is possible for the team to take the defence exam without one or more members (even if only one student takes the exam)

II1 The student submits hisher thesis in paper and electronic form after fulfilling the conditions specified in

point III2 The thesis and attachments referred to in item 3 below must be submitted not later than

a) 30th June ndash for defences conducted in Julyb) 31st August ndash for defences conducted in September c) 28th February ndash for defences conducted in Marchbut no later than 14 days before the date set for the defence exam

3 By the time specified in item 2 the student submits to UITM Deanrsquos Office the following a)1 copy of a bound thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature for acceptance of the thesis The binding for the

thesis should be bought from the Photocopy Rooms at the University The student is entitled to 3 covers for the thesis

b)the thesis in electronic form in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 3 Ac)5 photos (signed with the studentsrsquo name at the back) for the diploma size 45x65 mm against a light

background (the studentrsquos face should take no less than 75 of the picture)For the photos for the diploma a person should be dressed formally ie dark suit and light-coloured shirt for men and a suit or dress with jacket for women (low-cut necklines and immoderate display of femininity are not allowed) Sporty look is to be avoided

d)clearance slip with signatures (clearance slip to be collected in the International Office) and questionnaires to go with the clearance slip if applicable

e)proof of payment for issuing the diplomaf) proofs of other payments according to the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of educationg)application to have a copy of the diploma issued in a foreign language (English French Spanish

German or Russian) ndash for students who would like to receive such a copy h)application to have a supplement to the diploma issued in English (the application should contain the

title of the thesis translated into English) ndash for students who would like to receive such a supplement 4 If it is impossible for the student to submit the thesis for justified reasons the dean may after asking the

supervisorrsquos opinion prolong the time for submitting the thesis but for not longer than two months In such cases the student should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty not later than by the date specified in item 2b) and c)

5 A student who does not submit the thesis in the specified time may apply for a permission to repeat the semester To do that she should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty within 7 days from the specified date for submitting theses

III1 The student is admitted to the defence after fulfilling the following conditions

a) passing all exams and receiving all credits required by the plan of studies for the particular field of study

b) submitting relevant statements concerning the thesis by the student and by the supervisor according to the specimens in Attachment 2 D (the statements should be placed at the second page of the thesis)

27

c) receiving at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo) marks from the reviews of the thesis done by the supervisor and the reviewer

d) satisfying financial requirements specified in the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of education at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

e) submitting the thesis with all documents specified in point II item 32 In the case of instituting disciplinary proceedings against a student suspected of plagiarism of the thesis

that student may not defend the thesis until valid completion of the proceedings

IV1 Theses prepared by students are checked with the Anti-Plagiarism System linked to the university thesis

repository national thesis repository and Internet resources For each thesis the following ratios are establisheda) similarity ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is repeated in other theses to be

found in the repositories and in materials published in the Internet Similarity is understood as every cluster of at least 20 words which can be found in another thesis or materials published in the Internet

b) quotation ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is made up of fragments quoted from other authors

2 The supervisor is responsible for checking a thesis with the Anti-Plagiarism System before it is formally approved for the defence

3 The instruction for operating the Anti-Plagiarism System is available in electronic version on the network drive and at the Virtual University

ODziekanatEgzamin dyplomowy_Prace dyplomoweAntyplagiat_instrukcja dla promotoroacutew

WU Promotor ndash Antyplagiat instrukcja

4 Deanrsquos Office employees accepting the theses in electronic version are obliged toa) enter the accepted theses to the Anti-Plagiarism System on a current basisb) send daily lists of theses in the case of which the ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or

more to the Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of studyc) include in the personal files of a student taking the defence the ldquosimilarity reportrdquo a specimen of

which constitutes Attachment 3 B5 Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of study are obliged

a) not to accept for the defence theses not checked by the Anti-Plagiarism Systemb) to withhold the defence of a student whose thesis has a ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo of

20 or more6 Supervisors are obliged to again carefully analyse the content of a thesis whose ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor

ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or more

V1 The thesis is reviewed and marked by the supervisor and by one reviewer appointed by the dean The mark

for the thesis is the arithmetic mean of both above-mentioned marks Thesis reviewer can be an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle including a teacher from outside of the University

2 If the thesis is marked ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) by the reviewer the dean sends the thesis back for correction or asks for its assessment by an additional reviewer

3 The thesis should be graded carefully ie the assessment should not simply be a description of the thesis but contain critical comments assess the studentrsquos substantive and technical qualifications and the value of the thesis Specimens for thesis review are given in Attachments 3 C1 (supervisor) and 3 C2 (reviewer)

4 The supervisor and the reviewer are obliged to fill in their reviews for the thesis electronically in Polish5 The student is entitled to know the review for hisher thesis including the grading of the thesis

VI1 The defence is in the form of an oral exam unless the UITM President decides otherwise 2 The defence takes place in front of a committee composed of

a) the dean vice-dean or an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle authorized by the dean ndash as the chairperson

b) the supervisor of the thesis

28

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 2: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Principles of submitting thesis topics and assigning students to seminar groups

I1 The dean or vice-dean of the given faculty as authorised by the dean are responsible for correct

organisation of collecting topics assigning them and execution of theses2 Thesis topics are accepted according to the following priorities

I a) topics resulting from UITM needs (IT bases administration network marketing and market research teaching tools and aids including academic scripts)

b) topics resulting from research done by departmentschairsc) topics commissioned with UITM grants conducted by UITM and SPP-INNOWACJE

II d) topics commissioned by companies banks local and central government bodiesIII e) topics resulting from student apprenticeship this group includes also topics submitted

(suggested) by students which result from their interests or the needs of the workplace which are not covered by the group specified in II d)

IV f) topics given by teachers conducting seminar classes which are not covered by the group specified inI b)

3 Suggestions for thesis topics resulting from the priorities specified in item 2 are collected by the deans

IIStudents are assigned to seminar groups according to the following procedure1 Stage I ndash preparing the Virtual University system

1) Before the semester commences the deans set a list of supervisors who are assigned groups which start the seminar in the given semester

2) The deans divide the list of supervisors into the particular modules and specialties (MS) Each MS has the name of the supervisor entered who is going to have seminar groups at the given field level and form of studies with the number of students in each group The number of supervisors assigned to a given MS results from the number of students at the given field level and form of studies and from the assumed number of students per seminar group (max 15)

3) By the 20th September for the Fall (Winter) semester and by the 5 th February for the Spring (Summer) semestera) The deans prepare information about the particular MS and a person appointed by them enters

the data into the University XP systemb) Each supervisor must present their thematic range (a short list of areas within which she may

supervise theses) to the dean For supervisors who do not present their thematic range in due time the dean specified the thematic range based on the topics of theses supervised by the supervisor in the previous academic years

c) Collection of commissions for thesis topics according to the principles set out in point I is continued

4) By the 20th September (FallWinter semester) and by the 5th February (SpringSummer semester) knowing the thematic ranges of the supervisors and the list of commissioned topics the deans and the supervisors agree on the choice of the commissioned topics to execute

5) Persons appointed by the deans enter information about the supervisorsrsquo thematic ranges and the specific topics (for supervisors who agreed to execute commissioned topics) into the University XP system

6) The following students may choose the supervisor in the first round students covered by the ldquoTimely Studentrdquo package students participating in the ldquoAmbitious Studentrsquos Studiesrdquo programme anda) first-cycle students whose grade average for all completed semesters is at least 40b) second-cycle students whose grade average for their first-cycle studies is at least 40

7) The supervisors is chosena) in the Fall (Winter) semester

2

- from 1st to 3rd October ndash for students covered by the ldquoTimely Studentrdquo package students participating in the ldquoAmbitious Studentrsquos Studiesrdquo programme and students with the high grade average

- from 4th to 6th October ndash all students- from 7th to 9th October ndash administrative assignment to seminar groups by the Deanrsquos Office

b) in the Spring (Summer) semester- from the 1st to the 3rd day of the semester - for students covered by the ldquoTimely Studentrdquo

package students participating in the ldquoAmbitious Studentrsquos Studiesrdquo programme and students with the high grade average

- from the 4th to the 6th day of the semester ndash all students- from the 7th to the 9th day of the semester ndash administrative assignment to seminar groups by the

Deanrsquos Office2 Stage II ndash selection of supervisors by students

1) The supervisor is chosen in ldquoWyboacuter promotorardquo ldquoChoose Supervisorrdquo in the Virtual University system2) In ldquoWyboacuter promotorardquo ldquoChoose Supervisorrdquo the student sees only supervisors assigned to hisher

module3) The student chooses a supervisor according to the steps indicated by the system The student can

choose a supervisor only once4) In justified cases it is possible for a student to change hisher supervisor In order to do that the

student supplies an application to the Dean during the first month of the semester When the application is accepted a Deanrsquos Office employee changes the supervisor in the Virtual University system

5) If the limit of students per given supervisor is exceeded the system automatically blocks other students from choosing that supervisor

6) Within the given student group (of a specified grade average) students are assigned to the given supervisor in the order of submissions not according to their grade average

3 Stage III ndash approving the make-up of seminar groups1) Students who do not choose a supervisor within the given time limit are administratively assigned to

groups with vacancies2) The student can see hisher assignment to a seminar group in the Virtual University under

ldquoprowadzącyrdquo ldquoteacherrdquo and ldquopraca dyplomowardquo ldquothesisrdquo within a week from closing the ldquoWyboacuter promotorardquo ldquoChoose Supervisorrdquo base

4 Stage IV ndash approving thesis topics1) Before the first semester of the seminar ends the supervisors submit topics and content plans of the

theses written by the students from their seminar groups to the Deans 2) Thesis topics should agree with the graduatersquos profile learning objectives outcomes content and

methods for the given field of study3) Topics of the supervised theses should agree with the supervisorrsquos research interests4) For theses describing experiments on people which meet the criteria of a ldquomedical experimentrdquo

(according to art 21-29 of the Act on the professions of doctor and dentist) the supervisor must ask for an opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission The opinion must be asked immediately

5) Thesis topics are approved by the supervisor on consulting the dean

3

Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for starting and writing theses(Instructions for Thesis Writing)

I1 The thesis is written by the student during the last two semesters of studies under the guidance of an

academic teacher with an academic degree or title later referred to as the supervisor The dean names the academic teachers who can be supervisors For a Masterrsquos seminar a supervisor can be an academic teacher with a doctoral degree if accepted by the faculty council

2 In justified cases the dean may change a supervisor3 The student writes the thesis in the language in which hisher studies are conducted subject to items 4 and

54 With the deanrsquos consent the student may write the thesis in a foreign language To do that the student

should submit an application to that effect to the dean no later than before the last semester of studies commences

5 At fields of study related to education within foreign language philologies students write their theses in the language which is the object of the studies

6 Theses are written individually by the students subject to point II7 A supervisor may supervise no more than 30 theses at the same time

II1 An interdisciplinary thesis hereinafter called ldquoteam thesisrdquo may be prepared by a team consisting of

maximum three students2 Consent for a team thesis being prepared by students of one faculty is given by the dean of that faculty not

later than before the last semester of studies commences3 Consent for a team thesis being prepared by students of various faculties is given by the President not later

than before the last semester of studies commences When issuing the consent mentioned in the previous sentence the President indicated the competent dean for issues concerning the team thesis

4 Each of the students preparing the team thesis work under a supervisorrsquos direction Supervisors who manage the preparation of a team thesis should represent disciplines covering the subject matter of the thesis or related disciplines

5 The main thesis supervisor is indicated by the competent dean for issues concerning the team thesis 6 In the team thesis students and supervisors indicate by means of a statement which chapters (parts) of the

thesis have been prepared by particular members of the team (students)

IIIThe thesis for first-cycle studies should be written in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 2 A

IVThe thesis for second cycle studies should be written in accordance with the rules specified in- Attachment 2 B ndash for fields of studies of a practical profile- Attachment 2 C ndash for fields of studies of a general academic profile

VBinding thesis structure- Title page (first page)- Statements of the author and supervisor with legible signatures (second page)- List of contents (third page)- Introduction- Thesis aim- Body of the thesis (divided into numbered chapters subchapters as needed)- Conclusion- Literature

4

- Summary- AttachmentsEach of the above listed parts of the thesis should start at a new page

VITechnical rules of thesis writing are specified in Attachment 2 D

VIIPersonal data collected for the needs of preparing theses ie data revealing racial or ethnic origin political views religious or philosophical views religious party or trade-union membership health records genetic code addictions or sexual life and data concerning convictions judgments on penalty fines and other decisions issued in court or administrative proceedings are considered sensitive data subject to particular protection (art 27 item 1 of the act on personal data protection) It is allowed to collect and process such data if the person who the data concerns gives their consent in writing (art 27 item 2 point 1 of the act on personal data protection) The consent form is specified in Attachment 2 E Original copies of the particular consents should be attached to the theses in Attachments

VIIIFor theses describing experiments on people which meet the criteria of a ldquomedical experimentrdquo (according to art 21-29 of the act on the professions of doctor and dentist) a positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission must be obtained Application to the Commission is submitted by the thesis supervisor The application form and principles of proceeding are specified by the ldquoWork Regulations of the UITM Bioethical Commissionrdquo given as attachment to the respective Presidentrsquos Regulation The original copy of the UITM Bioethical Commissionrsquos positive opinion should be attached to the thesis in Attachments

5

Attachment 2 A

THESIS AT FIRST-CYCLE STUDIESpractical profile

Character of the thesis

A thesis at first-cycle studies should prove that the student has mastered knowledge and skills necessary to independently solve practical problems within the given field of study (considering the studentrsquos chosen specialty)The main aim of a thesis at first-cycle studies is to present the studentrsquos skills in analysing a problem defining a problem and choosing the methods and procedures to solve it as well as judging the effectiveness of the actions taken and the degree of attaining the set objectiveThe thesis should not be shorter than 30 pages (starting from the title page and ending at the page containing the summary excluding Attachments)

Recommended content of the thesis

IntroductionGeneral analysis of several (3-5) pages introducing the presented issues giving a rough outline of the subject matter of the thesis and its applicability in practice (justification for the issue discussed) The introduction should specify the following elements- justification of the choice of issuetopic of thesis- current state of knowledge concerning the issue discussed in the thesis- scope of the thesis- thesis layout presentation ie brief description of each chapter

Aim of the thesisThe aim of the thesis at first-cycle studies is not so much problem solving itself but the benefits of it (the aim is the future result of the action taken ndash problem solution ndash which justifies the action) The aim of the thesis should be worded in such a way that it is possible to assess the effectiveness of the actions taken to solve the problem and the degree to which the set objective was attained

The main body (divided into numbered chapter subchapters as needed)1

This part of the thesis should be adjusted to the specific character and subject of the issue being solved and it should include a theoretical and a practical partIn the theoretical part the author should present the issues discussed in the thesis analyse the current state of affairs specifying the occurring problem indicate potential solutions and justify the choice of one of themIn the practical part the author should present hisher knowledge of problem-solving procedures (methodologies) adequate to the field of study and the ability to assess the degree to which the set objective has been attained and to draw conclusions on that basis concerning the obtained results and effectiveness of the actions taken

ConclusionThe conclusion should contain an assessment of the effectiveness of the actions taken and the obtained results with a view to the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis

LiteratureThe student should give all sources used in the thesis including webpage addresses beside monographic publications continuous publications and legal acts

1 The dean of the faculty may issue a decision specifying more detailed guidelines concerning the content of the main body of the thesis binding for the given field of study

6

Attachment 2 B

THESIS AT SECOND-CYCLE STUDIESpractical profile

Character of the thesis

The thesis for second cycle studies should prove that the student has mastered specialist knowledge and skills specified by the program (with consideration for the chosen specialty) and prove their ability to solve practical problems (concerning specific needs in various areas of human activity solved with applied research)The thesis should not be shorter than 50 pages (starting from the title page and ending at the page containing the summary excluding Attachments)

Recommended structure of the thesis

IntroductionGeneral analysis of several (3-5) pages introducing the presented issues giving an outline of the subject matter of the thesis and its applicability in practice (justification for the issue discussed) The introduction should specify the following elements- justification of the choice of issuetopic of thesis- current state of knowledge concerning the issue discussed in the thesis- scope of the thesis- thesis layout presentation ie brief description of each chapter

Aim of the thesisThe aim of the thesis at second-cycle studies is not so much problem solving itself but the benefits of it (the aim is the future result of the action taken ndash problem solution ndash which justifies the action) The aim of the thesis should be worded in such a way that it is possible to assess the effectiveness of the actions taken to solve the problem and the degree to which the set objective was attained

The main body (divided into numbered chapter subchapters as needed)2

The main body of the thesis should be adjusted to the specific character and subject of the problem being solved and it should include a theoretical and a practical research partThe theoretical part should contain a justification for the need to solve the particular problem and a description of the method adopted to solve itIn the practical research part the author should present hisher knowledge of problem-solving procedures using elements of applied research methodologies the ability to assess the degree to which the set objective has been attained and to draw conclusions on that basis concerning the obtained results and effectiveness of the actions taken

ConclusionIn the conclusion the author should discuss the results obtained in the research with a view to the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis

LiteratureThe student should give all sources used in the thesis including webpage addresses beside monographic publications continuous publications and legal acts

2 The dean of the faculty may issue a decision specifying more detailed guidelines concerning the content of the main body of the thesis binding for the given field of study

7

Attachment 2 C

THESIS AT SECOND-CYCLE STUDIESgeneral academic profile

Character of the thesis

A thesis at second-cycle studies should prove that the student has mastered knowledge and skills in a specific educational scope (considering the studentrsquos chosen specialty) and the ability to solve theoretical problems (unrelated to the current needs of daily life solved in primary research) or practical ones (concerning specific needs in various areas of human activity solved with applied research)The thesis should not be shorter than 50 pages (starting from the title page and ending at the page containing the summary excluding Attachments)

Recommended structure of the thesis

IntroductionGeneral analysis of several (3-5) pages introducing the presented issues giving a brief outline of the subject matter of the thesis and its applicability in practice (justification for the issue discussed) The introduction should specify the following elements- justification of the choice of issuetopic of thesis- current state of knowledge concerning the issue discussed in the thesis- scope of the thesis- thesis layout presentation ie brief description of each chapter

Aim of the thesisThe aim of the thesis is to solve a research problem using methods applied in scientific research

The main body (divided into numbered chapter subchapters as needed)3

This part of the thesis should be adjusted to the specific character and subject of the problem being solved and it should include a theoretical and a research partThe theoretical part should contain a justification for the need to solve the particular problem and a description of the method adopted to solve itIn the research part the author should present hisher ability to conduct research procedures and the ability to- present raw output- analyse and interpret results- assess the obtained results mainly evaluate and compare them- generalise and draw conclusions (define the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis)

ConclusionIn the conclusion the author should discuss the results obtained in the research with a view to the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis

LiteratureThe student should give all sources used in the thesis including webpage addresses beside monographic publications continuous publications and legal acts It is important for the list of references and the quoted publications to be representative of the discussed research issue and that no major publications and achievements of specialised literature on the problem discussed (solved) are overlooked

3 The dean of the faculty may issue a decision specifying more detailed guidelines concerning the content of the main body of the thesis binding for the given field of study

8

Attachment 2 D

TECHNICAL RULES FOR WRITING THE THESIS

I RULES OF FORMATTING THE TEXT

- Do not insert headers or footers with separate text eg chapters title- Every part of the thesis should begin on a new page- Do not put full stops after the headings of particular parts of the thesis (including chapterssubchapters) and

after thesis title- Page numbers should obligatorily be put in automatically (in the footer centred Font Times New Roman

size 12) The first page of the thesis is the title page and numbering should begin from this very page but the number should not show on that page

- The table of contents should be automatic It should be placed on the third page of the thesis- Font ndash Times New Roman size 12 without bold lettering- Standard space between characters (0 points)- Not more than one space between words- Single space between lines- Text justified- Switch on automatic hyphenation of words- If a paragraph should begin on a new page choose the function of page break (Ctrl + Enter) - Do not leave any single letters or conjunctions at the end of the line To transfer the conjunction to the next

line press hard space (Ctrl + Shift + Space bar) Hard space should be inserted directly after the conjunction and before the following word (this causes the conjunction to be ldquoattachedrdquo to the word)

- Do not use the Enter key or soft enter at the end of the line (within a sentence)- Do not put a space between a word and a punctuation mark following it (comma full stop semicolon

colon) - Words (sentences) written in brackets cannot be separated from the brackets with spaces- Enumerations in the text should be done with automatic bulleting or numbering- The thesis must be printed on both sides ndash in the FilePage LayoutMargins menu choose ldquomirror marginsrdquo

(inside margin - 2cm outside top and bottom margins ndash 15cm each)

II TITLE PAGE OF THE THESIS

The title page of the thesis should containa) the logo (in colour) and name of the school as given in the example (font Times New Roman bold size

16)b) name of the faculty field of study and specialty (font Times New Roman bold size 16) c) full name of the author(s) of the thesis No of students record book ie the student ID No (font Times

New Roman size 15) and the title of the thesis (font Times New Roman italics bold size 20)d) academic degree and full name of the supervisor (font Times New Roman size 12)

NOTE The cover for the thesis has a window of the size 155 x 65 cm (placed centrally in relation to side margins and 125 cm from the bottom of the page) where the information mentioned in points c) and d) should fit in

e) the inscription DIPLOMA THESIS AT FIRST-CYCLE (or SECOND-CYCLEENGINEERrsquoS DEGREE) STUDIES (font Times New Roman bold size 19)

f) the name of the city (Rzeszoacutew) and the year of submitting the thesis eg Rzeszoacutew 2015 (font Times New Roman bold size 14)

The following pages present the specimens for title page of a thesis a version for theses written in Polish (using Economics as an example) and a version for theses written in English (using Philology as an example)

9

WYŻSZA SZKOŁAINFORMATYKI i ZARZĄDZANIA

z siedzibą w Rzeszowie

WYDZIAŁ EKONOMICZNY

Kierunek EKONOMIASpecjalność Rachunkowość

Jan KowalskiNr albumu studenta helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat pracy dyplomowej

Promotor tytułstopień naukowy Imię i Nazwisko Promotora

PRACA DYPLOMOWA MAGISTERSKA

Rzeszoacutew 2015

10

UNIVERSITY OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT

in Rzeszoacutew

FACULTY OF ADMINISTRATION AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

Field of Study PHILOLOGYSpecialty English Philology

Jan KowalskiNo of students record bookhelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Title of the thesis

Supervisor academic degree full name of the Supervisor

DIPLOMA THESIS AT FIRST-CYCLE STUDIES

Rzeszoacutew 2015

11

III SECOND PAGE OF THE THESIS

The second page of the thesis should contain

Version for theses written in English

1) A statement of the following content legibly undersigned by the author of the thesis

I the undersigned hereby state that the thesis entitled ldquordquo submitted by me has been prepared without any help I also state that the thesis has not been subject to procedures connected with acquiring an academic (Bachelorrsquos) degree at a higher education institution at any earlier timeI moreover declare that this version of the thesis is identical with the submitted electronic version

date authorrsquos legible signature

Note ndash for a team thesis (as described in point II of Attachment 2 to the Regulation) the statement is as follows

I the undersigned hereby state that the thesis entitled ldquordquo submitted by me has been prepared together with helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip (full names and ID numbers of co-authors)I also state that the thesis has not been subject to procedures connected with acquiring an academic (Bachelorrsquos) degree at a higher education institution at any earlier timeI moreover declare that this version of the thesis is identical with the submitted electronic version

date authorrsquos legible signature

2) A statement of the following content legibly undersigned by the supervisor of the thesis

I declare that this thesis has been prepared under my direction and I state that it fulfils the conditions for presenting it in proceedings for acquiring an academic degree

date authorrsquos legible signature

12

IV FIGURES GRAPHS PICTURES CHARTS

Graphics included in the thesis should be described as Fig for figures maps graphs diagrams or pictures and Tab for tables They should be numbered sequentially with Arabic numerals (Fig 1 Tab 1)

In the case of Figures the numbers should be followed with adequate captions (titles) and ndash starting from a new line ndash information about the source Figurersquos number its caption and information about the source should be placed below the figure (see example below)

Fig 1 Prototype of a light tank ldquoSkald 2rdquo prepared in the workshop of the Bumar Łabędy armaments concern Source Polish Press AgencyJakub Ochnio

For objects marked as Tab the number and description should be placed above the object (table) and information about the source below the object (see example below)

Tab 1 Armies of the Baltic countries and the forces of the north-western Russia army concentration

Country Basic categories of armed forces (in numbersitems)Infantry Artillery Tanks Planes

Estonia 5300 334 0 0Lithuania 3750 48 0 0

Latvia 1400 76 3 0Russia (NW army

concentration) 65000 850 750 320

Source httpwwwdefence24pl249417armie-krajow-baltyckich-i-rosji (30092015)

For captions and source information you need to use font Times New Roman size 10 in italics no bold lettering and no italics

Graphical objects (Fig and Tab) their captions and source information should be placed centrally with respect to the inside and outside margins When placing the graphical object with its description or information about the source the indentation established for paragraphs in the text is not applied Figures in the thesis have to be legible (they cannot be too small to be read) The size of a figure should be set in such a way that potential descriptions within the figure are minimally size 10 Times New Roman All bitmap or raster graphic objects should be in jpg format and vector graphs in wmf format which will allow to reduce the size of the thesis file

Figures diagrams graphs should be created with appropriate applications meant for that purpose eg Paint PowerPoint If the figures diagrams or graphs are created in MS Word they have to be grouped together

13

The basic principles of creating graphs

1 Graphs are created in justified cases eg it is not a justified case to present graphically two values The same results cannot be presented both in a table and in a graph

2 A graph absolutely must be legible That concerns all its elements including descriptions or labels for axes the legend background font points lines etc

3 Standard graph types are to be used bar charts line graphs (to show trends) pie charts (to show percentages of a whole) or scatter plots

4 3D effects should not be used in graphs Using them in pie charts or bar charts which is frequently done makes reading data in the graph more difficult (see Fig 1 and 2 below) One exception is using the third dimension to present an additional variable

5 If the labels can be placed on the axis rather than in the legend the legend is not needed (see Fig 1 below) The solution should be attempted to see whether sorting the data on the axis helps to make the graph clear

6 Do not use texture gradient shading or any similar elements7 Keep the amount of digits in values presented in the graph to a reasonable minimum they may be rounded

(eg 86 instead of 8578 is often enough) or different units can be used (eg 112 thousand instead of 11200)

8 Graphs should have legible descriptions with source of the data If a graph was created using data from another source the source of the data should be given too otherwise it may be understood that the graph was copied from the first source

Exceptions to the above rules are possible only in justified cases and with the supervisorrsquos consent

Below see examples of wrongly done graphs and their corrected counterparts

WRONG

12

21

2519

1112

lt 2526-3536-4546-5556-65gt 65

WELL

lt 2512

26-3521

36-4525

46-5519

56-6511

gt 6512

Fig 1 Participation of particular age groups of respondents in the survey

Source own study

14

WRONG

01000020000 720230

24797401541890

937850651210

Ludność (w tys)

Ludność

WELL

Przedprodukcyjnym (0-17 lat)

Produkcyjnym (18-5964)

Mobilnym (18-44)

Niemobilnym (45-5964)

Poprodukcyjnym (6065 lat i więcej)

0 5 10 15 20 25 30

Ludność w wieku

Ludność (mln)

Fig 2 Population by economic age groups in 2011 according to National Census data (GUS 2011)Source own study

V FORMULAE

Formulae should be placed centrally in separate lines labelled with Arabic numerals in parentheses placed close to the outer margin

f ( x )=αsdotradic x+1|xminus1|

(1)

If references to some formulae are used in the text the number of the formula in parentheses (1) should be used

15

VI LITERATURE (REFERENCES AND QUOTING)

Basic rules of using someone elsersquos work 1 Each manifestation of creative activity of an individual nature preserved in any form ie an authorrsquos work

is protected by copyright To consider a work an authorrsquos work and protect it with copyright it is not important what its purpose scientific value or other value is It must be indicated however that intellectual work of a creative nature is different than work of a technical nature understood as work requiring only specific knowledge and skills and the use of suitable tools materials and technologyApplicable to protection of results of scientific work (research results) are not only provisions of the act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights but also provisions of the Civil Code act of 23rd April 1963 and more precisely art 23 which explicitly lists scientific and artistic work among personal rights It means that using just research results (not protected by copyright) the author of the research still needs to be indicated in order to secure hisher personal rights to the said results If it is not done such an author can make claims as mentioned in art 24 of the Civil Code ie claims related to protection of personal rights

2 Descriptions of research results scientific discoveries or their interpretations can be used either with the authorrsquos consent or as allowed by legal provisions

3 For use of legally released work (ie released with the authorrsquos consent) the right to quote is applicable as regulated in art 29 item 1 of the act on copyright and related rights According to that provision in works which are independent wholes it is allowed to quote fragments of other published works or short works in their entirety to an extent justified with explanation critical analysis teaching or rights resulting from the workrsquos genre

4 Quotation (providing source data) rules are given further in this chapter Failure to indicate bibliographical data (sources) is an instance of plagiarism ie appropriation of someone elsersquos work When paraphrasing ie expressing someone elsersquos thoughts in your own words without quoting a fragment of someonersquos work literally the source should also be given

5 The concept of plagiarism has not been defined in legal provisions but it is generally understood as- appropriation of the authorship of someone elsersquos work (overt plagiarism) or- taking fragments of someone elsersquos work without providing the data on the author and source (covert

plagiarism) 6 If exercising the right to quote only serves to save on the writerrsquos effort (ie it is not justified with an

explanation or critical analysis) it violates the copyright although it is not plagiarism

Principles of placing quotations in the thesisIf the thesis contains quotations ndash concrete fragments of other authorsrsquo work ndash the whole quoted text should be placed within standard quotation marks (ldquoquoted textrdquo) Only then will the antiplagiarism system omit the quoted fragment when examining the thesis for similarity with other theses and online resources Also- quotations up to 40 words are placed within quotation marks within the particular paragraph- quotations longer than 40 words are placed within quotation marks in a separate paragraph

Foreign literatureTitles of foreign publications should be given in the original languageIt is possible to transliterate the Cyrillic alphabet into the Latin one according to norm PN-ISO 92000 binding in Poland

16

Four methods of inserting references are acceptable The choice of one particular method is made by the supervisor of the thesis

Method 1Automatic foot-endnotes are obligatory (choose Insert Footnote or Insert Endnote from the menu or press Alt + j) Footnotes are placed at the bottom of the relevant page and endnotes at the end of the relevant chapter The foot- or endnotes should end with full stops

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

Foot- or endnotes to literature ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name (or in reversed order initials and last name4) title of the thesis publisher (optional5) place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable Punctuation and font (upright or italics) presented below

Monographic publication quoted as a whole egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Monographic publication indicating a specific issue egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Article in press 6 eg Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 No 12 pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication egPucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Quoting the same reference several times one after the other eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Ibid pp 70-71or2 Ibidem pp 70-71

If quotes are separated with other references eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Wierzchom ST Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-393 Romer D Makroekonomia dlahellip op cit pp 70-72

If different works of the same author are quoted one after the other eg1 Sztompka P Socjologia Analiza społeczeństwa Znak Krakoacutew 20022 Id Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005or2 Idem Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005

4 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis5 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis6 it is also possible to use the name of the periodical without inverted commas (Informatyka) - the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis

17

1 Marody M Jednostka po nowoczesności perspektywa socjologiczna Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 20142 Eadem7 (ed) Wymiary życia społecznego Polska na przełomie XX i XXI wieku Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 2007

Quoting another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)Kowalski J System ochrony konkurencji i konsumentoacutew w Polsce Master thesis UITM Faculty of Administration and Social Sciences Rzeszoacutew 2009

Quoting legal acts

Acts issued until 2011 inclusively egElection Code act of 5th January 2011 (Dz U No 21 item 112 as amended)act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights (unified text Dz U of 2000 No 80 item 904 as amended)Regulation of the Council of Ministers of 23rd December 1996 on execution of the act on administrative enforcement proceedings (Dz U of 1997 No 1 item 1)

Acts issued from 2012 onwards (without the number of the Journal of Laws (DzU)) egRegulation of the Council of Ministers of 11th February 2013 on requirements for commissioning and operation of nuclear installation (Dz U item 28)Regulation of the Minister of Agriculture and Rural Development of 15th December 2011 on the manner and forms of collaboration of district sea fisheries inspectors and the Agricultural and Food Quality Inspection when controlling fishery products (Dz U of 2012 item 2)

Quoting case law

Published case law egSupreme Court ruling of 25th November 2011 III CZP 7611 OSNC 2012 No 6 item 71

Case law published electronically egSupreme Court ruling of 15th June 2012 II CSK66611 LEX No 1212809

If the quoted decision is not published write ldquounpublrdquo (for ldquounpublishedrdquo) egSupreme Administrative Court ruling of 5th April 2002 III SA 319099 unpubl

Foot-endnotes for webpages

Simple foot-endnotes (it is necessary to provide the date of visiting the webpage) eg httpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp from 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp as of 150504orhttpwwwielodzpldokumentyasp 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp (150504)

Foot-endnotes to an unnamed document from a website eghttpwwwielodzpldokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

Situations when frames make it impossible to provide the exact path (catalogue names should be used ) eg httpwwwie1odzp1 DOKUMENTYPOLSKIESTARE from 150504

Foot-endnote to a named document from a website egKozak MW Regiony w Polsce [at] httpwwwie1odzp1dokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

7 female form

18

Method 2References are placed after the quoted text as the authorrsquos name with the year of issue of the quoted position in square brackets as a reference to a literature position given in the list at the end of the thesis egThe system for generating belief networks and belief rules BeliefSEEKERreg has been developed at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew Poland in cooperation with the University of Kansas in Lawrence (KS) USA The first use of the system concerned classification of melanocytic lesions [Hippe and Mroczek 2003] Other applications of the system have been described in [Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003 Varmuza Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2004 Mroczek Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2004 Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 2005 Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2005] Recently new approaches to generating belief networks have been described by Heckerman [Heckerman 1995] and Spiehler [Spiehler 2006]

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

References in bibliography ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name title of the thesis publisher place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable

Reference to a monographic publication quoted as a whole[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000

Reference to a monographic publication indicating a specific issue[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000 pp 267-270

Reference to a publication (one author) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse 1997]Grzymała-Busse JW A New Version of the Rule Induction System LERSFundamenta Informaticae 31(1997)27-39

Reference to a publication (three authors at the most) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 1998]Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Mroczek TBelief rules vs decision rules A preliminary appraisal to the problemFundamenta Informaticae 32(1998)112-119

Reference to a publication (more than three authors) in a scientific periodical[Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003]Błajdo P Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Marek T Mroczek T Wrzesień MA suite of machine learning tools for machine learning and extraction of information and knowledge from dataPattern Recognition 46(2005)36-49

Reference to a publication in conference proceedings[Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003] Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Mroczek TNowe narzędzia informatyczne inżynierii wiedzy i uczenia maszynowego II Poroacutewnanie wybranych modeli wiedzy ukrytej oraz niepewnejIn Bubnicki Z Grzech A (eds) Inżynieria wiedzy i systemy ekspertoweWydawnictwo Politechniki Wrocławskiej Wrocław 2003 Vol 1 pp 239-247

19

Reference to another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)[Cyrek 2011] Cyrek G Architektura i funkcjonalność rozproszonych katalogoacutew bibliotecznych na przykładzie KaRoMaster thesis UITM Faculty of Applied IT Rzeszoacutew 2011

References to websites

Reference to a website with author and title available[Heckerman 1995]Heckerman D A Tutorial on Learning Bayesian Networkshttpresearchmicrosoftcomresearchpubs from 15122006

Reference to a website without title available[Spiehler 2006]httpwwwicsuciedumlearnMLRepositoryhtml from 15122006

Reference to a website without author and title available [WWW-1 2009]httpwwwkardiolopl from 12092009

[WWW-2 2009]httpwwwtelezdrowiepl from 14092009

Method 3References are placed after the quoted text only as numbers in square brackets referring to the number of the item in the bibliography at the end of the thesis eg Comparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [12]Numbers are given to the references in the order in which the particular titles appear in the thesis and this is the order in which particular references should be listed in the bibliography at the end of the thesis If a given reference is quoted more than once it should be referred to with the same number given at the first instance of quoting it each time it is quoted in the thesis If the author uses several titles for one paragraph the numbers of all quoted titles should be written in square brackets egComparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [3 7 12-19]

Literature positions in the bibliography at the end of the thesis should begin with the surname and the initial of the first (first and middle) name they are followed by the title of the work publisherrsquos name place and year of issue page numbers (if applicable) for the text used The entries should end with full stops

Monographic publication eg3 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Monographic publication quoted as a whole eg7 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Article in press eg17 Wierzchoń ST Systemy rozpoznawania Informatyka 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication eg19 Pucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Refrences to webpagesLike in Method 1

20

Method 4

If the authorrsquos name is not used directly in the text give the name8 year of issue and page in brackets eg (Giddens 2004 127)

When the name appears in the text give the year of issue and page in brackets egCynthia Epstein (1988 14) in her work Deceptive Distinctions Sex Gender and the Social Order notes mutual strengthening of the above described dichotomies

If the reference relates to a source quoted by another author information about both sources should be given in brackets egThe research conducted by Smith (1960 after Jones 1994 104) hellipThe reference list at the end of the thesis should contain full data of only that publication which was actually used

With two authors both names should be given If there are more than two authors give the first name in brackets followed by ldquoet alrdquo the year of issue and the page egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski et al 1999 96)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain names of all authors

If several publications of the same author are used which have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski 1999a 20)The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

If no author is given (eg for some reports) the brackets should contain the title of the source (or part of it if the title is long) year of issue and the page egResearch indicates that employment feminisation is currently observed in Poland (Płeć a możliwości ekonomiczne w Polscehellip 2004 84)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain the whole title year of issue publisherrsquos name and place of issue

For press articles without authorrsquos name the brackets should contain the title of the paper year of issue and the page eg (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999 5)

If two press articles of the same author or published in the same paper without authorrsquos name are referred to and they have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egThe local press (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999a 1) reported a corruption affair which involved leaders of the party governing the district At a conference a week later the head of the XY district denied having had anything to do with that matter (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999b 3) The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

For quoting websites- if the website has an author ndash give the name and date egTurner (2001) has created many useful graphs showing the transition between the different age groups- if the website does not have an author ndash give the title of the website in brackets egCancer experts estimate that changes to our diet could prevent about one in three cancer deaths in the UK (CancerHelp UK 2002)

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author Punctuation presented below

8 If the given author is quoted in the text for the first time full name should be given and further in the text only the last name is given

21

Books ndash full name of the author year of issue title place of issue publisherrsquos name eg Ahmed Leila 1992 Women and Gender in Islam Historical Roots of a Modern Debate New Haven and London Yale University PressTibi Bassam 1997 Fundamentalizm religijny Transl by Janusz Danecki Warszawa PWN (for translations translatorrsquos name must be given)

Articles in books - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) ldquoInrdquo full name of the editor of the book book title (in italics) place of issue publisherrsquos name pages where the quoted article is to be found egBruce Steve 1992 Revelations The Future of New Christian Right In Kaplan Lawrence (ed) Fundamentalism in Comparative Perspective Amherts University of Massachusetts Press pp 100-156

Articles in periodicals - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) title of the periodical (in italics) numbers of the periodical (both the current one and the one in the year of publication the latter in brackets) pages where the quoted article is to be found egAlrsquoAlwani Taha 1986 The Testimony of Women in Islamic Law The American Journal of Islamic Social Sciences 13 (2) pp 28-45

Articles in pressIf the author of the article is known the data should contain (in that order) full name of the author year of issue of the paper title of the article (upright font) title of the paper (in italics) number of the paper in the year of publication page(s) egKowalski Jan 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie Gazeta Dzisiejsza 80 p 5

If the author of the article is not known the data is given as followsGazeta Dzisiejsza 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie 80 p 5

Online materials (websites e-books e-journals) full name of the author (editor) year of publication titlename of the page [online] place of publication (if available) information on the URL and date of accessing the source egHolland Matt 2004 Guide to citing Internet sources [online] Poole Bournemouth University At httpwwwbournemouthacuklibraryusingguide_to_citing_internet_sourchtml [20042006]

For more on the Harvard Referencing System seehttpwwwwydawnictwoivgplattachmentsFileZasady_tworzenia_przypis__w_bibliograficznychpdf (file in Polish)httpswwwstaffsacukassetsharvard_quick_guide_tcm44-47797pdf (file in English)

22

VII SUMMARY

The summary should be written according to the model below using Times New Roman size 10 None of the elements from the specimen should be omitted Keywords required in the summary should be understood as 2-3 characteristic names expressions reflecting the subject and content of the thesis

The summary should be put at the end of the thesis after bibliography

In their theses students of first-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in the language in which the thesis is written (Polish or English)In their theses students of second-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in Polish and in English

23

SUMMARY SPECIMEN

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w RzeszowieWydział Administracji i Nauk Społecznych Wydział EkonomicznyWydział Informatyki Stosowanej Wydział Medyczny

Streszczenie pracy dyplomowejThesis title in Polish

AutorPromotorSłowa kluczowe

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in Polish

The University of Information Technology and Management in RzeszoacutewFaculty of Administration and Social Sciences Faculty of EconomicsFaculty of Information Technology Faculty of Medicine

Diploma Thesis SummaryThesis title in English

AuthorSupervisorKeywords

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in English

24

VIII ATTACHMENTS

Attachments to the thesis (if applicable) should form a separate chapter of the thesis placed at the end of it (after the list of references) and considered in the list of contentsAttachments should be written in font Times New Roman size 10 and formatted according to the principles of formatting the text of the thesis margins formulae figures diagrams pictures tables as specified in this regulationIf the attachments are extensive or electronic in form (eg software graphics) they should be placed on a CD and thus attached (in an envelope pasted in at the end of the thesis)This part of the thesis also contains original copies of consents for processing personal data and the original copy of the positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission as applicable

25

Attachment 2 E

SPECIMEN

CONSENT FOR PROCESSING PERSONAL DATA

I the undersigned helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip hereby agree to have my personal

data collected and processed - within the scope of the thesis of student

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip student ID No helliphelliphelliphelliphellip titled helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip whose supervisor is

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip - by the University of Information Technology and

Management in Rzeszoacutew ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew according to the act of 29 th August 1997 on

personal data protection (DzU 2014 item 1182 as amended)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate legible signature

26

Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and principles of conducting a diploma examination

(Defence Principles)

I1 Defences are conducted at the following times

a) in July and September - for students finishing their studies in Juneb) in March - for students finishing their studies in Februarysubject to point II item 4

2 A detailed schedule of defences is established by the deans after consulting the supervisors of the theses3 Students writing a team thesis take their defence exam at the same time In justified cases and with the

deanrsquos consent it is possible for the team to take the defence exam without one or more members (even if only one student takes the exam)

II1 The student submits hisher thesis in paper and electronic form after fulfilling the conditions specified in

point III2 The thesis and attachments referred to in item 3 below must be submitted not later than

a) 30th June ndash for defences conducted in Julyb) 31st August ndash for defences conducted in September c) 28th February ndash for defences conducted in Marchbut no later than 14 days before the date set for the defence exam

3 By the time specified in item 2 the student submits to UITM Deanrsquos Office the following a)1 copy of a bound thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature for acceptance of the thesis The binding for the

thesis should be bought from the Photocopy Rooms at the University The student is entitled to 3 covers for the thesis

b)the thesis in electronic form in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 3 Ac)5 photos (signed with the studentsrsquo name at the back) for the diploma size 45x65 mm against a light

background (the studentrsquos face should take no less than 75 of the picture)For the photos for the diploma a person should be dressed formally ie dark suit and light-coloured shirt for men and a suit or dress with jacket for women (low-cut necklines and immoderate display of femininity are not allowed) Sporty look is to be avoided

d)clearance slip with signatures (clearance slip to be collected in the International Office) and questionnaires to go with the clearance slip if applicable

e)proof of payment for issuing the diplomaf) proofs of other payments according to the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of educationg)application to have a copy of the diploma issued in a foreign language (English French Spanish

German or Russian) ndash for students who would like to receive such a copy h)application to have a supplement to the diploma issued in English (the application should contain the

title of the thesis translated into English) ndash for students who would like to receive such a supplement 4 If it is impossible for the student to submit the thesis for justified reasons the dean may after asking the

supervisorrsquos opinion prolong the time for submitting the thesis but for not longer than two months In such cases the student should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty not later than by the date specified in item 2b) and c)

5 A student who does not submit the thesis in the specified time may apply for a permission to repeat the semester To do that she should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty within 7 days from the specified date for submitting theses

III1 The student is admitted to the defence after fulfilling the following conditions

a) passing all exams and receiving all credits required by the plan of studies for the particular field of study

b) submitting relevant statements concerning the thesis by the student and by the supervisor according to the specimens in Attachment 2 D (the statements should be placed at the second page of the thesis)

27

c) receiving at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo) marks from the reviews of the thesis done by the supervisor and the reviewer

d) satisfying financial requirements specified in the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of education at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

e) submitting the thesis with all documents specified in point II item 32 In the case of instituting disciplinary proceedings against a student suspected of plagiarism of the thesis

that student may not defend the thesis until valid completion of the proceedings

IV1 Theses prepared by students are checked with the Anti-Plagiarism System linked to the university thesis

repository national thesis repository and Internet resources For each thesis the following ratios are establisheda) similarity ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is repeated in other theses to be

found in the repositories and in materials published in the Internet Similarity is understood as every cluster of at least 20 words which can be found in another thesis or materials published in the Internet

b) quotation ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is made up of fragments quoted from other authors

2 The supervisor is responsible for checking a thesis with the Anti-Plagiarism System before it is formally approved for the defence

3 The instruction for operating the Anti-Plagiarism System is available in electronic version on the network drive and at the Virtual University

ODziekanatEgzamin dyplomowy_Prace dyplomoweAntyplagiat_instrukcja dla promotoroacutew

WU Promotor ndash Antyplagiat instrukcja

4 Deanrsquos Office employees accepting the theses in electronic version are obliged toa) enter the accepted theses to the Anti-Plagiarism System on a current basisb) send daily lists of theses in the case of which the ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or

more to the Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of studyc) include in the personal files of a student taking the defence the ldquosimilarity reportrdquo a specimen of

which constitutes Attachment 3 B5 Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of study are obliged

a) not to accept for the defence theses not checked by the Anti-Plagiarism Systemb) to withhold the defence of a student whose thesis has a ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo of

20 or more6 Supervisors are obliged to again carefully analyse the content of a thesis whose ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor

ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or more

V1 The thesis is reviewed and marked by the supervisor and by one reviewer appointed by the dean The mark

for the thesis is the arithmetic mean of both above-mentioned marks Thesis reviewer can be an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle including a teacher from outside of the University

2 If the thesis is marked ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) by the reviewer the dean sends the thesis back for correction or asks for its assessment by an additional reviewer

3 The thesis should be graded carefully ie the assessment should not simply be a description of the thesis but contain critical comments assess the studentrsquos substantive and technical qualifications and the value of the thesis Specimens for thesis review are given in Attachments 3 C1 (supervisor) and 3 C2 (reviewer)

4 The supervisor and the reviewer are obliged to fill in their reviews for the thesis electronically in Polish5 The student is entitled to know the review for hisher thesis including the grading of the thesis

VI1 The defence is in the form of an oral exam unless the UITM President decides otherwise 2 The defence takes place in front of a committee composed of

a) the dean vice-dean or an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle authorized by the dean ndash as the chairperson

b) the supervisor of the thesis

28

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 3: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

- from 1st to 3rd October ndash for students covered by the ldquoTimely Studentrdquo package students participating in the ldquoAmbitious Studentrsquos Studiesrdquo programme and students with the high grade average

- from 4th to 6th October ndash all students- from 7th to 9th October ndash administrative assignment to seminar groups by the Deanrsquos Office

b) in the Spring (Summer) semester- from the 1st to the 3rd day of the semester - for students covered by the ldquoTimely Studentrdquo

package students participating in the ldquoAmbitious Studentrsquos Studiesrdquo programme and students with the high grade average

- from the 4th to the 6th day of the semester ndash all students- from the 7th to the 9th day of the semester ndash administrative assignment to seminar groups by the

Deanrsquos Office2 Stage II ndash selection of supervisors by students

1) The supervisor is chosen in ldquoWyboacuter promotorardquo ldquoChoose Supervisorrdquo in the Virtual University system2) In ldquoWyboacuter promotorardquo ldquoChoose Supervisorrdquo the student sees only supervisors assigned to hisher

module3) The student chooses a supervisor according to the steps indicated by the system The student can

choose a supervisor only once4) In justified cases it is possible for a student to change hisher supervisor In order to do that the

student supplies an application to the Dean during the first month of the semester When the application is accepted a Deanrsquos Office employee changes the supervisor in the Virtual University system

5) If the limit of students per given supervisor is exceeded the system automatically blocks other students from choosing that supervisor

6) Within the given student group (of a specified grade average) students are assigned to the given supervisor in the order of submissions not according to their grade average

3 Stage III ndash approving the make-up of seminar groups1) Students who do not choose a supervisor within the given time limit are administratively assigned to

groups with vacancies2) The student can see hisher assignment to a seminar group in the Virtual University under

ldquoprowadzącyrdquo ldquoteacherrdquo and ldquopraca dyplomowardquo ldquothesisrdquo within a week from closing the ldquoWyboacuter promotorardquo ldquoChoose Supervisorrdquo base

4 Stage IV ndash approving thesis topics1) Before the first semester of the seminar ends the supervisors submit topics and content plans of the

theses written by the students from their seminar groups to the Deans 2) Thesis topics should agree with the graduatersquos profile learning objectives outcomes content and

methods for the given field of study3) Topics of the supervised theses should agree with the supervisorrsquos research interests4) For theses describing experiments on people which meet the criteria of a ldquomedical experimentrdquo

(according to art 21-29 of the Act on the professions of doctor and dentist) the supervisor must ask for an opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission The opinion must be asked immediately

5) Thesis topics are approved by the supervisor on consulting the dean

3

Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for starting and writing theses(Instructions for Thesis Writing)

I1 The thesis is written by the student during the last two semesters of studies under the guidance of an

academic teacher with an academic degree or title later referred to as the supervisor The dean names the academic teachers who can be supervisors For a Masterrsquos seminar a supervisor can be an academic teacher with a doctoral degree if accepted by the faculty council

2 In justified cases the dean may change a supervisor3 The student writes the thesis in the language in which hisher studies are conducted subject to items 4 and

54 With the deanrsquos consent the student may write the thesis in a foreign language To do that the student

should submit an application to that effect to the dean no later than before the last semester of studies commences

5 At fields of study related to education within foreign language philologies students write their theses in the language which is the object of the studies

6 Theses are written individually by the students subject to point II7 A supervisor may supervise no more than 30 theses at the same time

II1 An interdisciplinary thesis hereinafter called ldquoteam thesisrdquo may be prepared by a team consisting of

maximum three students2 Consent for a team thesis being prepared by students of one faculty is given by the dean of that faculty not

later than before the last semester of studies commences3 Consent for a team thesis being prepared by students of various faculties is given by the President not later

than before the last semester of studies commences When issuing the consent mentioned in the previous sentence the President indicated the competent dean for issues concerning the team thesis

4 Each of the students preparing the team thesis work under a supervisorrsquos direction Supervisors who manage the preparation of a team thesis should represent disciplines covering the subject matter of the thesis or related disciplines

5 The main thesis supervisor is indicated by the competent dean for issues concerning the team thesis 6 In the team thesis students and supervisors indicate by means of a statement which chapters (parts) of the

thesis have been prepared by particular members of the team (students)

IIIThe thesis for first-cycle studies should be written in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 2 A

IVThe thesis for second cycle studies should be written in accordance with the rules specified in- Attachment 2 B ndash for fields of studies of a practical profile- Attachment 2 C ndash for fields of studies of a general academic profile

VBinding thesis structure- Title page (first page)- Statements of the author and supervisor with legible signatures (second page)- List of contents (third page)- Introduction- Thesis aim- Body of the thesis (divided into numbered chapters subchapters as needed)- Conclusion- Literature

4

- Summary- AttachmentsEach of the above listed parts of the thesis should start at a new page

VITechnical rules of thesis writing are specified in Attachment 2 D

VIIPersonal data collected for the needs of preparing theses ie data revealing racial or ethnic origin political views religious or philosophical views religious party or trade-union membership health records genetic code addictions or sexual life and data concerning convictions judgments on penalty fines and other decisions issued in court or administrative proceedings are considered sensitive data subject to particular protection (art 27 item 1 of the act on personal data protection) It is allowed to collect and process such data if the person who the data concerns gives their consent in writing (art 27 item 2 point 1 of the act on personal data protection) The consent form is specified in Attachment 2 E Original copies of the particular consents should be attached to the theses in Attachments

VIIIFor theses describing experiments on people which meet the criteria of a ldquomedical experimentrdquo (according to art 21-29 of the act on the professions of doctor and dentist) a positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission must be obtained Application to the Commission is submitted by the thesis supervisor The application form and principles of proceeding are specified by the ldquoWork Regulations of the UITM Bioethical Commissionrdquo given as attachment to the respective Presidentrsquos Regulation The original copy of the UITM Bioethical Commissionrsquos positive opinion should be attached to the thesis in Attachments

5

Attachment 2 A

THESIS AT FIRST-CYCLE STUDIESpractical profile

Character of the thesis

A thesis at first-cycle studies should prove that the student has mastered knowledge and skills necessary to independently solve practical problems within the given field of study (considering the studentrsquos chosen specialty)The main aim of a thesis at first-cycle studies is to present the studentrsquos skills in analysing a problem defining a problem and choosing the methods and procedures to solve it as well as judging the effectiveness of the actions taken and the degree of attaining the set objectiveThe thesis should not be shorter than 30 pages (starting from the title page and ending at the page containing the summary excluding Attachments)

Recommended content of the thesis

IntroductionGeneral analysis of several (3-5) pages introducing the presented issues giving a rough outline of the subject matter of the thesis and its applicability in practice (justification for the issue discussed) The introduction should specify the following elements- justification of the choice of issuetopic of thesis- current state of knowledge concerning the issue discussed in the thesis- scope of the thesis- thesis layout presentation ie brief description of each chapter

Aim of the thesisThe aim of the thesis at first-cycle studies is not so much problem solving itself but the benefits of it (the aim is the future result of the action taken ndash problem solution ndash which justifies the action) The aim of the thesis should be worded in such a way that it is possible to assess the effectiveness of the actions taken to solve the problem and the degree to which the set objective was attained

The main body (divided into numbered chapter subchapters as needed)1

This part of the thesis should be adjusted to the specific character and subject of the issue being solved and it should include a theoretical and a practical partIn the theoretical part the author should present the issues discussed in the thesis analyse the current state of affairs specifying the occurring problem indicate potential solutions and justify the choice of one of themIn the practical part the author should present hisher knowledge of problem-solving procedures (methodologies) adequate to the field of study and the ability to assess the degree to which the set objective has been attained and to draw conclusions on that basis concerning the obtained results and effectiveness of the actions taken

ConclusionThe conclusion should contain an assessment of the effectiveness of the actions taken and the obtained results with a view to the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis

LiteratureThe student should give all sources used in the thesis including webpage addresses beside monographic publications continuous publications and legal acts

1 The dean of the faculty may issue a decision specifying more detailed guidelines concerning the content of the main body of the thesis binding for the given field of study

6

Attachment 2 B

THESIS AT SECOND-CYCLE STUDIESpractical profile

Character of the thesis

The thesis for second cycle studies should prove that the student has mastered specialist knowledge and skills specified by the program (with consideration for the chosen specialty) and prove their ability to solve practical problems (concerning specific needs in various areas of human activity solved with applied research)The thesis should not be shorter than 50 pages (starting from the title page and ending at the page containing the summary excluding Attachments)

Recommended structure of the thesis

IntroductionGeneral analysis of several (3-5) pages introducing the presented issues giving an outline of the subject matter of the thesis and its applicability in practice (justification for the issue discussed) The introduction should specify the following elements- justification of the choice of issuetopic of thesis- current state of knowledge concerning the issue discussed in the thesis- scope of the thesis- thesis layout presentation ie brief description of each chapter

Aim of the thesisThe aim of the thesis at second-cycle studies is not so much problem solving itself but the benefits of it (the aim is the future result of the action taken ndash problem solution ndash which justifies the action) The aim of the thesis should be worded in such a way that it is possible to assess the effectiveness of the actions taken to solve the problem and the degree to which the set objective was attained

The main body (divided into numbered chapter subchapters as needed)2

The main body of the thesis should be adjusted to the specific character and subject of the problem being solved and it should include a theoretical and a practical research partThe theoretical part should contain a justification for the need to solve the particular problem and a description of the method adopted to solve itIn the practical research part the author should present hisher knowledge of problem-solving procedures using elements of applied research methodologies the ability to assess the degree to which the set objective has been attained and to draw conclusions on that basis concerning the obtained results and effectiveness of the actions taken

ConclusionIn the conclusion the author should discuss the results obtained in the research with a view to the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis

LiteratureThe student should give all sources used in the thesis including webpage addresses beside monographic publications continuous publications and legal acts

2 The dean of the faculty may issue a decision specifying more detailed guidelines concerning the content of the main body of the thesis binding for the given field of study

7

Attachment 2 C

THESIS AT SECOND-CYCLE STUDIESgeneral academic profile

Character of the thesis

A thesis at second-cycle studies should prove that the student has mastered knowledge and skills in a specific educational scope (considering the studentrsquos chosen specialty) and the ability to solve theoretical problems (unrelated to the current needs of daily life solved in primary research) or practical ones (concerning specific needs in various areas of human activity solved with applied research)The thesis should not be shorter than 50 pages (starting from the title page and ending at the page containing the summary excluding Attachments)

Recommended structure of the thesis

IntroductionGeneral analysis of several (3-5) pages introducing the presented issues giving a brief outline of the subject matter of the thesis and its applicability in practice (justification for the issue discussed) The introduction should specify the following elements- justification of the choice of issuetopic of thesis- current state of knowledge concerning the issue discussed in the thesis- scope of the thesis- thesis layout presentation ie brief description of each chapter

Aim of the thesisThe aim of the thesis is to solve a research problem using methods applied in scientific research

The main body (divided into numbered chapter subchapters as needed)3

This part of the thesis should be adjusted to the specific character and subject of the problem being solved and it should include a theoretical and a research partThe theoretical part should contain a justification for the need to solve the particular problem and a description of the method adopted to solve itIn the research part the author should present hisher ability to conduct research procedures and the ability to- present raw output- analyse and interpret results- assess the obtained results mainly evaluate and compare them- generalise and draw conclusions (define the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis)

ConclusionIn the conclusion the author should discuss the results obtained in the research with a view to the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis

LiteratureThe student should give all sources used in the thesis including webpage addresses beside monographic publications continuous publications and legal acts It is important for the list of references and the quoted publications to be representative of the discussed research issue and that no major publications and achievements of specialised literature on the problem discussed (solved) are overlooked

3 The dean of the faculty may issue a decision specifying more detailed guidelines concerning the content of the main body of the thesis binding for the given field of study

8

Attachment 2 D

TECHNICAL RULES FOR WRITING THE THESIS

I RULES OF FORMATTING THE TEXT

- Do not insert headers or footers with separate text eg chapters title- Every part of the thesis should begin on a new page- Do not put full stops after the headings of particular parts of the thesis (including chapterssubchapters) and

after thesis title- Page numbers should obligatorily be put in automatically (in the footer centred Font Times New Roman

size 12) The first page of the thesis is the title page and numbering should begin from this very page but the number should not show on that page

- The table of contents should be automatic It should be placed on the third page of the thesis- Font ndash Times New Roman size 12 without bold lettering- Standard space between characters (0 points)- Not more than one space between words- Single space between lines- Text justified- Switch on automatic hyphenation of words- If a paragraph should begin on a new page choose the function of page break (Ctrl + Enter) - Do not leave any single letters or conjunctions at the end of the line To transfer the conjunction to the next

line press hard space (Ctrl + Shift + Space bar) Hard space should be inserted directly after the conjunction and before the following word (this causes the conjunction to be ldquoattachedrdquo to the word)

- Do not use the Enter key or soft enter at the end of the line (within a sentence)- Do not put a space between a word and a punctuation mark following it (comma full stop semicolon

colon) - Words (sentences) written in brackets cannot be separated from the brackets with spaces- Enumerations in the text should be done with automatic bulleting or numbering- The thesis must be printed on both sides ndash in the FilePage LayoutMargins menu choose ldquomirror marginsrdquo

(inside margin - 2cm outside top and bottom margins ndash 15cm each)

II TITLE PAGE OF THE THESIS

The title page of the thesis should containa) the logo (in colour) and name of the school as given in the example (font Times New Roman bold size

16)b) name of the faculty field of study and specialty (font Times New Roman bold size 16) c) full name of the author(s) of the thesis No of students record book ie the student ID No (font Times

New Roman size 15) and the title of the thesis (font Times New Roman italics bold size 20)d) academic degree and full name of the supervisor (font Times New Roman size 12)

NOTE The cover for the thesis has a window of the size 155 x 65 cm (placed centrally in relation to side margins and 125 cm from the bottom of the page) where the information mentioned in points c) and d) should fit in

e) the inscription DIPLOMA THESIS AT FIRST-CYCLE (or SECOND-CYCLEENGINEERrsquoS DEGREE) STUDIES (font Times New Roman bold size 19)

f) the name of the city (Rzeszoacutew) and the year of submitting the thesis eg Rzeszoacutew 2015 (font Times New Roman bold size 14)

The following pages present the specimens for title page of a thesis a version for theses written in Polish (using Economics as an example) and a version for theses written in English (using Philology as an example)

9

WYŻSZA SZKOŁAINFORMATYKI i ZARZĄDZANIA

z siedzibą w Rzeszowie

WYDZIAŁ EKONOMICZNY

Kierunek EKONOMIASpecjalność Rachunkowość

Jan KowalskiNr albumu studenta helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat pracy dyplomowej

Promotor tytułstopień naukowy Imię i Nazwisko Promotora

PRACA DYPLOMOWA MAGISTERSKA

Rzeszoacutew 2015

10

UNIVERSITY OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT

in Rzeszoacutew

FACULTY OF ADMINISTRATION AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

Field of Study PHILOLOGYSpecialty English Philology

Jan KowalskiNo of students record bookhelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Title of the thesis

Supervisor academic degree full name of the Supervisor

DIPLOMA THESIS AT FIRST-CYCLE STUDIES

Rzeszoacutew 2015

11

III SECOND PAGE OF THE THESIS

The second page of the thesis should contain

Version for theses written in English

1) A statement of the following content legibly undersigned by the author of the thesis

I the undersigned hereby state that the thesis entitled ldquordquo submitted by me has been prepared without any help I also state that the thesis has not been subject to procedures connected with acquiring an academic (Bachelorrsquos) degree at a higher education institution at any earlier timeI moreover declare that this version of the thesis is identical with the submitted electronic version

date authorrsquos legible signature

Note ndash for a team thesis (as described in point II of Attachment 2 to the Regulation) the statement is as follows

I the undersigned hereby state that the thesis entitled ldquordquo submitted by me has been prepared together with helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip (full names and ID numbers of co-authors)I also state that the thesis has not been subject to procedures connected with acquiring an academic (Bachelorrsquos) degree at a higher education institution at any earlier timeI moreover declare that this version of the thesis is identical with the submitted electronic version

date authorrsquos legible signature

2) A statement of the following content legibly undersigned by the supervisor of the thesis

I declare that this thesis has been prepared under my direction and I state that it fulfils the conditions for presenting it in proceedings for acquiring an academic degree

date authorrsquos legible signature

12

IV FIGURES GRAPHS PICTURES CHARTS

Graphics included in the thesis should be described as Fig for figures maps graphs diagrams or pictures and Tab for tables They should be numbered sequentially with Arabic numerals (Fig 1 Tab 1)

In the case of Figures the numbers should be followed with adequate captions (titles) and ndash starting from a new line ndash information about the source Figurersquos number its caption and information about the source should be placed below the figure (see example below)

Fig 1 Prototype of a light tank ldquoSkald 2rdquo prepared in the workshop of the Bumar Łabędy armaments concern Source Polish Press AgencyJakub Ochnio

For objects marked as Tab the number and description should be placed above the object (table) and information about the source below the object (see example below)

Tab 1 Armies of the Baltic countries and the forces of the north-western Russia army concentration

Country Basic categories of armed forces (in numbersitems)Infantry Artillery Tanks Planes

Estonia 5300 334 0 0Lithuania 3750 48 0 0

Latvia 1400 76 3 0Russia (NW army

concentration) 65000 850 750 320

Source httpwwwdefence24pl249417armie-krajow-baltyckich-i-rosji (30092015)

For captions and source information you need to use font Times New Roman size 10 in italics no bold lettering and no italics

Graphical objects (Fig and Tab) their captions and source information should be placed centrally with respect to the inside and outside margins When placing the graphical object with its description or information about the source the indentation established for paragraphs in the text is not applied Figures in the thesis have to be legible (they cannot be too small to be read) The size of a figure should be set in such a way that potential descriptions within the figure are minimally size 10 Times New Roman All bitmap or raster graphic objects should be in jpg format and vector graphs in wmf format which will allow to reduce the size of the thesis file

Figures diagrams graphs should be created with appropriate applications meant for that purpose eg Paint PowerPoint If the figures diagrams or graphs are created in MS Word they have to be grouped together

13

The basic principles of creating graphs

1 Graphs are created in justified cases eg it is not a justified case to present graphically two values The same results cannot be presented both in a table and in a graph

2 A graph absolutely must be legible That concerns all its elements including descriptions or labels for axes the legend background font points lines etc

3 Standard graph types are to be used bar charts line graphs (to show trends) pie charts (to show percentages of a whole) or scatter plots

4 3D effects should not be used in graphs Using them in pie charts or bar charts which is frequently done makes reading data in the graph more difficult (see Fig 1 and 2 below) One exception is using the third dimension to present an additional variable

5 If the labels can be placed on the axis rather than in the legend the legend is not needed (see Fig 1 below) The solution should be attempted to see whether sorting the data on the axis helps to make the graph clear

6 Do not use texture gradient shading or any similar elements7 Keep the amount of digits in values presented in the graph to a reasonable minimum they may be rounded

(eg 86 instead of 8578 is often enough) or different units can be used (eg 112 thousand instead of 11200)

8 Graphs should have legible descriptions with source of the data If a graph was created using data from another source the source of the data should be given too otherwise it may be understood that the graph was copied from the first source

Exceptions to the above rules are possible only in justified cases and with the supervisorrsquos consent

Below see examples of wrongly done graphs and their corrected counterparts

WRONG

12

21

2519

1112

lt 2526-3536-4546-5556-65gt 65

WELL

lt 2512

26-3521

36-4525

46-5519

56-6511

gt 6512

Fig 1 Participation of particular age groups of respondents in the survey

Source own study

14

WRONG

01000020000 720230

24797401541890

937850651210

Ludność (w tys)

Ludność

WELL

Przedprodukcyjnym (0-17 lat)

Produkcyjnym (18-5964)

Mobilnym (18-44)

Niemobilnym (45-5964)

Poprodukcyjnym (6065 lat i więcej)

0 5 10 15 20 25 30

Ludność w wieku

Ludność (mln)

Fig 2 Population by economic age groups in 2011 according to National Census data (GUS 2011)Source own study

V FORMULAE

Formulae should be placed centrally in separate lines labelled with Arabic numerals in parentheses placed close to the outer margin

f ( x )=αsdotradic x+1|xminus1|

(1)

If references to some formulae are used in the text the number of the formula in parentheses (1) should be used

15

VI LITERATURE (REFERENCES AND QUOTING)

Basic rules of using someone elsersquos work 1 Each manifestation of creative activity of an individual nature preserved in any form ie an authorrsquos work

is protected by copyright To consider a work an authorrsquos work and protect it with copyright it is not important what its purpose scientific value or other value is It must be indicated however that intellectual work of a creative nature is different than work of a technical nature understood as work requiring only specific knowledge and skills and the use of suitable tools materials and technologyApplicable to protection of results of scientific work (research results) are not only provisions of the act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights but also provisions of the Civil Code act of 23rd April 1963 and more precisely art 23 which explicitly lists scientific and artistic work among personal rights It means that using just research results (not protected by copyright) the author of the research still needs to be indicated in order to secure hisher personal rights to the said results If it is not done such an author can make claims as mentioned in art 24 of the Civil Code ie claims related to protection of personal rights

2 Descriptions of research results scientific discoveries or their interpretations can be used either with the authorrsquos consent or as allowed by legal provisions

3 For use of legally released work (ie released with the authorrsquos consent) the right to quote is applicable as regulated in art 29 item 1 of the act on copyright and related rights According to that provision in works which are independent wholes it is allowed to quote fragments of other published works or short works in their entirety to an extent justified with explanation critical analysis teaching or rights resulting from the workrsquos genre

4 Quotation (providing source data) rules are given further in this chapter Failure to indicate bibliographical data (sources) is an instance of plagiarism ie appropriation of someone elsersquos work When paraphrasing ie expressing someone elsersquos thoughts in your own words without quoting a fragment of someonersquos work literally the source should also be given

5 The concept of plagiarism has not been defined in legal provisions but it is generally understood as- appropriation of the authorship of someone elsersquos work (overt plagiarism) or- taking fragments of someone elsersquos work without providing the data on the author and source (covert

plagiarism) 6 If exercising the right to quote only serves to save on the writerrsquos effort (ie it is not justified with an

explanation or critical analysis) it violates the copyright although it is not plagiarism

Principles of placing quotations in the thesisIf the thesis contains quotations ndash concrete fragments of other authorsrsquo work ndash the whole quoted text should be placed within standard quotation marks (ldquoquoted textrdquo) Only then will the antiplagiarism system omit the quoted fragment when examining the thesis for similarity with other theses and online resources Also- quotations up to 40 words are placed within quotation marks within the particular paragraph- quotations longer than 40 words are placed within quotation marks in a separate paragraph

Foreign literatureTitles of foreign publications should be given in the original languageIt is possible to transliterate the Cyrillic alphabet into the Latin one according to norm PN-ISO 92000 binding in Poland

16

Four methods of inserting references are acceptable The choice of one particular method is made by the supervisor of the thesis

Method 1Automatic foot-endnotes are obligatory (choose Insert Footnote or Insert Endnote from the menu or press Alt + j) Footnotes are placed at the bottom of the relevant page and endnotes at the end of the relevant chapter The foot- or endnotes should end with full stops

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

Foot- or endnotes to literature ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name (or in reversed order initials and last name4) title of the thesis publisher (optional5) place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable Punctuation and font (upright or italics) presented below

Monographic publication quoted as a whole egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Monographic publication indicating a specific issue egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Article in press 6 eg Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 No 12 pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication egPucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Quoting the same reference several times one after the other eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Ibid pp 70-71or2 Ibidem pp 70-71

If quotes are separated with other references eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Wierzchom ST Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-393 Romer D Makroekonomia dlahellip op cit pp 70-72

If different works of the same author are quoted one after the other eg1 Sztompka P Socjologia Analiza społeczeństwa Znak Krakoacutew 20022 Id Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005or2 Idem Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005

4 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis5 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis6 it is also possible to use the name of the periodical without inverted commas (Informatyka) - the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis

17

1 Marody M Jednostka po nowoczesności perspektywa socjologiczna Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 20142 Eadem7 (ed) Wymiary życia społecznego Polska na przełomie XX i XXI wieku Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 2007

Quoting another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)Kowalski J System ochrony konkurencji i konsumentoacutew w Polsce Master thesis UITM Faculty of Administration and Social Sciences Rzeszoacutew 2009

Quoting legal acts

Acts issued until 2011 inclusively egElection Code act of 5th January 2011 (Dz U No 21 item 112 as amended)act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights (unified text Dz U of 2000 No 80 item 904 as amended)Regulation of the Council of Ministers of 23rd December 1996 on execution of the act on administrative enforcement proceedings (Dz U of 1997 No 1 item 1)

Acts issued from 2012 onwards (without the number of the Journal of Laws (DzU)) egRegulation of the Council of Ministers of 11th February 2013 on requirements for commissioning and operation of nuclear installation (Dz U item 28)Regulation of the Minister of Agriculture and Rural Development of 15th December 2011 on the manner and forms of collaboration of district sea fisheries inspectors and the Agricultural and Food Quality Inspection when controlling fishery products (Dz U of 2012 item 2)

Quoting case law

Published case law egSupreme Court ruling of 25th November 2011 III CZP 7611 OSNC 2012 No 6 item 71

Case law published electronically egSupreme Court ruling of 15th June 2012 II CSK66611 LEX No 1212809

If the quoted decision is not published write ldquounpublrdquo (for ldquounpublishedrdquo) egSupreme Administrative Court ruling of 5th April 2002 III SA 319099 unpubl

Foot-endnotes for webpages

Simple foot-endnotes (it is necessary to provide the date of visiting the webpage) eg httpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp from 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp as of 150504orhttpwwwielodzpldokumentyasp 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp (150504)

Foot-endnotes to an unnamed document from a website eghttpwwwielodzpldokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

Situations when frames make it impossible to provide the exact path (catalogue names should be used ) eg httpwwwie1odzp1 DOKUMENTYPOLSKIESTARE from 150504

Foot-endnote to a named document from a website egKozak MW Regiony w Polsce [at] httpwwwie1odzp1dokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

7 female form

18

Method 2References are placed after the quoted text as the authorrsquos name with the year of issue of the quoted position in square brackets as a reference to a literature position given in the list at the end of the thesis egThe system for generating belief networks and belief rules BeliefSEEKERreg has been developed at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew Poland in cooperation with the University of Kansas in Lawrence (KS) USA The first use of the system concerned classification of melanocytic lesions [Hippe and Mroczek 2003] Other applications of the system have been described in [Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003 Varmuza Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2004 Mroczek Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2004 Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 2005 Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2005] Recently new approaches to generating belief networks have been described by Heckerman [Heckerman 1995] and Spiehler [Spiehler 2006]

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

References in bibliography ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name title of the thesis publisher place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable

Reference to a monographic publication quoted as a whole[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000

Reference to a monographic publication indicating a specific issue[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000 pp 267-270

Reference to a publication (one author) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse 1997]Grzymała-Busse JW A New Version of the Rule Induction System LERSFundamenta Informaticae 31(1997)27-39

Reference to a publication (three authors at the most) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 1998]Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Mroczek TBelief rules vs decision rules A preliminary appraisal to the problemFundamenta Informaticae 32(1998)112-119

Reference to a publication (more than three authors) in a scientific periodical[Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003]Błajdo P Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Marek T Mroczek T Wrzesień MA suite of machine learning tools for machine learning and extraction of information and knowledge from dataPattern Recognition 46(2005)36-49

Reference to a publication in conference proceedings[Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003] Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Mroczek TNowe narzędzia informatyczne inżynierii wiedzy i uczenia maszynowego II Poroacutewnanie wybranych modeli wiedzy ukrytej oraz niepewnejIn Bubnicki Z Grzech A (eds) Inżynieria wiedzy i systemy ekspertoweWydawnictwo Politechniki Wrocławskiej Wrocław 2003 Vol 1 pp 239-247

19

Reference to another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)[Cyrek 2011] Cyrek G Architektura i funkcjonalność rozproszonych katalogoacutew bibliotecznych na przykładzie KaRoMaster thesis UITM Faculty of Applied IT Rzeszoacutew 2011

References to websites

Reference to a website with author and title available[Heckerman 1995]Heckerman D A Tutorial on Learning Bayesian Networkshttpresearchmicrosoftcomresearchpubs from 15122006

Reference to a website without title available[Spiehler 2006]httpwwwicsuciedumlearnMLRepositoryhtml from 15122006

Reference to a website without author and title available [WWW-1 2009]httpwwwkardiolopl from 12092009

[WWW-2 2009]httpwwwtelezdrowiepl from 14092009

Method 3References are placed after the quoted text only as numbers in square brackets referring to the number of the item in the bibliography at the end of the thesis eg Comparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [12]Numbers are given to the references in the order in which the particular titles appear in the thesis and this is the order in which particular references should be listed in the bibliography at the end of the thesis If a given reference is quoted more than once it should be referred to with the same number given at the first instance of quoting it each time it is quoted in the thesis If the author uses several titles for one paragraph the numbers of all quoted titles should be written in square brackets egComparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [3 7 12-19]

Literature positions in the bibliography at the end of the thesis should begin with the surname and the initial of the first (first and middle) name they are followed by the title of the work publisherrsquos name place and year of issue page numbers (if applicable) for the text used The entries should end with full stops

Monographic publication eg3 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Monographic publication quoted as a whole eg7 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Article in press eg17 Wierzchoń ST Systemy rozpoznawania Informatyka 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication eg19 Pucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Refrences to webpagesLike in Method 1

20

Method 4

If the authorrsquos name is not used directly in the text give the name8 year of issue and page in brackets eg (Giddens 2004 127)

When the name appears in the text give the year of issue and page in brackets egCynthia Epstein (1988 14) in her work Deceptive Distinctions Sex Gender and the Social Order notes mutual strengthening of the above described dichotomies

If the reference relates to a source quoted by another author information about both sources should be given in brackets egThe research conducted by Smith (1960 after Jones 1994 104) hellipThe reference list at the end of the thesis should contain full data of only that publication which was actually used

With two authors both names should be given If there are more than two authors give the first name in brackets followed by ldquoet alrdquo the year of issue and the page egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski et al 1999 96)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain names of all authors

If several publications of the same author are used which have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski 1999a 20)The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

If no author is given (eg for some reports) the brackets should contain the title of the source (or part of it if the title is long) year of issue and the page egResearch indicates that employment feminisation is currently observed in Poland (Płeć a możliwości ekonomiczne w Polscehellip 2004 84)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain the whole title year of issue publisherrsquos name and place of issue

For press articles without authorrsquos name the brackets should contain the title of the paper year of issue and the page eg (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999 5)

If two press articles of the same author or published in the same paper without authorrsquos name are referred to and they have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egThe local press (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999a 1) reported a corruption affair which involved leaders of the party governing the district At a conference a week later the head of the XY district denied having had anything to do with that matter (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999b 3) The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

For quoting websites- if the website has an author ndash give the name and date egTurner (2001) has created many useful graphs showing the transition between the different age groups- if the website does not have an author ndash give the title of the website in brackets egCancer experts estimate that changes to our diet could prevent about one in three cancer deaths in the UK (CancerHelp UK 2002)

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author Punctuation presented below

8 If the given author is quoted in the text for the first time full name should be given and further in the text only the last name is given

21

Books ndash full name of the author year of issue title place of issue publisherrsquos name eg Ahmed Leila 1992 Women and Gender in Islam Historical Roots of a Modern Debate New Haven and London Yale University PressTibi Bassam 1997 Fundamentalizm religijny Transl by Janusz Danecki Warszawa PWN (for translations translatorrsquos name must be given)

Articles in books - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) ldquoInrdquo full name of the editor of the book book title (in italics) place of issue publisherrsquos name pages where the quoted article is to be found egBruce Steve 1992 Revelations The Future of New Christian Right In Kaplan Lawrence (ed) Fundamentalism in Comparative Perspective Amherts University of Massachusetts Press pp 100-156

Articles in periodicals - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) title of the periodical (in italics) numbers of the periodical (both the current one and the one in the year of publication the latter in brackets) pages where the quoted article is to be found egAlrsquoAlwani Taha 1986 The Testimony of Women in Islamic Law The American Journal of Islamic Social Sciences 13 (2) pp 28-45

Articles in pressIf the author of the article is known the data should contain (in that order) full name of the author year of issue of the paper title of the article (upright font) title of the paper (in italics) number of the paper in the year of publication page(s) egKowalski Jan 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie Gazeta Dzisiejsza 80 p 5

If the author of the article is not known the data is given as followsGazeta Dzisiejsza 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie 80 p 5

Online materials (websites e-books e-journals) full name of the author (editor) year of publication titlename of the page [online] place of publication (if available) information on the URL and date of accessing the source egHolland Matt 2004 Guide to citing Internet sources [online] Poole Bournemouth University At httpwwwbournemouthacuklibraryusingguide_to_citing_internet_sourchtml [20042006]

For more on the Harvard Referencing System seehttpwwwwydawnictwoivgplattachmentsFileZasady_tworzenia_przypis__w_bibliograficznychpdf (file in Polish)httpswwwstaffsacukassetsharvard_quick_guide_tcm44-47797pdf (file in English)

22

VII SUMMARY

The summary should be written according to the model below using Times New Roman size 10 None of the elements from the specimen should be omitted Keywords required in the summary should be understood as 2-3 characteristic names expressions reflecting the subject and content of the thesis

The summary should be put at the end of the thesis after bibliography

In their theses students of first-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in the language in which the thesis is written (Polish or English)In their theses students of second-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in Polish and in English

23

SUMMARY SPECIMEN

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w RzeszowieWydział Administracji i Nauk Społecznych Wydział EkonomicznyWydział Informatyki Stosowanej Wydział Medyczny

Streszczenie pracy dyplomowejThesis title in Polish

AutorPromotorSłowa kluczowe

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in Polish

The University of Information Technology and Management in RzeszoacutewFaculty of Administration and Social Sciences Faculty of EconomicsFaculty of Information Technology Faculty of Medicine

Diploma Thesis SummaryThesis title in English

AuthorSupervisorKeywords

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in English

24

VIII ATTACHMENTS

Attachments to the thesis (if applicable) should form a separate chapter of the thesis placed at the end of it (after the list of references) and considered in the list of contentsAttachments should be written in font Times New Roman size 10 and formatted according to the principles of formatting the text of the thesis margins formulae figures diagrams pictures tables as specified in this regulationIf the attachments are extensive or electronic in form (eg software graphics) they should be placed on a CD and thus attached (in an envelope pasted in at the end of the thesis)This part of the thesis also contains original copies of consents for processing personal data and the original copy of the positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission as applicable

25

Attachment 2 E

SPECIMEN

CONSENT FOR PROCESSING PERSONAL DATA

I the undersigned helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip hereby agree to have my personal

data collected and processed - within the scope of the thesis of student

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip student ID No helliphelliphelliphelliphellip titled helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip whose supervisor is

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip - by the University of Information Technology and

Management in Rzeszoacutew ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew according to the act of 29 th August 1997 on

personal data protection (DzU 2014 item 1182 as amended)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate legible signature

26

Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and principles of conducting a diploma examination

(Defence Principles)

I1 Defences are conducted at the following times

a) in July and September - for students finishing their studies in Juneb) in March - for students finishing their studies in Februarysubject to point II item 4

2 A detailed schedule of defences is established by the deans after consulting the supervisors of the theses3 Students writing a team thesis take their defence exam at the same time In justified cases and with the

deanrsquos consent it is possible for the team to take the defence exam without one or more members (even if only one student takes the exam)

II1 The student submits hisher thesis in paper and electronic form after fulfilling the conditions specified in

point III2 The thesis and attachments referred to in item 3 below must be submitted not later than

a) 30th June ndash for defences conducted in Julyb) 31st August ndash for defences conducted in September c) 28th February ndash for defences conducted in Marchbut no later than 14 days before the date set for the defence exam

3 By the time specified in item 2 the student submits to UITM Deanrsquos Office the following a)1 copy of a bound thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature for acceptance of the thesis The binding for the

thesis should be bought from the Photocopy Rooms at the University The student is entitled to 3 covers for the thesis

b)the thesis in electronic form in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 3 Ac)5 photos (signed with the studentsrsquo name at the back) for the diploma size 45x65 mm against a light

background (the studentrsquos face should take no less than 75 of the picture)For the photos for the diploma a person should be dressed formally ie dark suit and light-coloured shirt for men and a suit or dress with jacket for women (low-cut necklines and immoderate display of femininity are not allowed) Sporty look is to be avoided

d)clearance slip with signatures (clearance slip to be collected in the International Office) and questionnaires to go with the clearance slip if applicable

e)proof of payment for issuing the diplomaf) proofs of other payments according to the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of educationg)application to have a copy of the diploma issued in a foreign language (English French Spanish

German or Russian) ndash for students who would like to receive such a copy h)application to have a supplement to the diploma issued in English (the application should contain the

title of the thesis translated into English) ndash for students who would like to receive such a supplement 4 If it is impossible for the student to submit the thesis for justified reasons the dean may after asking the

supervisorrsquos opinion prolong the time for submitting the thesis but for not longer than two months In such cases the student should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty not later than by the date specified in item 2b) and c)

5 A student who does not submit the thesis in the specified time may apply for a permission to repeat the semester To do that she should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty within 7 days from the specified date for submitting theses

III1 The student is admitted to the defence after fulfilling the following conditions

a) passing all exams and receiving all credits required by the plan of studies for the particular field of study

b) submitting relevant statements concerning the thesis by the student and by the supervisor according to the specimens in Attachment 2 D (the statements should be placed at the second page of the thesis)

27

c) receiving at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo) marks from the reviews of the thesis done by the supervisor and the reviewer

d) satisfying financial requirements specified in the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of education at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

e) submitting the thesis with all documents specified in point II item 32 In the case of instituting disciplinary proceedings against a student suspected of plagiarism of the thesis

that student may not defend the thesis until valid completion of the proceedings

IV1 Theses prepared by students are checked with the Anti-Plagiarism System linked to the university thesis

repository national thesis repository and Internet resources For each thesis the following ratios are establisheda) similarity ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is repeated in other theses to be

found in the repositories and in materials published in the Internet Similarity is understood as every cluster of at least 20 words which can be found in another thesis or materials published in the Internet

b) quotation ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is made up of fragments quoted from other authors

2 The supervisor is responsible for checking a thesis with the Anti-Plagiarism System before it is formally approved for the defence

3 The instruction for operating the Anti-Plagiarism System is available in electronic version on the network drive and at the Virtual University

ODziekanatEgzamin dyplomowy_Prace dyplomoweAntyplagiat_instrukcja dla promotoroacutew

WU Promotor ndash Antyplagiat instrukcja

4 Deanrsquos Office employees accepting the theses in electronic version are obliged toa) enter the accepted theses to the Anti-Plagiarism System on a current basisb) send daily lists of theses in the case of which the ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or

more to the Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of studyc) include in the personal files of a student taking the defence the ldquosimilarity reportrdquo a specimen of

which constitutes Attachment 3 B5 Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of study are obliged

a) not to accept for the defence theses not checked by the Anti-Plagiarism Systemb) to withhold the defence of a student whose thesis has a ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo of

20 or more6 Supervisors are obliged to again carefully analyse the content of a thesis whose ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor

ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or more

V1 The thesis is reviewed and marked by the supervisor and by one reviewer appointed by the dean The mark

for the thesis is the arithmetic mean of both above-mentioned marks Thesis reviewer can be an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle including a teacher from outside of the University

2 If the thesis is marked ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) by the reviewer the dean sends the thesis back for correction or asks for its assessment by an additional reviewer

3 The thesis should be graded carefully ie the assessment should not simply be a description of the thesis but contain critical comments assess the studentrsquos substantive and technical qualifications and the value of the thesis Specimens for thesis review are given in Attachments 3 C1 (supervisor) and 3 C2 (reviewer)

4 The supervisor and the reviewer are obliged to fill in their reviews for the thesis electronically in Polish5 The student is entitled to know the review for hisher thesis including the grading of the thesis

VI1 The defence is in the form of an oral exam unless the UITM President decides otherwise 2 The defence takes place in front of a committee composed of

a) the dean vice-dean or an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle authorized by the dean ndash as the chairperson

b) the supervisor of the thesis

28

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 4: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for starting and writing theses(Instructions for Thesis Writing)

I1 The thesis is written by the student during the last two semesters of studies under the guidance of an

academic teacher with an academic degree or title later referred to as the supervisor The dean names the academic teachers who can be supervisors For a Masterrsquos seminar a supervisor can be an academic teacher with a doctoral degree if accepted by the faculty council

2 In justified cases the dean may change a supervisor3 The student writes the thesis in the language in which hisher studies are conducted subject to items 4 and

54 With the deanrsquos consent the student may write the thesis in a foreign language To do that the student

should submit an application to that effect to the dean no later than before the last semester of studies commences

5 At fields of study related to education within foreign language philologies students write their theses in the language which is the object of the studies

6 Theses are written individually by the students subject to point II7 A supervisor may supervise no more than 30 theses at the same time

II1 An interdisciplinary thesis hereinafter called ldquoteam thesisrdquo may be prepared by a team consisting of

maximum three students2 Consent for a team thesis being prepared by students of one faculty is given by the dean of that faculty not

later than before the last semester of studies commences3 Consent for a team thesis being prepared by students of various faculties is given by the President not later

than before the last semester of studies commences When issuing the consent mentioned in the previous sentence the President indicated the competent dean for issues concerning the team thesis

4 Each of the students preparing the team thesis work under a supervisorrsquos direction Supervisors who manage the preparation of a team thesis should represent disciplines covering the subject matter of the thesis or related disciplines

5 The main thesis supervisor is indicated by the competent dean for issues concerning the team thesis 6 In the team thesis students and supervisors indicate by means of a statement which chapters (parts) of the

thesis have been prepared by particular members of the team (students)

IIIThe thesis for first-cycle studies should be written in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 2 A

IVThe thesis for second cycle studies should be written in accordance with the rules specified in- Attachment 2 B ndash for fields of studies of a practical profile- Attachment 2 C ndash for fields of studies of a general academic profile

VBinding thesis structure- Title page (first page)- Statements of the author and supervisor with legible signatures (second page)- List of contents (third page)- Introduction- Thesis aim- Body of the thesis (divided into numbered chapters subchapters as needed)- Conclusion- Literature

4

- Summary- AttachmentsEach of the above listed parts of the thesis should start at a new page

VITechnical rules of thesis writing are specified in Attachment 2 D

VIIPersonal data collected for the needs of preparing theses ie data revealing racial or ethnic origin political views religious or philosophical views religious party or trade-union membership health records genetic code addictions or sexual life and data concerning convictions judgments on penalty fines and other decisions issued in court or administrative proceedings are considered sensitive data subject to particular protection (art 27 item 1 of the act on personal data protection) It is allowed to collect and process such data if the person who the data concerns gives their consent in writing (art 27 item 2 point 1 of the act on personal data protection) The consent form is specified in Attachment 2 E Original copies of the particular consents should be attached to the theses in Attachments

VIIIFor theses describing experiments on people which meet the criteria of a ldquomedical experimentrdquo (according to art 21-29 of the act on the professions of doctor and dentist) a positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission must be obtained Application to the Commission is submitted by the thesis supervisor The application form and principles of proceeding are specified by the ldquoWork Regulations of the UITM Bioethical Commissionrdquo given as attachment to the respective Presidentrsquos Regulation The original copy of the UITM Bioethical Commissionrsquos positive opinion should be attached to the thesis in Attachments

5

Attachment 2 A

THESIS AT FIRST-CYCLE STUDIESpractical profile

Character of the thesis

A thesis at first-cycle studies should prove that the student has mastered knowledge and skills necessary to independently solve practical problems within the given field of study (considering the studentrsquos chosen specialty)The main aim of a thesis at first-cycle studies is to present the studentrsquos skills in analysing a problem defining a problem and choosing the methods and procedures to solve it as well as judging the effectiveness of the actions taken and the degree of attaining the set objectiveThe thesis should not be shorter than 30 pages (starting from the title page and ending at the page containing the summary excluding Attachments)

Recommended content of the thesis

IntroductionGeneral analysis of several (3-5) pages introducing the presented issues giving a rough outline of the subject matter of the thesis and its applicability in practice (justification for the issue discussed) The introduction should specify the following elements- justification of the choice of issuetopic of thesis- current state of knowledge concerning the issue discussed in the thesis- scope of the thesis- thesis layout presentation ie brief description of each chapter

Aim of the thesisThe aim of the thesis at first-cycle studies is not so much problem solving itself but the benefits of it (the aim is the future result of the action taken ndash problem solution ndash which justifies the action) The aim of the thesis should be worded in such a way that it is possible to assess the effectiveness of the actions taken to solve the problem and the degree to which the set objective was attained

The main body (divided into numbered chapter subchapters as needed)1

This part of the thesis should be adjusted to the specific character and subject of the issue being solved and it should include a theoretical and a practical partIn the theoretical part the author should present the issues discussed in the thesis analyse the current state of affairs specifying the occurring problem indicate potential solutions and justify the choice of one of themIn the practical part the author should present hisher knowledge of problem-solving procedures (methodologies) adequate to the field of study and the ability to assess the degree to which the set objective has been attained and to draw conclusions on that basis concerning the obtained results and effectiveness of the actions taken

ConclusionThe conclusion should contain an assessment of the effectiveness of the actions taken and the obtained results with a view to the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis

LiteratureThe student should give all sources used in the thesis including webpage addresses beside monographic publications continuous publications and legal acts

1 The dean of the faculty may issue a decision specifying more detailed guidelines concerning the content of the main body of the thesis binding for the given field of study

6

Attachment 2 B

THESIS AT SECOND-CYCLE STUDIESpractical profile

Character of the thesis

The thesis for second cycle studies should prove that the student has mastered specialist knowledge and skills specified by the program (with consideration for the chosen specialty) and prove their ability to solve practical problems (concerning specific needs in various areas of human activity solved with applied research)The thesis should not be shorter than 50 pages (starting from the title page and ending at the page containing the summary excluding Attachments)

Recommended structure of the thesis

IntroductionGeneral analysis of several (3-5) pages introducing the presented issues giving an outline of the subject matter of the thesis and its applicability in practice (justification for the issue discussed) The introduction should specify the following elements- justification of the choice of issuetopic of thesis- current state of knowledge concerning the issue discussed in the thesis- scope of the thesis- thesis layout presentation ie brief description of each chapter

Aim of the thesisThe aim of the thesis at second-cycle studies is not so much problem solving itself but the benefits of it (the aim is the future result of the action taken ndash problem solution ndash which justifies the action) The aim of the thesis should be worded in such a way that it is possible to assess the effectiveness of the actions taken to solve the problem and the degree to which the set objective was attained

The main body (divided into numbered chapter subchapters as needed)2

The main body of the thesis should be adjusted to the specific character and subject of the problem being solved and it should include a theoretical and a practical research partThe theoretical part should contain a justification for the need to solve the particular problem and a description of the method adopted to solve itIn the practical research part the author should present hisher knowledge of problem-solving procedures using elements of applied research methodologies the ability to assess the degree to which the set objective has been attained and to draw conclusions on that basis concerning the obtained results and effectiveness of the actions taken

ConclusionIn the conclusion the author should discuss the results obtained in the research with a view to the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis

LiteratureThe student should give all sources used in the thesis including webpage addresses beside monographic publications continuous publications and legal acts

2 The dean of the faculty may issue a decision specifying more detailed guidelines concerning the content of the main body of the thesis binding for the given field of study

7

Attachment 2 C

THESIS AT SECOND-CYCLE STUDIESgeneral academic profile

Character of the thesis

A thesis at second-cycle studies should prove that the student has mastered knowledge and skills in a specific educational scope (considering the studentrsquos chosen specialty) and the ability to solve theoretical problems (unrelated to the current needs of daily life solved in primary research) or practical ones (concerning specific needs in various areas of human activity solved with applied research)The thesis should not be shorter than 50 pages (starting from the title page and ending at the page containing the summary excluding Attachments)

Recommended structure of the thesis

IntroductionGeneral analysis of several (3-5) pages introducing the presented issues giving a brief outline of the subject matter of the thesis and its applicability in practice (justification for the issue discussed) The introduction should specify the following elements- justification of the choice of issuetopic of thesis- current state of knowledge concerning the issue discussed in the thesis- scope of the thesis- thesis layout presentation ie brief description of each chapter

Aim of the thesisThe aim of the thesis is to solve a research problem using methods applied in scientific research

The main body (divided into numbered chapter subchapters as needed)3

This part of the thesis should be adjusted to the specific character and subject of the problem being solved and it should include a theoretical and a research partThe theoretical part should contain a justification for the need to solve the particular problem and a description of the method adopted to solve itIn the research part the author should present hisher ability to conduct research procedures and the ability to- present raw output- analyse and interpret results- assess the obtained results mainly evaluate and compare them- generalise and draw conclusions (define the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis)

ConclusionIn the conclusion the author should discuss the results obtained in the research with a view to the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis

LiteratureThe student should give all sources used in the thesis including webpage addresses beside monographic publications continuous publications and legal acts It is important for the list of references and the quoted publications to be representative of the discussed research issue and that no major publications and achievements of specialised literature on the problem discussed (solved) are overlooked

3 The dean of the faculty may issue a decision specifying more detailed guidelines concerning the content of the main body of the thesis binding for the given field of study

8

Attachment 2 D

TECHNICAL RULES FOR WRITING THE THESIS

I RULES OF FORMATTING THE TEXT

- Do not insert headers or footers with separate text eg chapters title- Every part of the thesis should begin on a new page- Do not put full stops after the headings of particular parts of the thesis (including chapterssubchapters) and

after thesis title- Page numbers should obligatorily be put in automatically (in the footer centred Font Times New Roman

size 12) The first page of the thesis is the title page and numbering should begin from this very page but the number should not show on that page

- The table of contents should be automatic It should be placed on the third page of the thesis- Font ndash Times New Roman size 12 without bold lettering- Standard space between characters (0 points)- Not more than one space between words- Single space between lines- Text justified- Switch on automatic hyphenation of words- If a paragraph should begin on a new page choose the function of page break (Ctrl + Enter) - Do not leave any single letters or conjunctions at the end of the line To transfer the conjunction to the next

line press hard space (Ctrl + Shift + Space bar) Hard space should be inserted directly after the conjunction and before the following word (this causes the conjunction to be ldquoattachedrdquo to the word)

- Do not use the Enter key or soft enter at the end of the line (within a sentence)- Do not put a space between a word and a punctuation mark following it (comma full stop semicolon

colon) - Words (sentences) written in brackets cannot be separated from the brackets with spaces- Enumerations in the text should be done with automatic bulleting or numbering- The thesis must be printed on both sides ndash in the FilePage LayoutMargins menu choose ldquomirror marginsrdquo

(inside margin - 2cm outside top and bottom margins ndash 15cm each)

II TITLE PAGE OF THE THESIS

The title page of the thesis should containa) the logo (in colour) and name of the school as given in the example (font Times New Roman bold size

16)b) name of the faculty field of study and specialty (font Times New Roman bold size 16) c) full name of the author(s) of the thesis No of students record book ie the student ID No (font Times

New Roman size 15) and the title of the thesis (font Times New Roman italics bold size 20)d) academic degree and full name of the supervisor (font Times New Roman size 12)

NOTE The cover for the thesis has a window of the size 155 x 65 cm (placed centrally in relation to side margins and 125 cm from the bottom of the page) where the information mentioned in points c) and d) should fit in

e) the inscription DIPLOMA THESIS AT FIRST-CYCLE (or SECOND-CYCLEENGINEERrsquoS DEGREE) STUDIES (font Times New Roman bold size 19)

f) the name of the city (Rzeszoacutew) and the year of submitting the thesis eg Rzeszoacutew 2015 (font Times New Roman bold size 14)

The following pages present the specimens for title page of a thesis a version for theses written in Polish (using Economics as an example) and a version for theses written in English (using Philology as an example)

9

WYŻSZA SZKOŁAINFORMATYKI i ZARZĄDZANIA

z siedzibą w Rzeszowie

WYDZIAŁ EKONOMICZNY

Kierunek EKONOMIASpecjalność Rachunkowość

Jan KowalskiNr albumu studenta helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat pracy dyplomowej

Promotor tytułstopień naukowy Imię i Nazwisko Promotora

PRACA DYPLOMOWA MAGISTERSKA

Rzeszoacutew 2015

10

UNIVERSITY OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT

in Rzeszoacutew

FACULTY OF ADMINISTRATION AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

Field of Study PHILOLOGYSpecialty English Philology

Jan KowalskiNo of students record bookhelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Title of the thesis

Supervisor academic degree full name of the Supervisor

DIPLOMA THESIS AT FIRST-CYCLE STUDIES

Rzeszoacutew 2015

11

III SECOND PAGE OF THE THESIS

The second page of the thesis should contain

Version for theses written in English

1) A statement of the following content legibly undersigned by the author of the thesis

I the undersigned hereby state that the thesis entitled ldquordquo submitted by me has been prepared without any help I also state that the thesis has not been subject to procedures connected with acquiring an academic (Bachelorrsquos) degree at a higher education institution at any earlier timeI moreover declare that this version of the thesis is identical with the submitted electronic version

date authorrsquos legible signature

Note ndash for a team thesis (as described in point II of Attachment 2 to the Regulation) the statement is as follows

I the undersigned hereby state that the thesis entitled ldquordquo submitted by me has been prepared together with helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip (full names and ID numbers of co-authors)I also state that the thesis has not been subject to procedures connected with acquiring an academic (Bachelorrsquos) degree at a higher education institution at any earlier timeI moreover declare that this version of the thesis is identical with the submitted electronic version

date authorrsquos legible signature

2) A statement of the following content legibly undersigned by the supervisor of the thesis

I declare that this thesis has been prepared under my direction and I state that it fulfils the conditions for presenting it in proceedings for acquiring an academic degree

date authorrsquos legible signature

12

IV FIGURES GRAPHS PICTURES CHARTS

Graphics included in the thesis should be described as Fig for figures maps graphs diagrams or pictures and Tab for tables They should be numbered sequentially with Arabic numerals (Fig 1 Tab 1)

In the case of Figures the numbers should be followed with adequate captions (titles) and ndash starting from a new line ndash information about the source Figurersquos number its caption and information about the source should be placed below the figure (see example below)

Fig 1 Prototype of a light tank ldquoSkald 2rdquo prepared in the workshop of the Bumar Łabędy armaments concern Source Polish Press AgencyJakub Ochnio

For objects marked as Tab the number and description should be placed above the object (table) and information about the source below the object (see example below)

Tab 1 Armies of the Baltic countries and the forces of the north-western Russia army concentration

Country Basic categories of armed forces (in numbersitems)Infantry Artillery Tanks Planes

Estonia 5300 334 0 0Lithuania 3750 48 0 0

Latvia 1400 76 3 0Russia (NW army

concentration) 65000 850 750 320

Source httpwwwdefence24pl249417armie-krajow-baltyckich-i-rosji (30092015)

For captions and source information you need to use font Times New Roman size 10 in italics no bold lettering and no italics

Graphical objects (Fig and Tab) their captions and source information should be placed centrally with respect to the inside and outside margins When placing the graphical object with its description or information about the source the indentation established for paragraphs in the text is not applied Figures in the thesis have to be legible (they cannot be too small to be read) The size of a figure should be set in such a way that potential descriptions within the figure are minimally size 10 Times New Roman All bitmap or raster graphic objects should be in jpg format and vector graphs in wmf format which will allow to reduce the size of the thesis file

Figures diagrams graphs should be created with appropriate applications meant for that purpose eg Paint PowerPoint If the figures diagrams or graphs are created in MS Word they have to be grouped together

13

The basic principles of creating graphs

1 Graphs are created in justified cases eg it is not a justified case to present graphically two values The same results cannot be presented both in a table and in a graph

2 A graph absolutely must be legible That concerns all its elements including descriptions or labels for axes the legend background font points lines etc

3 Standard graph types are to be used bar charts line graphs (to show trends) pie charts (to show percentages of a whole) or scatter plots

4 3D effects should not be used in graphs Using them in pie charts or bar charts which is frequently done makes reading data in the graph more difficult (see Fig 1 and 2 below) One exception is using the third dimension to present an additional variable

5 If the labels can be placed on the axis rather than in the legend the legend is not needed (see Fig 1 below) The solution should be attempted to see whether sorting the data on the axis helps to make the graph clear

6 Do not use texture gradient shading or any similar elements7 Keep the amount of digits in values presented in the graph to a reasonable minimum they may be rounded

(eg 86 instead of 8578 is often enough) or different units can be used (eg 112 thousand instead of 11200)

8 Graphs should have legible descriptions with source of the data If a graph was created using data from another source the source of the data should be given too otherwise it may be understood that the graph was copied from the first source

Exceptions to the above rules are possible only in justified cases and with the supervisorrsquos consent

Below see examples of wrongly done graphs and their corrected counterparts

WRONG

12

21

2519

1112

lt 2526-3536-4546-5556-65gt 65

WELL

lt 2512

26-3521

36-4525

46-5519

56-6511

gt 6512

Fig 1 Participation of particular age groups of respondents in the survey

Source own study

14

WRONG

01000020000 720230

24797401541890

937850651210

Ludność (w tys)

Ludność

WELL

Przedprodukcyjnym (0-17 lat)

Produkcyjnym (18-5964)

Mobilnym (18-44)

Niemobilnym (45-5964)

Poprodukcyjnym (6065 lat i więcej)

0 5 10 15 20 25 30

Ludność w wieku

Ludność (mln)

Fig 2 Population by economic age groups in 2011 according to National Census data (GUS 2011)Source own study

V FORMULAE

Formulae should be placed centrally in separate lines labelled with Arabic numerals in parentheses placed close to the outer margin

f ( x )=αsdotradic x+1|xminus1|

(1)

If references to some formulae are used in the text the number of the formula in parentheses (1) should be used

15

VI LITERATURE (REFERENCES AND QUOTING)

Basic rules of using someone elsersquos work 1 Each manifestation of creative activity of an individual nature preserved in any form ie an authorrsquos work

is protected by copyright To consider a work an authorrsquos work and protect it with copyright it is not important what its purpose scientific value or other value is It must be indicated however that intellectual work of a creative nature is different than work of a technical nature understood as work requiring only specific knowledge and skills and the use of suitable tools materials and technologyApplicable to protection of results of scientific work (research results) are not only provisions of the act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights but also provisions of the Civil Code act of 23rd April 1963 and more precisely art 23 which explicitly lists scientific and artistic work among personal rights It means that using just research results (not protected by copyright) the author of the research still needs to be indicated in order to secure hisher personal rights to the said results If it is not done such an author can make claims as mentioned in art 24 of the Civil Code ie claims related to protection of personal rights

2 Descriptions of research results scientific discoveries or their interpretations can be used either with the authorrsquos consent or as allowed by legal provisions

3 For use of legally released work (ie released with the authorrsquos consent) the right to quote is applicable as regulated in art 29 item 1 of the act on copyright and related rights According to that provision in works which are independent wholes it is allowed to quote fragments of other published works or short works in their entirety to an extent justified with explanation critical analysis teaching or rights resulting from the workrsquos genre

4 Quotation (providing source data) rules are given further in this chapter Failure to indicate bibliographical data (sources) is an instance of plagiarism ie appropriation of someone elsersquos work When paraphrasing ie expressing someone elsersquos thoughts in your own words without quoting a fragment of someonersquos work literally the source should also be given

5 The concept of plagiarism has not been defined in legal provisions but it is generally understood as- appropriation of the authorship of someone elsersquos work (overt plagiarism) or- taking fragments of someone elsersquos work without providing the data on the author and source (covert

plagiarism) 6 If exercising the right to quote only serves to save on the writerrsquos effort (ie it is not justified with an

explanation or critical analysis) it violates the copyright although it is not plagiarism

Principles of placing quotations in the thesisIf the thesis contains quotations ndash concrete fragments of other authorsrsquo work ndash the whole quoted text should be placed within standard quotation marks (ldquoquoted textrdquo) Only then will the antiplagiarism system omit the quoted fragment when examining the thesis for similarity with other theses and online resources Also- quotations up to 40 words are placed within quotation marks within the particular paragraph- quotations longer than 40 words are placed within quotation marks in a separate paragraph

Foreign literatureTitles of foreign publications should be given in the original languageIt is possible to transliterate the Cyrillic alphabet into the Latin one according to norm PN-ISO 92000 binding in Poland

16

Four methods of inserting references are acceptable The choice of one particular method is made by the supervisor of the thesis

Method 1Automatic foot-endnotes are obligatory (choose Insert Footnote or Insert Endnote from the menu or press Alt + j) Footnotes are placed at the bottom of the relevant page and endnotes at the end of the relevant chapter The foot- or endnotes should end with full stops

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

Foot- or endnotes to literature ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name (or in reversed order initials and last name4) title of the thesis publisher (optional5) place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable Punctuation and font (upright or italics) presented below

Monographic publication quoted as a whole egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Monographic publication indicating a specific issue egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Article in press 6 eg Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 No 12 pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication egPucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Quoting the same reference several times one after the other eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Ibid pp 70-71or2 Ibidem pp 70-71

If quotes are separated with other references eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Wierzchom ST Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-393 Romer D Makroekonomia dlahellip op cit pp 70-72

If different works of the same author are quoted one after the other eg1 Sztompka P Socjologia Analiza społeczeństwa Znak Krakoacutew 20022 Id Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005or2 Idem Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005

4 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis5 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis6 it is also possible to use the name of the periodical without inverted commas (Informatyka) - the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis

17

1 Marody M Jednostka po nowoczesności perspektywa socjologiczna Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 20142 Eadem7 (ed) Wymiary życia społecznego Polska na przełomie XX i XXI wieku Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 2007

Quoting another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)Kowalski J System ochrony konkurencji i konsumentoacutew w Polsce Master thesis UITM Faculty of Administration and Social Sciences Rzeszoacutew 2009

Quoting legal acts

Acts issued until 2011 inclusively egElection Code act of 5th January 2011 (Dz U No 21 item 112 as amended)act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights (unified text Dz U of 2000 No 80 item 904 as amended)Regulation of the Council of Ministers of 23rd December 1996 on execution of the act on administrative enforcement proceedings (Dz U of 1997 No 1 item 1)

Acts issued from 2012 onwards (without the number of the Journal of Laws (DzU)) egRegulation of the Council of Ministers of 11th February 2013 on requirements for commissioning and operation of nuclear installation (Dz U item 28)Regulation of the Minister of Agriculture and Rural Development of 15th December 2011 on the manner and forms of collaboration of district sea fisheries inspectors and the Agricultural and Food Quality Inspection when controlling fishery products (Dz U of 2012 item 2)

Quoting case law

Published case law egSupreme Court ruling of 25th November 2011 III CZP 7611 OSNC 2012 No 6 item 71

Case law published electronically egSupreme Court ruling of 15th June 2012 II CSK66611 LEX No 1212809

If the quoted decision is not published write ldquounpublrdquo (for ldquounpublishedrdquo) egSupreme Administrative Court ruling of 5th April 2002 III SA 319099 unpubl

Foot-endnotes for webpages

Simple foot-endnotes (it is necessary to provide the date of visiting the webpage) eg httpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp from 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp as of 150504orhttpwwwielodzpldokumentyasp 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp (150504)

Foot-endnotes to an unnamed document from a website eghttpwwwielodzpldokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

Situations when frames make it impossible to provide the exact path (catalogue names should be used ) eg httpwwwie1odzp1 DOKUMENTYPOLSKIESTARE from 150504

Foot-endnote to a named document from a website egKozak MW Regiony w Polsce [at] httpwwwie1odzp1dokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

7 female form

18

Method 2References are placed after the quoted text as the authorrsquos name with the year of issue of the quoted position in square brackets as a reference to a literature position given in the list at the end of the thesis egThe system for generating belief networks and belief rules BeliefSEEKERreg has been developed at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew Poland in cooperation with the University of Kansas in Lawrence (KS) USA The first use of the system concerned classification of melanocytic lesions [Hippe and Mroczek 2003] Other applications of the system have been described in [Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003 Varmuza Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2004 Mroczek Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2004 Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 2005 Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2005] Recently new approaches to generating belief networks have been described by Heckerman [Heckerman 1995] and Spiehler [Spiehler 2006]

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

References in bibliography ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name title of the thesis publisher place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable

Reference to a monographic publication quoted as a whole[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000

Reference to a monographic publication indicating a specific issue[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000 pp 267-270

Reference to a publication (one author) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse 1997]Grzymała-Busse JW A New Version of the Rule Induction System LERSFundamenta Informaticae 31(1997)27-39

Reference to a publication (three authors at the most) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 1998]Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Mroczek TBelief rules vs decision rules A preliminary appraisal to the problemFundamenta Informaticae 32(1998)112-119

Reference to a publication (more than three authors) in a scientific periodical[Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003]Błajdo P Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Marek T Mroczek T Wrzesień MA suite of machine learning tools for machine learning and extraction of information and knowledge from dataPattern Recognition 46(2005)36-49

Reference to a publication in conference proceedings[Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003] Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Mroczek TNowe narzędzia informatyczne inżynierii wiedzy i uczenia maszynowego II Poroacutewnanie wybranych modeli wiedzy ukrytej oraz niepewnejIn Bubnicki Z Grzech A (eds) Inżynieria wiedzy i systemy ekspertoweWydawnictwo Politechniki Wrocławskiej Wrocław 2003 Vol 1 pp 239-247

19

Reference to another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)[Cyrek 2011] Cyrek G Architektura i funkcjonalność rozproszonych katalogoacutew bibliotecznych na przykładzie KaRoMaster thesis UITM Faculty of Applied IT Rzeszoacutew 2011

References to websites

Reference to a website with author and title available[Heckerman 1995]Heckerman D A Tutorial on Learning Bayesian Networkshttpresearchmicrosoftcomresearchpubs from 15122006

Reference to a website without title available[Spiehler 2006]httpwwwicsuciedumlearnMLRepositoryhtml from 15122006

Reference to a website without author and title available [WWW-1 2009]httpwwwkardiolopl from 12092009

[WWW-2 2009]httpwwwtelezdrowiepl from 14092009

Method 3References are placed after the quoted text only as numbers in square brackets referring to the number of the item in the bibliography at the end of the thesis eg Comparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [12]Numbers are given to the references in the order in which the particular titles appear in the thesis and this is the order in which particular references should be listed in the bibliography at the end of the thesis If a given reference is quoted more than once it should be referred to with the same number given at the first instance of quoting it each time it is quoted in the thesis If the author uses several titles for one paragraph the numbers of all quoted titles should be written in square brackets egComparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [3 7 12-19]

Literature positions in the bibliography at the end of the thesis should begin with the surname and the initial of the first (first and middle) name they are followed by the title of the work publisherrsquos name place and year of issue page numbers (if applicable) for the text used The entries should end with full stops

Monographic publication eg3 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Monographic publication quoted as a whole eg7 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Article in press eg17 Wierzchoń ST Systemy rozpoznawania Informatyka 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication eg19 Pucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Refrences to webpagesLike in Method 1

20

Method 4

If the authorrsquos name is not used directly in the text give the name8 year of issue and page in brackets eg (Giddens 2004 127)

When the name appears in the text give the year of issue and page in brackets egCynthia Epstein (1988 14) in her work Deceptive Distinctions Sex Gender and the Social Order notes mutual strengthening of the above described dichotomies

If the reference relates to a source quoted by another author information about both sources should be given in brackets egThe research conducted by Smith (1960 after Jones 1994 104) hellipThe reference list at the end of the thesis should contain full data of only that publication which was actually used

With two authors both names should be given If there are more than two authors give the first name in brackets followed by ldquoet alrdquo the year of issue and the page egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski et al 1999 96)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain names of all authors

If several publications of the same author are used which have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski 1999a 20)The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

If no author is given (eg for some reports) the brackets should contain the title of the source (or part of it if the title is long) year of issue and the page egResearch indicates that employment feminisation is currently observed in Poland (Płeć a możliwości ekonomiczne w Polscehellip 2004 84)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain the whole title year of issue publisherrsquos name and place of issue

For press articles without authorrsquos name the brackets should contain the title of the paper year of issue and the page eg (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999 5)

If two press articles of the same author or published in the same paper without authorrsquos name are referred to and they have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egThe local press (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999a 1) reported a corruption affair which involved leaders of the party governing the district At a conference a week later the head of the XY district denied having had anything to do with that matter (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999b 3) The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

For quoting websites- if the website has an author ndash give the name and date egTurner (2001) has created many useful graphs showing the transition between the different age groups- if the website does not have an author ndash give the title of the website in brackets egCancer experts estimate that changes to our diet could prevent about one in three cancer deaths in the UK (CancerHelp UK 2002)

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author Punctuation presented below

8 If the given author is quoted in the text for the first time full name should be given and further in the text only the last name is given

21

Books ndash full name of the author year of issue title place of issue publisherrsquos name eg Ahmed Leila 1992 Women and Gender in Islam Historical Roots of a Modern Debate New Haven and London Yale University PressTibi Bassam 1997 Fundamentalizm religijny Transl by Janusz Danecki Warszawa PWN (for translations translatorrsquos name must be given)

Articles in books - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) ldquoInrdquo full name of the editor of the book book title (in italics) place of issue publisherrsquos name pages where the quoted article is to be found egBruce Steve 1992 Revelations The Future of New Christian Right In Kaplan Lawrence (ed) Fundamentalism in Comparative Perspective Amherts University of Massachusetts Press pp 100-156

Articles in periodicals - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) title of the periodical (in italics) numbers of the periodical (both the current one and the one in the year of publication the latter in brackets) pages where the quoted article is to be found egAlrsquoAlwani Taha 1986 The Testimony of Women in Islamic Law The American Journal of Islamic Social Sciences 13 (2) pp 28-45

Articles in pressIf the author of the article is known the data should contain (in that order) full name of the author year of issue of the paper title of the article (upright font) title of the paper (in italics) number of the paper in the year of publication page(s) egKowalski Jan 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie Gazeta Dzisiejsza 80 p 5

If the author of the article is not known the data is given as followsGazeta Dzisiejsza 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie 80 p 5

Online materials (websites e-books e-journals) full name of the author (editor) year of publication titlename of the page [online] place of publication (if available) information on the URL and date of accessing the source egHolland Matt 2004 Guide to citing Internet sources [online] Poole Bournemouth University At httpwwwbournemouthacuklibraryusingguide_to_citing_internet_sourchtml [20042006]

For more on the Harvard Referencing System seehttpwwwwydawnictwoivgplattachmentsFileZasady_tworzenia_przypis__w_bibliograficznychpdf (file in Polish)httpswwwstaffsacukassetsharvard_quick_guide_tcm44-47797pdf (file in English)

22

VII SUMMARY

The summary should be written according to the model below using Times New Roman size 10 None of the elements from the specimen should be omitted Keywords required in the summary should be understood as 2-3 characteristic names expressions reflecting the subject and content of the thesis

The summary should be put at the end of the thesis after bibliography

In their theses students of first-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in the language in which the thesis is written (Polish or English)In their theses students of second-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in Polish and in English

23

SUMMARY SPECIMEN

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w RzeszowieWydział Administracji i Nauk Społecznych Wydział EkonomicznyWydział Informatyki Stosowanej Wydział Medyczny

Streszczenie pracy dyplomowejThesis title in Polish

AutorPromotorSłowa kluczowe

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in Polish

The University of Information Technology and Management in RzeszoacutewFaculty of Administration and Social Sciences Faculty of EconomicsFaculty of Information Technology Faculty of Medicine

Diploma Thesis SummaryThesis title in English

AuthorSupervisorKeywords

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in English

24

VIII ATTACHMENTS

Attachments to the thesis (if applicable) should form a separate chapter of the thesis placed at the end of it (after the list of references) and considered in the list of contentsAttachments should be written in font Times New Roman size 10 and formatted according to the principles of formatting the text of the thesis margins formulae figures diagrams pictures tables as specified in this regulationIf the attachments are extensive or electronic in form (eg software graphics) they should be placed on a CD and thus attached (in an envelope pasted in at the end of the thesis)This part of the thesis also contains original copies of consents for processing personal data and the original copy of the positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission as applicable

25

Attachment 2 E

SPECIMEN

CONSENT FOR PROCESSING PERSONAL DATA

I the undersigned helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip hereby agree to have my personal

data collected and processed - within the scope of the thesis of student

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip student ID No helliphelliphelliphelliphellip titled helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip whose supervisor is

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip - by the University of Information Technology and

Management in Rzeszoacutew ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew according to the act of 29 th August 1997 on

personal data protection (DzU 2014 item 1182 as amended)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate legible signature

26

Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and principles of conducting a diploma examination

(Defence Principles)

I1 Defences are conducted at the following times

a) in July and September - for students finishing their studies in Juneb) in March - for students finishing their studies in Februarysubject to point II item 4

2 A detailed schedule of defences is established by the deans after consulting the supervisors of the theses3 Students writing a team thesis take their defence exam at the same time In justified cases and with the

deanrsquos consent it is possible for the team to take the defence exam without one or more members (even if only one student takes the exam)

II1 The student submits hisher thesis in paper and electronic form after fulfilling the conditions specified in

point III2 The thesis and attachments referred to in item 3 below must be submitted not later than

a) 30th June ndash for defences conducted in Julyb) 31st August ndash for defences conducted in September c) 28th February ndash for defences conducted in Marchbut no later than 14 days before the date set for the defence exam

3 By the time specified in item 2 the student submits to UITM Deanrsquos Office the following a)1 copy of a bound thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature for acceptance of the thesis The binding for the

thesis should be bought from the Photocopy Rooms at the University The student is entitled to 3 covers for the thesis

b)the thesis in electronic form in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 3 Ac)5 photos (signed with the studentsrsquo name at the back) for the diploma size 45x65 mm against a light

background (the studentrsquos face should take no less than 75 of the picture)For the photos for the diploma a person should be dressed formally ie dark suit and light-coloured shirt for men and a suit or dress with jacket for women (low-cut necklines and immoderate display of femininity are not allowed) Sporty look is to be avoided

d)clearance slip with signatures (clearance slip to be collected in the International Office) and questionnaires to go with the clearance slip if applicable

e)proof of payment for issuing the diplomaf) proofs of other payments according to the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of educationg)application to have a copy of the diploma issued in a foreign language (English French Spanish

German or Russian) ndash for students who would like to receive such a copy h)application to have a supplement to the diploma issued in English (the application should contain the

title of the thesis translated into English) ndash for students who would like to receive such a supplement 4 If it is impossible for the student to submit the thesis for justified reasons the dean may after asking the

supervisorrsquos opinion prolong the time for submitting the thesis but for not longer than two months In such cases the student should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty not later than by the date specified in item 2b) and c)

5 A student who does not submit the thesis in the specified time may apply for a permission to repeat the semester To do that she should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty within 7 days from the specified date for submitting theses

III1 The student is admitted to the defence after fulfilling the following conditions

a) passing all exams and receiving all credits required by the plan of studies for the particular field of study

b) submitting relevant statements concerning the thesis by the student and by the supervisor according to the specimens in Attachment 2 D (the statements should be placed at the second page of the thesis)

27

c) receiving at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo) marks from the reviews of the thesis done by the supervisor and the reviewer

d) satisfying financial requirements specified in the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of education at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

e) submitting the thesis with all documents specified in point II item 32 In the case of instituting disciplinary proceedings against a student suspected of plagiarism of the thesis

that student may not defend the thesis until valid completion of the proceedings

IV1 Theses prepared by students are checked with the Anti-Plagiarism System linked to the university thesis

repository national thesis repository and Internet resources For each thesis the following ratios are establisheda) similarity ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is repeated in other theses to be

found in the repositories and in materials published in the Internet Similarity is understood as every cluster of at least 20 words which can be found in another thesis or materials published in the Internet

b) quotation ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is made up of fragments quoted from other authors

2 The supervisor is responsible for checking a thesis with the Anti-Plagiarism System before it is formally approved for the defence

3 The instruction for operating the Anti-Plagiarism System is available in electronic version on the network drive and at the Virtual University

ODziekanatEgzamin dyplomowy_Prace dyplomoweAntyplagiat_instrukcja dla promotoroacutew

WU Promotor ndash Antyplagiat instrukcja

4 Deanrsquos Office employees accepting the theses in electronic version are obliged toa) enter the accepted theses to the Anti-Plagiarism System on a current basisb) send daily lists of theses in the case of which the ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or

more to the Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of studyc) include in the personal files of a student taking the defence the ldquosimilarity reportrdquo a specimen of

which constitutes Attachment 3 B5 Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of study are obliged

a) not to accept for the defence theses not checked by the Anti-Plagiarism Systemb) to withhold the defence of a student whose thesis has a ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo of

20 or more6 Supervisors are obliged to again carefully analyse the content of a thesis whose ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor

ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or more

V1 The thesis is reviewed and marked by the supervisor and by one reviewer appointed by the dean The mark

for the thesis is the arithmetic mean of both above-mentioned marks Thesis reviewer can be an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle including a teacher from outside of the University

2 If the thesis is marked ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) by the reviewer the dean sends the thesis back for correction or asks for its assessment by an additional reviewer

3 The thesis should be graded carefully ie the assessment should not simply be a description of the thesis but contain critical comments assess the studentrsquos substantive and technical qualifications and the value of the thesis Specimens for thesis review are given in Attachments 3 C1 (supervisor) and 3 C2 (reviewer)

4 The supervisor and the reviewer are obliged to fill in their reviews for the thesis electronically in Polish5 The student is entitled to know the review for hisher thesis including the grading of the thesis

VI1 The defence is in the form of an oral exam unless the UITM President decides otherwise 2 The defence takes place in front of a committee composed of

a) the dean vice-dean or an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle authorized by the dean ndash as the chairperson

b) the supervisor of the thesis

28

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 5: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

- Summary- AttachmentsEach of the above listed parts of the thesis should start at a new page

VITechnical rules of thesis writing are specified in Attachment 2 D

VIIPersonal data collected for the needs of preparing theses ie data revealing racial or ethnic origin political views religious or philosophical views religious party or trade-union membership health records genetic code addictions or sexual life and data concerning convictions judgments on penalty fines and other decisions issued in court or administrative proceedings are considered sensitive data subject to particular protection (art 27 item 1 of the act on personal data protection) It is allowed to collect and process such data if the person who the data concerns gives their consent in writing (art 27 item 2 point 1 of the act on personal data protection) The consent form is specified in Attachment 2 E Original copies of the particular consents should be attached to the theses in Attachments

VIIIFor theses describing experiments on people which meet the criteria of a ldquomedical experimentrdquo (according to art 21-29 of the act on the professions of doctor and dentist) a positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission must be obtained Application to the Commission is submitted by the thesis supervisor The application form and principles of proceeding are specified by the ldquoWork Regulations of the UITM Bioethical Commissionrdquo given as attachment to the respective Presidentrsquos Regulation The original copy of the UITM Bioethical Commissionrsquos positive opinion should be attached to the thesis in Attachments

5

Attachment 2 A

THESIS AT FIRST-CYCLE STUDIESpractical profile

Character of the thesis

A thesis at first-cycle studies should prove that the student has mastered knowledge and skills necessary to independently solve practical problems within the given field of study (considering the studentrsquos chosen specialty)The main aim of a thesis at first-cycle studies is to present the studentrsquos skills in analysing a problem defining a problem and choosing the methods and procedures to solve it as well as judging the effectiveness of the actions taken and the degree of attaining the set objectiveThe thesis should not be shorter than 30 pages (starting from the title page and ending at the page containing the summary excluding Attachments)

Recommended content of the thesis

IntroductionGeneral analysis of several (3-5) pages introducing the presented issues giving a rough outline of the subject matter of the thesis and its applicability in practice (justification for the issue discussed) The introduction should specify the following elements- justification of the choice of issuetopic of thesis- current state of knowledge concerning the issue discussed in the thesis- scope of the thesis- thesis layout presentation ie brief description of each chapter

Aim of the thesisThe aim of the thesis at first-cycle studies is not so much problem solving itself but the benefits of it (the aim is the future result of the action taken ndash problem solution ndash which justifies the action) The aim of the thesis should be worded in such a way that it is possible to assess the effectiveness of the actions taken to solve the problem and the degree to which the set objective was attained

The main body (divided into numbered chapter subchapters as needed)1

This part of the thesis should be adjusted to the specific character and subject of the issue being solved and it should include a theoretical and a practical partIn the theoretical part the author should present the issues discussed in the thesis analyse the current state of affairs specifying the occurring problem indicate potential solutions and justify the choice of one of themIn the practical part the author should present hisher knowledge of problem-solving procedures (methodologies) adequate to the field of study and the ability to assess the degree to which the set objective has been attained and to draw conclusions on that basis concerning the obtained results and effectiveness of the actions taken

ConclusionThe conclusion should contain an assessment of the effectiveness of the actions taken and the obtained results with a view to the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis

LiteratureThe student should give all sources used in the thesis including webpage addresses beside monographic publications continuous publications and legal acts

1 The dean of the faculty may issue a decision specifying more detailed guidelines concerning the content of the main body of the thesis binding for the given field of study

6

Attachment 2 B

THESIS AT SECOND-CYCLE STUDIESpractical profile

Character of the thesis

The thesis for second cycle studies should prove that the student has mastered specialist knowledge and skills specified by the program (with consideration for the chosen specialty) and prove their ability to solve practical problems (concerning specific needs in various areas of human activity solved with applied research)The thesis should not be shorter than 50 pages (starting from the title page and ending at the page containing the summary excluding Attachments)

Recommended structure of the thesis

IntroductionGeneral analysis of several (3-5) pages introducing the presented issues giving an outline of the subject matter of the thesis and its applicability in practice (justification for the issue discussed) The introduction should specify the following elements- justification of the choice of issuetopic of thesis- current state of knowledge concerning the issue discussed in the thesis- scope of the thesis- thesis layout presentation ie brief description of each chapter

Aim of the thesisThe aim of the thesis at second-cycle studies is not so much problem solving itself but the benefits of it (the aim is the future result of the action taken ndash problem solution ndash which justifies the action) The aim of the thesis should be worded in such a way that it is possible to assess the effectiveness of the actions taken to solve the problem and the degree to which the set objective was attained

The main body (divided into numbered chapter subchapters as needed)2

The main body of the thesis should be adjusted to the specific character and subject of the problem being solved and it should include a theoretical and a practical research partThe theoretical part should contain a justification for the need to solve the particular problem and a description of the method adopted to solve itIn the practical research part the author should present hisher knowledge of problem-solving procedures using elements of applied research methodologies the ability to assess the degree to which the set objective has been attained and to draw conclusions on that basis concerning the obtained results and effectiveness of the actions taken

ConclusionIn the conclusion the author should discuss the results obtained in the research with a view to the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis

LiteratureThe student should give all sources used in the thesis including webpage addresses beside monographic publications continuous publications and legal acts

2 The dean of the faculty may issue a decision specifying more detailed guidelines concerning the content of the main body of the thesis binding for the given field of study

7

Attachment 2 C

THESIS AT SECOND-CYCLE STUDIESgeneral academic profile

Character of the thesis

A thesis at second-cycle studies should prove that the student has mastered knowledge and skills in a specific educational scope (considering the studentrsquos chosen specialty) and the ability to solve theoretical problems (unrelated to the current needs of daily life solved in primary research) or practical ones (concerning specific needs in various areas of human activity solved with applied research)The thesis should not be shorter than 50 pages (starting from the title page and ending at the page containing the summary excluding Attachments)

Recommended structure of the thesis

IntroductionGeneral analysis of several (3-5) pages introducing the presented issues giving a brief outline of the subject matter of the thesis and its applicability in practice (justification for the issue discussed) The introduction should specify the following elements- justification of the choice of issuetopic of thesis- current state of knowledge concerning the issue discussed in the thesis- scope of the thesis- thesis layout presentation ie brief description of each chapter

Aim of the thesisThe aim of the thesis is to solve a research problem using methods applied in scientific research

The main body (divided into numbered chapter subchapters as needed)3

This part of the thesis should be adjusted to the specific character and subject of the problem being solved and it should include a theoretical and a research partThe theoretical part should contain a justification for the need to solve the particular problem and a description of the method adopted to solve itIn the research part the author should present hisher ability to conduct research procedures and the ability to- present raw output- analyse and interpret results- assess the obtained results mainly evaluate and compare them- generalise and draw conclusions (define the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis)

ConclusionIn the conclusion the author should discuss the results obtained in the research with a view to the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis

LiteratureThe student should give all sources used in the thesis including webpage addresses beside monographic publications continuous publications and legal acts It is important for the list of references and the quoted publications to be representative of the discussed research issue and that no major publications and achievements of specialised literature on the problem discussed (solved) are overlooked

3 The dean of the faculty may issue a decision specifying more detailed guidelines concerning the content of the main body of the thesis binding for the given field of study

8

Attachment 2 D

TECHNICAL RULES FOR WRITING THE THESIS

I RULES OF FORMATTING THE TEXT

- Do not insert headers or footers with separate text eg chapters title- Every part of the thesis should begin on a new page- Do not put full stops after the headings of particular parts of the thesis (including chapterssubchapters) and

after thesis title- Page numbers should obligatorily be put in automatically (in the footer centred Font Times New Roman

size 12) The first page of the thesis is the title page and numbering should begin from this very page but the number should not show on that page

- The table of contents should be automatic It should be placed on the third page of the thesis- Font ndash Times New Roman size 12 without bold lettering- Standard space between characters (0 points)- Not more than one space between words- Single space between lines- Text justified- Switch on automatic hyphenation of words- If a paragraph should begin on a new page choose the function of page break (Ctrl + Enter) - Do not leave any single letters or conjunctions at the end of the line To transfer the conjunction to the next

line press hard space (Ctrl + Shift + Space bar) Hard space should be inserted directly after the conjunction and before the following word (this causes the conjunction to be ldquoattachedrdquo to the word)

- Do not use the Enter key or soft enter at the end of the line (within a sentence)- Do not put a space between a word and a punctuation mark following it (comma full stop semicolon

colon) - Words (sentences) written in brackets cannot be separated from the brackets with spaces- Enumerations in the text should be done with automatic bulleting or numbering- The thesis must be printed on both sides ndash in the FilePage LayoutMargins menu choose ldquomirror marginsrdquo

(inside margin - 2cm outside top and bottom margins ndash 15cm each)

II TITLE PAGE OF THE THESIS

The title page of the thesis should containa) the logo (in colour) and name of the school as given in the example (font Times New Roman bold size

16)b) name of the faculty field of study and specialty (font Times New Roman bold size 16) c) full name of the author(s) of the thesis No of students record book ie the student ID No (font Times

New Roman size 15) and the title of the thesis (font Times New Roman italics bold size 20)d) academic degree and full name of the supervisor (font Times New Roman size 12)

NOTE The cover for the thesis has a window of the size 155 x 65 cm (placed centrally in relation to side margins and 125 cm from the bottom of the page) where the information mentioned in points c) and d) should fit in

e) the inscription DIPLOMA THESIS AT FIRST-CYCLE (or SECOND-CYCLEENGINEERrsquoS DEGREE) STUDIES (font Times New Roman bold size 19)

f) the name of the city (Rzeszoacutew) and the year of submitting the thesis eg Rzeszoacutew 2015 (font Times New Roman bold size 14)

The following pages present the specimens for title page of a thesis a version for theses written in Polish (using Economics as an example) and a version for theses written in English (using Philology as an example)

9

WYŻSZA SZKOŁAINFORMATYKI i ZARZĄDZANIA

z siedzibą w Rzeszowie

WYDZIAŁ EKONOMICZNY

Kierunek EKONOMIASpecjalność Rachunkowość

Jan KowalskiNr albumu studenta helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat pracy dyplomowej

Promotor tytułstopień naukowy Imię i Nazwisko Promotora

PRACA DYPLOMOWA MAGISTERSKA

Rzeszoacutew 2015

10

UNIVERSITY OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT

in Rzeszoacutew

FACULTY OF ADMINISTRATION AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

Field of Study PHILOLOGYSpecialty English Philology

Jan KowalskiNo of students record bookhelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Title of the thesis

Supervisor academic degree full name of the Supervisor

DIPLOMA THESIS AT FIRST-CYCLE STUDIES

Rzeszoacutew 2015

11

III SECOND PAGE OF THE THESIS

The second page of the thesis should contain

Version for theses written in English

1) A statement of the following content legibly undersigned by the author of the thesis

I the undersigned hereby state that the thesis entitled ldquordquo submitted by me has been prepared without any help I also state that the thesis has not been subject to procedures connected with acquiring an academic (Bachelorrsquos) degree at a higher education institution at any earlier timeI moreover declare that this version of the thesis is identical with the submitted electronic version

date authorrsquos legible signature

Note ndash for a team thesis (as described in point II of Attachment 2 to the Regulation) the statement is as follows

I the undersigned hereby state that the thesis entitled ldquordquo submitted by me has been prepared together with helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip (full names and ID numbers of co-authors)I also state that the thesis has not been subject to procedures connected with acquiring an academic (Bachelorrsquos) degree at a higher education institution at any earlier timeI moreover declare that this version of the thesis is identical with the submitted electronic version

date authorrsquos legible signature

2) A statement of the following content legibly undersigned by the supervisor of the thesis

I declare that this thesis has been prepared under my direction and I state that it fulfils the conditions for presenting it in proceedings for acquiring an academic degree

date authorrsquos legible signature

12

IV FIGURES GRAPHS PICTURES CHARTS

Graphics included in the thesis should be described as Fig for figures maps graphs diagrams or pictures and Tab for tables They should be numbered sequentially with Arabic numerals (Fig 1 Tab 1)

In the case of Figures the numbers should be followed with adequate captions (titles) and ndash starting from a new line ndash information about the source Figurersquos number its caption and information about the source should be placed below the figure (see example below)

Fig 1 Prototype of a light tank ldquoSkald 2rdquo prepared in the workshop of the Bumar Łabędy armaments concern Source Polish Press AgencyJakub Ochnio

For objects marked as Tab the number and description should be placed above the object (table) and information about the source below the object (see example below)

Tab 1 Armies of the Baltic countries and the forces of the north-western Russia army concentration

Country Basic categories of armed forces (in numbersitems)Infantry Artillery Tanks Planes

Estonia 5300 334 0 0Lithuania 3750 48 0 0

Latvia 1400 76 3 0Russia (NW army

concentration) 65000 850 750 320

Source httpwwwdefence24pl249417armie-krajow-baltyckich-i-rosji (30092015)

For captions and source information you need to use font Times New Roman size 10 in italics no bold lettering and no italics

Graphical objects (Fig and Tab) their captions and source information should be placed centrally with respect to the inside and outside margins When placing the graphical object with its description or information about the source the indentation established for paragraphs in the text is not applied Figures in the thesis have to be legible (they cannot be too small to be read) The size of a figure should be set in such a way that potential descriptions within the figure are minimally size 10 Times New Roman All bitmap or raster graphic objects should be in jpg format and vector graphs in wmf format which will allow to reduce the size of the thesis file

Figures diagrams graphs should be created with appropriate applications meant for that purpose eg Paint PowerPoint If the figures diagrams or graphs are created in MS Word they have to be grouped together

13

The basic principles of creating graphs

1 Graphs are created in justified cases eg it is not a justified case to present graphically two values The same results cannot be presented both in a table and in a graph

2 A graph absolutely must be legible That concerns all its elements including descriptions or labels for axes the legend background font points lines etc

3 Standard graph types are to be used bar charts line graphs (to show trends) pie charts (to show percentages of a whole) or scatter plots

4 3D effects should not be used in graphs Using them in pie charts or bar charts which is frequently done makes reading data in the graph more difficult (see Fig 1 and 2 below) One exception is using the third dimension to present an additional variable

5 If the labels can be placed on the axis rather than in the legend the legend is not needed (see Fig 1 below) The solution should be attempted to see whether sorting the data on the axis helps to make the graph clear

6 Do not use texture gradient shading or any similar elements7 Keep the amount of digits in values presented in the graph to a reasonable minimum they may be rounded

(eg 86 instead of 8578 is often enough) or different units can be used (eg 112 thousand instead of 11200)

8 Graphs should have legible descriptions with source of the data If a graph was created using data from another source the source of the data should be given too otherwise it may be understood that the graph was copied from the first source

Exceptions to the above rules are possible only in justified cases and with the supervisorrsquos consent

Below see examples of wrongly done graphs and their corrected counterparts

WRONG

12

21

2519

1112

lt 2526-3536-4546-5556-65gt 65

WELL

lt 2512

26-3521

36-4525

46-5519

56-6511

gt 6512

Fig 1 Participation of particular age groups of respondents in the survey

Source own study

14

WRONG

01000020000 720230

24797401541890

937850651210

Ludność (w tys)

Ludność

WELL

Przedprodukcyjnym (0-17 lat)

Produkcyjnym (18-5964)

Mobilnym (18-44)

Niemobilnym (45-5964)

Poprodukcyjnym (6065 lat i więcej)

0 5 10 15 20 25 30

Ludność w wieku

Ludność (mln)

Fig 2 Population by economic age groups in 2011 according to National Census data (GUS 2011)Source own study

V FORMULAE

Formulae should be placed centrally in separate lines labelled with Arabic numerals in parentheses placed close to the outer margin

f ( x )=αsdotradic x+1|xminus1|

(1)

If references to some formulae are used in the text the number of the formula in parentheses (1) should be used

15

VI LITERATURE (REFERENCES AND QUOTING)

Basic rules of using someone elsersquos work 1 Each manifestation of creative activity of an individual nature preserved in any form ie an authorrsquos work

is protected by copyright To consider a work an authorrsquos work and protect it with copyright it is not important what its purpose scientific value or other value is It must be indicated however that intellectual work of a creative nature is different than work of a technical nature understood as work requiring only specific knowledge and skills and the use of suitable tools materials and technologyApplicable to protection of results of scientific work (research results) are not only provisions of the act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights but also provisions of the Civil Code act of 23rd April 1963 and more precisely art 23 which explicitly lists scientific and artistic work among personal rights It means that using just research results (not protected by copyright) the author of the research still needs to be indicated in order to secure hisher personal rights to the said results If it is not done such an author can make claims as mentioned in art 24 of the Civil Code ie claims related to protection of personal rights

2 Descriptions of research results scientific discoveries or their interpretations can be used either with the authorrsquos consent or as allowed by legal provisions

3 For use of legally released work (ie released with the authorrsquos consent) the right to quote is applicable as regulated in art 29 item 1 of the act on copyright and related rights According to that provision in works which are independent wholes it is allowed to quote fragments of other published works or short works in their entirety to an extent justified with explanation critical analysis teaching or rights resulting from the workrsquos genre

4 Quotation (providing source data) rules are given further in this chapter Failure to indicate bibliographical data (sources) is an instance of plagiarism ie appropriation of someone elsersquos work When paraphrasing ie expressing someone elsersquos thoughts in your own words without quoting a fragment of someonersquos work literally the source should also be given

5 The concept of plagiarism has not been defined in legal provisions but it is generally understood as- appropriation of the authorship of someone elsersquos work (overt plagiarism) or- taking fragments of someone elsersquos work without providing the data on the author and source (covert

plagiarism) 6 If exercising the right to quote only serves to save on the writerrsquos effort (ie it is not justified with an

explanation or critical analysis) it violates the copyright although it is not plagiarism

Principles of placing quotations in the thesisIf the thesis contains quotations ndash concrete fragments of other authorsrsquo work ndash the whole quoted text should be placed within standard quotation marks (ldquoquoted textrdquo) Only then will the antiplagiarism system omit the quoted fragment when examining the thesis for similarity with other theses and online resources Also- quotations up to 40 words are placed within quotation marks within the particular paragraph- quotations longer than 40 words are placed within quotation marks in a separate paragraph

Foreign literatureTitles of foreign publications should be given in the original languageIt is possible to transliterate the Cyrillic alphabet into the Latin one according to norm PN-ISO 92000 binding in Poland

16

Four methods of inserting references are acceptable The choice of one particular method is made by the supervisor of the thesis

Method 1Automatic foot-endnotes are obligatory (choose Insert Footnote or Insert Endnote from the menu or press Alt + j) Footnotes are placed at the bottom of the relevant page and endnotes at the end of the relevant chapter The foot- or endnotes should end with full stops

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

Foot- or endnotes to literature ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name (or in reversed order initials and last name4) title of the thesis publisher (optional5) place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable Punctuation and font (upright or italics) presented below

Monographic publication quoted as a whole egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Monographic publication indicating a specific issue egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Article in press 6 eg Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 No 12 pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication egPucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Quoting the same reference several times one after the other eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Ibid pp 70-71or2 Ibidem pp 70-71

If quotes are separated with other references eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Wierzchom ST Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-393 Romer D Makroekonomia dlahellip op cit pp 70-72

If different works of the same author are quoted one after the other eg1 Sztompka P Socjologia Analiza społeczeństwa Znak Krakoacutew 20022 Id Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005or2 Idem Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005

4 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis5 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis6 it is also possible to use the name of the periodical without inverted commas (Informatyka) - the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis

17

1 Marody M Jednostka po nowoczesności perspektywa socjologiczna Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 20142 Eadem7 (ed) Wymiary życia społecznego Polska na przełomie XX i XXI wieku Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 2007

Quoting another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)Kowalski J System ochrony konkurencji i konsumentoacutew w Polsce Master thesis UITM Faculty of Administration and Social Sciences Rzeszoacutew 2009

Quoting legal acts

Acts issued until 2011 inclusively egElection Code act of 5th January 2011 (Dz U No 21 item 112 as amended)act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights (unified text Dz U of 2000 No 80 item 904 as amended)Regulation of the Council of Ministers of 23rd December 1996 on execution of the act on administrative enforcement proceedings (Dz U of 1997 No 1 item 1)

Acts issued from 2012 onwards (without the number of the Journal of Laws (DzU)) egRegulation of the Council of Ministers of 11th February 2013 on requirements for commissioning and operation of nuclear installation (Dz U item 28)Regulation of the Minister of Agriculture and Rural Development of 15th December 2011 on the manner and forms of collaboration of district sea fisheries inspectors and the Agricultural and Food Quality Inspection when controlling fishery products (Dz U of 2012 item 2)

Quoting case law

Published case law egSupreme Court ruling of 25th November 2011 III CZP 7611 OSNC 2012 No 6 item 71

Case law published electronically egSupreme Court ruling of 15th June 2012 II CSK66611 LEX No 1212809

If the quoted decision is not published write ldquounpublrdquo (for ldquounpublishedrdquo) egSupreme Administrative Court ruling of 5th April 2002 III SA 319099 unpubl

Foot-endnotes for webpages

Simple foot-endnotes (it is necessary to provide the date of visiting the webpage) eg httpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp from 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp as of 150504orhttpwwwielodzpldokumentyasp 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp (150504)

Foot-endnotes to an unnamed document from a website eghttpwwwielodzpldokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

Situations when frames make it impossible to provide the exact path (catalogue names should be used ) eg httpwwwie1odzp1 DOKUMENTYPOLSKIESTARE from 150504

Foot-endnote to a named document from a website egKozak MW Regiony w Polsce [at] httpwwwie1odzp1dokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

7 female form

18

Method 2References are placed after the quoted text as the authorrsquos name with the year of issue of the quoted position in square brackets as a reference to a literature position given in the list at the end of the thesis egThe system for generating belief networks and belief rules BeliefSEEKERreg has been developed at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew Poland in cooperation with the University of Kansas in Lawrence (KS) USA The first use of the system concerned classification of melanocytic lesions [Hippe and Mroczek 2003] Other applications of the system have been described in [Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003 Varmuza Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2004 Mroczek Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2004 Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 2005 Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2005] Recently new approaches to generating belief networks have been described by Heckerman [Heckerman 1995] and Spiehler [Spiehler 2006]

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

References in bibliography ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name title of the thesis publisher place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable

Reference to a monographic publication quoted as a whole[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000

Reference to a monographic publication indicating a specific issue[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000 pp 267-270

Reference to a publication (one author) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse 1997]Grzymała-Busse JW A New Version of the Rule Induction System LERSFundamenta Informaticae 31(1997)27-39

Reference to a publication (three authors at the most) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 1998]Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Mroczek TBelief rules vs decision rules A preliminary appraisal to the problemFundamenta Informaticae 32(1998)112-119

Reference to a publication (more than three authors) in a scientific periodical[Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003]Błajdo P Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Marek T Mroczek T Wrzesień MA suite of machine learning tools for machine learning and extraction of information and knowledge from dataPattern Recognition 46(2005)36-49

Reference to a publication in conference proceedings[Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003] Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Mroczek TNowe narzędzia informatyczne inżynierii wiedzy i uczenia maszynowego II Poroacutewnanie wybranych modeli wiedzy ukrytej oraz niepewnejIn Bubnicki Z Grzech A (eds) Inżynieria wiedzy i systemy ekspertoweWydawnictwo Politechniki Wrocławskiej Wrocław 2003 Vol 1 pp 239-247

19

Reference to another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)[Cyrek 2011] Cyrek G Architektura i funkcjonalność rozproszonych katalogoacutew bibliotecznych na przykładzie KaRoMaster thesis UITM Faculty of Applied IT Rzeszoacutew 2011

References to websites

Reference to a website with author and title available[Heckerman 1995]Heckerman D A Tutorial on Learning Bayesian Networkshttpresearchmicrosoftcomresearchpubs from 15122006

Reference to a website without title available[Spiehler 2006]httpwwwicsuciedumlearnMLRepositoryhtml from 15122006

Reference to a website without author and title available [WWW-1 2009]httpwwwkardiolopl from 12092009

[WWW-2 2009]httpwwwtelezdrowiepl from 14092009

Method 3References are placed after the quoted text only as numbers in square brackets referring to the number of the item in the bibliography at the end of the thesis eg Comparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [12]Numbers are given to the references in the order in which the particular titles appear in the thesis and this is the order in which particular references should be listed in the bibliography at the end of the thesis If a given reference is quoted more than once it should be referred to with the same number given at the first instance of quoting it each time it is quoted in the thesis If the author uses several titles for one paragraph the numbers of all quoted titles should be written in square brackets egComparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [3 7 12-19]

Literature positions in the bibliography at the end of the thesis should begin with the surname and the initial of the first (first and middle) name they are followed by the title of the work publisherrsquos name place and year of issue page numbers (if applicable) for the text used The entries should end with full stops

Monographic publication eg3 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Monographic publication quoted as a whole eg7 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Article in press eg17 Wierzchoń ST Systemy rozpoznawania Informatyka 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication eg19 Pucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Refrences to webpagesLike in Method 1

20

Method 4

If the authorrsquos name is not used directly in the text give the name8 year of issue and page in brackets eg (Giddens 2004 127)

When the name appears in the text give the year of issue and page in brackets egCynthia Epstein (1988 14) in her work Deceptive Distinctions Sex Gender and the Social Order notes mutual strengthening of the above described dichotomies

If the reference relates to a source quoted by another author information about both sources should be given in brackets egThe research conducted by Smith (1960 after Jones 1994 104) hellipThe reference list at the end of the thesis should contain full data of only that publication which was actually used

With two authors both names should be given If there are more than two authors give the first name in brackets followed by ldquoet alrdquo the year of issue and the page egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski et al 1999 96)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain names of all authors

If several publications of the same author are used which have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski 1999a 20)The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

If no author is given (eg for some reports) the brackets should contain the title of the source (or part of it if the title is long) year of issue and the page egResearch indicates that employment feminisation is currently observed in Poland (Płeć a możliwości ekonomiczne w Polscehellip 2004 84)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain the whole title year of issue publisherrsquos name and place of issue

For press articles without authorrsquos name the brackets should contain the title of the paper year of issue and the page eg (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999 5)

If two press articles of the same author or published in the same paper without authorrsquos name are referred to and they have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egThe local press (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999a 1) reported a corruption affair which involved leaders of the party governing the district At a conference a week later the head of the XY district denied having had anything to do with that matter (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999b 3) The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

For quoting websites- if the website has an author ndash give the name and date egTurner (2001) has created many useful graphs showing the transition between the different age groups- if the website does not have an author ndash give the title of the website in brackets egCancer experts estimate that changes to our diet could prevent about one in three cancer deaths in the UK (CancerHelp UK 2002)

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author Punctuation presented below

8 If the given author is quoted in the text for the first time full name should be given and further in the text only the last name is given

21

Books ndash full name of the author year of issue title place of issue publisherrsquos name eg Ahmed Leila 1992 Women and Gender in Islam Historical Roots of a Modern Debate New Haven and London Yale University PressTibi Bassam 1997 Fundamentalizm religijny Transl by Janusz Danecki Warszawa PWN (for translations translatorrsquos name must be given)

Articles in books - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) ldquoInrdquo full name of the editor of the book book title (in italics) place of issue publisherrsquos name pages where the quoted article is to be found egBruce Steve 1992 Revelations The Future of New Christian Right In Kaplan Lawrence (ed) Fundamentalism in Comparative Perspective Amherts University of Massachusetts Press pp 100-156

Articles in periodicals - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) title of the periodical (in italics) numbers of the periodical (both the current one and the one in the year of publication the latter in brackets) pages where the quoted article is to be found egAlrsquoAlwani Taha 1986 The Testimony of Women in Islamic Law The American Journal of Islamic Social Sciences 13 (2) pp 28-45

Articles in pressIf the author of the article is known the data should contain (in that order) full name of the author year of issue of the paper title of the article (upright font) title of the paper (in italics) number of the paper in the year of publication page(s) egKowalski Jan 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie Gazeta Dzisiejsza 80 p 5

If the author of the article is not known the data is given as followsGazeta Dzisiejsza 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie 80 p 5

Online materials (websites e-books e-journals) full name of the author (editor) year of publication titlename of the page [online] place of publication (if available) information on the URL and date of accessing the source egHolland Matt 2004 Guide to citing Internet sources [online] Poole Bournemouth University At httpwwwbournemouthacuklibraryusingguide_to_citing_internet_sourchtml [20042006]

For more on the Harvard Referencing System seehttpwwwwydawnictwoivgplattachmentsFileZasady_tworzenia_przypis__w_bibliograficznychpdf (file in Polish)httpswwwstaffsacukassetsharvard_quick_guide_tcm44-47797pdf (file in English)

22

VII SUMMARY

The summary should be written according to the model below using Times New Roman size 10 None of the elements from the specimen should be omitted Keywords required in the summary should be understood as 2-3 characteristic names expressions reflecting the subject and content of the thesis

The summary should be put at the end of the thesis after bibliography

In their theses students of first-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in the language in which the thesis is written (Polish or English)In their theses students of second-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in Polish and in English

23

SUMMARY SPECIMEN

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w RzeszowieWydział Administracji i Nauk Społecznych Wydział EkonomicznyWydział Informatyki Stosowanej Wydział Medyczny

Streszczenie pracy dyplomowejThesis title in Polish

AutorPromotorSłowa kluczowe

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in Polish

The University of Information Technology and Management in RzeszoacutewFaculty of Administration and Social Sciences Faculty of EconomicsFaculty of Information Technology Faculty of Medicine

Diploma Thesis SummaryThesis title in English

AuthorSupervisorKeywords

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in English

24

VIII ATTACHMENTS

Attachments to the thesis (if applicable) should form a separate chapter of the thesis placed at the end of it (after the list of references) and considered in the list of contentsAttachments should be written in font Times New Roman size 10 and formatted according to the principles of formatting the text of the thesis margins formulae figures diagrams pictures tables as specified in this regulationIf the attachments are extensive or electronic in form (eg software graphics) they should be placed on a CD and thus attached (in an envelope pasted in at the end of the thesis)This part of the thesis also contains original copies of consents for processing personal data and the original copy of the positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission as applicable

25

Attachment 2 E

SPECIMEN

CONSENT FOR PROCESSING PERSONAL DATA

I the undersigned helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip hereby agree to have my personal

data collected and processed - within the scope of the thesis of student

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip student ID No helliphelliphelliphelliphellip titled helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip whose supervisor is

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip - by the University of Information Technology and

Management in Rzeszoacutew ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew according to the act of 29 th August 1997 on

personal data protection (DzU 2014 item 1182 as amended)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate legible signature

26

Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and principles of conducting a diploma examination

(Defence Principles)

I1 Defences are conducted at the following times

a) in July and September - for students finishing their studies in Juneb) in March - for students finishing their studies in Februarysubject to point II item 4

2 A detailed schedule of defences is established by the deans after consulting the supervisors of the theses3 Students writing a team thesis take their defence exam at the same time In justified cases and with the

deanrsquos consent it is possible for the team to take the defence exam without one or more members (even if only one student takes the exam)

II1 The student submits hisher thesis in paper and electronic form after fulfilling the conditions specified in

point III2 The thesis and attachments referred to in item 3 below must be submitted not later than

a) 30th June ndash for defences conducted in Julyb) 31st August ndash for defences conducted in September c) 28th February ndash for defences conducted in Marchbut no later than 14 days before the date set for the defence exam

3 By the time specified in item 2 the student submits to UITM Deanrsquos Office the following a)1 copy of a bound thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature for acceptance of the thesis The binding for the

thesis should be bought from the Photocopy Rooms at the University The student is entitled to 3 covers for the thesis

b)the thesis in electronic form in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 3 Ac)5 photos (signed with the studentsrsquo name at the back) for the diploma size 45x65 mm against a light

background (the studentrsquos face should take no less than 75 of the picture)For the photos for the diploma a person should be dressed formally ie dark suit and light-coloured shirt for men and a suit or dress with jacket for women (low-cut necklines and immoderate display of femininity are not allowed) Sporty look is to be avoided

d)clearance slip with signatures (clearance slip to be collected in the International Office) and questionnaires to go with the clearance slip if applicable

e)proof of payment for issuing the diplomaf) proofs of other payments according to the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of educationg)application to have a copy of the diploma issued in a foreign language (English French Spanish

German or Russian) ndash for students who would like to receive such a copy h)application to have a supplement to the diploma issued in English (the application should contain the

title of the thesis translated into English) ndash for students who would like to receive such a supplement 4 If it is impossible for the student to submit the thesis for justified reasons the dean may after asking the

supervisorrsquos opinion prolong the time for submitting the thesis but for not longer than two months In such cases the student should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty not later than by the date specified in item 2b) and c)

5 A student who does not submit the thesis in the specified time may apply for a permission to repeat the semester To do that she should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty within 7 days from the specified date for submitting theses

III1 The student is admitted to the defence after fulfilling the following conditions

a) passing all exams and receiving all credits required by the plan of studies for the particular field of study

b) submitting relevant statements concerning the thesis by the student and by the supervisor according to the specimens in Attachment 2 D (the statements should be placed at the second page of the thesis)

27

c) receiving at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo) marks from the reviews of the thesis done by the supervisor and the reviewer

d) satisfying financial requirements specified in the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of education at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

e) submitting the thesis with all documents specified in point II item 32 In the case of instituting disciplinary proceedings against a student suspected of plagiarism of the thesis

that student may not defend the thesis until valid completion of the proceedings

IV1 Theses prepared by students are checked with the Anti-Plagiarism System linked to the university thesis

repository national thesis repository and Internet resources For each thesis the following ratios are establisheda) similarity ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is repeated in other theses to be

found in the repositories and in materials published in the Internet Similarity is understood as every cluster of at least 20 words which can be found in another thesis or materials published in the Internet

b) quotation ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is made up of fragments quoted from other authors

2 The supervisor is responsible for checking a thesis with the Anti-Plagiarism System before it is formally approved for the defence

3 The instruction for operating the Anti-Plagiarism System is available in electronic version on the network drive and at the Virtual University

ODziekanatEgzamin dyplomowy_Prace dyplomoweAntyplagiat_instrukcja dla promotoroacutew

WU Promotor ndash Antyplagiat instrukcja

4 Deanrsquos Office employees accepting the theses in electronic version are obliged toa) enter the accepted theses to the Anti-Plagiarism System on a current basisb) send daily lists of theses in the case of which the ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or

more to the Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of studyc) include in the personal files of a student taking the defence the ldquosimilarity reportrdquo a specimen of

which constitutes Attachment 3 B5 Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of study are obliged

a) not to accept for the defence theses not checked by the Anti-Plagiarism Systemb) to withhold the defence of a student whose thesis has a ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo of

20 or more6 Supervisors are obliged to again carefully analyse the content of a thesis whose ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor

ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or more

V1 The thesis is reviewed and marked by the supervisor and by one reviewer appointed by the dean The mark

for the thesis is the arithmetic mean of both above-mentioned marks Thesis reviewer can be an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle including a teacher from outside of the University

2 If the thesis is marked ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) by the reviewer the dean sends the thesis back for correction or asks for its assessment by an additional reviewer

3 The thesis should be graded carefully ie the assessment should not simply be a description of the thesis but contain critical comments assess the studentrsquos substantive and technical qualifications and the value of the thesis Specimens for thesis review are given in Attachments 3 C1 (supervisor) and 3 C2 (reviewer)

4 The supervisor and the reviewer are obliged to fill in their reviews for the thesis electronically in Polish5 The student is entitled to know the review for hisher thesis including the grading of the thesis

VI1 The defence is in the form of an oral exam unless the UITM President decides otherwise 2 The defence takes place in front of a committee composed of

a) the dean vice-dean or an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle authorized by the dean ndash as the chairperson

b) the supervisor of the thesis

28

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 6: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

Attachment 2 A

THESIS AT FIRST-CYCLE STUDIESpractical profile

Character of the thesis

A thesis at first-cycle studies should prove that the student has mastered knowledge and skills necessary to independently solve practical problems within the given field of study (considering the studentrsquos chosen specialty)The main aim of a thesis at first-cycle studies is to present the studentrsquos skills in analysing a problem defining a problem and choosing the methods and procedures to solve it as well as judging the effectiveness of the actions taken and the degree of attaining the set objectiveThe thesis should not be shorter than 30 pages (starting from the title page and ending at the page containing the summary excluding Attachments)

Recommended content of the thesis

IntroductionGeneral analysis of several (3-5) pages introducing the presented issues giving a rough outline of the subject matter of the thesis and its applicability in practice (justification for the issue discussed) The introduction should specify the following elements- justification of the choice of issuetopic of thesis- current state of knowledge concerning the issue discussed in the thesis- scope of the thesis- thesis layout presentation ie brief description of each chapter

Aim of the thesisThe aim of the thesis at first-cycle studies is not so much problem solving itself but the benefits of it (the aim is the future result of the action taken ndash problem solution ndash which justifies the action) The aim of the thesis should be worded in such a way that it is possible to assess the effectiveness of the actions taken to solve the problem and the degree to which the set objective was attained

The main body (divided into numbered chapter subchapters as needed)1

This part of the thesis should be adjusted to the specific character and subject of the issue being solved and it should include a theoretical and a practical partIn the theoretical part the author should present the issues discussed in the thesis analyse the current state of affairs specifying the occurring problem indicate potential solutions and justify the choice of one of themIn the practical part the author should present hisher knowledge of problem-solving procedures (methodologies) adequate to the field of study and the ability to assess the degree to which the set objective has been attained and to draw conclusions on that basis concerning the obtained results and effectiveness of the actions taken

ConclusionThe conclusion should contain an assessment of the effectiveness of the actions taken and the obtained results with a view to the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis

LiteratureThe student should give all sources used in the thesis including webpage addresses beside monographic publications continuous publications and legal acts

1 The dean of the faculty may issue a decision specifying more detailed guidelines concerning the content of the main body of the thesis binding for the given field of study

6

Attachment 2 B

THESIS AT SECOND-CYCLE STUDIESpractical profile

Character of the thesis

The thesis for second cycle studies should prove that the student has mastered specialist knowledge and skills specified by the program (with consideration for the chosen specialty) and prove their ability to solve practical problems (concerning specific needs in various areas of human activity solved with applied research)The thesis should not be shorter than 50 pages (starting from the title page and ending at the page containing the summary excluding Attachments)

Recommended structure of the thesis

IntroductionGeneral analysis of several (3-5) pages introducing the presented issues giving an outline of the subject matter of the thesis and its applicability in practice (justification for the issue discussed) The introduction should specify the following elements- justification of the choice of issuetopic of thesis- current state of knowledge concerning the issue discussed in the thesis- scope of the thesis- thesis layout presentation ie brief description of each chapter

Aim of the thesisThe aim of the thesis at second-cycle studies is not so much problem solving itself but the benefits of it (the aim is the future result of the action taken ndash problem solution ndash which justifies the action) The aim of the thesis should be worded in such a way that it is possible to assess the effectiveness of the actions taken to solve the problem and the degree to which the set objective was attained

The main body (divided into numbered chapter subchapters as needed)2

The main body of the thesis should be adjusted to the specific character and subject of the problem being solved and it should include a theoretical and a practical research partThe theoretical part should contain a justification for the need to solve the particular problem and a description of the method adopted to solve itIn the practical research part the author should present hisher knowledge of problem-solving procedures using elements of applied research methodologies the ability to assess the degree to which the set objective has been attained and to draw conclusions on that basis concerning the obtained results and effectiveness of the actions taken

ConclusionIn the conclusion the author should discuss the results obtained in the research with a view to the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis

LiteratureThe student should give all sources used in the thesis including webpage addresses beside monographic publications continuous publications and legal acts

2 The dean of the faculty may issue a decision specifying more detailed guidelines concerning the content of the main body of the thesis binding for the given field of study

7

Attachment 2 C

THESIS AT SECOND-CYCLE STUDIESgeneral academic profile

Character of the thesis

A thesis at second-cycle studies should prove that the student has mastered knowledge and skills in a specific educational scope (considering the studentrsquos chosen specialty) and the ability to solve theoretical problems (unrelated to the current needs of daily life solved in primary research) or practical ones (concerning specific needs in various areas of human activity solved with applied research)The thesis should not be shorter than 50 pages (starting from the title page and ending at the page containing the summary excluding Attachments)

Recommended structure of the thesis

IntroductionGeneral analysis of several (3-5) pages introducing the presented issues giving a brief outline of the subject matter of the thesis and its applicability in practice (justification for the issue discussed) The introduction should specify the following elements- justification of the choice of issuetopic of thesis- current state of knowledge concerning the issue discussed in the thesis- scope of the thesis- thesis layout presentation ie brief description of each chapter

Aim of the thesisThe aim of the thesis is to solve a research problem using methods applied in scientific research

The main body (divided into numbered chapter subchapters as needed)3

This part of the thesis should be adjusted to the specific character and subject of the problem being solved and it should include a theoretical and a research partThe theoretical part should contain a justification for the need to solve the particular problem and a description of the method adopted to solve itIn the research part the author should present hisher ability to conduct research procedures and the ability to- present raw output- analyse and interpret results- assess the obtained results mainly evaluate and compare them- generalise and draw conclusions (define the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis)

ConclusionIn the conclusion the author should discuss the results obtained in the research with a view to the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis

LiteratureThe student should give all sources used in the thesis including webpage addresses beside monographic publications continuous publications and legal acts It is important for the list of references and the quoted publications to be representative of the discussed research issue and that no major publications and achievements of specialised literature on the problem discussed (solved) are overlooked

3 The dean of the faculty may issue a decision specifying more detailed guidelines concerning the content of the main body of the thesis binding for the given field of study

8

Attachment 2 D

TECHNICAL RULES FOR WRITING THE THESIS

I RULES OF FORMATTING THE TEXT

- Do not insert headers or footers with separate text eg chapters title- Every part of the thesis should begin on a new page- Do not put full stops after the headings of particular parts of the thesis (including chapterssubchapters) and

after thesis title- Page numbers should obligatorily be put in automatically (in the footer centred Font Times New Roman

size 12) The first page of the thesis is the title page and numbering should begin from this very page but the number should not show on that page

- The table of contents should be automatic It should be placed on the third page of the thesis- Font ndash Times New Roman size 12 without bold lettering- Standard space between characters (0 points)- Not more than one space between words- Single space between lines- Text justified- Switch on automatic hyphenation of words- If a paragraph should begin on a new page choose the function of page break (Ctrl + Enter) - Do not leave any single letters or conjunctions at the end of the line To transfer the conjunction to the next

line press hard space (Ctrl + Shift + Space bar) Hard space should be inserted directly after the conjunction and before the following word (this causes the conjunction to be ldquoattachedrdquo to the word)

- Do not use the Enter key or soft enter at the end of the line (within a sentence)- Do not put a space between a word and a punctuation mark following it (comma full stop semicolon

colon) - Words (sentences) written in brackets cannot be separated from the brackets with spaces- Enumerations in the text should be done with automatic bulleting or numbering- The thesis must be printed on both sides ndash in the FilePage LayoutMargins menu choose ldquomirror marginsrdquo

(inside margin - 2cm outside top and bottom margins ndash 15cm each)

II TITLE PAGE OF THE THESIS

The title page of the thesis should containa) the logo (in colour) and name of the school as given in the example (font Times New Roman bold size

16)b) name of the faculty field of study and specialty (font Times New Roman bold size 16) c) full name of the author(s) of the thesis No of students record book ie the student ID No (font Times

New Roman size 15) and the title of the thesis (font Times New Roman italics bold size 20)d) academic degree and full name of the supervisor (font Times New Roman size 12)

NOTE The cover for the thesis has a window of the size 155 x 65 cm (placed centrally in relation to side margins and 125 cm from the bottom of the page) where the information mentioned in points c) and d) should fit in

e) the inscription DIPLOMA THESIS AT FIRST-CYCLE (or SECOND-CYCLEENGINEERrsquoS DEGREE) STUDIES (font Times New Roman bold size 19)

f) the name of the city (Rzeszoacutew) and the year of submitting the thesis eg Rzeszoacutew 2015 (font Times New Roman bold size 14)

The following pages present the specimens for title page of a thesis a version for theses written in Polish (using Economics as an example) and a version for theses written in English (using Philology as an example)

9

WYŻSZA SZKOŁAINFORMATYKI i ZARZĄDZANIA

z siedzibą w Rzeszowie

WYDZIAŁ EKONOMICZNY

Kierunek EKONOMIASpecjalność Rachunkowość

Jan KowalskiNr albumu studenta helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat pracy dyplomowej

Promotor tytułstopień naukowy Imię i Nazwisko Promotora

PRACA DYPLOMOWA MAGISTERSKA

Rzeszoacutew 2015

10

UNIVERSITY OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT

in Rzeszoacutew

FACULTY OF ADMINISTRATION AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

Field of Study PHILOLOGYSpecialty English Philology

Jan KowalskiNo of students record bookhelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Title of the thesis

Supervisor academic degree full name of the Supervisor

DIPLOMA THESIS AT FIRST-CYCLE STUDIES

Rzeszoacutew 2015

11

III SECOND PAGE OF THE THESIS

The second page of the thesis should contain

Version for theses written in English

1) A statement of the following content legibly undersigned by the author of the thesis

I the undersigned hereby state that the thesis entitled ldquordquo submitted by me has been prepared without any help I also state that the thesis has not been subject to procedures connected with acquiring an academic (Bachelorrsquos) degree at a higher education institution at any earlier timeI moreover declare that this version of the thesis is identical with the submitted electronic version

date authorrsquos legible signature

Note ndash for a team thesis (as described in point II of Attachment 2 to the Regulation) the statement is as follows

I the undersigned hereby state that the thesis entitled ldquordquo submitted by me has been prepared together with helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip (full names and ID numbers of co-authors)I also state that the thesis has not been subject to procedures connected with acquiring an academic (Bachelorrsquos) degree at a higher education institution at any earlier timeI moreover declare that this version of the thesis is identical with the submitted electronic version

date authorrsquos legible signature

2) A statement of the following content legibly undersigned by the supervisor of the thesis

I declare that this thesis has been prepared under my direction and I state that it fulfils the conditions for presenting it in proceedings for acquiring an academic degree

date authorrsquos legible signature

12

IV FIGURES GRAPHS PICTURES CHARTS

Graphics included in the thesis should be described as Fig for figures maps graphs diagrams or pictures and Tab for tables They should be numbered sequentially with Arabic numerals (Fig 1 Tab 1)

In the case of Figures the numbers should be followed with adequate captions (titles) and ndash starting from a new line ndash information about the source Figurersquos number its caption and information about the source should be placed below the figure (see example below)

Fig 1 Prototype of a light tank ldquoSkald 2rdquo prepared in the workshop of the Bumar Łabędy armaments concern Source Polish Press AgencyJakub Ochnio

For objects marked as Tab the number and description should be placed above the object (table) and information about the source below the object (see example below)

Tab 1 Armies of the Baltic countries and the forces of the north-western Russia army concentration

Country Basic categories of armed forces (in numbersitems)Infantry Artillery Tanks Planes

Estonia 5300 334 0 0Lithuania 3750 48 0 0

Latvia 1400 76 3 0Russia (NW army

concentration) 65000 850 750 320

Source httpwwwdefence24pl249417armie-krajow-baltyckich-i-rosji (30092015)

For captions and source information you need to use font Times New Roman size 10 in italics no bold lettering and no italics

Graphical objects (Fig and Tab) their captions and source information should be placed centrally with respect to the inside and outside margins When placing the graphical object with its description or information about the source the indentation established for paragraphs in the text is not applied Figures in the thesis have to be legible (they cannot be too small to be read) The size of a figure should be set in such a way that potential descriptions within the figure are minimally size 10 Times New Roman All bitmap or raster graphic objects should be in jpg format and vector graphs in wmf format which will allow to reduce the size of the thesis file

Figures diagrams graphs should be created with appropriate applications meant for that purpose eg Paint PowerPoint If the figures diagrams or graphs are created in MS Word they have to be grouped together

13

The basic principles of creating graphs

1 Graphs are created in justified cases eg it is not a justified case to present graphically two values The same results cannot be presented both in a table and in a graph

2 A graph absolutely must be legible That concerns all its elements including descriptions or labels for axes the legend background font points lines etc

3 Standard graph types are to be used bar charts line graphs (to show trends) pie charts (to show percentages of a whole) or scatter plots

4 3D effects should not be used in graphs Using them in pie charts or bar charts which is frequently done makes reading data in the graph more difficult (see Fig 1 and 2 below) One exception is using the third dimension to present an additional variable

5 If the labels can be placed on the axis rather than in the legend the legend is not needed (see Fig 1 below) The solution should be attempted to see whether sorting the data on the axis helps to make the graph clear

6 Do not use texture gradient shading or any similar elements7 Keep the amount of digits in values presented in the graph to a reasonable minimum they may be rounded

(eg 86 instead of 8578 is often enough) or different units can be used (eg 112 thousand instead of 11200)

8 Graphs should have legible descriptions with source of the data If a graph was created using data from another source the source of the data should be given too otherwise it may be understood that the graph was copied from the first source

Exceptions to the above rules are possible only in justified cases and with the supervisorrsquos consent

Below see examples of wrongly done graphs and their corrected counterparts

WRONG

12

21

2519

1112

lt 2526-3536-4546-5556-65gt 65

WELL

lt 2512

26-3521

36-4525

46-5519

56-6511

gt 6512

Fig 1 Participation of particular age groups of respondents in the survey

Source own study

14

WRONG

01000020000 720230

24797401541890

937850651210

Ludność (w tys)

Ludność

WELL

Przedprodukcyjnym (0-17 lat)

Produkcyjnym (18-5964)

Mobilnym (18-44)

Niemobilnym (45-5964)

Poprodukcyjnym (6065 lat i więcej)

0 5 10 15 20 25 30

Ludność w wieku

Ludność (mln)

Fig 2 Population by economic age groups in 2011 according to National Census data (GUS 2011)Source own study

V FORMULAE

Formulae should be placed centrally in separate lines labelled with Arabic numerals in parentheses placed close to the outer margin

f ( x )=αsdotradic x+1|xminus1|

(1)

If references to some formulae are used in the text the number of the formula in parentheses (1) should be used

15

VI LITERATURE (REFERENCES AND QUOTING)

Basic rules of using someone elsersquos work 1 Each manifestation of creative activity of an individual nature preserved in any form ie an authorrsquos work

is protected by copyright To consider a work an authorrsquos work and protect it with copyright it is not important what its purpose scientific value or other value is It must be indicated however that intellectual work of a creative nature is different than work of a technical nature understood as work requiring only specific knowledge and skills and the use of suitable tools materials and technologyApplicable to protection of results of scientific work (research results) are not only provisions of the act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights but also provisions of the Civil Code act of 23rd April 1963 and more precisely art 23 which explicitly lists scientific and artistic work among personal rights It means that using just research results (not protected by copyright) the author of the research still needs to be indicated in order to secure hisher personal rights to the said results If it is not done such an author can make claims as mentioned in art 24 of the Civil Code ie claims related to protection of personal rights

2 Descriptions of research results scientific discoveries or their interpretations can be used either with the authorrsquos consent or as allowed by legal provisions

3 For use of legally released work (ie released with the authorrsquos consent) the right to quote is applicable as regulated in art 29 item 1 of the act on copyright and related rights According to that provision in works which are independent wholes it is allowed to quote fragments of other published works or short works in their entirety to an extent justified with explanation critical analysis teaching or rights resulting from the workrsquos genre

4 Quotation (providing source data) rules are given further in this chapter Failure to indicate bibliographical data (sources) is an instance of plagiarism ie appropriation of someone elsersquos work When paraphrasing ie expressing someone elsersquos thoughts in your own words without quoting a fragment of someonersquos work literally the source should also be given

5 The concept of plagiarism has not been defined in legal provisions but it is generally understood as- appropriation of the authorship of someone elsersquos work (overt plagiarism) or- taking fragments of someone elsersquos work without providing the data on the author and source (covert

plagiarism) 6 If exercising the right to quote only serves to save on the writerrsquos effort (ie it is not justified with an

explanation or critical analysis) it violates the copyright although it is not plagiarism

Principles of placing quotations in the thesisIf the thesis contains quotations ndash concrete fragments of other authorsrsquo work ndash the whole quoted text should be placed within standard quotation marks (ldquoquoted textrdquo) Only then will the antiplagiarism system omit the quoted fragment when examining the thesis for similarity with other theses and online resources Also- quotations up to 40 words are placed within quotation marks within the particular paragraph- quotations longer than 40 words are placed within quotation marks in a separate paragraph

Foreign literatureTitles of foreign publications should be given in the original languageIt is possible to transliterate the Cyrillic alphabet into the Latin one according to norm PN-ISO 92000 binding in Poland

16

Four methods of inserting references are acceptable The choice of one particular method is made by the supervisor of the thesis

Method 1Automatic foot-endnotes are obligatory (choose Insert Footnote or Insert Endnote from the menu or press Alt + j) Footnotes are placed at the bottom of the relevant page and endnotes at the end of the relevant chapter The foot- or endnotes should end with full stops

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

Foot- or endnotes to literature ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name (or in reversed order initials and last name4) title of the thesis publisher (optional5) place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable Punctuation and font (upright or italics) presented below

Monographic publication quoted as a whole egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Monographic publication indicating a specific issue egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Article in press 6 eg Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 No 12 pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication egPucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Quoting the same reference several times one after the other eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Ibid pp 70-71or2 Ibidem pp 70-71

If quotes are separated with other references eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Wierzchom ST Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-393 Romer D Makroekonomia dlahellip op cit pp 70-72

If different works of the same author are quoted one after the other eg1 Sztompka P Socjologia Analiza społeczeństwa Znak Krakoacutew 20022 Id Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005or2 Idem Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005

4 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis5 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis6 it is also possible to use the name of the periodical without inverted commas (Informatyka) - the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis

17

1 Marody M Jednostka po nowoczesności perspektywa socjologiczna Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 20142 Eadem7 (ed) Wymiary życia społecznego Polska na przełomie XX i XXI wieku Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 2007

Quoting another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)Kowalski J System ochrony konkurencji i konsumentoacutew w Polsce Master thesis UITM Faculty of Administration and Social Sciences Rzeszoacutew 2009

Quoting legal acts

Acts issued until 2011 inclusively egElection Code act of 5th January 2011 (Dz U No 21 item 112 as amended)act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights (unified text Dz U of 2000 No 80 item 904 as amended)Regulation of the Council of Ministers of 23rd December 1996 on execution of the act on administrative enforcement proceedings (Dz U of 1997 No 1 item 1)

Acts issued from 2012 onwards (without the number of the Journal of Laws (DzU)) egRegulation of the Council of Ministers of 11th February 2013 on requirements for commissioning and operation of nuclear installation (Dz U item 28)Regulation of the Minister of Agriculture and Rural Development of 15th December 2011 on the manner and forms of collaboration of district sea fisheries inspectors and the Agricultural and Food Quality Inspection when controlling fishery products (Dz U of 2012 item 2)

Quoting case law

Published case law egSupreme Court ruling of 25th November 2011 III CZP 7611 OSNC 2012 No 6 item 71

Case law published electronically egSupreme Court ruling of 15th June 2012 II CSK66611 LEX No 1212809

If the quoted decision is not published write ldquounpublrdquo (for ldquounpublishedrdquo) egSupreme Administrative Court ruling of 5th April 2002 III SA 319099 unpubl

Foot-endnotes for webpages

Simple foot-endnotes (it is necessary to provide the date of visiting the webpage) eg httpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp from 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp as of 150504orhttpwwwielodzpldokumentyasp 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp (150504)

Foot-endnotes to an unnamed document from a website eghttpwwwielodzpldokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

Situations when frames make it impossible to provide the exact path (catalogue names should be used ) eg httpwwwie1odzp1 DOKUMENTYPOLSKIESTARE from 150504

Foot-endnote to a named document from a website egKozak MW Regiony w Polsce [at] httpwwwie1odzp1dokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

7 female form

18

Method 2References are placed after the quoted text as the authorrsquos name with the year of issue of the quoted position in square brackets as a reference to a literature position given in the list at the end of the thesis egThe system for generating belief networks and belief rules BeliefSEEKERreg has been developed at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew Poland in cooperation with the University of Kansas in Lawrence (KS) USA The first use of the system concerned classification of melanocytic lesions [Hippe and Mroczek 2003] Other applications of the system have been described in [Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003 Varmuza Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2004 Mroczek Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2004 Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 2005 Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2005] Recently new approaches to generating belief networks have been described by Heckerman [Heckerman 1995] and Spiehler [Spiehler 2006]

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

References in bibliography ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name title of the thesis publisher place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable

Reference to a monographic publication quoted as a whole[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000

Reference to a monographic publication indicating a specific issue[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000 pp 267-270

Reference to a publication (one author) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse 1997]Grzymała-Busse JW A New Version of the Rule Induction System LERSFundamenta Informaticae 31(1997)27-39

Reference to a publication (three authors at the most) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 1998]Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Mroczek TBelief rules vs decision rules A preliminary appraisal to the problemFundamenta Informaticae 32(1998)112-119

Reference to a publication (more than three authors) in a scientific periodical[Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003]Błajdo P Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Marek T Mroczek T Wrzesień MA suite of machine learning tools for machine learning and extraction of information and knowledge from dataPattern Recognition 46(2005)36-49

Reference to a publication in conference proceedings[Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003] Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Mroczek TNowe narzędzia informatyczne inżynierii wiedzy i uczenia maszynowego II Poroacutewnanie wybranych modeli wiedzy ukrytej oraz niepewnejIn Bubnicki Z Grzech A (eds) Inżynieria wiedzy i systemy ekspertoweWydawnictwo Politechniki Wrocławskiej Wrocław 2003 Vol 1 pp 239-247

19

Reference to another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)[Cyrek 2011] Cyrek G Architektura i funkcjonalność rozproszonych katalogoacutew bibliotecznych na przykładzie KaRoMaster thesis UITM Faculty of Applied IT Rzeszoacutew 2011

References to websites

Reference to a website with author and title available[Heckerman 1995]Heckerman D A Tutorial on Learning Bayesian Networkshttpresearchmicrosoftcomresearchpubs from 15122006

Reference to a website without title available[Spiehler 2006]httpwwwicsuciedumlearnMLRepositoryhtml from 15122006

Reference to a website without author and title available [WWW-1 2009]httpwwwkardiolopl from 12092009

[WWW-2 2009]httpwwwtelezdrowiepl from 14092009

Method 3References are placed after the quoted text only as numbers in square brackets referring to the number of the item in the bibliography at the end of the thesis eg Comparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [12]Numbers are given to the references in the order in which the particular titles appear in the thesis and this is the order in which particular references should be listed in the bibliography at the end of the thesis If a given reference is quoted more than once it should be referred to with the same number given at the first instance of quoting it each time it is quoted in the thesis If the author uses several titles for one paragraph the numbers of all quoted titles should be written in square brackets egComparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [3 7 12-19]

Literature positions in the bibliography at the end of the thesis should begin with the surname and the initial of the first (first and middle) name they are followed by the title of the work publisherrsquos name place and year of issue page numbers (if applicable) for the text used The entries should end with full stops

Monographic publication eg3 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Monographic publication quoted as a whole eg7 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Article in press eg17 Wierzchoń ST Systemy rozpoznawania Informatyka 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication eg19 Pucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Refrences to webpagesLike in Method 1

20

Method 4

If the authorrsquos name is not used directly in the text give the name8 year of issue and page in brackets eg (Giddens 2004 127)

When the name appears in the text give the year of issue and page in brackets egCynthia Epstein (1988 14) in her work Deceptive Distinctions Sex Gender and the Social Order notes mutual strengthening of the above described dichotomies

If the reference relates to a source quoted by another author information about both sources should be given in brackets egThe research conducted by Smith (1960 after Jones 1994 104) hellipThe reference list at the end of the thesis should contain full data of only that publication which was actually used

With two authors both names should be given If there are more than two authors give the first name in brackets followed by ldquoet alrdquo the year of issue and the page egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski et al 1999 96)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain names of all authors

If several publications of the same author are used which have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski 1999a 20)The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

If no author is given (eg for some reports) the brackets should contain the title of the source (or part of it if the title is long) year of issue and the page egResearch indicates that employment feminisation is currently observed in Poland (Płeć a możliwości ekonomiczne w Polscehellip 2004 84)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain the whole title year of issue publisherrsquos name and place of issue

For press articles without authorrsquos name the brackets should contain the title of the paper year of issue and the page eg (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999 5)

If two press articles of the same author or published in the same paper without authorrsquos name are referred to and they have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egThe local press (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999a 1) reported a corruption affair which involved leaders of the party governing the district At a conference a week later the head of the XY district denied having had anything to do with that matter (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999b 3) The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

For quoting websites- if the website has an author ndash give the name and date egTurner (2001) has created many useful graphs showing the transition between the different age groups- if the website does not have an author ndash give the title of the website in brackets egCancer experts estimate that changes to our diet could prevent about one in three cancer deaths in the UK (CancerHelp UK 2002)

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author Punctuation presented below

8 If the given author is quoted in the text for the first time full name should be given and further in the text only the last name is given

21

Books ndash full name of the author year of issue title place of issue publisherrsquos name eg Ahmed Leila 1992 Women and Gender in Islam Historical Roots of a Modern Debate New Haven and London Yale University PressTibi Bassam 1997 Fundamentalizm religijny Transl by Janusz Danecki Warszawa PWN (for translations translatorrsquos name must be given)

Articles in books - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) ldquoInrdquo full name of the editor of the book book title (in italics) place of issue publisherrsquos name pages where the quoted article is to be found egBruce Steve 1992 Revelations The Future of New Christian Right In Kaplan Lawrence (ed) Fundamentalism in Comparative Perspective Amherts University of Massachusetts Press pp 100-156

Articles in periodicals - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) title of the periodical (in italics) numbers of the periodical (both the current one and the one in the year of publication the latter in brackets) pages where the quoted article is to be found egAlrsquoAlwani Taha 1986 The Testimony of Women in Islamic Law The American Journal of Islamic Social Sciences 13 (2) pp 28-45

Articles in pressIf the author of the article is known the data should contain (in that order) full name of the author year of issue of the paper title of the article (upright font) title of the paper (in italics) number of the paper in the year of publication page(s) egKowalski Jan 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie Gazeta Dzisiejsza 80 p 5

If the author of the article is not known the data is given as followsGazeta Dzisiejsza 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie 80 p 5

Online materials (websites e-books e-journals) full name of the author (editor) year of publication titlename of the page [online] place of publication (if available) information on the URL and date of accessing the source egHolland Matt 2004 Guide to citing Internet sources [online] Poole Bournemouth University At httpwwwbournemouthacuklibraryusingguide_to_citing_internet_sourchtml [20042006]

For more on the Harvard Referencing System seehttpwwwwydawnictwoivgplattachmentsFileZasady_tworzenia_przypis__w_bibliograficznychpdf (file in Polish)httpswwwstaffsacukassetsharvard_quick_guide_tcm44-47797pdf (file in English)

22

VII SUMMARY

The summary should be written according to the model below using Times New Roman size 10 None of the elements from the specimen should be omitted Keywords required in the summary should be understood as 2-3 characteristic names expressions reflecting the subject and content of the thesis

The summary should be put at the end of the thesis after bibliography

In their theses students of first-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in the language in which the thesis is written (Polish or English)In their theses students of second-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in Polish and in English

23

SUMMARY SPECIMEN

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w RzeszowieWydział Administracji i Nauk Społecznych Wydział EkonomicznyWydział Informatyki Stosowanej Wydział Medyczny

Streszczenie pracy dyplomowejThesis title in Polish

AutorPromotorSłowa kluczowe

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in Polish

The University of Information Technology and Management in RzeszoacutewFaculty of Administration and Social Sciences Faculty of EconomicsFaculty of Information Technology Faculty of Medicine

Diploma Thesis SummaryThesis title in English

AuthorSupervisorKeywords

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in English

24

VIII ATTACHMENTS

Attachments to the thesis (if applicable) should form a separate chapter of the thesis placed at the end of it (after the list of references) and considered in the list of contentsAttachments should be written in font Times New Roman size 10 and formatted according to the principles of formatting the text of the thesis margins formulae figures diagrams pictures tables as specified in this regulationIf the attachments are extensive or electronic in form (eg software graphics) they should be placed on a CD and thus attached (in an envelope pasted in at the end of the thesis)This part of the thesis also contains original copies of consents for processing personal data and the original copy of the positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission as applicable

25

Attachment 2 E

SPECIMEN

CONSENT FOR PROCESSING PERSONAL DATA

I the undersigned helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip hereby agree to have my personal

data collected and processed - within the scope of the thesis of student

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip student ID No helliphelliphelliphelliphellip titled helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip whose supervisor is

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip - by the University of Information Technology and

Management in Rzeszoacutew ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew according to the act of 29 th August 1997 on

personal data protection (DzU 2014 item 1182 as amended)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate legible signature

26

Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and principles of conducting a diploma examination

(Defence Principles)

I1 Defences are conducted at the following times

a) in July and September - for students finishing their studies in Juneb) in March - for students finishing their studies in Februarysubject to point II item 4

2 A detailed schedule of defences is established by the deans after consulting the supervisors of the theses3 Students writing a team thesis take their defence exam at the same time In justified cases and with the

deanrsquos consent it is possible for the team to take the defence exam without one or more members (even if only one student takes the exam)

II1 The student submits hisher thesis in paper and electronic form after fulfilling the conditions specified in

point III2 The thesis and attachments referred to in item 3 below must be submitted not later than

a) 30th June ndash for defences conducted in Julyb) 31st August ndash for defences conducted in September c) 28th February ndash for defences conducted in Marchbut no later than 14 days before the date set for the defence exam

3 By the time specified in item 2 the student submits to UITM Deanrsquos Office the following a)1 copy of a bound thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature for acceptance of the thesis The binding for the

thesis should be bought from the Photocopy Rooms at the University The student is entitled to 3 covers for the thesis

b)the thesis in electronic form in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 3 Ac)5 photos (signed with the studentsrsquo name at the back) for the diploma size 45x65 mm against a light

background (the studentrsquos face should take no less than 75 of the picture)For the photos for the diploma a person should be dressed formally ie dark suit and light-coloured shirt for men and a suit or dress with jacket for women (low-cut necklines and immoderate display of femininity are not allowed) Sporty look is to be avoided

d)clearance slip with signatures (clearance slip to be collected in the International Office) and questionnaires to go with the clearance slip if applicable

e)proof of payment for issuing the diplomaf) proofs of other payments according to the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of educationg)application to have a copy of the diploma issued in a foreign language (English French Spanish

German or Russian) ndash for students who would like to receive such a copy h)application to have a supplement to the diploma issued in English (the application should contain the

title of the thesis translated into English) ndash for students who would like to receive such a supplement 4 If it is impossible for the student to submit the thesis for justified reasons the dean may after asking the

supervisorrsquos opinion prolong the time for submitting the thesis but for not longer than two months In such cases the student should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty not later than by the date specified in item 2b) and c)

5 A student who does not submit the thesis in the specified time may apply for a permission to repeat the semester To do that she should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty within 7 days from the specified date for submitting theses

III1 The student is admitted to the defence after fulfilling the following conditions

a) passing all exams and receiving all credits required by the plan of studies for the particular field of study

b) submitting relevant statements concerning the thesis by the student and by the supervisor according to the specimens in Attachment 2 D (the statements should be placed at the second page of the thesis)

27

c) receiving at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo) marks from the reviews of the thesis done by the supervisor and the reviewer

d) satisfying financial requirements specified in the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of education at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

e) submitting the thesis with all documents specified in point II item 32 In the case of instituting disciplinary proceedings against a student suspected of plagiarism of the thesis

that student may not defend the thesis until valid completion of the proceedings

IV1 Theses prepared by students are checked with the Anti-Plagiarism System linked to the university thesis

repository national thesis repository and Internet resources For each thesis the following ratios are establisheda) similarity ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is repeated in other theses to be

found in the repositories and in materials published in the Internet Similarity is understood as every cluster of at least 20 words which can be found in another thesis or materials published in the Internet

b) quotation ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is made up of fragments quoted from other authors

2 The supervisor is responsible for checking a thesis with the Anti-Plagiarism System before it is formally approved for the defence

3 The instruction for operating the Anti-Plagiarism System is available in electronic version on the network drive and at the Virtual University

ODziekanatEgzamin dyplomowy_Prace dyplomoweAntyplagiat_instrukcja dla promotoroacutew

WU Promotor ndash Antyplagiat instrukcja

4 Deanrsquos Office employees accepting the theses in electronic version are obliged toa) enter the accepted theses to the Anti-Plagiarism System on a current basisb) send daily lists of theses in the case of which the ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or

more to the Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of studyc) include in the personal files of a student taking the defence the ldquosimilarity reportrdquo a specimen of

which constitutes Attachment 3 B5 Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of study are obliged

a) not to accept for the defence theses not checked by the Anti-Plagiarism Systemb) to withhold the defence of a student whose thesis has a ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo of

20 or more6 Supervisors are obliged to again carefully analyse the content of a thesis whose ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor

ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or more

V1 The thesis is reviewed and marked by the supervisor and by one reviewer appointed by the dean The mark

for the thesis is the arithmetic mean of both above-mentioned marks Thesis reviewer can be an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle including a teacher from outside of the University

2 If the thesis is marked ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) by the reviewer the dean sends the thesis back for correction or asks for its assessment by an additional reviewer

3 The thesis should be graded carefully ie the assessment should not simply be a description of the thesis but contain critical comments assess the studentrsquos substantive and technical qualifications and the value of the thesis Specimens for thesis review are given in Attachments 3 C1 (supervisor) and 3 C2 (reviewer)

4 The supervisor and the reviewer are obliged to fill in their reviews for the thesis electronically in Polish5 The student is entitled to know the review for hisher thesis including the grading of the thesis

VI1 The defence is in the form of an oral exam unless the UITM President decides otherwise 2 The defence takes place in front of a committee composed of

a) the dean vice-dean or an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle authorized by the dean ndash as the chairperson

b) the supervisor of the thesis

28

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 7: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

Attachment 2 B

THESIS AT SECOND-CYCLE STUDIESpractical profile

Character of the thesis

The thesis for second cycle studies should prove that the student has mastered specialist knowledge and skills specified by the program (with consideration for the chosen specialty) and prove their ability to solve practical problems (concerning specific needs in various areas of human activity solved with applied research)The thesis should not be shorter than 50 pages (starting from the title page and ending at the page containing the summary excluding Attachments)

Recommended structure of the thesis

IntroductionGeneral analysis of several (3-5) pages introducing the presented issues giving an outline of the subject matter of the thesis and its applicability in practice (justification for the issue discussed) The introduction should specify the following elements- justification of the choice of issuetopic of thesis- current state of knowledge concerning the issue discussed in the thesis- scope of the thesis- thesis layout presentation ie brief description of each chapter

Aim of the thesisThe aim of the thesis at second-cycle studies is not so much problem solving itself but the benefits of it (the aim is the future result of the action taken ndash problem solution ndash which justifies the action) The aim of the thesis should be worded in such a way that it is possible to assess the effectiveness of the actions taken to solve the problem and the degree to which the set objective was attained

The main body (divided into numbered chapter subchapters as needed)2

The main body of the thesis should be adjusted to the specific character and subject of the problem being solved and it should include a theoretical and a practical research partThe theoretical part should contain a justification for the need to solve the particular problem and a description of the method adopted to solve itIn the practical research part the author should present hisher knowledge of problem-solving procedures using elements of applied research methodologies the ability to assess the degree to which the set objective has been attained and to draw conclusions on that basis concerning the obtained results and effectiveness of the actions taken

ConclusionIn the conclusion the author should discuss the results obtained in the research with a view to the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis

LiteratureThe student should give all sources used in the thesis including webpage addresses beside monographic publications continuous publications and legal acts

2 The dean of the faculty may issue a decision specifying more detailed guidelines concerning the content of the main body of the thesis binding for the given field of study

7

Attachment 2 C

THESIS AT SECOND-CYCLE STUDIESgeneral academic profile

Character of the thesis

A thesis at second-cycle studies should prove that the student has mastered knowledge and skills in a specific educational scope (considering the studentrsquos chosen specialty) and the ability to solve theoretical problems (unrelated to the current needs of daily life solved in primary research) or practical ones (concerning specific needs in various areas of human activity solved with applied research)The thesis should not be shorter than 50 pages (starting from the title page and ending at the page containing the summary excluding Attachments)

Recommended structure of the thesis

IntroductionGeneral analysis of several (3-5) pages introducing the presented issues giving a brief outline of the subject matter of the thesis and its applicability in practice (justification for the issue discussed) The introduction should specify the following elements- justification of the choice of issuetopic of thesis- current state of knowledge concerning the issue discussed in the thesis- scope of the thesis- thesis layout presentation ie brief description of each chapter

Aim of the thesisThe aim of the thesis is to solve a research problem using methods applied in scientific research

The main body (divided into numbered chapter subchapters as needed)3

This part of the thesis should be adjusted to the specific character and subject of the problem being solved and it should include a theoretical and a research partThe theoretical part should contain a justification for the need to solve the particular problem and a description of the method adopted to solve itIn the research part the author should present hisher ability to conduct research procedures and the ability to- present raw output- analyse and interpret results- assess the obtained results mainly evaluate and compare them- generalise and draw conclusions (define the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis)

ConclusionIn the conclusion the author should discuss the results obtained in the research with a view to the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis

LiteratureThe student should give all sources used in the thesis including webpage addresses beside monographic publications continuous publications and legal acts It is important for the list of references and the quoted publications to be representative of the discussed research issue and that no major publications and achievements of specialised literature on the problem discussed (solved) are overlooked

3 The dean of the faculty may issue a decision specifying more detailed guidelines concerning the content of the main body of the thesis binding for the given field of study

8

Attachment 2 D

TECHNICAL RULES FOR WRITING THE THESIS

I RULES OF FORMATTING THE TEXT

- Do not insert headers or footers with separate text eg chapters title- Every part of the thesis should begin on a new page- Do not put full stops after the headings of particular parts of the thesis (including chapterssubchapters) and

after thesis title- Page numbers should obligatorily be put in automatically (in the footer centred Font Times New Roman

size 12) The first page of the thesis is the title page and numbering should begin from this very page but the number should not show on that page

- The table of contents should be automatic It should be placed on the third page of the thesis- Font ndash Times New Roman size 12 without bold lettering- Standard space between characters (0 points)- Not more than one space between words- Single space between lines- Text justified- Switch on automatic hyphenation of words- If a paragraph should begin on a new page choose the function of page break (Ctrl + Enter) - Do not leave any single letters or conjunctions at the end of the line To transfer the conjunction to the next

line press hard space (Ctrl + Shift + Space bar) Hard space should be inserted directly after the conjunction and before the following word (this causes the conjunction to be ldquoattachedrdquo to the word)

- Do not use the Enter key or soft enter at the end of the line (within a sentence)- Do not put a space between a word and a punctuation mark following it (comma full stop semicolon

colon) - Words (sentences) written in brackets cannot be separated from the brackets with spaces- Enumerations in the text should be done with automatic bulleting or numbering- The thesis must be printed on both sides ndash in the FilePage LayoutMargins menu choose ldquomirror marginsrdquo

(inside margin - 2cm outside top and bottom margins ndash 15cm each)

II TITLE PAGE OF THE THESIS

The title page of the thesis should containa) the logo (in colour) and name of the school as given in the example (font Times New Roman bold size

16)b) name of the faculty field of study and specialty (font Times New Roman bold size 16) c) full name of the author(s) of the thesis No of students record book ie the student ID No (font Times

New Roman size 15) and the title of the thesis (font Times New Roman italics bold size 20)d) academic degree and full name of the supervisor (font Times New Roman size 12)

NOTE The cover for the thesis has a window of the size 155 x 65 cm (placed centrally in relation to side margins and 125 cm from the bottom of the page) where the information mentioned in points c) and d) should fit in

e) the inscription DIPLOMA THESIS AT FIRST-CYCLE (or SECOND-CYCLEENGINEERrsquoS DEGREE) STUDIES (font Times New Roman bold size 19)

f) the name of the city (Rzeszoacutew) and the year of submitting the thesis eg Rzeszoacutew 2015 (font Times New Roman bold size 14)

The following pages present the specimens for title page of a thesis a version for theses written in Polish (using Economics as an example) and a version for theses written in English (using Philology as an example)

9

WYŻSZA SZKOŁAINFORMATYKI i ZARZĄDZANIA

z siedzibą w Rzeszowie

WYDZIAŁ EKONOMICZNY

Kierunek EKONOMIASpecjalność Rachunkowość

Jan KowalskiNr albumu studenta helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat pracy dyplomowej

Promotor tytułstopień naukowy Imię i Nazwisko Promotora

PRACA DYPLOMOWA MAGISTERSKA

Rzeszoacutew 2015

10

UNIVERSITY OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT

in Rzeszoacutew

FACULTY OF ADMINISTRATION AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

Field of Study PHILOLOGYSpecialty English Philology

Jan KowalskiNo of students record bookhelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Title of the thesis

Supervisor academic degree full name of the Supervisor

DIPLOMA THESIS AT FIRST-CYCLE STUDIES

Rzeszoacutew 2015

11

III SECOND PAGE OF THE THESIS

The second page of the thesis should contain

Version for theses written in English

1) A statement of the following content legibly undersigned by the author of the thesis

I the undersigned hereby state that the thesis entitled ldquordquo submitted by me has been prepared without any help I also state that the thesis has not been subject to procedures connected with acquiring an academic (Bachelorrsquos) degree at a higher education institution at any earlier timeI moreover declare that this version of the thesis is identical with the submitted electronic version

date authorrsquos legible signature

Note ndash for a team thesis (as described in point II of Attachment 2 to the Regulation) the statement is as follows

I the undersigned hereby state that the thesis entitled ldquordquo submitted by me has been prepared together with helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip (full names and ID numbers of co-authors)I also state that the thesis has not been subject to procedures connected with acquiring an academic (Bachelorrsquos) degree at a higher education institution at any earlier timeI moreover declare that this version of the thesis is identical with the submitted electronic version

date authorrsquos legible signature

2) A statement of the following content legibly undersigned by the supervisor of the thesis

I declare that this thesis has been prepared under my direction and I state that it fulfils the conditions for presenting it in proceedings for acquiring an academic degree

date authorrsquos legible signature

12

IV FIGURES GRAPHS PICTURES CHARTS

Graphics included in the thesis should be described as Fig for figures maps graphs diagrams or pictures and Tab for tables They should be numbered sequentially with Arabic numerals (Fig 1 Tab 1)

In the case of Figures the numbers should be followed with adequate captions (titles) and ndash starting from a new line ndash information about the source Figurersquos number its caption and information about the source should be placed below the figure (see example below)

Fig 1 Prototype of a light tank ldquoSkald 2rdquo prepared in the workshop of the Bumar Łabędy armaments concern Source Polish Press AgencyJakub Ochnio

For objects marked as Tab the number and description should be placed above the object (table) and information about the source below the object (see example below)

Tab 1 Armies of the Baltic countries and the forces of the north-western Russia army concentration

Country Basic categories of armed forces (in numbersitems)Infantry Artillery Tanks Planes

Estonia 5300 334 0 0Lithuania 3750 48 0 0

Latvia 1400 76 3 0Russia (NW army

concentration) 65000 850 750 320

Source httpwwwdefence24pl249417armie-krajow-baltyckich-i-rosji (30092015)

For captions and source information you need to use font Times New Roman size 10 in italics no bold lettering and no italics

Graphical objects (Fig and Tab) their captions and source information should be placed centrally with respect to the inside and outside margins When placing the graphical object with its description or information about the source the indentation established for paragraphs in the text is not applied Figures in the thesis have to be legible (they cannot be too small to be read) The size of a figure should be set in such a way that potential descriptions within the figure are minimally size 10 Times New Roman All bitmap or raster graphic objects should be in jpg format and vector graphs in wmf format which will allow to reduce the size of the thesis file

Figures diagrams graphs should be created with appropriate applications meant for that purpose eg Paint PowerPoint If the figures diagrams or graphs are created in MS Word they have to be grouped together

13

The basic principles of creating graphs

1 Graphs are created in justified cases eg it is not a justified case to present graphically two values The same results cannot be presented both in a table and in a graph

2 A graph absolutely must be legible That concerns all its elements including descriptions or labels for axes the legend background font points lines etc

3 Standard graph types are to be used bar charts line graphs (to show trends) pie charts (to show percentages of a whole) or scatter plots

4 3D effects should not be used in graphs Using them in pie charts or bar charts which is frequently done makes reading data in the graph more difficult (see Fig 1 and 2 below) One exception is using the third dimension to present an additional variable

5 If the labels can be placed on the axis rather than in the legend the legend is not needed (see Fig 1 below) The solution should be attempted to see whether sorting the data on the axis helps to make the graph clear

6 Do not use texture gradient shading or any similar elements7 Keep the amount of digits in values presented in the graph to a reasonable minimum they may be rounded

(eg 86 instead of 8578 is often enough) or different units can be used (eg 112 thousand instead of 11200)

8 Graphs should have legible descriptions with source of the data If a graph was created using data from another source the source of the data should be given too otherwise it may be understood that the graph was copied from the first source

Exceptions to the above rules are possible only in justified cases and with the supervisorrsquos consent

Below see examples of wrongly done graphs and their corrected counterparts

WRONG

12

21

2519

1112

lt 2526-3536-4546-5556-65gt 65

WELL

lt 2512

26-3521

36-4525

46-5519

56-6511

gt 6512

Fig 1 Participation of particular age groups of respondents in the survey

Source own study

14

WRONG

01000020000 720230

24797401541890

937850651210

Ludność (w tys)

Ludność

WELL

Przedprodukcyjnym (0-17 lat)

Produkcyjnym (18-5964)

Mobilnym (18-44)

Niemobilnym (45-5964)

Poprodukcyjnym (6065 lat i więcej)

0 5 10 15 20 25 30

Ludność w wieku

Ludność (mln)

Fig 2 Population by economic age groups in 2011 according to National Census data (GUS 2011)Source own study

V FORMULAE

Formulae should be placed centrally in separate lines labelled with Arabic numerals in parentheses placed close to the outer margin

f ( x )=αsdotradic x+1|xminus1|

(1)

If references to some formulae are used in the text the number of the formula in parentheses (1) should be used

15

VI LITERATURE (REFERENCES AND QUOTING)

Basic rules of using someone elsersquos work 1 Each manifestation of creative activity of an individual nature preserved in any form ie an authorrsquos work

is protected by copyright To consider a work an authorrsquos work and protect it with copyright it is not important what its purpose scientific value or other value is It must be indicated however that intellectual work of a creative nature is different than work of a technical nature understood as work requiring only specific knowledge and skills and the use of suitable tools materials and technologyApplicable to protection of results of scientific work (research results) are not only provisions of the act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights but also provisions of the Civil Code act of 23rd April 1963 and more precisely art 23 which explicitly lists scientific and artistic work among personal rights It means that using just research results (not protected by copyright) the author of the research still needs to be indicated in order to secure hisher personal rights to the said results If it is not done such an author can make claims as mentioned in art 24 of the Civil Code ie claims related to protection of personal rights

2 Descriptions of research results scientific discoveries or their interpretations can be used either with the authorrsquos consent or as allowed by legal provisions

3 For use of legally released work (ie released with the authorrsquos consent) the right to quote is applicable as regulated in art 29 item 1 of the act on copyright and related rights According to that provision in works which are independent wholes it is allowed to quote fragments of other published works or short works in their entirety to an extent justified with explanation critical analysis teaching or rights resulting from the workrsquos genre

4 Quotation (providing source data) rules are given further in this chapter Failure to indicate bibliographical data (sources) is an instance of plagiarism ie appropriation of someone elsersquos work When paraphrasing ie expressing someone elsersquos thoughts in your own words without quoting a fragment of someonersquos work literally the source should also be given

5 The concept of plagiarism has not been defined in legal provisions but it is generally understood as- appropriation of the authorship of someone elsersquos work (overt plagiarism) or- taking fragments of someone elsersquos work without providing the data on the author and source (covert

plagiarism) 6 If exercising the right to quote only serves to save on the writerrsquos effort (ie it is not justified with an

explanation or critical analysis) it violates the copyright although it is not plagiarism

Principles of placing quotations in the thesisIf the thesis contains quotations ndash concrete fragments of other authorsrsquo work ndash the whole quoted text should be placed within standard quotation marks (ldquoquoted textrdquo) Only then will the antiplagiarism system omit the quoted fragment when examining the thesis for similarity with other theses and online resources Also- quotations up to 40 words are placed within quotation marks within the particular paragraph- quotations longer than 40 words are placed within quotation marks in a separate paragraph

Foreign literatureTitles of foreign publications should be given in the original languageIt is possible to transliterate the Cyrillic alphabet into the Latin one according to norm PN-ISO 92000 binding in Poland

16

Four methods of inserting references are acceptable The choice of one particular method is made by the supervisor of the thesis

Method 1Automatic foot-endnotes are obligatory (choose Insert Footnote or Insert Endnote from the menu or press Alt + j) Footnotes are placed at the bottom of the relevant page and endnotes at the end of the relevant chapter The foot- or endnotes should end with full stops

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

Foot- or endnotes to literature ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name (or in reversed order initials and last name4) title of the thesis publisher (optional5) place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable Punctuation and font (upright or italics) presented below

Monographic publication quoted as a whole egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Monographic publication indicating a specific issue egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Article in press 6 eg Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 No 12 pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication egPucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Quoting the same reference several times one after the other eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Ibid pp 70-71or2 Ibidem pp 70-71

If quotes are separated with other references eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Wierzchom ST Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-393 Romer D Makroekonomia dlahellip op cit pp 70-72

If different works of the same author are quoted one after the other eg1 Sztompka P Socjologia Analiza społeczeństwa Znak Krakoacutew 20022 Id Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005or2 Idem Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005

4 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis5 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis6 it is also possible to use the name of the periodical without inverted commas (Informatyka) - the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis

17

1 Marody M Jednostka po nowoczesności perspektywa socjologiczna Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 20142 Eadem7 (ed) Wymiary życia społecznego Polska na przełomie XX i XXI wieku Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 2007

Quoting another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)Kowalski J System ochrony konkurencji i konsumentoacutew w Polsce Master thesis UITM Faculty of Administration and Social Sciences Rzeszoacutew 2009

Quoting legal acts

Acts issued until 2011 inclusively egElection Code act of 5th January 2011 (Dz U No 21 item 112 as amended)act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights (unified text Dz U of 2000 No 80 item 904 as amended)Regulation of the Council of Ministers of 23rd December 1996 on execution of the act on administrative enforcement proceedings (Dz U of 1997 No 1 item 1)

Acts issued from 2012 onwards (without the number of the Journal of Laws (DzU)) egRegulation of the Council of Ministers of 11th February 2013 on requirements for commissioning and operation of nuclear installation (Dz U item 28)Regulation of the Minister of Agriculture and Rural Development of 15th December 2011 on the manner and forms of collaboration of district sea fisheries inspectors and the Agricultural and Food Quality Inspection when controlling fishery products (Dz U of 2012 item 2)

Quoting case law

Published case law egSupreme Court ruling of 25th November 2011 III CZP 7611 OSNC 2012 No 6 item 71

Case law published electronically egSupreme Court ruling of 15th June 2012 II CSK66611 LEX No 1212809

If the quoted decision is not published write ldquounpublrdquo (for ldquounpublishedrdquo) egSupreme Administrative Court ruling of 5th April 2002 III SA 319099 unpubl

Foot-endnotes for webpages

Simple foot-endnotes (it is necessary to provide the date of visiting the webpage) eg httpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp from 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp as of 150504orhttpwwwielodzpldokumentyasp 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp (150504)

Foot-endnotes to an unnamed document from a website eghttpwwwielodzpldokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

Situations when frames make it impossible to provide the exact path (catalogue names should be used ) eg httpwwwie1odzp1 DOKUMENTYPOLSKIESTARE from 150504

Foot-endnote to a named document from a website egKozak MW Regiony w Polsce [at] httpwwwie1odzp1dokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

7 female form

18

Method 2References are placed after the quoted text as the authorrsquos name with the year of issue of the quoted position in square brackets as a reference to a literature position given in the list at the end of the thesis egThe system for generating belief networks and belief rules BeliefSEEKERreg has been developed at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew Poland in cooperation with the University of Kansas in Lawrence (KS) USA The first use of the system concerned classification of melanocytic lesions [Hippe and Mroczek 2003] Other applications of the system have been described in [Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003 Varmuza Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2004 Mroczek Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2004 Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 2005 Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2005] Recently new approaches to generating belief networks have been described by Heckerman [Heckerman 1995] and Spiehler [Spiehler 2006]

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

References in bibliography ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name title of the thesis publisher place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable

Reference to a monographic publication quoted as a whole[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000

Reference to a monographic publication indicating a specific issue[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000 pp 267-270

Reference to a publication (one author) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse 1997]Grzymała-Busse JW A New Version of the Rule Induction System LERSFundamenta Informaticae 31(1997)27-39

Reference to a publication (three authors at the most) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 1998]Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Mroczek TBelief rules vs decision rules A preliminary appraisal to the problemFundamenta Informaticae 32(1998)112-119

Reference to a publication (more than three authors) in a scientific periodical[Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003]Błajdo P Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Marek T Mroczek T Wrzesień MA suite of machine learning tools for machine learning and extraction of information and knowledge from dataPattern Recognition 46(2005)36-49

Reference to a publication in conference proceedings[Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003] Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Mroczek TNowe narzędzia informatyczne inżynierii wiedzy i uczenia maszynowego II Poroacutewnanie wybranych modeli wiedzy ukrytej oraz niepewnejIn Bubnicki Z Grzech A (eds) Inżynieria wiedzy i systemy ekspertoweWydawnictwo Politechniki Wrocławskiej Wrocław 2003 Vol 1 pp 239-247

19

Reference to another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)[Cyrek 2011] Cyrek G Architektura i funkcjonalność rozproszonych katalogoacutew bibliotecznych na przykładzie KaRoMaster thesis UITM Faculty of Applied IT Rzeszoacutew 2011

References to websites

Reference to a website with author and title available[Heckerman 1995]Heckerman D A Tutorial on Learning Bayesian Networkshttpresearchmicrosoftcomresearchpubs from 15122006

Reference to a website without title available[Spiehler 2006]httpwwwicsuciedumlearnMLRepositoryhtml from 15122006

Reference to a website without author and title available [WWW-1 2009]httpwwwkardiolopl from 12092009

[WWW-2 2009]httpwwwtelezdrowiepl from 14092009

Method 3References are placed after the quoted text only as numbers in square brackets referring to the number of the item in the bibliography at the end of the thesis eg Comparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [12]Numbers are given to the references in the order in which the particular titles appear in the thesis and this is the order in which particular references should be listed in the bibliography at the end of the thesis If a given reference is quoted more than once it should be referred to with the same number given at the first instance of quoting it each time it is quoted in the thesis If the author uses several titles for one paragraph the numbers of all quoted titles should be written in square brackets egComparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [3 7 12-19]

Literature positions in the bibliography at the end of the thesis should begin with the surname and the initial of the first (first and middle) name they are followed by the title of the work publisherrsquos name place and year of issue page numbers (if applicable) for the text used The entries should end with full stops

Monographic publication eg3 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Monographic publication quoted as a whole eg7 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Article in press eg17 Wierzchoń ST Systemy rozpoznawania Informatyka 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication eg19 Pucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Refrences to webpagesLike in Method 1

20

Method 4

If the authorrsquos name is not used directly in the text give the name8 year of issue and page in brackets eg (Giddens 2004 127)

When the name appears in the text give the year of issue and page in brackets egCynthia Epstein (1988 14) in her work Deceptive Distinctions Sex Gender and the Social Order notes mutual strengthening of the above described dichotomies

If the reference relates to a source quoted by another author information about both sources should be given in brackets egThe research conducted by Smith (1960 after Jones 1994 104) hellipThe reference list at the end of the thesis should contain full data of only that publication which was actually used

With two authors both names should be given If there are more than two authors give the first name in brackets followed by ldquoet alrdquo the year of issue and the page egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski et al 1999 96)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain names of all authors

If several publications of the same author are used which have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski 1999a 20)The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

If no author is given (eg for some reports) the brackets should contain the title of the source (or part of it if the title is long) year of issue and the page egResearch indicates that employment feminisation is currently observed in Poland (Płeć a możliwości ekonomiczne w Polscehellip 2004 84)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain the whole title year of issue publisherrsquos name and place of issue

For press articles without authorrsquos name the brackets should contain the title of the paper year of issue and the page eg (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999 5)

If two press articles of the same author or published in the same paper without authorrsquos name are referred to and they have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egThe local press (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999a 1) reported a corruption affair which involved leaders of the party governing the district At a conference a week later the head of the XY district denied having had anything to do with that matter (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999b 3) The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

For quoting websites- if the website has an author ndash give the name and date egTurner (2001) has created many useful graphs showing the transition between the different age groups- if the website does not have an author ndash give the title of the website in brackets egCancer experts estimate that changes to our diet could prevent about one in three cancer deaths in the UK (CancerHelp UK 2002)

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author Punctuation presented below

8 If the given author is quoted in the text for the first time full name should be given and further in the text only the last name is given

21

Books ndash full name of the author year of issue title place of issue publisherrsquos name eg Ahmed Leila 1992 Women and Gender in Islam Historical Roots of a Modern Debate New Haven and London Yale University PressTibi Bassam 1997 Fundamentalizm religijny Transl by Janusz Danecki Warszawa PWN (for translations translatorrsquos name must be given)

Articles in books - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) ldquoInrdquo full name of the editor of the book book title (in italics) place of issue publisherrsquos name pages where the quoted article is to be found egBruce Steve 1992 Revelations The Future of New Christian Right In Kaplan Lawrence (ed) Fundamentalism in Comparative Perspective Amherts University of Massachusetts Press pp 100-156

Articles in periodicals - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) title of the periodical (in italics) numbers of the periodical (both the current one and the one in the year of publication the latter in brackets) pages where the quoted article is to be found egAlrsquoAlwani Taha 1986 The Testimony of Women in Islamic Law The American Journal of Islamic Social Sciences 13 (2) pp 28-45

Articles in pressIf the author of the article is known the data should contain (in that order) full name of the author year of issue of the paper title of the article (upright font) title of the paper (in italics) number of the paper in the year of publication page(s) egKowalski Jan 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie Gazeta Dzisiejsza 80 p 5

If the author of the article is not known the data is given as followsGazeta Dzisiejsza 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie 80 p 5

Online materials (websites e-books e-journals) full name of the author (editor) year of publication titlename of the page [online] place of publication (if available) information on the URL and date of accessing the source egHolland Matt 2004 Guide to citing Internet sources [online] Poole Bournemouth University At httpwwwbournemouthacuklibraryusingguide_to_citing_internet_sourchtml [20042006]

For more on the Harvard Referencing System seehttpwwwwydawnictwoivgplattachmentsFileZasady_tworzenia_przypis__w_bibliograficznychpdf (file in Polish)httpswwwstaffsacukassetsharvard_quick_guide_tcm44-47797pdf (file in English)

22

VII SUMMARY

The summary should be written according to the model below using Times New Roman size 10 None of the elements from the specimen should be omitted Keywords required in the summary should be understood as 2-3 characteristic names expressions reflecting the subject and content of the thesis

The summary should be put at the end of the thesis after bibliography

In their theses students of first-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in the language in which the thesis is written (Polish or English)In their theses students of second-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in Polish and in English

23

SUMMARY SPECIMEN

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w RzeszowieWydział Administracji i Nauk Społecznych Wydział EkonomicznyWydział Informatyki Stosowanej Wydział Medyczny

Streszczenie pracy dyplomowejThesis title in Polish

AutorPromotorSłowa kluczowe

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in Polish

The University of Information Technology and Management in RzeszoacutewFaculty of Administration and Social Sciences Faculty of EconomicsFaculty of Information Technology Faculty of Medicine

Diploma Thesis SummaryThesis title in English

AuthorSupervisorKeywords

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in English

24

VIII ATTACHMENTS

Attachments to the thesis (if applicable) should form a separate chapter of the thesis placed at the end of it (after the list of references) and considered in the list of contentsAttachments should be written in font Times New Roman size 10 and formatted according to the principles of formatting the text of the thesis margins formulae figures diagrams pictures tables as specified in this regulationIf the attachments are extensive or electronic in form (eg software graphics) they should be placed on a CD and thus attached (in an envelope pasted in at the end of the thesis)This part of the thesis also contains original copies of consents for processing personal data and the original copy of the positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission as applicable

25

Attachment 2 E

SPECIMEN

CONSENT FOR PROCESSING PERSONAL DATA

I the undersigned helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip hereby agree to have my personal

data collected and processed - within the scope of the thesis of student

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip student ID No helliphelliphelliphelliphellip titled helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip whose supervisor is

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip - by the University of Information Technology and

Management in Rzeszoacutew ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew according to the act of 29 th August 1997 on

personal data protection (DzU 2014 item 1182 as amended)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate legible signature

26

Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and principles of conducting a diploma examination

(Defence Principles)

I1 Defences are conducted at the following times

a) in July and September - for students finishing their studies in Juneb) in March - for students finishing their studies in Februarysubject to point II item 4

2 A detailed schedule of defences is established by the deans after consulting the supervisors of the theses3 Students writing a team thesis take their defence exam at the same time In justified cases and with the

deanrsquos consent it is possible for the team to take the defence exam without one or more members (even if only one student takes the exam)

II1 The student submits hisher thesis in paper and electronic form after fulfilling the conditions specified in

point III2 The thesis and attachments referred to in item 3 below must be submitted not later than

a) 30th June ndash for defences conducted in Julyb) 31st August ndash for defences conducted in September c) 28th February ndash for defences conducted in Marchbut no later than 14 days before the date set for the defence exam

3 By the time specified in item 2 the student submits to UITM Deanrsquos Office the following a)1 copy of a bound thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature for acceptance of the thesis The binding for the

thesis should be bought from the Photocopy Rooms at the University The student is entitled to 3 covers for the thesis

b)the thesis in electronic form in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 3 Ac)5 photos (signed with the studentsrsquo name at the back) for the diploma size 45x65 mm against a light

background (the studentrsquos face should take no less than 75 of the picture)For the photos for the diploma a person should be dressed formally ie dark suit and light-coloured shirt for men and a suit or dress with jacket for women (low-cut necklines and immoderate display of femininity are not allowed) Sporty look is to be avoided

d)clearance slip with signatures (clearance slip to be collected in the International Office) and questionnaires to go with the clearance slip if applicable

e)proof of payment for issuing the diplomaf) proofs of other payments according to the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of educationg)application to have a copy of the diploma issued in a foreign language (English French Spanish

German or Russian) ndash for students who would like to receive such a copy h)application to have a supplement to the diploma issued in English (the application should contain the

title of the thesis translated into English) ndash for students who would like to receive such a supplement 4 If it is impossible for the student to submit the thesis for justified reasons the dean may after asking the

supervisorrsquos opinion prolong the time for submitting the thesis but for not longer than two months In such cases the student should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty not later than by the date specified in item 2b) and c)

5 A student who does not submit the thesis in the specified time may apply for a permission to repeat the semester To do that she should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty within 7 days from the specified date for submitting theses

III1 The student is admitted to the defence after fulfilling the following conditions

a) passing all exams and receiving all credits required by the plan of studies for the particular field of study

b) submitting relevant statements concerning the thesis by the student and by the supervisor according to the specimens in Attachment 2 D (the statements should be placed at the second page of the thesis)

27

c) receiving at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo) marks from the reviews of the thesis done by the supervisor and the reviewer

d) satisfying financial requirements specified in the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of education at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

e) submitting the thesis with all documents specified in point II item 32 In the case of instituting disciplinary proceedings against a student suspected of plagiarism of the thesis

that student may not defend the thesis until valid completion of the proceedings

IV1 Theses prepared by students are checked with the Anti-Plagiarism System linked to the university thesis

repository national thesis repository and Internet resources For each thesis the following ratios are establisheda) similarity ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is repeated in other theses to be

found in the repositories and in materials published in the Internet Similarity is understood as every cluster of at least 20 words which can be found in another thesis or materials published in the Internet

b) quotation ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is made up of fragments quoted from other authors

2 The supervisor is responsible for checking a thesis with the Anti-Plagiarism System before it is formally approved for the defence

3 The instruction for operating the Anti-Plagiarism System is available in electronic version on the network drive and at the Virtual University

ODziekanatEgzamin dyplomowy_Prace dyplomoweAntyplagiat_instrukcja dla promotoroacutew

WU Promotor ndash Antyplagiat instrukcja

4 Deanrsquos Office employees accepting the theses in electronic version are obliged toa) enter the accepted theses to the Anti-Plagiarism System on a current basisb) send daily lists of theses in the case of which the ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or

more to the Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of studyc) include in the personal files of a student taking the defence the ldquosimilarity reportrdquo a specimen of

which constitutes Attachment 3 B5 Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of study are obliged

a) not to accept for the defence theses not checked by the Anti-Plagiarism Systemb) to withhold the defence of a student whose thesis has a ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo of

20 or more6 Supervisors are obliged to again carefully analyse the content of a thesis whose ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor

ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or more

V1 The thesis is reviewed and marked by the supervisor and by one reviewer appointed by the dean The mark

for the thesis is the arithmetic mean of both above-mentioned marks Thesis reviewer can be an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle including a teacher from outside of the University

2 If the thesis is marked ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) by the reviewer the dean sends the thesis back for correction or asks for its assessment by an additional reviewer

3 The thesis should be graded carefully ie the assessment should not simply be a description of the thesis but contain critical comments assess the studentrsquos substantive and technical qualifications and the value of the thesis Specimens for thesis review are given in Attachments 3 C1 (supervisor) and 3 C2 (reviewer)

4 The supervisor and the reviewer are obliged to fill in their reviews for the thesis electronically in Polish5 The student is entitled to know the review for hisher thesis including the grading of the thesis

VI1 The defence is in the form of an oral exam unless the UITM President decides otherwise 2 The defence takes place in front of a committee composed of

a) the dean vice-dean or an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle authorized by the dean ndash as the chairperson

b) the supervisor of the thesis

28

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 8: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

Attachment 2 C

THESIS AT SECOND-CYCLE STUDIESgeneral academic profile

Character of the thesis

A thesis at second-cycle studies should prove that the student has mastered knowledge and skills in a specific educational scope (considering the studentrsquos chosen specialty) and the ability to solve theoretical problems (unrelated to the current needs of daily life solved in primary research) or practical ones (concerning specific needs in various areas of human activity solved with applied research)The thesis should not be shorter than 50 pages (starting from the title page and ending at the page containing the summary excluding Attachments)

Recommended structure of the thesis

IntroductionGeneral analysis of several (3-5) pages introducing the presented issues giving a brief outline of the subject matter of the thesis and its applicability in practice (justification for the issue discussed) The introduction should specify the following elements- justification of the choice of issuetopic of thesis- current state of knowledge concerning the issue discussed in the thesis- scope of the thesis- thesis layout presentation ie brief description of each chapter

Aim of the thesisThe aim of the thesis is to solve a research problem using methods applied in scientific research

The main body (divided into numbered chapter subchapters as needed)3

This part of the thesis should be adjusted to the specific character and subject of the problem being solved and it should include a theoretical and a research partThe theoretical part should contain a justification for the need to solve the particular problem and a description of the method adopted to solve itIn the research part the author should present hisher ability to conduct research procedures and the ability to- present raw output- analyse and interpret results- assess the obtained results mainly evaluate and compare them- generalise and draw conclusions (define the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis)

ConclusionIn the conclusion the author should discuss the results obtained in the research with a view to the degree of attaining the objective set in the thesis

LiteratureThe student should give all sources used in the thesis including webpage addresses beside monographic publications continuous publications and legal acts It is important for the list of references and the quoted publications to be representative of the discussed research issue and that no major publications and achievements of specialised literature on the problem discussed (solved) are overlooked

3 The dean of the faculty may issue a decision specifying more detailed guidelines concerning the content of the main body of the thesis binding for the given field of study

8

Attachment 2 D

TECHNICAL RULES FOR WRITING THE THESIS

I RULES OF FORMATTING THE TEXT

- Do not insert headers or footers with separate text eg chapters title- Every part of the thesis should begin on a new page- Do not put full stops after the headings of particular parts of the thesis (including chapterssubchapters) and

after thesis title- Page numbers should obligatorily be put in automatically (in the footer centred Font Times New Roman

size 12) The first page of the thesis is the title page and numbering should begin from this very page but the number should not show on that page

- The table of contents should be automatic It should be placed on the third page of the thesis- Font ndash Times New Roman size 12 without bold lettering- Standard space between characters (0 points)- Not more than one space between words- Single space between lines- Text justified- Switch on automatic hyphenation of words- If a paragraph should begin on a new page choose the function of page break (Ctrl + Enter) - Do not leave any single letters or conjunctions at the end of the line To transfer the conjunction to the next

line press hard space (Ctrl + Shift + Space bar) Hard space should be inserted directly after the conjunction and before the following word (this causes the conjunction to be ldquoattachedrdquo to the word)

- Do not use the Enter key or soft enter at the end of the line (within a sentence)- Do not put a space between a word and a punctuation mark following it (comma full stop semicolon

colon) - Words (sentences) written in brackets cannot be separated from the brackets with spaces- Enumerations in the text should be done with automatic bulleting or numbering- The thesis must be printed on both sides ndash in the FilePage LayoutMargins menu choose ldquomirror marginsrdquo

(inside margin - 2cm outside top and bottom margins ndash 15cm each)

II TITLE PAGE OF THE THESIS

The title page of the thesis should containa) the logo (in colour) and name of the school as given in the example (font Times New Roman bold size

16)b) name of the faculty field of study and specialty (font Times New Roman bold size 16) c) full name of the author(s) of the thesis No of students record book ie the student ID No (font Times

New Roman size 15) and the title of the thesis (font Times New Roman italics bold size 20)d) academic degree and full name of the supervisor (font Times New Roman size 12)

NOTE The cover for the thesis has a window of the size 155 x 65 cm (placed centrally in relation to side margins and 125 cm from the bottom of the page) where the information mentioned in points c) and d) should fit in

e) the inscription DIPLOMA THESIS AT FIRST-CYCLE (or SECOND-CYCLEENGINEERrsquoS DEGREE) STUDIES (font Times New Roman bold size 19)

f) the name of the city (Rzeszoacutew) and the year of submitting the thesis eg Rzeszoacutew 2015 (font Times New Roman bold size 14)

The following pages present the specimens for title page of a thesis a version for theses written in Polish (using Economics as an example) and a version for theses written in English (using Philology as an example)

9

WYŻSZA SZKOŁAINFORMATYKI i ZARZĄDZANIA

z siedzibą w Rzeszowie

WYDZIAŁ EKONOMICZNY

Kierunek EKONOMIASpecjalność Rachunkowość

Jan KowalskiNr albumu studenta helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat pracy dyplomowej

Promotor tytułstopień naukowy Imię i Nazwisko Promotora

PRACA DYPLOMOWA MAGISTERSKA

Rzeszoacutew 2015

10

UNIVERSITY OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT

in Rzeszoacutew

FACULTY OF ADMINISTRATION AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

Field of Study PHILOLOGYSpecialty English Philology

Jan KowalskiNo of students record bookhelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Title of the thesis

Supervisor academic degree full name of the Supervisor

DIPLOMA THESIS AT FIRST-CYCLE STUDIES

Rzeszoacutew 2015

11

III SECOND PAGE OF THE THESIS

The second page of the thesis should contain

Version for theses written in English

1) A statement of the following content legibly undersigned by the author of the thesis

I the undersigned hereby state that the thesis entitled ldquordquo submitted by me has been prepared without any help I also state that the thesis has not been subject to procedures connected with acquiring an academic (Bachelorrsquos) degree at a higher education institution at any earlier timeI moreover declare that this version of the thesis is identical with the submitted electronic version

date authorrsquos legible signature

Note ndash for a team thesis (as described in point II of Attachment 2 to the Regulation) the statement is as follows

I the undersigned hereby state that the thesis entitled ldquordquo submitted by me has been prepared together with helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip (full names and ID numbers of co-authors)I also state that the thesis has not been subject to procedures connected with acquiring an academic (Bachelorrsquos) degree at a higher education institution at any earlier timeI moreover declare that this version of the thesis is identical with the submitted electronic version

date authorrsquos legible signature

2) A statement of the following content legibly undersigned by the supervisor of the thesis

I declare that this thesis has been prepared under my direction and I state that it fulfils the conditions for presenting it in proceedings for acquiring an academic degree

date authorrsquos legible signature

12

IV FIGURES GRAPHS PICTURES CHARTS

Graphics included in the thesis should be described as Fig for figures maps graphs diagrams or pictures and Tab for tables They should be numbered sequentially with Arabic numerals (Fig 1 Tab 1)

In the case of Figures the numbers should be followed with adequate captions (titles) and ndash starting from a new line ndash information about the source Figurersquos number its caption and information about the source should be placed below the figure (see example below)

Fig 1 Prototype of a light tank ldquoSkald 2rdquo prepared in the workshop of the Bumar Łabędy armaments concern Source Polish Press AgencyJakub Ochnio

For objects marked as Tab the number and description should be placed above the object (table) and information about the source below the object (see example below)

Tab 1 Armies of the Baltic countries and the forces of the north-western Russia army concentration

Country Basic categories of armed forces (in numbersitems)Infantry Artillery Tanks Planes

Estonia 5300 334 0 0Lithuania 3750 48 0 0

Latvia 1400 76 3 0Russia (NW army

concentration) 65000 850 750 320

Source httpwwwdefence24pl249417armie-krajow-baltyckich-i-rosji (30092015)

For captions and source information you need to use font Times New Roman size 10 in italics no bold lettering and no italics

Graphical objects (Fig and Tab) their captions and source information should be placed centrally with respect to the inside and outside margins When placing the graphical object with its description or information about the source the indentation established for paragraphs in the text is not applied Figures in the thesis have to be legible (they cannot be too small to be read) The size of a figure should be set in such a way that potential descriptions within the figure are minimally size 10 Times New Roman All bitmap or raster graphic objects should be in jpg format and vector graphs in wmf format which will allow to reduce the size of the thesis file

Figures diagrams graphs should be created with appropriate applications meant for that purpose eg Paint PowerPoint If the figures diagrams or graphs are created in MS Word they have to be grouped together

13

The basic principles of creating graphs

1 Graphs are created in justified cases eg it is not a justified case to present graphically two values The same results cannot be presented both in a table and in a graph

2 A graph absolutely must be legible That concerns all its elements including descriptions or labels for axes the legend background font points lines etc

3 Standard graph types are to be used bar charts line graphs (to show trends) pie charts (to show percentages of a whole) or scatter plots

4 3D effects should not be used in graphs Using them in pie charts or bar charts which is frequently done makes reading data in the graph more difficult (see Fig 1 and 2 below) One exception is using the third dimension to present an additional variable

5 If the labels can be placed on the axis rather than in the legend the legend is not needed (see Fig 1 below) The solution should be attempted to see whether sorting the data on the axis helps to make the graph clear

6 Do not use texture gradient shading or any similar elements7 Keep the amount of digits in values presented in the graph to a reasonable minimum they may be rounded

(eg 86 instead of 8578 is often enough) or different units can be used (eg 112 thousand instead of 11200)

8 Graphs should have legible descriptions with source of the data If a graph was created using data from another source the source of the data should be given too otherwise it may be understood that the graph was copied from the first source

Exceptions to the above rules are possible only in justified cases and with the supervisorrsquos consent

Below see examples of wrongly done graphs and their corrected counterparts

WRONG

12

21

2519

1112

lt 2526-3536-4546-5556-65gt 65

WELL

lt 2512

26-3521

36-4525

46-5519

56-6511

gt 6512

Fig 1 Participation of particular age groups of respondents in the survey

Source own study

14

WRONG

01000020000 720230

24797401541890

937850651210

Ludność (w tys)

Ludność

WELL

Przedprodukcyjnym (0-17 lat)

Produkcyjnym (18-5964)

Mobilnym (18-44)

Niemobilnym (45-5964)

Poprodukcyjnym (6065 lat i więcej)

0 5 10 15 20 25 30

Ludność w wieku

Ludność (mln)

Fig 2 Population by economic age groups in 2011 according to National Census data (GUS 2011)Source own study

V FORMULAE

Formulae should be placed centrally in separate lines labelled with Arabic numerals in parentheses placed close to the outer margin

f ( x )=αsdotradic x+1|xminus1|

(1)

If references to some formulae are used in the text the number of the formula in parentheses (1) should be used

15

VI LITERATURE (REFERENCES AND QUOTING)

Basic rules of using someone elsersquos work 1 Each manifestation of creative activity of an individual nature preserved in any form ie an authorrsquos work

is protected by copyright To consider a work an authorrsquos work and protect it with copyright it is not important what its purpose scientific value or other value is It must be indicated however that intellectual work of a creative nature is different than work of a technical nature understood as work requiring only specific knowledge and skills and the use of suitable tools materials and technologyApplicable to protection of results of scientific work (research results) are not only provisions of the act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights but also provisions of the Civil Code act of 23rd April 1963 and more precisely art 23 which explicitly lists scientific and artistic work among personal rights It means that using just research results (not protected by copyright) the author of the research still needs to be indicated in order to secure hisher personal rights to the said results If it is not done such an author can make claims as mentioned in art 24 of the Civil Code ie claims related to protection of personal rights

2 Descriptions of research results scientific discoveries or their interpretations can be used either with the authorrsquos consent or as allowed by legal provisions

3 For use of legally released work (ie released with the authorrsquos consent) the right to quote is applicable as regulated in art 29 item 1 of the act on copyright and related rights According to that provision in works which are independent wholes it is allowed to quote fragments of other published works or short works in their entirety to an extent justified with explanation critical analysis teaching or rights resulting from the workrsquos genre

4 Quotation (providing source data) rules are given further in this chapter Failure to indicate bibliographical data (sources) is an instance of plagiarism ie appropriation of someone elsersquos work When paraphrasing ie expressing someone elsersquos thoughts in your own words without quoting a fragment of someonersquos work literally the source should also be given

5 The concept of plagiarism has not been defined in legal provisions but it is generally understood as- appropriation of the authorship of someone elsersquos work (overt plagiarism) or- taking fragments of someone elsersquos work without providing the data on the author and source (covert

plagiarism) 6 If exercising the right to quote only serves to save on the writerrsquos effort (ie it is not justified with an

explanation or critical analysis) it violates the copyright although it is not plagiarism

Principles of placing quotations in the thesisIf the thesis contains quotations ndash concrete fragments of other authorsrsquo work ndash the whole quoted text should be placed within standard quotation marks (ldquoquoted textrdquo) Only then will the antiplagiarism system omit the quoted fragment when examining the thesis for similarity with other theses and online resources Also- quotations up to 40 words are placed within quotation marks within the particular paragraph- quotations longer than 40 words are placed within quotation marks in a separate paragraph

Foreign literatureTitles of foreign publications should be given in the original languageIt is possible to transliterate the Cyrillic alphabet into the Latin one according to norm PN-ISO 92000 binding in Poland

16

Four methods of inserting references are acceptable The choice of one particular method is made by the supervisor of the thesis

Method 1Automatic foot-endnotes are obligatory (choose Insert Footnote or Insert Endnote from the menu or press Alt + j) Footnotes are placed at the bottom of the relevant page and endnotes at the end of the relevant chapter The foot- or endnotes should end with full stops

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

Foot- or endnotes to literature ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name (or in reversed order initials and last name4) title of the thesis publisher (optional5) place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable Punctuation and font (upright or italics) presented below

Monographic publication quoted as a whole egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Monographic publication indicating a specific issue egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Article in press 6 eg Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 No 12 pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication egPucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Quoting the same reference several times one after the other eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Ibid pp 70-71or2 Ibidem pp 70-71

If quotes are separated with other references eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Wierzchom ST Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-393 Romer D Makroekonomia dlahellip op cit pp 70-72

If different works of the same author are quoted one after the other eg1 Sztompka P Socjologia Analiza społeczeństwa Znak Krakoacutew 20022 Id Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005or2 Idem Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005

4 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis5 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis6 it is also possible to use the name of the periodical without inverted commas (Informatyka) - the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis

17

1 Marody M Jednostka po nowoczesności perspektywa socjologiczna Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 20142 Eadem7 (ed) Wymiary życia społecznego Polska na przełomie XX i XXI wieku Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 2007

Quoting another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)Kowalski J System ochrony konkurencji i konsumentoacutew w Polsce Master thesis UITM Faculty of Administration and Social Sciences Rzeszoacutew 2009

Quoting legal acts

Acts issued until 2011 inclusively egElection Code act of 5th January 2011 (Dz U No 21 item 112 as amended)act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights (unified text Dz U of 2000 No 80 item 904 as amended)Regulation of the Council of Ministers of 23rd December 1996 on execution of the act on administrative enforcement proceedings (Dz U of 1997 No 1 item 1)

Acts issued from 2012 onwards (without the number of the Journal of Laws (DzU)) egRegulation of the Council of Ministers of 11th February 2013 on requirements for commissioning and operation of nuclear installation (Dz U item 28)Regulation of the Minister of Agriculture and Rural Development of 15th December 2011 on the manner and forms of collaboration of district sea fisheries inspectors and the Agricultural and Food Quality Inspection when controlling fishery products (Dz U of 2012 item 2)

Quoting case law

Published case law egSupreme Court ruling of 25th November 2011 III CZP 7611 OSNC 2012 No 6 item 71

Case law published electronically egSupreme Court ruling of 15th June 2012 II CSK66611 LEX No 1212809

If the quoted decision is not published write ldquounpublrdquo (for ldquounpublishedrdquo) egSupreme Administrative Court ruling of 5th April 2002 III SA 319099 unpubl

Foot-endnotes for webpages

Simple foot-endnotes (it is necessary to provide the date of visiting the webpage) eg httpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp from 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp as of 150504orhttpwwwielodzpldokumentyasp 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp (150504)

Foot-endnotes to an unnamed document from a website eghttpwwwielodzpldokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

Situations when frames make it impossible to provide the exact path (catalogue names should be used ) eg httpwwwie1odzp1 DOKUMENTYPOLSKIESTARE from 150504

Foot-endnote to a named document from a website egKozak MW Regiony w Polsce [at] httpwwwie1odzp1dokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

7 female form

18

Method 2References are placed after the quoted text as the authorrsquos name with the year of issue of the quoted position in square brackets as a reference to a literature position given in the list at the end of the thesis egThe system for generating belief networks and belief rules BeliefSEEKERreg has been developed at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew Poland in cooperation with the University of Kansas in Lawrence (KS) USA The first use of the system concerned classification of melanocytic lesions [Hippe and Mroczek 2003] Other applications of the system have been described in [Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003 Varmuza Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2004 Mroczek Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2004 Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 2005 Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2005] Recently new approaches to generating belief networks have been described by Heckerman [Heckerman 1995] and Spiehler [Spiehler 2006]

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

References in bibliography ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name title of the thesis publisher place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable

Reference to a monographic publication quoted as a whole[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000

Reference to a monographic publication indicating a specific issue[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000 pp 267-270

Reference to a publication (one author) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse 1997]Grzymała-Busse JW A New Version of the Rule Induction System LERSFundamenta Informaticae 31(1997)27-39

Reference to a publication (three authors at the most) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 1998]Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Mroczek TBelief rules vs decision rules A preliminary appraisal to the problemFundamenta Informaticae 32(1998)112-119

Reference to a publication (more than three authors) in a scientific periodical[Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003]Błajdo P Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Marek T Mroczek T Wrzesień MA suite of machine learning tools for machine learning and extraction of information and knowledge from dataPattern Recognition 46(2005)36-49

Reference to a publication in conference proceedings[Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003] Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Mroczek TNowe narzędzia informatyczne inżynierii wiedzy i uczenia maszynowego II Poroacutewnanie wybranych modeli wiedzy ukrytej oraz niepewnejIn Bubnicki Z Grzech A (eds) Inżynieria wiedzy i systemy ekspertoweWydawnictwo Politechniki Wrocławskiej Wrocław 2003 Vol 1 pp 239-247

19

Reference to another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)[Cyrek 2011] Cyrek G Architektura i funkcjonalność rozproszonych katalogoacutew bibliotecznych na przykładzie KaRoMaster thesis UITM Faculty of Applied IT Rzeszoacutew 2011

References to websites

Reference to a website with author and title available[Heckerman 1995]Heckerman D A Tutorial on Learning Bayesian Networkshttpresearchmicrosoftcomresearchpubs from 15122006

Reference to a website without title available[Spiehler 2006]httpwwwicsuciedumlearnMLRepositoryhtml from 15122006

Reference to a website without author and title available [WWW-1 2009]httpwwwkardiolopl from 12092009

[WWW-2 2009]httpwwwtelezdrowiepl from 14092009

Method 3References are placed after the quoted text only as numbers in square brackets referring to the number of the item in the bibliography at the end of the thesis eg Comparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [12]Numbers are given to the references in the order in which the particular titles appear in the thesis and this is the order in which particular references should be listed in the bibliography at the end of the thesis If a given reference is quoted more than once it should be referred to with the same number given at the first instance of quoting it each time it is quoted in the thesis If the author uses several titles for one paragraph the numbers of all quoted titles should be written in square brackets egComparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [3 7 12-19]

Literature positions in the bibliography at the end of the thesis should begin with the surname and the initial of the first (first and middle) name they are followed by the title of the work publisherrsquos name place and year of issue page numbers (if applicable) for the text used The entries should end with full stops

Monographic publication eg3 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Monographic publication quoted as a whole eg7 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Article in press eg17 Wierzchoń ST Systemy rozpoznawania Informatyka 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication eg19 Pucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Refrences to webpagesLike in Method 1

20

Method 4

If the authorrsquos name is not used directly in the text give the name8 year of issue and page in brackets eg (Giddens 2004 127)

When the name appears in the text give the year of issue and page in brackets egCynthia Epstein (1988 14) in her work Deceptive Distinctions Sex Gender and the Social Order notes mutual strengthening of the above described dichotomies

If the reference relates to a source quoted by another author information about both sources should be given in brackets egThe research conducted by Smith (1960 after Jones 1994 104) hellipThe reference list at the end of the thesis should contain full data of only that publication which was actually used

With two authors both names should be given If there are more than two authors give the first name in brackets followed by ldquoet alrdquo the year of issue and the page egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski et al 1999 96)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain names of all authors

If several publications of the same author are used which have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski 1999a 20)The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

If no author is given (eg for some reports) the brackets should contain the title of the source (or part of it if the title is long) year of issue and the page egResearch indicates that employment feminisation is currently observed in Poland (Płeć a możliwości ekonomiczne w Polscehellip 2004 84)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain the whole title year of issue publisherrsquos name and place of issue

For press articles without authorrsquos name the brackets should contain the title of the paper year of issue and the page eg (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999 5)

If two press articles of the same author or published in the same paper without authorrsquos name are referred to and they have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egThe local press (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999a 1) reported a corruption affair which involved leaders of the party governing the district At a conference a week later the head of the XY district denied having had anything to do with that matter (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999b 3) The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

For quoting websites- if the website has an author ndash give the name and date egTurner (2001) has created many useful graphs showing the transition between the different age groups- if the website does not have an author ndash give the title of the website in brackets egCancer experts estimate that changes to our diet could prevent about one in three cancer deaths in the UK (CancerHelp UK 2002)

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author Punctuation presented below

8 If the given author is quoted in the text for the first time full name should be given and further in the text only the last name is given

21

Books ndash full name of the author year of issue title place of issue publisherrsquos name eg Ahmed Leila 1992 Women and Gender in Islam Historical Roots of a Modern Debate New Haven and London Yale University PressTibi Bassam 1997 Fundamentalizm religijny Transl by Janusz Danecki Warszawa PWN (for translations translatorrsquos name must be given)

Articles in books - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) ldquoInrdquo full name of the editor of the book book title (in italics) place of issue publisherrsquos name pages where the quoted article is to be found egBruce Steve 1992 Revelations The Future of New Christian Right In Kaplan Lawrence (ed) Fundamentalism in Comparative Perspective Amherts University of Massachusetts Press pp 100-156

Articles in periodicals - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) title of the periodical (in italics) numbers of the periodical (both the current one and the one in the year of publication the latter in brackets) pages where the quoted article is to be found egAlrsquoAlwani Taha 1986 The Testimony of Women in Islamic Law The American Journal of Islamic Social Sciences 13 (2) pp 28-45

Articles in pressIf the author of the article is known the data should contain (in that order) full name of the author year of issue of the paper title of the article (upright font) title of the paper (in italics) number of the paper in the year of publication page(s) egKowalski Jan 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie Gazeta Dzisiejsza 80 p 5

If the author of the article is not known the data is given as followsGazeta Dzisiejsza 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie 80 p 5

Online materials (websites e-books e-journals) full name of the author (editor) year of publication titlename of the page [online] place of publication (if available) information on the URL and date of accessing the source egHolland Matt 2004 Guide to citing Internet sources [online] Poole Bournemouth University At httpwwwbournemouthacuklibraryusingguide_to_citing_internet_sourchtml [20042006]

For more on the Harvard Referencing System seehttpwwwwydawnictwoivgplattachmentsFileZasady_tworzenia_przypis__w_bibliograficznychpdf (file in Polish)httpswwwstaffsacukassetsharvard_quick_guide_tcm44-47797pdf (file in English)

22

VII SUMMARY

The summary should be written according to the model below using Times New Roman size 10 None of the elements from the specimen should be omitted Keywords required in the summary should be understood as 2-3 characteristic names expressions reflecting the subject and content of the thesis

The summary should be put at the end of the thesis after bibliography

In their theses students of first-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in the language in which the thesis is written (Polish or English)In their theses students of second-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in Polish and in English

23

SUMMARY SPECIMEN

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w RzeszowieWydział Administracji i Nauk Społecznych Wydział EkonomicznyWydział Informatyki Stosowanej Wydział Medyczny

Streszczenie pracy dyplomowejThesis title in Polish

AutorPromotorSłowa kluczowe

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in Polish

The University of Information Technology and Management in RzeszoacutewFaculty of Administration and Social Sciences Faculty of EconomicsFaculty of Information Technology Faculty of Medicine

Diploma Thesis SummaryThesis title in English

AuthorSupervisorKeywords

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in English

24

VIII ATTACHMENTS

Attachments to the thesis (if applicable) should form a separate chapter of the thesis placed at the end of it (after the list of references) and considered in the list of contentsAttachments should be written in font Times New Roman size 10 and formatted according to the principles of formatting the text of the thesis margins formulae figures diagrams pictures tables as specified in this regulationIf the attachments are extensive or electronic in form (eg software graphics) they should be placed on a CD and thus attached (in an envelope pasted in at the end of the thesis)This part of the thesis also contains original copies of consents for processing personal data and the original copy of the positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission as applicable

25

Attachment 2 E

SPECIMEN

CONSENT FOR PROCESSING PERSONAL DATA

I the undersigned helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip hereby agree to have my personal

data collected and processed - within the scope of the thesis of student

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip student ID No helliphelliphelliphelliphellip titled helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip whose supervisor is

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip - by the University of Information Technology and

Management in Rzeszoacutew ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew according to the act of 29 th August 1997 on

personal data protection (DzU 2014 item 1182 as amended)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate legible signature

26

Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and principles of conducting a diploma examination

(Defence Principles)

I1 Defences are conducted at the following times

a) in July and September - for students finishing their studies in Juneb) in March - for students finishing their studies in Februarysubject to point II item 4

2 A detailed schedule of defences is established by the deans after consulting the supervisors of the theses3 Students writing a team thesis take their defence exam at the same time In justified cases and with the

deanrsquos consent it is possible for the team to take the defence exam without one or more members (even if only one student takes the exam)

II1 The student submits hisher thesis in paper and electronic form after fulfilling the conditions specified in

point III2 The thesis and attachments referred to in item 3 below must be submitted not later than

a) 30th June ndash for defences conducted in Julyb) 31st August ndash for defences conducted in September c) 28th February ndash for defences conducted in Marchbut no later than 14 days before the date set for the defence exam

3 By the time specified in item 2 the student submits to UITM Deanrsquos Office the following a)1 copy of a bound thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature for acceptance of the thesis The binding for the

thesis should be bought from the Photocopy Rooms at the University The student is entitled to 3 covers for the thesis

b)the thesis in electronic form in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 3 Ac)5 photos (signed with the studentsrsquo name at the back) for the diploma size 45x65 mm against a light

background (the studentrsquos face should take no less than 75 of the picture)For the photos for the diploma a person should be dressed formally ie dark suit and light-coloured shirt for men and a suit or dress with jacket for women (low-cut necklines and immoderate display of femininity are not allowed) Sporty look is to be avoided

d)clearance slip with signatures (clearance slip to be collected in the International Office) and questionnaires to go with the clearance slip if applicable

e)proof of payment for issuing the diplomaf) proofs of other payments according to the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of educationg)application to have a copy of the diploma issued in a foreign language (English French Spanish

German or Russian) ndash for students who would like to receive such a copy h)application to have a supplement to the diploma issued in English (the application should contain the

title of the thesis translated into English) ndash for students who would like to receive such a supplement 4 If it is impossible for the student to submit the thesis for justified reasons the dean may after asking the

supervisorrsquos opinion prolong the time for submitting the thesis but for not longer than two months In such cases the student should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty not later than by the date specified in item 2b) and c)

5 A student who does not submit the thesis in the specified time may apply for a permission to repeat the semester To do that she should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty within 7 days from the specified date for submitting theses

III1 The student is admitted to the defence after fulfilling the following conditions

a) passing all exams and receiving all credits required by the plan of studies for the particular field of study

b) submitting relevant statements concerning the thesis by the student and by the supervisor according to the specimens in Attachment 2 D (the statements should be placed at the second page of the thesis)

27

c) receiving at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo) marks from the reviews of the thesis done by the supervisor and the reviewer

d) satisfying financial requirements specified in the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of education at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

e) submitting the thesis with all documents specified in point II item 32 In the case of instituting disciplinary proceedings against a student suspected of plagiarism of the thesis

that student may not defend the thesis until valid completion of the proceedings

IV1 Theses prepared by students are checked with the Anti-Plagiarism System linked to the university thesis

repository national thesis repository and Internet resources For each thesis the following ratios are establisheda) similarity ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is repeated in other theses to be

found in the repositories and in materials published in the Internet Similarity is understood as every cluster of at least 20 words which can be found in another thesis or materials published in the Internet

b) quotation ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is made up of fragments quoted from other authors

2 The supervisor is responsible for checking a thesis with the Anti-Plagiarism System before it is formally approved for the defence

3 The instruction for operating the Anti-Plagiarism System is available in electronic version on the network drive and at the Virtual University

ODziekanatEgzamin dyplomowy_Prace dyplomoweAntyplagiat_instrukcja dla promotoroacutew

WU Promotor ndash Antyplagiat instrukcja

4 Deanrsquos Office employees accepting the theses in electronic version are obliged toa) enter the accepted theses to the Anti-Plagiarism System on a current basisb) send daily lists of theses in the case of which the ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or

more to the Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of studyc) include in the personal files of a student taking the defence the ldquosimilarity reportrdquo a specimen of

which constitutes Attachment 3 B5 Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of study are obliged

a) not to accept for the defence theses not checked by the Anti-Plagiarism Systemb) to withhold the defence of a student whose thesis has a ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo of

20 or more6 Supervisors are obliged to again carefully analyse the content of a thesis whose ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor

ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or more

V1 The thesis is reviewed and marked by the supervisor and by one reviewer appointed by the dean The mark

for the thesis is the arithmetic mean of both above-mentioned marks Thesis reviewer can be an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle including a teacher from outside of the University

2 If the thesis is marked ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) by the reviewer the dean sends the thesis back for correction or asks for its assessment by an additional reviewer

3 The thesis should be graded carefully ie the assessment should not simply be a description of the thesis but contain critical comments assess the studentrsquos substantive and technical qualifications and the value of the thesis Specimens for thesis review are given in Attachments 3 C1 (supervisor) and 3 C2 (reviewer)

4 The supervisor and the reviewer are obliged to fill in their reviews for the thesis electronically in Polish5 The student is entitled to know the review for hisher thesis including the grading of the thesis

VI1 The defence is in the form of an oral exam unless the UITM President decides otherwise 2 The defence takes place in front of a committee composed of

a) the dean vice-dean or an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle authorized by the dean ndash as the chairperson

b) the supervisor of the thesis

28

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 9: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

Attachment 2 D

TECHNICAL RULES FOR WRITING THE THESIS

I RULES OF FORMATTING THE TEXT

- Do not insert headers or footers with separate text eg chapters title- Every part of the thesis should begin on a new page- Do not put full stops after the headings of particular parts of the thesis (including chapterssubchapters) and

after thesis title- Page numbers should obligatorily be put in automatically (in the footer centred Font Times New Roman

size 12) The first page of the thesis is the title page and numbering should begin from this very page but the number should not show on that page

- The table of contents should be automatic It should be placed on the third page of the thesis- Font ndash Times New Roman size 12 without bold lettering- Standard space between characters (0 points)- Not more than one space between words- Single space between lines- Text justified- Switch on automatic hyphenation of words- If a paragraph should begin on a new page choose the function of page break (Ctrl + Enter) - Do not leave any single letters or conjunctions at the end of the line To transfer the conjunction to the next

line press hard space (Ctrl + Shift + Space bar) Hard space should be inserted directly after the conjunction and before the following word (this causes the conjunction to be ldquoattachedrdquo to the word)

- Do not use the Enter key or soft enter at the end of the line (within a sentence)- Do not put a space between a word and a punctuation mark following it (comma full stop semicolon

colon) - Words (sentences) written in brackets cannot be separated from the brackets with spaces- Enumerations in the text should be done with automatic bulleting or numbering- The thesis must be printed on both sides ndash in the FilePage LayoutMargins menu choose ldquomirror marginsrdquo

(inside margin - 2cm outside top and bottom margins ndash 15cm each)

II TITLE PAGE OF THE THESIS

The title page of the thesis should containa) the logo (in colour) and name of the school as given in the example (font Times New Roman bold size

16)b) name of the faculty field of study and specialty (font Times New Roman bold size 16) c) full name of the author(s) of the thesis No of students record book ie the student ID No (font Times

New Roman size 15) and the title of the thesis (font Times New Roman italics bold size 20)d) academic degree and full name of the supervisor (font Times New Roman size 12)

NOTE The cover for the thesis has a window of the size 155 x 65 cm (placed centrally in relation to side margins and 125 cm from the bottom of the page) where the information mentioned in points c) and d) should fit in

e) the inscription DIPLOMA THESIS AT FIRST-CYCLE (or SECOND-CYCLEENGINEERrsquoS DEGREE) STUDIES (font Times New Roman bold size 19)

f) the name of the city (Rzeszoacutew) and the year of submitting the thesis eg Rzeszoacutew 2015 (font Times New Roman bold size 14)

The following pages present the specimens for title page of a thesis a version for theses written in Polish (using Economics as an example) and a version for theses written in English (using Philology as an example)

9

WYŻSZA SZKOŁAINFORMATYKI i ZARZĄDZANIA

z siedzibą w Rzeszowie

WYDZIAŁ EKONOMICZNY

Kierunek EKONOMIASpecjalność Rachunkowość

Jan KowalskiNr albumu studenta helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat pracy dyplomowej

Promotor tytułstopień naukowy Imię i Nazwisko Promotora

PRACA DYPLOMOWA MAGISTERSKA

Rzeszoacutew 2015

10

UNIVERSITY OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT

in Rzeszoacutew

FACULTY OF ADMINISTRATION AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

Field of Study PHILOLOGYSpecialty English Philology

Jan KowalskiNo of students record bookhelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Title of the thesis

Supervisor academic degree full name of the Supervisor

DIPLOMA THESIS AT FIRST-CYCLE STUDIES

Rzeszoacutew 2015

11

III SECOND PAGE OF THE THESIS

The second page of the thesis should contain

Version for theses written in English

1) A statement of the following content legibly undersigned by the author of the thesis

I the undersigned hereby state that the thesis entitled ldquordquo submitted by me has been prepared without any help I also state that the thesis has not been subject to procedures connected with acquiring an academic (Bachelorrsquos) degree at a higher education institution at any earlier timeI moreover declare that this version of the thesis is identical with the submitted electronic version

date authorrsquos legible signature

Note ndash for a team thesis (as described in point II of Attachment 2 to the Regulation) the statement is as follows

I the undersigned hereby state that the thesis entitled ldquordquo submitted by me has been prepared together with helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip (full names and ID numbers of co-authors)I also state that the thesis has not been subject to procedures connected with acquiring an academic (Bachelorrsquos) degree at a higher education institution at any earlier timeI moreover declare that this version of the thesis is identical with the submitted electronic version

date authorrsquos legible signature

2) A statement of the following content legibly undersigned by the supervisor of the thesis

I declare that this thesis has been prepared under my direction and I state that it fulfils the conditions for presenting it in proceedings for acquiring an academic degree

date authorrsquos legible signature

12

IV FIGURES GRAPHS PICTURES CHARTS

Graphics included in the thesis should be described as Fig for figures maps graphs diagrams or pictures and Tab for tables They should be numbered sequentially with Arabic numerals (Fig 1 Tab 1)

In the case of Figures the numbers should be followed with adequate captions (titles) and ndash starting from a new line ndash information about the source Figurersquos number its caption and information about the source should be placed below the figure (see example below)

Fig 1 Prototype of a light tank ldquoSkald 2rdquo prepared in the workshop of the Bumar Łabędy armaments concern Source Polish Press AgencyJakub Ochnio

For objects marked as Tab the number and description should be placed above the object (table) and information about the source below the object (see example below)

Tab 1 Armies of the Baltic countries and the forces of the north-western Russia army concentration

Country Basic categories of armed forces (in numbersitems)Infantry Artillery Tanks Planes

Estonia 5300 334 0 0Lithuania 3750 48 0 0

Latvia 1400 76 3 0Russia (NW army

concentration) 65000 850 750 320

Source httpwwwdefence24pl249417armie-krajow-baltyckich-i-rosji (30092015)

For captions and source information you need to use font Times New Roman size 10 in italics no bold lettering and no italics

Graphical objects (Fig and Tab) their captions and source information should be placed centrally with respect to the inside and outside margins When placing the graphical object with its description or information about the source the indentation established for paragraphs in the text is not applied Figures in the thesis have to be legible (they cannot be too small to be read) The size of a figure should be set in such a way that potential descriptions within the figure are minimally size 10 Times New Roman All bitmap or raster graphic objects should be in jpg format and vector graphs in wmf format which will allow to reduce the size of the thesis file

Figures diagrams graphs should be created with appropriate applications meant for that purpose eg Paint PowerPoint If the figures diagrams or graphs are created in MS Word they have to be grouped together

13

The basic principles of creating graphs

1 Graphs are created in justified cases eg it is not a justified case to present graphically two values The same results cannot be presented both in a table and in a graph

2 A graph absolutely must be legible That concerns all its elements including descriptions or labels for axes the legend background font points lines etc

3 Standard graph types are to be used bar charts line graphs (to show trends) pie charts (to show percentages of a whole) or scatter plots

4 3D effects should not be used in graphs Using them in pie charts or bar charts which is frequently done makes reading data in the graph more difficult (see Fig 1 and 2 below) One exception is using the third dimension to present an additional variable

5 If the labels can be placed on the axis rather than in the legend the legend is not needed (see Fig 1 below) The solution should be attempted to see whether sorting the data on the axis helps to make the graph clear

6 Do not use texture gradient shading or any similar elements7 Keep the amount of digits in values presented in the graph to a reasonable minimum they may be rounded

(eg 86 instead of 8578 is often enough) or different units can be used (eg 112 thousand instead of 11200)

8 Graphs should have legible descriptions with source of the data If a graph was created using data from another source the source of the data should be given too otherwise it may be understood that the graph was copied from the first source

Exceptions to the above rules are possible only in justified cases and with the supervisorrsquos consent

Below see examples of wrongly done graphs and their corrected counterparts

WRONG

12

21

2519

1112

lt 2526-3536-4546-5556-65gt 65

WELL

lt 2512

26-3521

36-4525

46-5519

56-6511

gt 6512

Fig 1 Participation of particular age groups of respondents in the survey

Source own study

14

WRONG

01000020000 720230

24797401541890

937850651210

Ludność (w tys)

Ludność

WELL

Przedprodukcyjnym (0-17 lat)

Produkcyjnym (18-5964)

Mobilnym (18-44)

Niemobilnym (45-5964)

Poprodukcyjnym (6065 lat i więcej)

0 5 10 15 20 25 30

Ludność w wieku

Ludność (mln)

Fig 2 Population by economic age groups in 2011 according to National Census data (GUS 2011)Source own study

V FORMULAE

Formulae should be placed centrally in separate lines labelled with Arabic numerals in parentheses placed close to the outer margin

f ( x )=αsdotradic x+1|xminus1|

(1)

If references to some formulae are used in the text the number of the formula in parentheses (1) should be used

15

VI LITERATURE (REFERENCES AND QUOTING)

Basic rules of using someone elsersquos work 1 Each manifestation of creative activity of an individual nature preserved in any form ie an authorrsquos work

is protected by copyright To consider a work an authorrsquos work and protect it with copyright it is not important what its purpose scientific value or other value is It must be indicated however that intellectual work of a creative nature is different than work of a technical nature understood as work requiring only specific knowledge and skills and the use of suitable tools materials and technologyApplicable to protection of results of scientific work (research results) are not only provisions of the act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights but also provisions of the Civil Code act of 23rd April 1963 and more precisely art 23 which explicitly lists scientific and artistic work among personal rights It means that using just research results (not protected by copyright) the author of the research still needs to be indicated in order to secure hisher personal rights to the said results If it is not done such an author can make claims as mentioned in art 24 of the Civil Code ie claims related to protection of personal rights

2 Descriptions of research results scientific discoveries or their interpretations can be used either with the authorrsquos consent or as allowed by legal provisions

3 For use of legally released work (ie released with the authorrsquos consent) the right to quote is applicable as regulated in art 29 item 1 of the act on copyright and related rights According to that provision in works which are independent wholes it is allowed to quote fragments of other published works or short works in their entirety to an extent justified with explanation critical analysis teaching or rights resulting from the workrsquos genre

4 Quotation (providing source data) rules are given further in this chapter Failure to indicate bibliographical data (sources) is an instance of plagiarism ie appropriation of someone elsersquos work When paraphrasing ie expressing someone elsersquos thoughts in your own words without quoting a fragment of someonersquos work literally the source should also be given

5 The concept of plagiarism has not been defined in legal provisions but it is generally understood as- appropriation of the authorship of someone elsersquos work (overt plagiarism) or- taking fragments of someone elsersquos work without providing the data on the author and source (covert

plagiarism) 6 If exercising the right to quote only serves to save on the writerrsquos effort (ie it is not justified with an

explanation or critical analysis) it violates the copyright although it is not plagiarism

Principles of placing quotations in the thesisIf the thesis contains quotations ndash concrete fragments of other authorsrsquo work ndash the whole quoted text should be placed within standard quotation marks (ldquoquoted textrdquo) Only then will the antiplagiarism system omit the quoted fragment when examining the thesis for similarity with other theses and online resources Also- quotations up to 40 words are placed within quotation marks within the particular paragraph- quotations longer than 40 words are placed within quotation marks in a separate paragraph

Foreign literatureTitles of foreign publications should be given in the original languageIt is possible to transliterate the Cyrillic alphabet into the Latin one according to norm PN-ISO 92000 binding in Poland

16

Four methods of inserting references are acceptable The choice of one particular method is made by the supervisor of the thesis

Method 1Automatic foot-endnotes are obligatory (choose Insert Footnote or Insert Endnote from the menu or press Alt + j) Footnotes are placed at the bottom of the relevant page and endnotes at the end of the relevant chapter The foot- or endnotes should end with full stops

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

Foot- or endnotes to literature ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name (or in reversed order initials and last name4) title of the thesis publisher (optional5) place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable Punctuation and font (upright or italics) presented below

Monographic publication quoted as a whole egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Monographic publication indicating a specific issue egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Article in press 6 eg Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 No 12 pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication egPucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Quoting the same reference several times one after the other eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Ibid pp 70-71or2 Ibidem pp 70-71

If quotes are separated with other references eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Wierzchom ST Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-393 Romer D Makroekonomia dlahellip op cit pp 70-72

If different works of the same author are quoted one after the other eg1 Sztompka P Socjologia Analiza społeczeństwa Znak Krakoacutew 20022 Id Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005or2 Idem Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005

4 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis5 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis6 it is also possible to use the name of the periodical without inverted commas (Informatyka) - the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis

17

1 Marody M Jednostka po nowoczesności perspektywa socjologiczna Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 20142 Eadem7 (ed) Wymiary życia społecznego Polska na przełomie XX i XXI wieku Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 2007

Quoting another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)Kowalski J System ochrony konkurencji i konsumentoacutew w Polsce Master thesis UITM Faculty of Administration and Social Sciences Rzeszoacutew 2009

Quoting legal acts

Acts issued until 2011 inclusively egElection Code act of 5th January 2011 (Dz U No 21 item 112 as amended)act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights (unified text Dz U of 2000 No 80 item 904 as amended)Regulation of the Council of Ministers of 23rd December 1996 on execution of the act on administrative enforcement proceedings (Dz U of 1997 No 1 item 1)

Acts issued from 2012 onwards (without the number of the Journal of Laws (DzU)) egRegulation of the Council of Ministers of 11th February 2013 on requirements for commissioning and operation of nuclear installation (Dz U item 28)Regulation of the Minister of Agriculture and Rural Development of 15th December 2011 on the manner and forms of collaboration of district sea fisheries inspectors and the Agricultural and Food Quality Inspection when controlling fishery products (Dz U of 2012 item 2)

Quoting case law

Published case law egSupreme Court ruling of 25th November 2011 III CZP 7611 OSNC 2012 No 6 item 71

Case law published electronically egSupreme Court ruling of 15th June 2012 II CSK66611 LEX No 1212809

If the quoted decision is not published write ldquounpublrdquo (for ldquounpublishedrdquo) egSupreme Administrative Court ruling of 5th April 2002 III SA 319099 unpubl

Foot-endnotes for webpages

Simple foot-endnotes (it is necessary to provide the date of visiting the webpage) eg httpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp from 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp as of 150504orhttpwwwielodzpldokumentyasp 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp (150504)

Foot-endnotes to an unnamed document from a website eghttpwwwielodzpldokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

Situations when frames make it impossible to provide the exact path (catalogue names should be used ) eg httpwwwie1odzp1 DOKUMENTYPOLSKIESTARE from 150504

Foot-endnote to a named document from a website egKozak MW Regiony w Polsce [at] httpwwwie1odzp1dokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

7 female form

18

Method 2References are placed after the quoted text as the authorrsquos name with the year of issue of the quoted position in square brackets as a reference to a literature position given in the list at the end of the thesis egThe system for generating belief networks and belief rules BeliefSEEKERreg has been developed at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew Poland in cooperation with the University of Kansas in Lawrence (KS) USA The first use of the system concerned classification of melanocytic lesions [Hippe and Mroczek 2003] Other applications of the system have been described in [Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003 Varmuza Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2004 Mroczek Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2004 Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 2005 Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2005] Recently new approaches to generating belief networks have been described by Heckerman [Heckerman 1995] and Spiehler [Spiehler 2006]

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

References in bibliography ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name title of the thesis publisher place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable

Reference to a monographic publication quoted as a whole[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000

Reference to a monographic publication indicating a specific issue[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000 pp 267-270

Reference to a publication (one author) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse 1997]Grzymała-Busse JW A New Version of the Rule Induction System LERSFundamenta Informaticae 31(1997)27-39

Reference to a publication (three authors at the most) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 1998]Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Mroczek TBelief rules vs decision rules A preliminary appraisal to the problemFundamenta Informaticae 32(1998)112-119

Reference to a publication (more than three authors) in a scientific periodical[Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003]Błajdo P Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Marek T Mroczek T Wrzesień MA suite of machine learning tools for machine learning and extraction of information and knowledge from dataPattern Recognition 46(2005)36-49

Reference to a publication in conference proceedings[Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003] Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Mroczek TNowe narzędzia informatyczne inżynierii wiedzy i uczenia maszynowego II Poroacutewnanie wybranych modeli wiedzy ukrytej oraz niepewnejIn Bubnicki Z Grzech A (eds) Inżynieria wiedzy i systemy ekspertoweWydawnictwo Politechniki Wrocławskiej Wrocław 2003 Vol 1 pp 239-247

19

Reference to another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)[Cyrek 2011] Cyrek G Architektura i funkcjonalność rozproszonych katalogoacutew bibliotecznych na przykładzie KaRoMaster thesis UITM Faculty of Applied IT Rzeszoacutew 2011

References to websites

Reference to a website with author and title available[Heckerman 1995]Heckerman D A Tutorial on Learning Bayesian Networkshttpresearchmicrosoftcomresearchpubs from 15122006

Reference to a website without title available[Spiehler 2006]httpwwwicsuciedumlearnMLRepositoryhtml from 15122006

Reference to a website without author and title available [WWW-1 2009]httpwwwkardiolopl from 12092009

[WWW-2 2009]httpwwwtelezdrowiepl from 14092009

Method 3References are placed after the quoted text only as numbers in square brackets referring to the number of the item in the bibliography at the end of the thesis eg Comparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [12]Numbers are given to the references in the order in which the particular titles appear in the thesis and this is the order in which particular references should be listed in the bibliography at the end of the thesis If a given reference is quoted more than once it should be referred to with the same number given at the first instance of quoting it each time it is quoted in the thesis If the author uses several titles for one paragraph the numbers of all quoted titles should be written in square brackets egComparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [3 7 12-19]

Literature positions in the bibliography at the end of the thesis should begin with the surname and the initial of the first (first and middle) name they are followed by the title of the work publisherrsquos name place and year of issue page numbers (if applicable) for the text used The entries should end with full stops

Monographic publication eg3 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Monographic publication quoted as a whole eg7 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Article in press eg17 Wierzchoń ST Systemy rozpoznawania Informatyka 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication eg19 Pucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Refrences to webpagesLike in Method 1

20

Method 4

If the authorrsquos name is not used directly in the text give the name8 year of issue and page in brackets eg (Giddens 2004 127)

When the name appears in the text give the year of issue and page in brackets egCynthia Epstein (1988 14) in her work Deceptive Distinctions Sex Gender and the Social Order notes mutual strengthening of the above described dichotomies

If the reference relates to a source quoted by another author information about both sources should be given in brackets egThe research conducted by Smith (1960 after Jones 1994 104) hellipThe reference list at the end of the thesis should contain full data of only that publication which was actually used

With two authors both names should be given If there are more than two authors give the first name in brackets followed by ldquoet alrdquo the year of issue and the page egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski et al 1999 96)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain names of all authors

If several publications of the same author are used which have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski 1999a 20)The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

If no author is given (eg for some reports) the brackets should contain the title of the source (or part of it if the title is long) year of issue and the page egResearch indicates that employment feminisation is currently observed in Poland (Płeć a możliwości ekonomiczne w Polscehellip 2004 84)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain the whole title year of issue publisherrsquos name and place of issue

For press articles without authorrsquos name the brackets should contain the title of the paper year of issue and the page eg (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999 5)

If two press articles of the same author or published in the same paper without authorrsquos name are referred to and they have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egThe local press (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999a 1) reported a corruption affair which involved leaders of the party governing the district At a conference a week later the head of the XY district denied having had anything to do with that matter (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999b 3) The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

For quoting websites- if the website has an author ndash give the name and date egTurner (2001) has created many useful graphs showing the transition between the different age groups- if the website does not have an author ndash give the title of the website in brackets egCancer experts estimate that changes to our diet could prevent about one in three cancer deaths in the UK (CancerHelp UK 2002)

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author Punctuation presented below

8 If the given author is quoted in the text for the first time full name should be given and further in the text only the last name is given

21

Books ndash full name of the author year of issue title place of issue publisherrsquos name eg Ahmed Leila 1992 Women and Gender in Islam Historical Roots of a Modern Debate New Haven and London Yale University PressTibi Bassam 1997 Fundamentalizm religijny Transl by Janusz Danecki Warszawa PWN (for translations translatorrsquos name must be given)

Articles in books - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) ldquoInrdquo full name of the editor of the book book title (in italics) place of issue publisherrsquos name pages where the quoted article is to be found egBruce Steve 1992 Revelations The Future of New Christian Right In Kaplan Lawrence (ed) Fundamentalism in Comparative Perspective Amherts University of Massachusetts Press pp 100-156

Articles in periodicals - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) title of the periodical (in italics) numbers of the periodical (both the current one and the one in the year of publication the latter in brackets) pages where the quoted article is to be found egAlrsquoAlwani Taha 1986 The Testimony of Women in Islamic Law The American Journal of Islamic Social Sciences 13 (2) pp 28-45

Articles in pressIf the author of the article is known the data should contain (in that order) full name of the author year of issue of the paper title of the article (upright font) title of the paper (in italics) number of the paper in the year of publication page(s) egKowalski Jan 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie Gazeta Dzisiejsza 80 p 5

If the author of the article is not known the data is given as followsGazeta Dzisiejsza 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie 80 p 5

Online materials (websites e-books e-journals) full name of the author (editor) year of publication titlename of the page [online] place of publication (if available) information on the URL and date of accessing the source egHolland Matt 2004 Guide to citing Internet sources [online] Poole Bournemouth University At httpwwwbournemouthacuklibraryusingguide_to_citing_internet_sourchtml [20042006]

For more on the Harvard Referencing System seehttpwwwwydawnictwoivgplattachmentsFileZasady_tworzenia_przypis__w_bibliograficznychpdf (file in Polish)httpswwwstaffsacukassetsharvard_quick_guide_tcm44-47797pdf (file in English)

22

VII SUMMARY

The summary should be written according to the model below using Times New Roman size 10 None of the elements from the specimen should be omitted Keywords required in the summary should be understood as 2-3 characteristic names expressions reflecting the subject and content of the thesis

The summary should be put at the end of the thesis after bibliography

In their theses students of first-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in the language in which the thesis is written (Polish or English)In their theses students of second-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in Polish and in English

23

SUMMARY SPECIMEN

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w RzeszowieWydział Administracji i Nauk Społecznych Wydział EkonomicznyWydział Informatyki Stosowanej Wydział Medyczny

Streszczenie pracy dyplomowejThesis title in Polish

AutorPromotorSłowa kluczowe

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in Polish

The University of Information Technology and Management in RzeszoacutewFaculty of Administration and Social Sciences Faculty of EconomicsFaculty of Information Technology Faculty of Medicine

Diploma Thesis SummaryThesis title in English

AuthorSupervisorKeywords

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in English

24

VIII ATTACHMENTS

Attachments to the thesis (if applicable) should form a separate chapter of the thesis placed at the end of it (after the list of references) and considered in the list of contentsAttachments should be written in font Times New Roman size 10 and formatted according to the principles of formatting the text of the thesis margins formulae figures diagrams pictures tables as specified in this regulationIf the attachments are extensive or electronic in form (eg software graphics) they should be placed on a CD and thus attached (in an envelope pasted in at the end of the thesis)This part of the thesis also contains original copies of consents for processing personal data and the original copy of the positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission as applicable

25

Attachment 2 E

SPECIMEN

CONSENT FOR PROCESSING PERSONAL DATA

I the undersigned helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip hereby agree to have my personal

data collected and processed - within the scope of the thesis of student

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip student ID No helliphelliphelliphelliphellip titled helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip whose supervisor is

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip - by the University of Information Technology and

Management in Rzeszoacutew ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew according to the act of 29 th August 1997 on

personal data protection (DzU 2014 item 1182 as amended)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate legible signature

26

Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and principles of conducting a diploma examination

(Defence Principles)

I1 Defences are conducted at the following times

a) in July and September - for students finishing their studies in Juneb) in March - for students finishing their studies in Februarysubject to point II item 4

2 A detailed schedule of defences is established by the deans after consulting the supervisors of the theses3 Students writing a team thesis take their defence exam at the same time In justified cases and with the

deanrsquos consent it is possible for the team to take the defence exam without one or more members (even if only one student takes the exam)

II1 The student submits hisher thesis in paper and electronic form after fulfilling the conditions specified in

point III2 The thesis and attachments referred to in item 3 below must be submitted not later than

a) 30th June ndash for defences conducted in Julyb) 31st August ndash for defences conducted in September c) 28th February ndash for defences conducted in Marchbut no later than 14 days before the date set for the defence exam

3 By the time specified in item 2 the student submits to UITM Deanrsquos Office the following a)1 copy of a bound thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature for acceptance of the thesis The binding for the

thesis should be bought from the Photocopy Rooms at the University The student is entitled to 3 covers for the thesis

b)the thesis in electronic form in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 3 Ac)5 photos (signed with the studentsrsquo name at the back) for the diploma size 45x65 mm against a light

background (the studentrsquos face should take no less than 75 of the picture)For the photos for the diploma a person should be dressed formally ie dark suit and light-coloured shirt for men and a suit or dress with jacket for women (low-cut necklines and immoderate display of femininity are not allowed) Sporty look is to be avoided

d)clearance slip with signatures (clearance slip to be collected in the International Office) and questionnaires to go with the clearance slip if applicable

e)proof of payment for issuing the diplomaf) proofs of other payments according to the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of educationg)application to have a copy of the diploma issued in a foreign language (English French Spanish

German or Russian) ndash for students who would like to receive such a copy h)application to have a supplement to the diploma issued in English (the application should contain the

title of the thesis translated into English) ndash for students who would like to receive such a supplement 4 If it is impossible for the student to submit the thesis for justified reasons the dean may after asking the

supervisorrsquos opinion prolong the time for submitting the thesis but for not longer than two months In such cases the student should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty not later than by the date specified in item 2b) and c)

5 A student who does not submit the thesis in the specified time may apply for a permission to repeat the semester To do that she should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty within 7 days from the specified date for submitting theses

III1 The student is admitted to the defence after fulfilling the following conditions

a) passing all exams and receiving all credits required by the plan of studies for the particular field of study

b) submitting relevant statements concerning the thesis by the student and by the supervisor according to the specimens in Attachment 2 D (the statements should be placed at the second page of the thesis)

27

c) receiving at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo) marks from the reviews of the thesis done by the supervisor and the reviewer

d) satisfying financial requirements specified in the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of education at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

e) submitting the thesis with all documents specified in point II item 32 In the case of instituting disciplinary proceedings against a student suspected of plagiarism of the thesis

that student may not defend the thesis until valid completion of the proceedings

IV1 Theses prepared by students are checked with the Anti-Plagiarism System linked to the university thesis

repository national thesis repository and Internet resources For each thesis the following ratios are establisheda) similarity ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is repeated in other theses to be

found in the repositories and in materials published in the Internet Similarity is understood as every cluster of at least 20 words which can be found in another thesis or materials published in the Internet

b) quotation ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is made up of fragments quoted from other authors

2 The supervisor is responsible for checking a thesis with the Anti-Plagiarism System before it is formally approved for the defence

3 The instruction for operating the Anti-Plagiarism System is available in electronic version on the network drive and at the Virtual University

ODziekanatEgzamin dyplomowy_Prace dyplomoweAntyplagiat_instrukcja dla promotoroacutew

WU Promotor ndash Antyplagiat instrukcja

4 Deanrsquos Office employees accepting the theses in electronic version are obliged toa) enter the accepted theses to the Anti-Plagiarism System on a current basisb) send daily lists of theses in the case of which the ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or

more to the Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of studyc) include in the personal files of a student taking the defence the ldquosimilarity reportrdquo a specimen of

which constitutes Attachment 3 B5 Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of study are obliged

a) not to accept for the defence theses not checked by the Anti-Plagiarism Systemb) to withhold the defence of a student whose thesis has a ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo of

20 or more6 Supervisors are obliged to again carefully analyse the content of a thesis whose ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor

ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or more

V1 The thesis is reviewed and marked by the supervisor and by one reviewer appointed by the dean The mark

for the thesis is the arithmetic mean of both above-mentioned marks Thesis reviewer can be an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle including a teacher from outside of the University

2 If the thesis is marked ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) by the reviewer the dean sends the thesis back for correction or asks for its assessment by an additional reviewer

3 The thesis should be graded carefully ie the assessment should not simply be a description of the thesis but contain critical comments assess the studentrsquos substantive and technical qualifications and the value of the thesis Specimens for thesis review are given in Attachments 3 C1 (supervisor) and 3 C2 (reviewer)

4 The supervisor and the reviewer are obliged to fill in their reviews for the thesis electronically in Polish5 The student is entitled to know the review for hisher thesis including the grading of the thesis

VI1 The defence is in the form of an oral exam unless the UITM President decides otherwise 2 The defence takes place in front of a committee composed of

a) the dean vice-dean or an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle authorized by the dean ndash as the chairperson

b) the supervisor of the thesis

28

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 10: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

WYŻSZA SZKOŁAINFORMATYKI i ZARZĄDZANIA

z siedzibą w Rzeszowie

WYDZIAŁ EKONOMICZNY

Kierunek EKONOMIASpecjalność Rachunkowość

Jan KowalskiNr albumu studenta helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat pracy dyplomowej

Promotor tytułstopień naukowy Imię i Nazwisko Promotora

PRACA DYPLOMOWA MAGISTERSKA

Rzeszoacutew 2015

10

UNIVERSITY OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT

in Rzeszoacutew

FACULTY OF ADMINISTRATION AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

Field of Study PHILOLOGYSpecialty English Philology

Jan KowalskiNo of students record bookhelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Title of the thesis

Supervisor academic degree full name of the Supervisor

DIPLOMA THESIS AT FIRST-CYCLE STUDIES

Rzeszoacutew 2015

11

III SECOND PAGE OF THE THESIS

The second page of the thesis should contain

Version for theses written in English

1) A statement of the following content legibly undersigned by the author of the thesis

I the undersigned hereby state that the thesis entitled ldquordquo submitted by me has been prepared without any help I also state that the thesis has not been subject to procedures connected with acquiring an academic (Bachelorrsquos) degree at a higher education institution at any earlier timeI moreover declare that this version of the thesis is identical with the submitted electronic version

date authorrsquos legible signature

Note ndash for a team thesis (as described in point II of Attachment 2 to the Regulation) the statement is as follows

I the undersigned hereby state that the thesis entitled ldquordquo submitted by me has been prepared together with helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip (full names and ID numbers of co-authors)I also state that the thesis has not been subject to procedures connected with acquiring an academic (Bachelorrsquos) degree at a higher education institution at any earlier timeI moreover declare that this version of the thesis is identical with the submitted electronic version

date authorrsquos legible signature

2) A statement of the following content legibly undersigned by the supervisor of the thesis

I declare that this thesis has been prepared under my direction and I state that it fulfils the conditions for presenting it in proceedings for acquiring an academic degree

date authorrsquos legible signature

12

IV FIGURES GRAPHS PICTURES CHARTS

Graphics included in the thesis should be described as Fig for figures maps graphs diagrams or pictures and Tab for tables They should be numbered sequentially with Arabic numerals (Fig 1 Tab 1)

In the case of Figures the numbers should be followed with adequate captions (titles) and ndash starting from a new line ndash information about the source Figurersquos number its caption and information about the source should be placed below the figure (see example below)

Fig 1 Prototype of a light tank ldquoSkald 2rdquo prepared in the workshop of the Bumar Łabędy armaments concern Source Polish Press AgencyJakub Ochnio

For objects marked as Tab the number and description should be placed above the object (table) and information about the source below the object (see example below)

Tab 1 Armies of the Baltic countries and the forces of the north-western Russia army concentration

Country Basic categories of armed forces (in numbersitems)Infantry Artillery Tanks Planes

Estonia 5300 334 0 0Lithuania 3750 48 0 0

Latvia 1400 76 3 0Russia (NW army

concentration) 65000 850 750 320

Source httpwwwdefence24pl249417armie-krajow-baltyckich-i-rosji (30092015)

For captions and source information you need to use font Times New Roman size 10 in italics no bold lettering and no italics

Graphical objects (Fig and Tab) their captions and source information should be placed centrally with respect to the inside and outside margins When placing the graphical object with its description or information about the source the indentation established for paragraphs in the text is not applied Figures in the thesis have to be legible (they cannot be too small to be read) The size of a figure should be set in such a way that potential descriptions within the figure are minimally size 10 Times New Roman All bitmap or raster graphic objects should be in jpg format and vector graphs in wmf format which will allow to reduce the size of the thesis file

Figures diagrams graphs should be created with appropriate applications meant for that purpose eg Paint PowerPoint If the figures diagrams or graphs are created in MS Word they have to be grouped together

13

The basic principles of creating graphs

1 Graphs are created in justified cases eg it is not a justified case to present graphically two values The same results cannot be presented both in a table and in a graph

2 A graph absolutely must be legible That concerns all its elements including descriptions or labels for axes the legend background font points lines etc

3 Standard graph types are to be used bar charts line graphs (to show trends) pie charts (to show percentages of a whole) or scatter plots

4 3D effects should not be used in graphs Using them in pie charts or bar charts which is frequently done makes reading data in the graph more difficult (see Fig 1 and 2 below) One exception is using the third dimension to present an additional variable

5 If the labels can be placed on the axis rather than in the legend the legend is not needed (see Fig 1 below) The solution should be attempted to see whether sorting the data on the axis helps to make the graph clear

6 Do not use texture gradient shading or any similar elements7 Keep the amount of digits in values presented in the graph to a reasonable minimum they may be rounded

(eg 86 instead of 8578 is often enough) or different units can be used (eg 112 thousand instead of 11200)

8 Graphs should have legible descriptions with source of the data If a graph was created using data from another source the source of the data should be given too otherwise it may be understood that the graph was copied from the first source

Exceptions to the above rules are possible only in justified cases and with the supervisorrsquos consent

Below see examples of wrongly done graphs and their corrected counterparts

WRONG

12

21

2519

1112

lt 2526-3536-4546-5556-65gt 65

WELL

lt 2512

26-3521

36-4525

46-5519

56-6511

gt 6512

Fig 1 Participation of particular age groups of respondents in the survey

Source own study

14

WRONG

01000020000 720230

24797401541890

937850651210

Ludność (w tys)

Ludność

WELL

Przedprodukcyjnym (0-17 lat)

Produkcyjnym (18-5964)

Mobilnym (18-44)

Niemobilnym (45-5964)

Poprodukcyjnym (6065 lat i więcej)

0 5 10 15 20 25 30

Ludność w wieku

Ludność (mln)

Fig 2 Population by economic age groups in 2011 according to National Census data (GUS 2011)Source own study

V FORMULAE

Formulae should be placed centrally in separate lines labelled with Arabic numerals in parentheses placed close to the outer margin

f ( x )=αsdotradic x+1|xminus1|

(1)

If references to some formulae are used in the text the number of the formula in parentheses (1) should be used

15

VI LITERATURE (REFERENCES AND QUOTING)

Basic rules of using someone elsersquos work 1 Each manifestation of creative activity of an individual nature preserved in any form ie an authorrsquos work

is protected by copyright To consider a work an authorrsquos work and protect it with copyright it is not important what its purpose scientific value or other value is It must be indicated however that intellectual work of a creative nature is different than work of a technical nature understood as work requiring only specific knowledge and skills and the use of suitable tools materials and technologyApplicable to protection of results of scientific work (research results) are not only provisions of the act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights but also provisions of the Civil Code act of 23rd April 1963 and more precisely art 23 which explicitly lists scientific and artistic work among personal rights It means that using just research results (not protected by copyright) the author of the research still needs to be indicated in order to secure hisher personal rights to the said results If it is not done such an author can make claims as mentioned in art 24 of the Civil Code ie claims related to protection of personal rights

2 Descriptions of research results scientific discoveries or their interpretations can be used either with the authorrsquos consent or as allowed by legal provisions

3 For use of legally released work (ie released with the authorrsquos consent) the right to quote is applicable as regulated in art 29 item 1 of the act on copyright and related rights According to that provision in works which are independent wholes it is allowed to quote fragments of other published works or short works in their entirety to an extent justified with explanation critical analysis teaching or rights resulting from the workrsquos genre

4 Quotation (providing source data) rules are given further in this chapter Failure to indicate bibliographical data (sources) is an instance of plagiarism ie appropriation of someone elsersquos work When paraphrasing ie expressing someone elsersquos thoughts in your own words without quoting a fragment of someonersquos work literally the source should also be given

5 The concept of plagiarism has not been defined in legal provisions but it is generally understood as- appropriation of the authorship of someone elsersquos work (overt plagiarism) or- taking fragments of someone elsersquos work without providing the data on the author and source (covert

plagiarism) 6 If exercising the right to quote only serves to save on the writerrsquos effort (ie it is not justified with an

explanation or critical analysis) it violates the copyright although it is not plagiarism

Principles of placing quotations in the thesisIf the thesis contains quotations ndash concrete fragments of other authorsrsquo work ndash the whole quoted text should be placed within standard quotation marks (ldquoquoted textrdquo) Only then will the antiplagiarism system omit the quoted fragment when examining the thesis for similarity with other theses and online resources Also- quotations up to 40 words are placed within quotation marks within the particular paragraph- quotations longer than 40 words are placed within quotation marks in a separate paragraph

Foreign literatureTitles of foreign publications should be given in the original languageIt is possible to transliterate the Cyrillic alphabet into the Latin one according to norm PN-ISO 92000 binding in Poland

16

Four methods of inserting references are acceptable The choice of one particular method is made by the supervisor of the thesis

Method 1Automatic foot-endnotes are obligatory (choose Insert Footnote or Insert Endnote from the menu or press Alt + j) Footnotes are placed at the bottom of the relevant page and endnotes at the end of the relevant chapter The foot- or endnotes should end with full stops

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

Foot- or endnotes to literature ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name (or in reversed order initials and last name4) title of the thesis publisher (optional5) place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable Punctuation and font (upright or italics) presented below

Monographic publication quoted as a whole egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Monographic publication indicating a specific issue egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Article in press 6 eg Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 No 12 pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication egPucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Quoting the same reference several times one after the other eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Ibid pp 70-71or2 Ibidem pp 70-71

If quotes are separated with other references eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Wierzchom ST Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-393 Romer D Makroekonomia dlahellip op cit pp 70-72

If different works of the same author are quoted one after the other eg1 Sztompka P Socjologia Analiza społeczeństwa Znak Krakoacutew 20022 Id Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005or2 Idem Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005

4 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis5 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis6 it is also possible to use the name of the periodical without inverted commas (Informatyka) - the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis

17

1 Marody M Jednostka po nowoczesności perspektywa socjologiczna Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 20142 Eadem7 (ed) Wymiary życia społecznego Polska na przełomie XX i XXI wieku Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 2007

Quoting another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)Kowalski J System ochrony konkurencji i konsumentoacutew w Polsce Master thesis UITM Faculty of Administration and Social Sciences Rzeszoacutew 2009

Quoting legal acts

Acts issued until 2011 inclusively egElection Code act of 5th January 2011 (Dz U No 21 item 112 as amended)act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights (unified text Dz U of 2000 No 80 item 904 as amended)Regulation of the Council of Ministers of 23rd December 1996 on execution of the act on administrative enforcement proceedings (Dz U of 1997 No 1 item 1)

Acts issued from 2012 onwards (without the number of the Journal of Laws (DzU)) egRegulation of the Council of Ministers of 11th February 2013 on requirements for commissioning and operation of nuclear installation (Dz U item 28)Regulation of the Minister of Agriculture and Rural Development of 15th December 2011 on the manner and forms of collaboration of district sea fisheries inspectors and the Agricultural and Food Quality Inspection when controlling fishery products (Dz U of 2012 item 2)

Quoting case law

Published case law egSupreme Court ruling of 25th November 2011 III CZP 7611 OSNC 2012 No 6 item 71

Case law published electronically egSupreme Court ruling of 15th June 2012 II CSK66611 LEX No 1212809

If the quoted decision is not published write ldquounpublrdquo (for ldquounpublishedrdquo) egSupreme Administrative Court ruling of 5th April 2002 III SA 319099 unpubl

Foot-endnotes for webpages

Simple foot-endnotes (it is necessary to provide the date of visiting the webpage) eg httpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp from 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp as of 150504orhttpwwwielodzpldokumentyasp 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp (150504)

Foot-endnotes to an unnamed document from a website eghttpwwwielodzpldokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

Situations when frames make it impossible to provide the exact path (catalogue names should be used ) eg httpwwwie1odzp1 DOKUMENTYPOLSKIESTARE from 150504

Foot-endnote to a named document from a website egKozak MW Regiony w Polsce [at] httpwwwie1odzp1dokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

7 female form

18

Method 2References are placed after the quoted text as the authorrsquos name with the year of issue of the quoted position in square brackets as a reference to a literature position given in the list at the end of the thesis egThe system for generating belief networks and belief rules BeliefSEEKERreg has been developed at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew Poland in cooperation with the University of Kansas in Lawrence (KS) USA The first use of the system concerned classification of melanocytic lesions [Hippe and Mroczek 2003] Other applications of the system have been described in [Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003 Varmuza Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2004 Mroczek Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2004 Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 2005 Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2005] Recently new approaches to generating belief networks have been described by Heckerman [Heckerman 1995] and Spiehler [Spiehler 2006]

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

References in bibliography ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name title of the thesis publisher place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable

Reference to a monographic publication quoted as a whole[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000

Reference to a monographic publication indicating a specific issue[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000 pp 267-270

Reference to a publication (one author) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse 1997]Grzymała-Busse JW A New Version of the Rule Induction System LERSFundamenta Informaticae 31(1997)27-39

Reference to a publication (three authors at the most) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 1998]Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Mroczek TBelief rules vs decision rules A preliminary appraisal to the problemFundamenta Informaticae 32(1998)112-119

Reference to a publication (more than three authors) in a scientific periodical[Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003]Błajdo P Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Marek T Mroczek T Wrzesień MA suite of machine learning tools for machine learning and extraction of information and knowledge from dataPattern Recognition 46(2005)36-49

Reference to a publication in conference proceedings[Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003] Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Mroczek TNowe narzędzia informatyczne inżynierii wiedzy i uczenia maszynowego II Poroacutewnanie wybranych modeli wiedzy ukrytej oraz niepewnejIn Bubnicki Z Grzech A (eds) Inżynieria wiedzy i systemy ekspertoweWydawnictwo Politechniki Wrocławskiej Wrocław 2003 Vol 1 pp 239-247

19

Reference to another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)[Cyrek 2011] Cyrek G Architektura i funkcjonalność rozproszonych katalogoacutew bibliotecznych na przykładzie KaRoMaster thesis UITM Faculty of Applied IT Rzeszoacutew 2011

References to websites

Reference to a website with author and title available[Heckerman 1995]Heckerman D A Tutorial on Learning Bayesian Networkshttpresearchmicrosoftcomresearchpubs from 15122006

Reference to a website without title available[Spiehler 2006]httpwwwicsuciedumlearnMLRepositoryhtml from 15122006

Reference to a website without author and title available [WWW-1 2009]httpwwwkardiolopl from 12092009

[WWW-2 2009]httpwwwtelezdrowiepl from 14092009

Method 3References are placed after the quoted text only as numbers in square brackets referring to the number of the item in the bibliography at the end of the thesis eg Comparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [12]Numbers are given to the references in the order in which the particular titles appear in the thesis and this is the order in which particular references should be listed in the bibliography at the end of the thesis If a given reference is quoted more than once it should be referred to with the same number given at the first instance of quoting it each time it is quoted in the thesis If the author uses several titles for one paragraph the numbers of all quoted titles should be written in square brackets egComparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [3 7 12-19]

Literature positions in the bibliography at the end of the thesis should begin with the surname and the initial of the first (first and middle) name they are followed by the title of the work publisherrsquos name place and year of issue page numbers (if applicable) for the text used The entries should end with full stops

Monographic publication eg3 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Monographic publication quoted as a whole eg7 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Article in press eg17 Wierzchoń ST Systemy rozpoznawania Informatyka 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication eg19 Pucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Refrences to webpagesLike in Method 1

20

Method 4

If the authorrsquos name is not used directly in the text give the name8 year of issue and page in brackets eg (Giddens 2004 127)

When the name appears in the text give the year of issue and page in brackets egCynthia Epstein (1988 14) in her work Deceptive Distinctions Sex Gender and the Social Order notes mutual strengthening of the above described dichotomies

If the reference relates to a source quoted by another author information about both sources should be given in brackets egThe research conducted by Smith (1960 after Jones 1994 104) hellipThe reference list at the end of the thesis should contain full data of only that publication which was actually used

With two authors both names should be given If there are more than two authors give the first name in brackets followed by ldquoet alrdquo the year of issue and the page egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski et al 1999 96)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain names of all authors

If several publications of the same author are used which have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski 1999a 20)The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

If no author is given (eg for some reports) the brackets should contain the title of the source (or part of it if the title is long) year of issue and the page egResearch indicates that employment feminisation is currently observed in Poland (Płeć a możliwości ekonomiczne w Polscehellip 2004 84)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain the whole title year of issue publisherrsquos name and place of issue

For press articles without authorrsquos name the brackets should contain the title of the paper year of issue and the page eg (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999 5)

If two press articles of the same author or published in the same paper without authorrsquos name are referred to and they have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egThe local press (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999a 1) reported a corruption affair which involved leaders of the party governing the district At a conference a week later the head of the XY district denied having had anything to do with that matter (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999b 3) The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

For quoting websites- if the website has an author ndash give the name and date egTurner (2001) has created many useful graphs showing the transition between the different age groups- if the website does not have an author ndash give the title of the website in brackets egCancer experts estimate that changes to our diet could prevent about one in three cancer deaths in the UK (CancerHelp UK 2002)

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author Punctuation presented below

8 If the given author is quoted in the text for the first time full name should be given and further in the text only the last name is given

21

Books ndash full name of the author year of issue title place of issue publisherrsquos name eg Ahmed Leila 1992 Women and Gender in Islam Historical Roots of a Modern Debate New Haven and London Yale University PressTibi Bassam 1997 Fundamentalizm religijny Transl by Janusz Danecki Warszawa PWN (for translations translatorrsquos name must be given)

Articles in books - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) ldquoInrdquo full name of the editor of the book book title (in italics) place of issue publisherrsquos name pages where the quoted article is to be found egBruce Steve 1992 Revelations The Future of New Christian Right In Kaplan Lawrence (ed) Fundamentalism in Comparative Perspective Amherts University of Massachusetts Press pp 100-156

Articles in periodicals - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) title of the periodical (in italics) numbers of the periodical (both the current one and the one in the year of publication the latter in brackets) pages where the quoted article is to be found egAlrsquoAlwani Taha 1986 The Testimony of Women in Islamic Law The American Journal of Islamic Social Sciences 13 (2) pp 28-45

Articles in pressIf the author of the article is known the data should contain (in that order) full name of the author year of issue of the paper title of the article (upright font) title of the paper (in italics) number of the paper in the year of publication page(s) egKowalski Jan 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie Gazeta Dzisiejsza 80 p 5

If the author of the article is not known the data is given as followsGazeta Dzisiejsza 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie 80 p 5

Online materials (websites e-books e-journals) full name of the author (editor) year of publication titlename of the page [online] place of publication (if available) information on the URL and date of accessing the source egHolland Matt 2004 Guide to citing Internet sources [online] Poole Bournemouth University At httpwwwbournemouthacuklibraryusingguide_to_citing_internet_sourchtml [20042006]

For more on the Harvard Referencing System seehttpwwwwydawnictwoivgplattachmentsFileZasady_tworzenia_przypis__w_bibliograficznychpdf (file in Polish)httpswwwstaffsacukassetsharvard_quick_guide_tcm44-47797pdf (file in English)

22

VII SUMMARY

The summary should be written according to the model below using Times New Roman size 10 None of the elements from the specimen should be omitted Keywords required in the summary should be understood as 2-3 characteristic names expressions reflecting the subject and content of the thesis

The summary should be put at the end of the thesis after bibliography

In their theses students of first-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in the language in which the thesis is written (Polish or English)In their theses students of second-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in Polish and in English

23

SUMMARY SPECIMEN

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w RzeszowieWydział Administracji i Nauk Społecznych Wydział EkonomicznyWydział Informatyki Stosowanej Wydział Medyczny

Streszczenie pracy dyplomowejThesis title in Polish

AutorPromotorSłowa kluczowe

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in Polish

The University of Information Technology and Management in RzeszoacutewFaculty of Administration and Social Sciences Faculty of EconomicsFaculty of Information Technology Faculty of Medicine

Diploma Thesis SummaryThesis title in English

AuthorSupervisorKeywords

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in English

24

VIII ATTACHMENTS

Attachments to the thesis (if applicable) should form a separate chapter of the thesis placed at the end of it (after the list of references) and considered in the list of contentsAttachments should be written in font Times New Roman size 10 and formatted according to the principles of formatting the text of the thesis margins formulae figures diagrams pictures tables as specified in this regulationIf the attachments are extensive or electronic in form (eg software graphics) they should be placed on a CD and thus attached (in an envelope pasted in at the end of the thesis)This part of the thesis also contains original copies of consents for processing personal data and the original copy of the positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission as applicable

25

Attachment 2 E

SPECIMEN

CONSENT FOR PROCESSING PERSONAL DATA

I the undersigned helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip hereby agree to have my personal

data collected and processed - within the scope of the thesis of student

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip student ID No helliphelliphelliphelliphellip titled helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip whose supervisor is

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip - by the University of Information Technology and

Management in Rzeszoacutew ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew according to the act of 29 th August 1997 on

personal data protection (DzU 2014 item 1182 as amended)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate legible signature

26

Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and principles of conducting a diploma examination

(Defence Principles)

I1 Defences are conducted at the following times

a) in July and September - for students finishing their studies in Juneb) in March - for students finishing their studies in Februarysubject to point II item 4

2 A detailed schedule of defences is established by the deans after consulting the supervisors of the theses3 Students writing a team thesis take their defence exam at the same time In justified cases and with the

deanrsquos consent it is possible for the team to take the defence exam without one or more members (even if only one student takes the exam)

II1 The student submits hisher thesis in paper and electronic form after fulfilling the conditions specified in

point III2 The thesis and attachments referred to in item 3 below must be submitted not later than

a) 30th June ndash for defences conducted in Julyb) 31st August ndash for defences conducted in September c) 28th February ndash for defences conducted in Marchbut no later than 14 days before the date set for the defence exam

3 By the time specified in item 2 the student submits to UITM Deanrsquos Office the following a)1 copy of a bound thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature for acceptance of the thesis The binding for the

thesis should be bought from the Photocopy Rooms at the University The student is entitled to 3 covers for the thesis

b)the thesis in electronic form in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 3 Ac)5 photos (signed with the studentsrsquo name at the back) for the diploma size 45x65 mm against a light

background (the studentrsquos face should take no less than 75 of the picture)For the photos for the diploma a person should be dressed formally ie dark suit and light-coloured shirt for men and a suit or dress with jacket for women (low-cut necklines and immoderate display of femininity are not allowed) Sporty look is to be avoided

d)clearance slip with signatures (clearance slip to be collected in the International Office) and questionnaires to go with the clearance slip if applicable

e)proof of payment for issuing the diplomaf) proofs of other payments according to the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of educationg)application to have a copy of the diploma issued in a foreign language (English French Spanish

German or Russian) ndash for students who would like to receive such a copy h)application to have a supplement to the diploma issued in English (the application should contain the

title of the thesis translated into English) ndash for students who would like to receive such a supplement 4 If it is impossible for the student to submit the thesis for justified reasons the dean may after asking the

supervisorrsquos opinion prolong the time for submitting the thesis but for not longer than two months In such cases the student should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty not later than by the date specified in item 2b) and c)

5 A student who does not submit the thesis in the specified time may apply for a permission to repeat the semester To do that she should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty within 7 days from the specified date for submitting theses

III1 The student is admitted to the defence after fulfilling the following conditions

a) passing all exams and receiving all credits required by the plan of studies for the particular field of study

b) submitting relevant statements concerning the thesis by the student and by the supervisor according to the specimens in Attachment 2 D (the statements should be placed at the second page of the thesis)

27

c) receiving at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo) marks from the reviews of the thesis done by the supervisor and the reviewer

d) satisfying financial requirements specified in the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of education at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

e) submitting the thesis with all documents specified in point II item 32 In the case of instituting disciplinary proceedings against a student suspected of plagiarism of the thesis

that student may not defend the thesis until valid completion of the proceedings

IV1 Theses prepared by students are checked with the Anti-Plagiarism System linked to the university thesis

repository national thesis repository and Internet resources For each thesis the following ratios are establisheda) similarity ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is repeated in other theses to be

found in the repositories and in materials published in the Internet Similarity is understood as every cluster of at least 20 words which can be found in another thesis or materials published in the Internet

b) quotation ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is made up of fragments quoted from other authors

2 The supervisor is responsible for checking a thesis with the Anti-Plagiarism System before it is formally approved for the defence

3 The instruction for operating the Anti-Plagiarism System is available in electronic version on the network drive and at the Virtual University

ODziekanatEgzamin dyplomowy_Prace dyplomoweAntyplagiat_instrukcja dla promotoroacutew

WU Promotor ndash Antyplagiat instrukcja

4 Deanrsquos Office employees accepting the theses in electronic version are obliged toa) enter the accepted theses to the Anti-Plagiarism System on a current basisb) send daily lists of theses in the case of which the ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or

more to the Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of studyc) include in the personal files of a student taking the defence the ldquosimilarity reportrdquo a specimen of

which constitutes Attachment 3 B5 Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of study are obliged

a) not to accept for the defence theses not checked by the Anti-Plagiarism Systemb) to withhold the defence of a student whose thesis has a ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo of

20 or more6 Supervisors are obliged to again carefully analyse the content of a thesis whose ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor

ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or more

V1 The thesis is reviewed and marked by the supervisor and by one reviewer appointed by the dean The mark

for the thesis is the arithmetic mean of both above-mentioned marks Thesis reviewer can be an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle including a teacher from outside of the University

2 If the thesis is marked ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) by the reviewer the dean sends the thesis back for correction or asks for its assessment by an additional reviewer

3 The thesis should be graded carefully ie the assessment should not simply be a description of the thesis but contain critical comments assess the studentrsquos substantive and technical qualifications and the value of the thesis Specimens for thesis review are given in Attachments 3 C1 (supervisor) and 3 C2 (reviewer)

4 The supervisor and the reviewer are obliged to fill in their reviews for the thesis electronically in Polish5 The student is entitled to know the review for hisher thesis including the grading of the thesis

VI1 The defence is in the form of an oral exam unless the UITM President decides otherwise 2 The defence takes place in front of a committee composed of

a) the dean vice-dean or an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle authorized by the dean ndash as the chairperson

b) the supervisor of the thesis

28

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 11: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

UNIVERSITY OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT

in Rzeszoacutew

FACULTY OF ADMINISTRATION AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

Field of Study PHILOLOGYSpecialty English Philology

Jan KowalskiNo of students record bookhelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Title of the thesis

Supervisor academic degree full name of the Supervisor

DIPLOMA THESIS AT FIRST-CYCLE STUDIES

Rzeszoacutew 2015

11

III SECOND PAGE OF THE THESIS

The second page of the thesis should contain

Version for theses written in English

1) A statement of the following content legibly undersigned by the author of the thesis

I the undersigned hereby state that the thesis entitled ldquordquo submitted by me has been prepared without any help I also state that the thesis has not been subject to procedures connected with acquiring an academic (Bachelorrsquos) degree at a higher education institution at any earlier timeI moreover declare that this version of the thesis is identical with the submitted electronic version

date authorrsquos legible signature

Note ndash for a team thesis (as described in point II of Attachment 2 to the Regulation) the statement is as follows

I the undersigned hereby state that the thesis entitled ldquordquo submitted by me has been prepared together with helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip (full names and ID numbers of co-authors)I also state that the thesis has not been subject to procedures connected with acquiring an academic (Bachelorrsquos) degree at a higher education institution at any earlier timeI moreover declare that this version of the thesis is identical with the submitted electronic version

date authorrsquos legible signature

2) A statement of the following content legibly undersigned by the supervisor of the thesis

I declare that this thesis has been prepared under my direction and I state that it fulfils the conditions for presenting it in proceedings for acquiring an academic degree

date authorrsquos legible signature

12

IV FIGURES GRAPHS PICTURES CHARTS

Graphics included in the thesis should be described as Fig for figures maps graphs diagrams or pictures and Tab for tables They should be numbered sequentially with Arabic numerals (Fig 1 Tab 1)

In the case of Figures the numbers should be followed with adequate captions (titles) and ndash starting from a new line ndash information about the source Figurersquos number its caption and information about the source should be placed below the figure (see example below)

Fig 1 Prototype of a light tank ldquoSkald 2rdquo prepared in the workshop of the Bumar Łabędy armaments concern Source Polish Press AgencyJakub Ochnio

For objects marked as Tab the number and description should be placed above the object (table) and information about the source below the object (see example below)

Tab 1 Armies of the Baltic countries and the forces of the north-western Russia army concentration

Country Basic categories of armed forces (in numbersitems)Infantry Artillery Tanks Planes

Estonia 5300 334 0 0Lithuania 3750 48 0 0

Latvia 1400 76 3 0Russia (NW army

concentration) 65000 850 750 320

Source httpwwwdefence24pl249417armie-krajow-baltyckich-i-rosji (30092015)

For captions and source information you need to use font Times New Roman size 10 in italics no bold lettering and no italics

Graphical objects (Fig and Tab) their captions and source information should be placed centrally with respect to the inside and outside margins When placing the graphical object with its description or information about the source the indentation established for paragraphs in the text is not applied Figures in the thesis have to be legible (they cannot be too small to be read) The size of a figure should be set in such a way that potential descriptions within the figure are minimally size 10 Times New Roman All bitmap or raster graphic objects should be in jpg format and vector graphs in wmf format which will allow to reduce the size of the thesis file

Figures diagrams graphs should be created with appropriate applications meant for that purpose eg Paint PowerPoint If the figures diagrams or graphs are created in MS Word they have to be grouped together

13

The basic principles of creating graphs

1 Graphs are created in justified cases eg it is not a justified case to present graphically two values The same results cannot be presented both in a table and in a graph

2 A graph absolutely must be legible That concerns all its elements including descriptions or labels for axes the legend background font points lines etc

3 Standard graph types are to be used bar charts line graphs (to show trends) pie charts (to show percentages of a whole) or scatter plots

4 3D effects should not be used in graphs Using them in pie charts or bar charts which is frequently done makes reading data in the graph more difficult (see Fig 1 and 2 below) One exception is using the third dimension to present an additional variable

5 If the labels can be placed on the axis rather than in the legend the legend is not needed (see Fig 1 below) The solution should be attempted to see whether sorting the data on the axis helps to make the graph clear

6 Do not use texture gradient shading or any similar elements7 Keep the amount of digits in values presented in the graph to a reasonable minimum they may be rounded

(eg 86 instead of 8578 is often enough) or different units can be used (eg 112 thousand instead of 11200)

8 Graphs should have legible descriptions with source of the data If a graph was created using data from another source the source of the data should be given too otherwise it may be understood that the graph was copied from the first source

Exceptions to the above rules are possible only in justified cases and with the supervisorrsquos consent

Below see examples of wrongly done graphs and their corrected counterparts

WRONG

12

21

2519

1112

lt 2526-3536-4546-5556-65gt 65

WELL

lt 2512

26-3521

36-4525

46-5519

56-6511

gt 6512

Fig 1 Participation of particular age groups of respondents in the survey

Source own study

14

WRONG

01000020000 720230

24797401541890

937850651210

Ludność (w tys)

Ludność

WELL

Przedprodukcyjnym (0-17 lat)

Produkcyjnym (18-5964)

Mobilnym (18-44)

Niemobilnym (45-5964)

Poprodukcyjnym (6065 lat i więcej)

0 5 10 15 20 25 30

Ludność w wieku

Ludność (mln)

Fig 2 Population by economic age groups in 2011 according to National Census data (GUS 2011)Source own study

V FORMULAE

Formulae should be placed centrally in separate lines labelled with Arabic numerals in parentheses placed close to the outer margin

f ( x )=αsdotradic x+1|xminus1|

(1)

If references to some formulae are used in the text the number of the formula in parentheses (1) should be used

15

VI LITERATURE (REFERENCES AND QUOTING)

Basic rules of using someone elsersquos work 1 Each manifestation of creative activity of an individual nature preserved in any form ie an authorrsquos work

is protected by copyright To consider a work an authorrsquos work and protect it with copyright it is not important what its purpose scientific value or other value is It must be indicated however that intellectual work of a creative nature is different than work of a technical nature understood as work requiring only specific knowledge and skills and the use of suitable tools materials and technologyApplicable to protection of results of scientific work (research results) are not only provisions of the act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights but also provisions of the Civil Code act of 23rd April 1963 and more precisely art 23 which explicitly lists scientific and artistic work among personal rights It means that using just research results (not protected by copyright) the author of the research still needs to be indicated in order to secure hisher personal rights to the said results If it is not done such an author can make claims as mentioned in art 24 of the Civil Code ie claims related to protection of personal rights

2 Descriptions of research results scientific discoveries or their interpretations can be used either with the authorrsquos consent or as allowed by legal provisions

3 For use of legally released work (ie released with the authorrsquos consent) the right to quote is applicable as regulated in art 29 item 1 of the act on copyright and related rights According to that provision in works which are independent wholes it is allowed to quote fragments of other published works or short works in their entirety to an extent justified with explanation critical analysis teaching or rights resulting from the workrsquos genre

4 Quotation (providing source data) rules are given further in this chapter Failure to indicate bibliographical data (sources) is an instance of plagiarism ie appropriation of someone elsersquos work When paraphrasing ie expressing someone elsersquos thoughts in your own words without quoting a fragment of someonersquos work literally the source should also be given

5 The concept of plagiarism has not been defined in legal provisions but it is generally understood as- appropriation of the authorship of someone elsersquos work (overt plagiarism) or- taking fragments of someone elsersquos work without providing the data on the author and source (covert

plagiarism) 6 If exercising the right to quote only serves to save on the writerrsquos effort (ie it is not justified with an

explanation or critical analysis) it violates the copyright although it is not plagiarism

Principles of placing quotations in the thesisIf the thesis contains quotations ndash concrete fragments of other authorsrsquo work ndash the whole quoted text should be placed within standard quotation marks (ldquoquoted textrdquo) Only then will the antiplagiarism system omit the quoted fragment when examining the thesis for similarity with other theses and online resources Also- quotations up to 40 words are placed within quotation marks within the particular paragraph- quotations longer than 40 words are placed within quotation marks in a separate paragraph

Foreign literatureTitles of foreign publications should be given in the original languageIt is possible to transliterate the Cyrillic alphabet into the Latin one according to norm PN-ISO 92000 binding in Poland

16

Four methods of inserting references are acceptable The choice of one particular method is made by the supervisor of the thesis

Method 1Automatic foot-endnotes are obligatory (choose Insert Footnote or Insert Endnote from the menu or press Alt + j) Footnotes are placed at the bottom of the relevant page and endnotes at the end of the relevant chapter The foot- or endnotes should end with full stops

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

Foot- or endnotes to literature ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name (or in reversed order initials and last name4) title of the thesis publisher (optional5) place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable Punctuation and font (upright or italics) presented below

Monographic publication quoted as a whole egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Monographic publication indicating a specific issue egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Article in press 6 eg Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 No 12 pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication egPucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Quoting the same reference several times one after the other eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Ibid pp 70-71or2 Ibidem pp 70-71

If quotes are separated with other references eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Wierzchom ST Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-393 Romer D Makroekonomia dlahellip op cit pp 70-72

If different works of the same author are quoted one after the other eg1 Sztompka P Socjologia Analiza społeczeństwa Znak Krakoacutew 20022 Id Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005or2 Idem Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005

4 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis5 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis6 it is also possible to use the name of the periodical without inverted commas (Informatyka) - the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis

17

1 Marody M Jednostka po nowoczesności perspektywa socjologiczna Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 20142 Eadem7 (ed) Wymiary życia społecznego Polska na przełomie XX i XXI wieku Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 2007

Quoting another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)Kowalski J System ochrony konkurencji i konsumentoacutew w Polsce Master thesis UITM Faculty of Administration and Social Sciences Rzeszoacutew 2009

Quoting legal acts

Acts issued until 2011 inclusively egElection Code act of 5th January 2011 (Dz U No 21 item 112 as amended)act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights (unified text Dz U of 2000 No 80 item 904 as amended)Regulation of the Council of Ministers of 23rd December 1996 on execution of the act on administrative enforcement proceedings (Dz U of 1997 No 1 item 1)

Acts issued from 2012 onwards (without the number of the Journal of Laws (DzU)) egRegulation of the Council of Ministers of 11th February 2013 on requirements for commissioning and operation of nuclear installation (Dz U item 28)Regulation of the Minister of Agriculture and Rural Development of 15th December 2011 on the manner and forms of collaboration of district sea fisheries inspectors and the Agricultural and Food Quality Inspection when controlling fishery products (Dz U of 2012 item 2)

Quoting case law

Published case law egSupreme Court ruling of 25th November 2011 III CZP 7611 OSNC 2012 No 6 item 71

Case law published electronically egSupreme Court ruling of 15th June 2012 II CSK66611 LEX No 1212809

If the quoted decision is not published write ldquounpublrdquo (for ldquounpublishedrdquo) egSupreme Administrative Court ruling of 5th April 2002 III SA 319099 unpubl

Foot-endnotes for webpages

Simple foot-endnotes (it is necessary to provide the date of visiting the webpage) eg httpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp from 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp as of 150504orhttpwwwielodzpldokumentyasp 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp (150504)

Foot-endnotes to an unnamed document from a website eghttpwwwielodzpldokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

Situations when frames make it impossible to provide the exact path (catalogue names should be used ) eg httpwwwie1odzp1 DOKUMENTYPOLSKIESTARE from 150504

Foot-endnote to a named document from a website egKozak MW Regiony w Polsce [at] httpwwwie1odzp1dokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

7 female form

18

Method 2References are placed after the quoted text as the authorrsquos name with the year of issue of the quoted position in square brackets as a reference to a literature position given in the list at the end of the thesis egThe system for generating belief networks and belief rules BeliefSEEKERreg has been developed at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew Poland in cooperation with the University of Kansas in Lawrence (KS) USA The first use of the system concerned classification of melanocytic lesions [Hippe and Mroczek 2003] Other applications of the system have been described in [Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003 Varmuza Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2004 Mroczek Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2004 Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 2005 Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2005] Recently new approaches to generating belief networks have been described by Heckerman [Heckerman 1995] and Spiehler [Spiehler 2006]

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

References in bibliography ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name title of the thesis publisher place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable

Reference to a monographic publication quoted as a whole[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000

Reference to a monographic publication indicating a specific issue[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000 pp 267-270

Reference to a publication (one author) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse 1997]Grzymała-Busse JW A New Version of the Rule Induction System LERSFundamenta Informaticae 31(1997)27-39

Reference to a publication (three authors at the most) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 1998]Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Mroczek TBelief rules vs decision rules A preliminary appraisal to the problemFundamenta Informaticae 32(1998)112-119

Reference to a publication (more than three authors) in a scientific periodical[Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003]Błajdo P Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Marek T Mroczek T Wrzesień MA suite of machine learning tools for machine learning and extraction of information and knowledge from dataPattern Recognition 46(2005)36-49

Reference to a publication in conference proceedings[Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003] Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Mroczek TNowe narzędzia informatyczne inżynierii wiedzy i uczenia maszynowego II Poroacutewnanie wybranych modeli wiedzy ukrytej oraz niepewnejIn Bubnicki Z Grzech A (eds) Inżynieria wiedzy i systemy ekspertoweWydawnictwo Politechniki Wrocławskiej Wrocław 2003 Vol 1 pp 239-247

19

Reference to another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)[Cyrek 2011] Cyrek G Architektura i funkcjonalność rozproszonych katalogoacutew bibliotecznych na przykładzie KaRoMaster thesis UITM Faculty of Applied IT Rzeszoacutew 2011

References to websites

Reference to a website with author and title available[Heckerman 1995]Heckerman D A Tutorial on Learning Bayesian Networkshttpresearchmicrosoftcomresearchpubs from 15122006

Reference to a website without title available[Spiehler 2006]httpwwwicsuciedumlearnMLRepositoryhtml from 15122006

Reference to a website without author and title available [WWW-1 2009]httpwwwkardiolopl from 12092009

[WWW-2 2009]httpwwwtelezdrowiepl from 14092009

Method 3References are placed after the quoted text only as numbers in square brackets referring to the number of the item in the bibliography at the end of the thesis eg Comparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [12]Numbers are given to the references in the order in which the particular titles appear in the thesis and this is the order in which particular references should be listed in the bibliography at the end of the thesis If a given reference is quoted more than once it should be referred to with the same number given at the first instance of quoting it each time it is quoted in the thesis If the author uses several titles for one paragraph the numbers of all quoted titles should be written in square brackets egComparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [3 7 12-19]

Literature positions in the bibliography at the end of the thesis should begin with the surname and the initial of the first (first and middle) name they are followed by the title of the work publisherrsquos name place and year of issue page numbers (if applicable) for the text used The entries should end with full stops

Monographic publication eg3 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Monographic publication quoted as a whole eg7 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Article in press eg17 Wierzchoń ST Systemy rozpoznawania Informatyka 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication eg19 Pucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Refrences to webpagesLike in Method 1

20

Method 4

If the authorrsquos name is not used directly in the text give the name8 year of issue and page in brackets eg (Giddens 2004 127)

When the name appears in the text give the year of issue and page in brackets egCynthia Epstein (1988 14) in her work Deceptive Distinctions Sex Gender and the Social Order notes mutual strengthening of the above described dichotomies

If the reference relates to a source quoted by another author information about both sources should be given in brackets egThe research conducted by Smith (1960 after Jones 1994 104) hellipThe reference list at the end of the thesis should contain full data of only that publication which was actually used

With two authors both names should be given If there are more than two authors give the first name in brackets followed by ldquoet alrdquo the year of issue and the page egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski et al 1999 96)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain names of all authors

If several publications of the same author are used which have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski 1999a 20)The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

If no author is given (eg for some reports) the brackets should contain the title of the source (or part of it if the title is long) year of issue and the page egResearch indicates that employment feminisation is currently observed in Poland (Płeć a możliwości ekonomiczne w Polscehellip 2004 84)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain the whole title year of issue publisherrsquos name and place of issue

For press articles without authorrsquos name the brackets should contain the title of the paper year of issue and the page eg (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999 5)

If two press articles of the same author or published in the same paper without authorrsquos name are referred to and they have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egThe local press (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999a 1) reported a corruption affair which involved leaders of the party governing the district At a conference a week later the head of the XY district denied having had anything to do with that matter (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999b 3) The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

For quoting websites- if the website has an author ndash give the name and date egTurner (2001) has created many useful graphs showing the transition between the different age groups- if the website does not have an author ndash give the title of the website in brackets egCancer experts estimate that changes to our diet could prevent about one in three cancer deaths in the UK (CancerHelp UK 2002)

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author Punctuation presented below

8 If the given author is quoted in the text for the first time full name should be given and further in the text only the last name is given

21

Books ndash full name of the author year of issue title place of issue publisherrsquos name eg Ahmed Leila 1992 Women and Gender in Islam Historical Roots of a Modern Debate New Haven and London Yale University PressTibi Bassam 1997 Fundamentalizm religijny Transl by Janusz Danecki Warszawa PWN (for translations translatorrsquos name must be given)

Articles in books - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) ldquoInrdquo full name of the editor of the book book title (in italics) place of issue publisherrsquos name pages where the quoted article is to be found egBruce Steve 1992 Revelations The Future of New Christian Right In Kaplan Lawrence (ed) Fundamentalism in Comparative Perspective Amherts University of Massachusetts Press pp 100-156

Articles in periodicals - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) title of the periodical (in italics) numbers of the periodical (both the current one and the one in the year of publication the latter in brackets) pages where the quoted article is to be found egAlrsquoAlwani Taha 1986 The Testimony of Women in Islamic Law The American Journal of Islamic Social Sciences 13 (2) pp 28-45

Articles in pressIf the author of the article is known the data should contain (in that order) full name of the author year of issue of the paper title of the article (upright font) title of the paper (in italics) number of the paper in the year of publication page(s) egKowalski Jan 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie Gazeta Dzisiejsza 80 p 5

If the author of the article is not known the data is given as followsGazeta Dzisiejsza 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie 80 p 5

Online materials (websites e-books e-journals) full name of the author (editor) year of publication titlename of the page [online] place of publication (if available) information on the URL and date of accessing the source egHolland Matt 2004 Guide to citing Internet sources [online] Poole Bournemouth University At httpwwwbournemouthacuklibraryusingguide_to_citing_internet_sourchtml [20042006]

For more on the Harvard Referencing System seehttpwwwwydawnictwoivgplattachmentsFileZasady_tworzenia_przypis__w_bibliograficznychpdf (file in Polish)httpswwwstaffsacukassetsharvard_quick_guide_tcm44-47797pdf (file in English)

22

VII SUMMARY

The summary should be written according to the model below using Times New Roman size 10 None of the elements from the specimen should be omitted Keywords required in the summary should be understood as 2-3 characteristic names expressions reflecting the subject and content of the thesis

The summary should be put at the end of the thesis after bibliography

In their theses students of first-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in the language in which the thesis is written (Polish or English)In their theses students of second-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in Polish and in English

23

SUMMARY SPECIMEN

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w RzeszowieWydział Administracji i Nauk Społecznych Wydział EkonomicznyWydział Informatyki Stosowanej Wydział Medyczny

Streszczenie pracy dyplomowejThesis title in Polish

AutorPromotorSłowa kluczowe

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in Polish

The University of Information Technology and Management in RzeszoacutewFaculty of Administration and Social Sciences Faculty of EconomicsFaculty of Information Technology Faculty of Medicine

Diploma Thesis SummaryThesis title in English

AuthorSupervisorKeywords

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in English

24

VIII ATTACHMENTS

Attachments to the thesis (if applicable) should form a separate chapter of the thesis placed at the end of it (after the list of references) and considered in the list of contentsAttachments should be written in font Times New Roman size 10 and formatted according to the principles of formatting the text of the thesis margins formulae figures diagrams pictures tables as specified in this regulationIf the attachments are extensive or electronic in form (eg software graphics) they should be placed on a CD and thus attached (in an envelope pasted in at the end of the thesis)This part of the thesis also contains original copies of consents for processing personal data and the original copy of the positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission as applicable

25

Attachment 2 E

SPECIMEN

CONSENT FOR PROCESSING PERSONAL DATA

I the undersigned helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip hereby agree to have my personal

data collected and processed - within the scope of the thesis of student

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip student ID No helliphelliphelliphelliphellip titled helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip whose supervisor is

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip - by the University of Information Technology and

Management in Rzeszoacutew ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew according to the act of 29 th August 1997 on

personal data protection (DzU 2014 item 1182 as amended)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate legible signature

26

Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and principles of conducting a diploma examination

(Defence Principles)

I1 Defences are conducted at the following times

a) in July and September - for students finishing their studies in Juneb) in March - for students finishing their studies in Februarysubject to point II item 4

2 A detailed schedule of defences is established by the deans after consulting the supervisors of the theses3 Students writing a team thesis take their defence exam at the same time In justified cases and with the

deanrsquos consent it is possible for the team to take the defence exam without one or more members (even if only one student takes the exam)

II1 The student submits hisher thesis in paper and electronic form after fulfilling the conditions specified in

point III2 The thesis and attachments referred to in item 3 below must be submitted not later than

a) 30th June ndash for defences conducted in Julyb) 31st August ndash for defences conducted in September c) 28th February ndash for defences conducted in Marchbut no later than 14 days before the date set for the defence exam

3 By the time specified in item 2 the student submits to UITM Deanrsquos Office the following a)1 copy of a bound thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature for acceptance of the thesis The binding for the

thesis should be bought from the Photocopy Rooms at the University The student is entitled to 3 covers for the thesis

b)the thesis in electronic form in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 3 Ac)5 photos (signed with the studentsrsquo name at the back) for the diploma size 45x65 mm against a light

background (the studentrsquos face should take no less than 75 of the picture)For the photos for the diploma a person should be dressed formally ie dark suit and light-coloured shirt for men and a suit or dress with jacket for women (low-cut necklines and immoderate display of femininity are not allowed) Sporty look is to be avoided

d)clearance slip with signatures (clearance slip to be collected in the International Office) and questionnaires to go with the clearance slip if applicable

e)proof of payment for issuing the diplomaf) proofs of other payments according to the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of educationg)application to have a copy of the diploma issued in a foreign language (English French Spanish

German or Russian) ndash for students who would like to receive such a copy h)application to have a supplement to the diploma issued in English (the application should contain the

title of the thesis translated into English) ndash for students who would like to receive such a supplement 4 If it is impossible for the student to submit the thesis for justified reasons the dean may after asking the

supervisorrsquos opinion prolong the time for submitting the thesis but for not longer than two months In such cases the student should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty not later than by the date specified in item 2b) and c)

5 A student who does not submit the thesis in the specified time may apply for a permission to repeat the semester To do that she should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty within 7 days from the specified date for submitting theses

III1 The student is admitted to the defence after fulfilling the following conditions

a) passing all exams and receiving all credits required by the plan of studies for the particular field of study

b) submitting relevant statements concerning the thesis by the student and by the supervisor according to the specimens in Attachment 2 D (the statements should be placed at the second page of the thesis)

27

c) receiving at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo) marks from the reviews of the thesis done by the supervisor and the reviewer

d) satisfying financial requirements specified in the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of education at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

e) submitting the thesis with all documents specified in point II item 32 In the case of instituting disciplinary proceedings against a student suspected of plagiarism of the thesis

that student may not defend the thesis until valid completion of the proceedings

IV1 Theses prepared by students are checked with the Anti-Plagiarism System linked to the university thesis

repository national thesis repository and Internet resources For each thesis the following ratios are establisheda) similarity ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is repeated in other theses to be

found in the repositories and in materials published in the Internet Similarity is understood as every cluster of at least 20 words which can be found in another thesis or materials published in the Internet

b) quotation ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is made up of fragments quoted from other authors

2 The supervisor is responsible for checking a thesis with the Anti-Plagiarism System before it is formally approved for the defence

3 The instruction for operating the Anti-Plagiarism System is available in electronic version on the network drive and at the Virtual University

ODziekanatEgzamin dyplomowy_Prace dyplomoweAntyplagiat_instrukcja dla promotoroacutew

WU Promotor ndash Antyplagiat instrukcja

4 Deanrsquos Office employees accepting the theses in electronic version are obliged toa) enter the accepted theses to the Anti-Plagiarism System on a current basisb) send daily lists of theses in the case of which the ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or

more to the Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of studyc) include in the personal files of a student taking the defence the ldquosimilarity reportrdquo a specimen of

which constitutes Attachment 3 B5 Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of study are obliged

a) not to accept for the defence theses not checked by the Anti-Plagiarism Systemb) to withhold the defence of a student whose thesis has a ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo of

20 or more6 Supervisors are obliged to again carefully analyse the content of a thesis whose ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor

ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or more

V1 The thesis is reviewed and marked by the supervisor and by one reviewer appointed by the dean The mark

for the thesis is the arithmetic mean of both above-mentioned marks Thesis reviewer can be an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle including a teacher from outside of the University

2 If the thesis is marked ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) by the reviewer the dean sends the thesis back for correction or asks for its assessment by an additional reviewer

3 The thesis should be graded carefully ie the assessment should not simply be a description of the thesis but contain critical comments assess the studentrsquos substantive and technical qualifications and the value of the thesis Specimens for thesis review are given in Attachments 3 C1 (supervisor) and 3 C2 (reviewer)

4 The supervisor and the reviewer are obliged to fill in their reviews for the thesis electronically in Polish5 The student is entitled to know the review for hisher thesis including the grading of the thesis

VI1 The defence is in the form of an oral exam unless the UITM President decides otherwise 2 The defence takes place in front of a committee composed of

a) the dean vice-dean or an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle authorized by the dean ndash as the chairperson

b) the supervisor of the thesis

28

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 12: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

III SECOND PAGE OF THE THESIS

The second page of the thesis should contain

Version for theses written in English

1) A statement of the following content legibly undersigned by the author of the thesis

I the undersigned hereby state that the thesis entitled ldquordquo submitted by me has been prepared without any help I also state that the thesis has not been subject to procedures connected with acquiring an academic (Bachelorrsquos) degree at a higher education institution at any earlier timeI moreover declare that this version of the thesis is identical with the submitted electronic version

date authorrsquos legible signature

Note ndash for a team thesis (as described in point II of Attachment 2 to the Regulation) the statement is as follows

I the undersigned hereby state that the thesis entitled ldquordquo submitted by me has been prepared together with helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip (full names and ID numbers of co-authors)I also state that the thesis has not been subject to procedures connected with acquiring an academic (Bachelorrsquos) degree at a higher education institution at any earlier timeI moreover declare that this version of the thesis is identical with the submitted electronic version

date authorrsquos legible signature

2) A statement of the following content legibly undersigned by the supervisor of the thesis

I declare that this thesis has been prepared under my direction and I state that it fulfils the conditions for presenting it in proceedings for acquiring an academic degree

date authorrsquos legible signature

12

IV FIGURES GRAPHS PICTURES CHARTS

Graphics included in the thesis should be described as Fig for figures maps graphs diagrams or pictures and Tab for tables They should be numbered sequentially with Arabic numerals (Fig 1 Tab 1)

In the case of Figures the numbers should be followed with adequate captions (titles) and ndash starting from a new line ndash information about the source Figurersquos number its caption and information about the source should be placed below the figure (see example below)

Fig 1 Prototype of a light tank ldquoSkald 2rdquo prepared in the workshop of the Bumar Łabędy armaments concern Source Polish Press AgencyJakub Ochnio

For objects marked as Tab the number and description should be placed above the object (table) and information about the source below the object (see example below)

Tab 1 Armies of the Baltic countries and the forces of the north-western Russia army concentration

Country Basic categories of armed forces (in numbersitems)Infantry Artillery Tanks Planes

Estonia 5300 334 0 0Lithuania 3750 48 0 0

Latvia 1400 76 3 0Russia (NW army

concentration) 65000 850 750 320

Source httpwwwdefence24pl249417armie-krajow-baltyckich-i-rosji (30092015)

For captions and source information you need to use font Times New Roman size 10 in italics no bold lettering and no italics

Graphical objects (Fig and Tab) their captions and source information should be placed centrally with respect to the inside and outside margins When placing the graphical object with its description or information about the source the indentation established for paragraphs in the text is not applied Figures in the thesis have to be legible (they cannot be too small to be read) The size of a figure should be set in such a way that potential descriptions within the figure are minimally size 10 Times New Roman All bitmap or raster graphic objects should be in jpg format and vector graphs in wmf format which will allow to reduce the size of the thesis file

Figures diagrams graphs should be created with appropriate applications meant for that purpose eg Paint PowerPoint If the figures diagrams or graphs are created in MS Word they have to be grouped together

13

The basic principles of creating graphs

1 Graphs are created in justified cases eg it is not a justified case to present graphically two values The same results cannot be presented both in a table and in a graph

2 A graph absolutely must be legible That concerns all its elements including descriptions or labels for axes the legend background font points lines etc

3 Standard graph types are to be used bar charts line graphs (to show trends) pie charts (to show percentages of a whole) or scatter plots

4 3D effects should not be used in graphs Using them in pie charts or bar charts which is frequently done makes reading data in the graph more difficult (see Fig 1 and 2 below) One exception is using the third dimension to present an additional variable

5 If the labels can be placed on the axis rather than in the legend the legend is not needed (see Fig 1 below) The solution should be attempted to see whether sorting the data on the axis helps to make the graph clear

6 Do not use texture gradient shading or any similar elements7 Keep the amount of digits in values presented in the graph to a reasonable minimum they may be rounded

(eg 86 instead of 8578 is often enough) or different units can be used (eg 112 thousand instead of 11200)

8 Graphs should have legible descriptions with source of the data If a graph was created using data from another source the source of the data should be given too otherwise it may be understood that the graph was copied from the first source

Exceptions to the above rules are possible only in justified cases and with the supervisorrsquos consent

Below see examples of wrongly done graphs and their corrected counterparts

WRONG

12

21

2519

1112

lt 2526-3536-4546-5556-65gt 65

WELL

lt 2512

26-3521

36-4525

46-5519

56-6511

gt 6512

Fig 1 Participation of particular age groups of respondents in the survey

Source own study

14

WRONG

01000020000 720230

24797401541890

937850651210

Ludność (w tys)

Ludność

WELL

Przedprodukcyjnym (0-17 lat)

Produkcyjnym (18-5964)

Mobilnym (18-44)

Niemobilnym (45-5964)

Poprodukcyjnym (6065 lat i więcej)

0 5 10 15 20 25 30

Ludność w wieku

Ludność (mln)

Fig 2 Population by economic age groups in 2011 according to National Census data (GUS 2011)Source own study

V FORMULAE

Formulae should be placed centrally in separate lines labelled with Arabic numerals in parentheses placed close to the outer margin

f ( x )=αsdotradic x+1|xminus1|

(1)

If references to some formulae are used in the text the number of the formula in parentheses (1) should be used

15

VI LITERATURE (REFERENCES AND QUOTING)

Basic rules of using someone elsersquos work 1 Each manifestation of creative activity of an individual nature preserved in any form ie an authorrsquos work

is protected by copyright To consider a work an authorrsquos work and protect it with copyright it is not important what its purpose scientific value or other value is It must be indicated however that intellectual work of a creative nature is different than work of a technical nature understood as work requiring only specific knowledge and skills and the use of suitable tools materials and technologyApplicable to protection of results of scientific work (research results) are not only provisions of the act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights but also provisions of the Civil Code act of 23rd April 1963 and more precisely art 23 which explicitly lists scientific and artistic work among personal rights It means that using just research results (not protected by copyright) the author of the research still needs to be indicated in order to secure hisher personal rights to the said results If it is not done such an author can make claims as mentioned in art 24 of the Civil Code ie claims related to protection of personal rights

2 Descriptions of research results scientific discoveries or their interpretations can be used either with the authorrsquos consent or as allowed by legal provisions

3 For use of legally released work (ie released with the authorrsquos consent) the right to quote is applicable as regulated in art 29 item 1 of the act on copyright and related rights According to that provision in works which are independent wholes it is allowed to quote fragments of other published works or short works in their entirety to an extent justified with explanation critical analysis teaching or rights resulting from the workrsquos genre

4 Quotation (providing source data) rules are given further in this chapter Failure to indicate bibliographical data (sources) is an instance of plagiarism ie appropriation of someone elsersquos work When paraphrasing ie expressing someone elsersquos thoughts in your own words without quoting a fragment of someonersquos work literally the source should also be given

5 The concept of plagiarism has not been defined in legal provisions but it is generally understood as- appropriation of the authorship of someone elsersquos work (overt plagiarism) or- taking fragments of someone elsersquos work without providing the data on the author and source (covert

plagiarism) 6 If exercising the right to quote only serves to save on the writerrsquos effort (ie it is not justified with an

explanation or critical analysis) it violates the copyright although it is not plagiarism

Principles of placing quotations in the thesisIf the thesis contains quotations ndash concrete fragments of other authorsrsquo work ndash the whole quoted text should be placed within standard quotation marks (ldquoquoted textrdquo) Only then will the antiplagiarism system omit the quoted fragment when examining the thesis for similarity with other theses and online resources Also- quotations up to 40 words are placed within quotation marks within the particular paragraph- quotations longer than 40 words are placed within quotation marks in a separate paragraph

Foreign literatureTitles of foreign publications should be given in the original languageIt is possible to transliterate the Cyrillic alphabet into the Latin one according to norm PN-ISO 92000 binding in Poland

16

Four methods of inserting references are acceptable The choice of one particular method is made by the supervisor of the thesis

Method 1Automatic foot-endnotes are obligatory (choose Insert Footnote or Insert Endnote from the menu or press Alt + j) Footnotes are placed at the bottom of the relevant page and endnotes at the end of the relevant chapter The foot- or endnotes should end with full stops

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

Foot- or endnotes to literature ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name (or in reversed order initials and last name4) title of the thesis publisher (optional5) place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable Punctuation and font (upright or italics) presented below

Monographic publication quoted as a whole egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Monographic publication indicating a specific issue egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Article in press 6 eg Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 No 12 pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication egPucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Quoting the same reference several times one after the other eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Ibid pp 70-71or2 Ibidem pp 70-71

If quotes are separated with other references eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Wierzchom ST Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-393 Romer D Makroekonomia dlahellip op cit pp 70-72

If different works of the same author are quoted one after the other eg1 Sztompka P Socjologia Analiza społeczeństwa Znak Krakoacutew 20022 Id Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005or2 Idem Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005

4 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis5 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis6 it is also possible to use the name of the periodical without inverted commas (Informatyka) - the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis

17

1 Marody M Jednostka po nowoczesności perspektywa socjologiczna Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 20142 Eadem7 (ed) Wymiary życia społecznego Polska na przełomie XX i XXI wieku Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 2007

Quoting another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)Kowalski J System ochrony konkurencji i konsumentoacutew w Polsce Master thesis UITM Faculty of Administration and Social Sciences Rzeszoacutew 2009

Quoting legal acts

Acts issued until 2011 inclusively egElection Code act of 5th January 2011 (Dz U No 21 item 112 as amended)act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights (unified text Dz U of 2000 No 80 item 904 as amended)Regulation of the Council of Ministers of 23rd December 1996 on execution of the act on administrative enforcement proceedings (Dz U of 1997 No 1 item 1)

Acts issued from 2012 onwards (without the number of the Journal of Laws (DzU)) egRegulation of the Council of Ministers of 11th February 2013 on requirements for commissioning and operation of nuclear installation (Dz U item 28)Regulation of the Minister of Agriculture and Rural Development of 15th December 2011 on the manner and forms of collaboration of district sea fisheries inspectors and the Agricultural and Food Quality Inspection when controlling fishery products (Dz U of 2012 item 2)

Quoting case law

Published case law egSupreme Court ruling of 25th November 2011 III CZP 7611 OSNC 2012 No 6 item 71

Case law published electronically egSupreme Court ruling of 15th June 2012 II CSK66611 LEX No 1212809

If the quoted decision is not published write ldquounpublrdquo (for ldquounpublishedrdquo) egSupreme Administrative Court ruling of 5th April 2002 III SA 319099 unpubl

Foot-endnotes for webpages

Simple foot-endnotes (it is necessary to provide the date of visiting the webpage) eg httpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp from 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp as of 150504orhttpwwwielodzpldokumentyasp 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp (150504)

Foot-endnotes to an unnamed document from a website eghttpwwwielodzpldokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

Situations when frames make it impossible to provide the exact path (catalogue names should be used ) eg httpwwwie1odzp1 DOKUMENTYPOLSKIESTARE from 150504

Foot-endnote to a named document from a website egKozak MW Regiony w Polsce [at] httpwwwie1odzp1dokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

7 female form

18

Method 2References are placed after the quoted text as the authorrsquos name with the year of issue of the quoted position in square brackets as a reference to a literature position given in the list at the end of the thesis egThe system for generating belief networks and belief rules BeliefSEEKERreg has been developed at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew Poland in cooperation with the University of Kansas in Lawrence (KS) USA The first use of the system concerned classification of melanocytic lesions [Hippe and Mroczek 2003] Other applications of the system have been described in [Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003 Varmuza Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2004 Mroczek Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2004 Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 2005 Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2005] Recently new approaches to generating belief networks have been described by Heckerman [Heckerman 1995] and Spiehler [Spiehler 2006]

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

References in bibliography ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name title of the thesis publisher place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable

Reference to a monographic publication quoted as a whole[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000

Reference to a monographic publication indicating a specific issue[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000 pp 267-270

Reference to a publication (one author) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse 1997]Grzymała-Busse JW A New Version of the Rule Induction System LERSFundamenta Informaticae 31(1997)27-39

Reference to a publication (three authors at the most) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 1998]Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Mroczek TBelief rules vs decision rules A preliminary appraisal to the problemFundamenta Informaticae 32(1998)112-119

Reference to a publication (more than three authors) in a scientific periodical[Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003]Błajdo P Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Marek T Mroczek T Wrzesień MA suite of machine learning tools for machine learning and extraction of information and knowledge from dataPattern Recognition 46(2005)36-49

Reference to a publication in conference proceedings[Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003] Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Mroczek TNowe narzędzia informatyczne inżynierii wiedzy i uczenia maszynowego II Poroacutewnanie wybranych modeli wiedzy ukrytej oraz niepewnejIn Bubnicki Z Grzech A (eds) Inżynieria wiedzy i systemy ekspertoweWydawnictwo Politechniki Wrocławskiej Wrocław 2003 Vol 1 pp 239-247

19

Reference to another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)[Cyrek 2011] Cyrek G Architektura i funkcjonalność rozproszonych katalogoacutew bibliotecznych na przykładzie KaRoMaster thesis UITM Faculty of Applied IT Rzeszoacutew 2011

References to websites

Reference to a website with author and title available[Heckerman 1995]Heckerman D A Tutorial on Learning Bayesian Networkshttpresearchmicrosoftcomresearchpubs from 15122006

Reference to a website without title available[Spiehler 2006]httpwwwicsuciedumlearnMLRepositoryhtml from 15122006

Reference to a website without author and title available [WWW-1 2009]httpwwwkardiolopl from 12092009

[WWW-2 2009]httpwwwtelezdrowiepl from 14092009

Method 3References are placed after the quoted text only as numbers in square brackets referring to the number of the item in the bibliography at the end of the thesis eg Comparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [12]Numbers are given to the references in the order in which the particular titles appear in the thesis and this is the order in which particular references should be listed in the bibliography at the end of the thesis If a given reference is quoted more than once it should be referred to with the same number given at the first instance of quoting it each time it is quoted in the thesis If the author uses several titles for one paragraph the numbers of all quoted titles should be written in square brackets egComparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [3 7 12-19]

Literature positions in the bibliography at the end of the thesis should begin with the surname and the initial of the first (first and middle) name they are followed by the title of the work publisherrsquos name place and year of issue page numbers (if applicable) for the text used The entries should end with full stops

Monographic publication eg3 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Monographic publication quoted as a whole eg7 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Article in press eg17 Wierzchoń ST Systemy rozpoznawania Informatyka 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication eg19 Pucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Refrences to webpagesLike in Method 1

20

Method 4

If the authorrsquos name is not used directly in the text give the name8 year of issue and page in brackets eg (Giddens 2004 127)

When the name appears in the text give the year of issue and page in brackets egCynthia Epstein (1988 14) in her work Deceptive Distinctions Sex Gender and the Social Order notes mutual strengthening of the above described dichotomies

If the reference relates to a source quoted by another author information about both sources should be given in brackets egThe research conducted by Smith (1960 after Jones 1994 104) hellipThe reference list at the end of the thesis should contain full data of only that publication which was actually used

With two authors both names should be given If there are more than two authors give the first name in brackets followed by ldquoet alrdquo the year of issue and the page egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski et al 1999 96)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain names of all authors

If several publications of the same author are used which have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski 1999a 20)The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

If no author is given (eg for some reports) the brackets should contain the title of the source (or part of it if the title is long) year of issue and the page egResearch indicates that employment feminisation is currently observed in Poland (Płeć a możliwości ekonomiczne w Polscehellip 2004 84)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain the whole title year of issue publisherrsquos name and place of issue

For press articles without authorrsquos name the brackets should contain the title of the paper year of issue and the page eg (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999 5)

If two press articles of the same author or published in the same paper without authorrsquos name are referred to and they have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egThe local press (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999a 1) reported a corruption affair which involved leaders of the party governing the district At a conference a week later the head of the XY district denied having had anything to do with that matter (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999b 3) The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

For quoting websites- if the website has an author ndash give the name and date egTurner (2001) has created many useful graphs showing the transition between the different age groups- if the website does not have an author ndash give the title of the website in brackets egCancer experts estimate that changes to our diet could prevent about one in three cancer deaths in the UK (CancerHelp UK 2002)

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author Punctuation presented below

8 If the given author is quoted in the text for the first time full name should be given and further in the text only the last name is given

21

Books ndash full name of the author year of issue title place of issue publisherrsquos name eg Ahmed Leila 1992 Women and Gender in Islam Historical Roots of a Modern Debate New Haven and London Yale University PressTibi Bassam 1997 Fundamentalizm religijny Transl by Janusz Danecki Warszawa PWN (for translations translatorrsquos name must be given)

Articles in books - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) ldquoInrdquo full name of the editor of the book book title (in italics) place of issue publisherrsquos name pages where the quoted article is to be found egBruce Steve 1992 Revelations The Future of New Christian Right In Kaplan Lawrence (ed) Fundamentalism in Comparative Perspective Amherts University of Massachusetts Press pp 100-156

Articles in periodicals - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) title of the periodical (in italics) numbers of the periodical (both the current one and the one in the year of publication the latter in brackets) pages where the quoted article is to be found egAlrsquoAlwani Taha 1986 The Testimony of Women in Islamic Law The American Journal of Islamic Social Sciences 13 (2) pp 28-45

Articles in pressIf the author of the article is known the data should contain (in that order) full name of the author year of issue of the paper title of the article (upright font) title of the paper (in italics) number of the paper in the year of publication page(s) egKowalski Jan 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie Gazeta Dzisiejsza 80 p 5

If the author of the article is not known the data is given as followsGazeta Dzisiejsza 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie 80 p 5

Online materials (websites e-books e-journals) full name of the author (editor) year of publication titlename of the page [online] place of publication (if available) information on the URL and date of accessing the source egHolland Matt 2004 Guide to citing Internet sources [online] Poole Bournemouth University At httpwwwbournemouthacuklibraryusingguide_to_citing_internet_sourchtml [20042006]

For more on the Harvard Referencing System seehttpwwwwydawnictwoivgplattachmentsFileZasady_tworzenia_przypis__w_bibliograficznychpdf (file in Polish)httpswwwstaffsacukassetsharvard_quick_guide_tcm44-47797pdf (file in English)

22

VII SUMMARY

The summary should be written according to the model below using Times New Roman size 10 None of the elements from the specimen should be omitted Keywords required in the summary should be understood as 2-3 characteristic names expressions reflecting the subject and content of the thesis

The summary should be put at the end of the thesis after bibliography

In their theses students of first-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in the language in which the thesis is written (Polish or English)In their theses students of second-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in Polish and in English

23

SUMMARY SPECIMEN

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w RzeszowieWydział Administracji i Nauk Społecznych Wydział EkonomicznyWydział Informatyki Stosowanej Wydział Medyczny

Streszczenie pracy dyplomowejThesis title in Polish

AutorPromotorSłowa kluczowe

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in Polish

The University of Information Technology and Management in RzeszoacutewFaculty of Administration and Social Sciences Faculty of EconomicsFaculty of Information Technology Faculty of Medicine

Diploma Thesis SummaryThesis title in English

AuthorSupervisorKeywords

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in English

24

VIII ATTACHMENTS

Attachments to the thesis (if applicable) should form a separate chapter of the thesis placed at the end of it (after the list of references) and considered in the list of contentsAttachments should be written in font Times New Roman size 10 and formatted according to the principles of formatting the text of the thesis margins formulae figures diagrams pictures tables as specified in this regulationIf the attachments are extensive or electronic in form (eg software graphics) they should be placed on a CD and thus attached (in an envelope pasted in at the end of the thesis)This part of the thesis also contains original copies of consents for processing personal data and the original copy of the positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission as applicable

25

Attachment 2 E

SPECIMEN

CONSENT FOR PROCESSING PERSONAL DATA

I the undersigned helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip hereby agree to have my personal

data collected and processed - within the scope of the thesis of student

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip student ID No helliphelliphelliphelliphellip titled helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip whose supervisor is

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip - by the University of Information Technology and

Management in Rzeszoacutew ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew according to the act of 29 th August 1997 on

personal data protection (DzU 2014 item 1182 as amended)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate legible signature

26

Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and principles of conducting a diploma examination

(Defence Principles)

I1 Defences are conducted at the following times

a) in July and September - for students finishing their studies in Juneb) in March - for students finishing their studies in Februarysubject to point II item 4

2 A detailed schedule of defences is established by the deans after consulting the supervisors of the theses3 Students writing a team thesis take their defence exam at the same time In justified cases and with the

deanrsquos consent it is possible for the team to take the defence exam without one or more members (even if only one student takes the exam)

II1 The student submits hisher thesis in paper and electronic form after fulfilling the conditions specified in

point III2 The thesis and attachments referred to in item 3 below must be submitted not later than

a) 30th June ndash for defences conducted in Julyb) 31st August ndash for defences conducted in September c) 28th February ndash for defences conducted in Marchbut no later than 14 days before the date set for the defence exam

3 By the time specified in item 2 the student submits to UITM Deanrsquos Office the following a)1 copy of a bound thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature for acceptance of the thesis The binding for the

thesis should be bought from the Photocopy Rooms at the University The student is entitled to 3 covers for the thesis

b)the thesis in electronic form in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 3 Ac)5 photos (signed with the studentsrsquo name at the back) for the diploma size 45x65 mm against a light

background (the studentrsquos face should take no less than 75 of the picture)For the photos for the diploma a person should be dressed formally ie dark suit and light-coloured shirt for men and a suit or dress with jacket for women (low-cut necklines and immoderate display of femininity are not allowed) Sporty look is to be avoided

d)clearance slip with signatures (clearance slip to be collected in the International Office) and questionnaires to go with the clearance slip if applicable

e)proof of payment for issuing the diplomaf) proofs of other payments according to the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of educationg)application to have a copy of the diploma issued in a foreign language (English French Spanish

German or Russian) ndash for students who would like to receive such a copy h)application to have a supplement to the diploma issued in English (the application should contain the

title of the thesis translated into English) ndash for students who would like to receive such a supplement 4 If it is impossible for the student to submit the thesis for justified reasons the dean may after asking the

supervisorrsquos opinion prolong the time for submitting the thesis but for not longer than two months In such cases the student should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty not later than by the date specified in item 2b) and c)

5 A student who does not submit the thesis in the specified time may apply for a permission to repeat the semester To do that she should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty within 7 days from the specified date for submitting theses

III1 The student is admitted to the defence after fulfilling the following conditions

a) passing all exams and receiving all credits required by the plan of studies for the particular field of study

b) submitting relevant statements concerning the thesis by the student and by the supervisor according to the specimens in Attachment 2 D (the statements should be placed at the second page of the thesis)

27

c) receiving at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo) marks from the reviews of the thesis done by the supervisor and the reviewer

d) satisfying financial requirements specified in the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of education at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

e) submitting the thesis with all documents specified in point II item 32 In the case of instituting disciplinary proceedings against a student suspected of plagiarism of the thesis

that student may not defend the thesis until valid completion of the proceedings

IV1 Theses prepared by students are checked with the Anti-Plagiarism System linked to the university thesis

repository national thesis repository and Internet resources For each thesis the following ratios are establisheda) similarity ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is repeated in other theses to be

found in the repositories and in materials published in the Internet Similarity is understood as every cluster of at least 20 words which can be found in another thesis or materials published in the Internet

b) quotation ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is made up of fragments quoted from other authors

2 The supervisor is responsible for checking a thesis with the Anti-Plagiarism System before it is formally approved for the defence

3 The instruction for operating the Anti-Plagiarism System is available in electronic version on the network drive and at the Virtual University

ODziekanatEgzamin dyplomowy_Prace dyplomoweAntyplagiat_instrukcja dla promotoroacutew

WU Promotor ndash Antyplagiat instrukcja

4 Deanrsquos Office employees accepting the theses in electronic version are obliged toa) enter the accepted theses to the Anti-Plagiarism System on a current basisb) send daily lists of theses in the case of which the ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or

more to the Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of studyc) include in the personal files of a student taking the defence the ldquosimilarity reportrdquo a specimen of

which constitutes Attachment 3 B5 Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of study are obliged

a) not to accept for the defence theses not checked by the Anti-Plagiarism Systemb) to withhold the defence of a student whose thesis has a ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo of

20 or more6 Supervisors are obliged to again carefully analyse the content of a thesis whose ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor

ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or more

V1 The thesis is reviewed and marked by the supervisor and by one reviewer appointed by the dean The mark

for the thesis is the arithmetic mean of both above-mentioned marks Thesis reviewer can be an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle including a teacher from outside of the University

2 If the thesis is marked ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) by the reviewer the dean sends the thesis back for correction or asks for its assessment by an additional reviewer

3 The thesis should be graded carefully ie the assessment should not simply be a description of the thesis but contain critical comments assess the studentrsquos substantive and technical qualifications and the value of the thesis Specimens for thesis review are given in Attachments 3 C1 (supervisor) and 3 C2 (reviewer)

4 The supervisor and the reviewer are obliged to fill in their reviews for the thesis electronically in Polish5 The student is entitled to know the review for hisher thesis including the grading of the thesis

VI1 The defence is in the form of an oral exam unless the UITM President decides otherwise 2 The defence takes place in front of a committee composed of

a) the dean vice-dean or an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle authorized by the dean ndash as the chairperson

b) the supervisor of the thesis

28

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 13: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

IV FIGURES GRAPHS PICTURES CHARTS

Graphics included in the thesis should be described as Fig for figures maps graphs diagrams or pictures and Tab for tables They should be numbered sequentially with Arabic numerals (Fig 1 Tab 1)

In the case of Figures the numbers should be followed with adequate captions (titles) and ndash starting from a new line ndash information about the source Figurersquos number its caption and information about the source should be placed below the figure (see example below)

Fig 1 Prototype of a light tank ldquoSkald 2rdquo prepared in the workshop of the Bumar Łabędy armaments concern Source Polish Press AgencyJakub Ochnio

For objects marked as Tab the number and description should be placed above the object (table) and information about the source below the object (see example below)

Tab 1 Armies of the Baltic countries and the forces of the north-western Russia army concentration

Country Basic categories of armed forces (in numbersitems)Infantry Artillery Tanks Planes

Estonia 5300 334 0 0Lithuania 3750 48 0 0

Latvia 1400 76 3 0Russia (NW army

concentration) 65000 850 750 320

Source httpwwwdefence24pl249417armie-krajow-baltyckich-i-rosji (30092015)

For captions and source information you need to use font Times New Roman size 10 in italics no bold lettering and no italics

Graphical objects (Fig and Tab) their captions and source information should be placed centrally with respect to the inside and outside margins When placing the graphical object with its description or information about the source the indentation established for paragraphs in the text is not applied Figures in the thesis have to be legible (they cannot be too small to be read) The size of a figure should be set in such a way that potential descriptions within the figure are minimally size 10 Times New Roman All bitmap or raster graphic objects should be in jpg format and vector graphs in wmf format which will allow to reduce the size of the thesis file

Figures diagrams graphs should be created with appropriate applications meant for that purpose eg Paint PowerPoint If the figures diagrams or graphs are created in MS Word they have to be grouped together

13

The basic principles of creating graphs

1 Graphs are created in justified cases eg it is not a justified case to present graphically two values The same results cannot be presented both in a table and in a graph

2 A graph absolutely must be legible That concerns all its elements including descriptions or labels for axes the legend background font points lines etc

3 Standard graph types are to be used bar charts line graphs (to show trends) pie charts (to show percentages of a whole) or scatter plots

4 3D effects should not be used in graphs Using them in pie charts or bar charts which is frequently done makes reading data in the graph more difficult (see Fig 1 and 2 below) One exception is using the third dimension to present an additional variable

5 If the labels can be placed on the axis rather than in the legend the legend is not needed (see Fig 1 below) The solution should be attempted to see whether sorting the data on the axis helps to make the graph clear

6 Do not use texture gradient shading or any similar elements7 Keep the amount of digits in values presented in the graph to a reasonable minimum they may be rounded

(eg 86 instead of 8578 is often enough) or different units can be used (eg 112 thousand instead of 11200)

8 Graphs should have legible descriptions with source of the data If a graph was created using data from another source the source of the data should be given too otherwise it may be understood that the graph was copied from the first source

Exceptions to the above rules are possible only in justified cases and with the supervisorrsquos consent

Below see examples of wrongly done graphs and their corrected counterparts

WRONG

12

21

2519

1112

lt 2526-3536-4546-5556-65gt 65

WELL

lt 2512

26-3521

36-4525

46-5519

56-6511

gt 6512

Fig 1 Participation of particular age groups of respondents in the survey

Source own study

14

WRONG

01000020000 720230

24797401541890

937850651210

Ludność (w tys)

Ludność

WELL

Przedprodukcyjnym (0-17 lat)

Produkcyjnym (18-5964)

Mobilnym (18-44)

Niemobilnym (45-5964)

Poprodukcyjnym (6065 lat i więcej)

0 5 10 15 20 25 30

Ludność w wieku

Ludność (mln)

Fig 2 Population by economic age groups in 2011 according to National Census data (GUS 2011)Source own study

V FORMULAE

Formulae should be placed centrally in separate lines labelled with Arabic numerals in parentheses placed close to the outer margin

f ( x )=αsdotradic x+1|xminus1|

(1)

If references to some formulae are used in the text the number of the formula in parentheses (1) should be used

15

VI LITERATURE (REFERENCES AND QUOTING)

Basic rules of using someone elsersquos work 1 Each manifestation of creative activity of an individual nature preserved in any form ie an authorrsquos work

is protected by copyright To consider a work an authorrsquos work and protect it with copyright it is not important what its purpose scientific value or other value is It must be indicated however that intellectual work of a creative nature is different than work of a technical nature understood as work requiring only specific knowledge and skills and the use of suitable tools materials and technologyApplicable to protection of results of scientific work (research results) are not only provisions of the act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights but also provisions of the Civil Code act of 23rd April 1963 and more precisely art 23 which explicitly lists scientific and artistic work among personal rights It means that using just research results (not protected by copyright) the author of the research still needs to be indicated in order to secure hisher personal rights to the said results If it is not done such an author can make claims as mentioned in art 24 of the Civil Code ie claims related to protection of personal rights

2 Descriptions of research results scientific discoveries or their interpretations can be used either with the authorrsquos consent or as allowed by legal provisions

3 For use of legally released work (ie released with the authorrsquos consent) the right to quote is applicable as regulated in art 29 item 1 of the act on copyright and related rights According to that provision in works which are independent wholes it is allowed to quote fragments of other published works or short works in their entirety to an extent justified with explanation critical analysis teaching or rights resulting from the workrsquos genre

4 Quotation (providing source data) rules are given further in this chapter Failure to indicate bibliographical data (sources) is an instance of plagiarism ie appropriation of someone elsersquos work When paraphrasing ie expressing someone elsersquos thoughts in your own words without quoting a fragment of someonersquos work literally the source should also be given

5 The concept of plagiarism has not been defined in legal provisions but it is generally understood as- appropriation of the authorship of someone elsersquos work (overt plagiarism) or- taking fragments of someone elsersquos work without providing the data on the author and source (covert

plagiarism) 6 If exercising the right to quote only serves to save on the writerrsquos effort (ie it is not justified with an

explanation or critical analysis) it violates the copyright although it is not plagiarism

Principles of placing quotations in the thesisIf the thesis contains quotations ndash concrete fragments of other authorsrsquo work ndash the whole quoted text should be placed within standard quotation marks (ldquoquoted textrdquo) Only then will the antiplagiarism system omit the quoted fragment when examining the thesis for similarity with other theses and online resources Also- quotations up to 40 words are placed within quotation marks within the particular paragraph- quotations longer than 40 words are placed within quotation marks in a separate paragraph

Foreign literatureTitles of foreign publications should be given in the original languageIt is possible to transliterate the Cyrillic alphabet into the Latin one according to norm PN-ISO 92000 binding in Poland

16

Four methods of inserting references are acceptable The choice of one particular method is made by the supervisor of the thesis

Method 1Automatic foot-endnotes are obligatory (choose Insert Footnote or Insert Endnote from the menu or press Alt + j) Footnotes are placed at the bottom of the relevant page and endnotes at the end of the relevant chapter The foot- or endnotes should end with full stops

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

Foot- or endnotes to literature ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name (or in reversed order initials and last name4) title of the thesis publisher (optional5) place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable Punctuation and font (upright or italics) presented below

Monographic publication quoted as a whole egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Monographic publication indicating a specific issue egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Article in press 6 eg Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 No 12 pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication egPucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Quoting the same reference several times one after the other eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Ibid pp 70-71or2 Ibidem pp 70-71

If quotes are separated with other references eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Wierzchom ST Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-393 Romer D Makroekonomia dlahellip op cit pp 70-72

If different works of the same author are quoted one after the other eg1 Sztompka P Socjologia Analiza społeczeństwa Znak Krakoacutew 20022 Id Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005or2 Idem Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005

4 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis5 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis6 it is also possible to use the name of the periodical without inverted commas (Informatyka) - the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis

17

1 Marody M Jednostka po nowoczesności perspektywa socjologiczna Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 20142 Eadem7 (ed) Wymiary życia społecznego Polska na przełomie XX i XXI wieku Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 2007

Quoting another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)Kowalski J System ochrony konkurencji i konsumentoacutew w Polsce Master thesis UITM Faculty of Administration and Social Sciences Rzeszoacutew 2009

Quoting legal acts

Acts issued until 2011 inclusively egElection Code act of 5th January 2011 (Dz U No 21 item 112 as amended)act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights (unified text Dz U of 2000 No 80 item 904 as amended)Regulation of the Council of Ministers of 23rd December 1996 on execution of the act on administrative enforcement proceedings (Dz U of 1997 No 1 item 1)

Acts issued from 2012 onwards (without the number of the Journal of Laws (DzU)) egRegulation of the Council of Ministers of 11th February 2013 on requirements for commissioning and operation of nuclear installation (Dz U item 28)Regulation of the Minister of Agriculture and Rural Development of 15th December 2011 on the manner and forms of collaboration of district sea fisheries inspectors and the Agricultural and Food Quality Inspection when controlling fishery products (Dz U of 2012 item 2)

Quoting case law

Published case law egSupreme Court ruling of 25th November 2011 III CZP 7611 OSNC 2012 No 6 item 71

Case law published electronically egSupreme Court ruling of 15th June 2012 II CSK66611 LEX No 1212809

If the quoted decision is not published write ldquounpublrdquo (for ldquounpublishedrdquo) egSupreme Administrative Court ruling of 5th April 2002 III SA 319099 unpubl

Foot-endnotes for webpages

Simple foot-endnotes (it is necessary to provide the date of visiting the webpage) eg httpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp from 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp as of 150504orhttpwwwielodzpldokumentyasp 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp (150504)

Foot-endnotes to an unnamed document from a website eghttpwwwielodzpldokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

Situations when frames make it impossible to provide the exact path (catalogue names should be used ) eg httpwwwie1odzp1 DOKUMENTYPOLSKIESTARE from 150504

Foot-endnote to a named document from a website egKozak MW Regiony w Polsce [at] httpwwwie1odzp1dokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

7 female form

18

Method 2References are placed after the quoted text as the authorrsquos name with the year of issue of the quoted position in square brackets as a reference to a literature position given in the list at the end of the thesis egThe system for generating belief networks and belief rules BeliefSEEKERreg has been developed at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew Poland in cooperation with the University of Kansas in Lawrence (KS) USA The first use of the system concerned classification of melanocytic lesions [Hippe and Mroczek 2003] Other applications of the system have been described in [Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003 Varmuza Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2004 Mroczek Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2004 Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 2005 Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2005] Recently new approaches to generating belief networks have been described by Heckerman [Heckerman 1995] and Spiehler [Spiehler 2006]

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

References in bibliography ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name title of the thesis publisher place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable

Reference to a monographic publication quoted as a whole[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000

Reference to a monographic publication indicating a specific issue[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000 pp 267-270

Reference to a publication (one author) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse 1997]Grzymała-Busse JW A New Version of the Rule Induction System LERSFundamenta Informaticae 31(1997)27-39

Reference to a publication (three authors at the most) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 1998]Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Mroczek TBelief rules vs decision rules A preliminary appraisal to the problemFundamenta Informaticae 32(1998)112-119

Reference to a publication (more than three authors) in a scientific periodical[Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003]Błajdo P Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Marek T Mroczek T Wrzesień MA suite of machine learning tools for machine learning and extraction of information and knowledge from dataPattern Recognition 46(2005)36-49

Reference to a publication in conference proceedings[Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003] Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Mroczek TNowe narzędzia informatyczne inżynierii wiedzy i uczenia maszynowego II Poroacutewnanie wybranych modeli wiedzy ukrytej oraz niepewnejIn Bubnicki Z Grzech A (eds) Inżynieria wiedzy i systemy ekspertoweWydawnictwo Politechniki Wrocławskiej Wrocław 2003 Vol 1 pp 239-247

19

Reference to another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)[Cyrek 2011] Cyrek G Architektura i funkcjonalność rozproszonych katalogoacutew bibliotecznych na przykładzie KaRoMaster thesis UITM Faculty of Applied IT Rzeszoacutew 2011

References to websites

Reference to a website with author and title available[Heckerman 1995]Heckerman D A Tutorial on Learning Bayesian Networkshttpresearchmicrosoftcomresearchpubs from 15122006

Reference to a website without title available[Spiehler 2006]httpwwwicsuciedumlearnMLRepositoryhtml from 15122006

Reference to a website without author and title available [WWW-1 2009]httpwwwkardiolopl from 12092009

[WWW-2 2009]httpwwwtelezdrowiepl from 14092009

Method 3References are placed after the quoted text only as numbers in square brackets referring to the number of the item in the bibliography at the end of the thesis eg Comparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [12]Numbers are given to the references in the order in which the particular titles appear in the thesis and this is the order in which particular references should be listed in the bibliography at the end of the thesis If a given reference is quoted more than once it should be referred to with the same number given at the first instance of quoting it each time it is quoted in the thesis If the author uses several titles for one paragraph the numbers of all quoted titles should be written in square brackets egComparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [3 7 12-19]

Literature positions in the bibliography at the end of the thesis should begin with the surname and the initial of the first (first and middle) name they are followed by the title of the work publisherrsquos name place and year of issue page numbers (if applicable) for the text used The entries should end with full stops

Monographic publication eg3 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Monographic publication quoted as a whole eg7 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Article in press eg17 Wierzchoń ST Systemy rozpoznawania Informatyka 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication eg19 Pucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Refrences to webpagesLike in Method 1

20

Method 4

If the authorrsquos name is not used directly in the text give the name8 year of issue and page in brackets eg (Giddens 2004 127)

When the name appears in the text give the year of issue and page in brackets egCynthia Epstein (1988 14) in her work Deceptive Distinctions Sex Gender and the Social Order notes mutual strengthening of the above described dichotomies

If the reference relates to a source quoted by another author information about both sources should be given in brackets egThe research conducted by Smith (1960 after Jones 1994 104) hellipThe reference list at the end of the thesis should contain full data of only that publication which was actually used

With two authors both names should be given If there are more than two authors give the first name in brackets followed by ldquoet alrdquo the year of issue and the page egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski et al 1999 96)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain names of all authors

If several publications of the same author are used which have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski 1999a 20)The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

If no author is given (eg for some reports) the brackets should contain the title of the source (or part of it if the title is long) year of issue and the page egResearch indicates that employment feminisation is currently observed in Poland (Płeć a możliwości ekonomiczne w Polscehellip 2004 84)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain the whole title year of issue publisherrsquos name and place of issue

For press articles without authorrsquos name the brackets should contain the title of the paper year of issue and the page eg (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999 5)

If two press articles of the same author or published in the same paper without authorrsquos name are referred to and they have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egThe local press (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999a 1) reported a corruption affair which involved leaders of the party governing the district At a conference a week later the head of the XY district denied having had anything to do with that matter (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999b 3) The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

For quoting websites- if the website has an author ndash give the name and date egTurner (2001) has created many useful graphs showing the transition between the different age groups- if the website does not have an author ndash give the title of the website in brackets egCancer experts estimate that changes to our diet could prevent about one in three cancer deaths in the UK (CancerHelp UK 2002)

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author Punctuation presented below

8 If the given author is quoted in the text for the first time full name should be given and further in the text only the last name is given

21

Books ndash full name of the author year of issue title place of issue publisherrsquos name eg Ahmed Leila 1992 Women and Gender in Islam Historical Roots of a Modern Debate New Haven and London Yale University PressTibi Bassam 1997 Fundamentalizm religijny Transl by Janusz Danecki Warszawa PWN (for translations translatorrsquos name must be given)

Articles in books - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) ldquoInrdquo full name of the editor of the book book title (in italics) place of issue publisherrsquos name pages where the quoted article is to be found egBruce Steve 1992 Revelations The Future of New Christian Right In Kaplan Lawrence (ed) Fundamentalism in Comparative Perspective Amherts University of Massachusetts Press pp 100-156

Articles in periodicals - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) title of the periodical (in italics) numbers of the periodical (both the current one and the one in the year of publication the latter in brackets) pages where the quoted article is to be found egAlrsquoAlwani Taha 1986 The Testimony of Women in Islamic Law The American Journal of Islamic Social Sciences 13 (2) pp 28-45

Articles in pressIf the author of the article is known the data should contain (in that order) full name of the author year of issue of the paper title of the article (upright font) title of the paper (in italics) number of the paper in the year of publication page(s) egKowalski Jan 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie Gazeta Dzisiejsza 80 p 5

If the author of the article is not known the data is given as followsGazeta Dzisiejsza 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie 80 p 5

Online materials (websites e-books e-journals) full name of the author (editor) year of publication titlename of the page [online] place of publication (if available) information on the URL and date of accessing the source egHolland Matt 2004 Guide to citing Internet sources [online] Poole Bournemouth University At httpwwwbournemouthacuklibraryusingguide_to_citing_internet_sourchtml [20042006]

For more on the Harvard Referencing System seehttpwwwwydawnictwoivgplattachmentsFileZasady_tworzenia_przypis__w_bibliograficznychpdf (file in Polish)httpswwwstaffsacukassetsharvard_quick_guide_tcm44-47797pdf (file in English)

22

VII SUMMARY

The summary should be written according to the model below using Times New Roman size 10 None of the elements from the specimen should be omitted Keywords required in the summary should be understood as 2-3 characteristic names expressions reflecting the subject and content of the thesis

The summary should be put at the end of the thesis after bibliography

In their theses students of first-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in the language in which the thesis is written (Polish or English)In their theses students of second-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in Polish and in English

23

SUMMARY SPECIMEN

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w RzeszowieWydział Administracji i Nauk Społecznych Wydział EkonomicznyWydział Informatyki Stosowanej Wydział Medyczny

Streszczenie pracy dyplomowejThesis title in Polish

AutorPromotorSłowa kluczowe

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in Polish

The University of Information Technology and Management in RzeszoacutewFaculty of Administration and Social Sciences Faculty of EconomicsFaculty of Information Technology Faculty of Medicine

Diploma Thesis SummaryThesis title in English

AuthorSupervisorKeywords

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in English

24

VIII ATTACHMENTS

Attachments to the thesis (if applicable) should form a separate chapter of the thesis placed at the end of it (after the list of references) and considered in the list of contentsAttachments should be written in font Times New Roman size 10 and formatted according to the principles of formatting the text of the thesis margins formulae figures diagrams pictures tables as specified in this regulationIf the attachments are extensive or electronic in form (eg software graphics) they should be placed on a CD and thus attached (in an envelope pasted in at the end of the thesis)This part of the thesis also contains original copies of consents for processing personal data and the original copy of the positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission as applicable

25

Attachment 2 E

SPECIMEN

CONSENT FOR PROCESSING PERSONAL DATA

I the undersigned helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip hereby agree to have my personal

data collected and processed - within the scope of the thesis of student

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip student ID No helliphelliphelliphelliphellip titled helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip whose supervisor is

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip - by the University of Information Technology and

Management in Rzeszoacutew ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew according to the act of 29 th August 1997 on

personal data protection (DzU 2014 item 1182 as amended)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate legible signature

26

Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and principles of conducting a diploma examination

(Defence Principles)

I1 Defences are conducted at the following times

a) in July and September - for students finishing their studies in Juneb) in March - for students finishing their studies in Februarysubject to point II item 4

2 A detailed schedule of defences is established by the deans after consulting the supervisors of the theses3 Students writing a team thesis take their defence exam at the same time In justified cases and with the

deanrsquos consent it is possible for the team to take the defence exam without one or more members (even if only one student takes the exam)

II1 The student submits hisher thesis in paper and electronic form after fulfilling the conditions specified in

point III2 The thesis and attachments referred to in item 3 below must be submitted not later than

a) 30th June ndash for defences conducted in Julyb) 31st August ndash for defences conducted in September c) 28th February ndash for defences conducted in Marchbut no later than 14 days before the date set for the defence exam

3 By the time specified in item 2 the student submits to UITM Deanrsquos Office the following a)1 copy of a bound thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature for acceptance of the thesis The binding for the

thesis should be bought from the Photocopy Rooms at the University The student is entitled to 3 covers for the thesis

b)the thesis in electronic form in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 3 Ac)5 photos (signed with the studentsrsquo name at the back) for the diploma size 45x65 mm against a light

background (the studentrsquos face should take no less than 75 of the picture)For the photos for the diploma a person should be dressed formally ie dark suit and light-coloured shirt for men and a suit or dress with jacket for women (low-cut necklines and immoderate display of femininity are not allowed) Sporty look is to be avoided

d)clearance slip with signatures (clearance slip to be collected in the International Office) and questionnaires to go with the clearance slip if applicable

e)proof of payment for issuing the diplomaf) proofs of other payments according to the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of educationg)application to have a copy of the diploma issued in a foreign language (English French Spanish

German or Russian) ndash for students who would like to receive such a copy h)application to have a supplement to the diploma issued in English (the application should contain the

title of the thesis translated into English) ndash for students who would like to receive such a supplement 4 If it is impossible for the student to submit the thesis for justified reasons the dean may after asking the

supervisorrsquos opinion prolong the time for submitting the thesis but for not longer than two months In such cases the student should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty not later than by the date specified in item 2b) and c)

5 A student who does not submit the thesis in the specified time may apply for a permission to repeat the semester To do that she should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty within 7 days from the specified date for submitting theses

III1 The student is admitted to the defence after fulfilling the following conditions

a) passing all exams and receiving all credits required by the plan of studies for the particular field of study

b) submitting relevant statements concerning the thesis by the student and by the supervisor according to the specimens in Attachment 2 D (the statements should be placed at the second page of the thesis)

27

c) receiving at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo) marks from the reviews of the thesis done by the supervisor and the reviewer

d) satisfying financial requirements specified in the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of education at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

e) submitting the thesis with all documents specified in point II item 32 In the case of instituting disciplinary proceedings against a student suspected of plagiarism of the thesis

that student may not defend the thesis until valid completion of the proceedings

IV1 Theses prepared by students are checked with the Anti-Plagiarism System linked to the university thesis

repository national thesis repository and Internet resources For each thesis the following ratios are establisheda) similarity ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is repeated in other theses to be

found in the repositories and in materials published in the Internet Similarity is understood as every cluster of at least 20 words which can be found in another thesis or materials published in the Internet

b) quotation ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is made up of fragments quoted from other authors

2 The supervisor is responsible for checking a thesis with the Anti-Plagiarism System before it is formally approved for the defence

3 The instruction for operating the Anti-Plagiarism System is available in electronic version on the network drive and at the Virtual University

ODziekanatEgzamin dyplomowy_Prace dyplomoweAntyplagiat_instrukcja dla promotoroacutew

WU Promotor ndash Antyplagiat instrukcja

4 Deanrsquos Office employees accepting the theses in electronic version are obliged toa) enter the accepted theses to the Anti-Plagiarism System on a current basisb) send daily lists of theses in the case of which the ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or

more to the Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of studyc) include in the personal files of a student taking the defence the ldquosimilarity reportrdquo a specimen of

which constitutes Attachment 3 B5 Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of study are obliged

a) not to accept for the defence theses not checked by the Anti-Plagiarism Systemb) to withhold the defence of a student whose thesis has a ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo of

20 or more6 Supervisors are obliged to again carefully analyse the content of a thesis whose ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor

ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or more

V1 The thesis is reviewed and marked by the supervisor and by one reviewer appointed by the dean The mark

for the thesis is the arithmetic mean of both above-mentioned marks Thesis reviewer can be an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle including a teacher from outside of the University

2 If the thesis is marked ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) by the reviewer the dean sends the thesis back for correction or asks for its assessment by an additional reviewer

3 The thesis should be graded carefully ie the assessment should not simply be a description of the thesis but contain critical comments assess the studentrsquos substantive and technical qualifications and the value of the thesis Specimens for thesis review are given in Attachments 3 C1 (supervisor) and 3 C2 (reviewer)

4 The supervisor and the reviewer are obliged to fill in their reviews for the thesis electronically in Polish5 The student is entitled to know the review for hisher thesis including the grading of the thesis

VI1 The defence is in the form of an oral exam unless the UITM President decides otherwise 2 The defence takes place in front of a committee composed of

a) the dean vice-dean or an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle authorized by the dean ndash as the chairperson

b) the supervisor of the thesis

28

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 14: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

The basic principles of creating graphs

1 Graphs are created in justified cases eg it is not a justified case to present graphically two values The same results cannot be presented both in a table and in a graph

2 A graph absolutely must be legible That concerns all its elements including descriptions or labels for axes the legend background font points lines etc

3 Standard graph types are to be used bar charts line graphs (to show trends) pie charts (to show percentages of a whole) or scatter plots

4 3D effects should not be used in graphs Using them in pie charts or bar charts which is frequently done makes reading data in the graph more difficult (see Fig 1 and 2 below) One exception is using the third dimension to present an additional variable

5 If the labels can be placed on the axis rather than in the legend the legend is not needed (see Fig 1 below) The solution should be attempted to see whether sorting the data on the axis helps to make the graph clear

6 Do not use texture gradient shading or any similar elements7 Keep the amount of digits in values presented in the graph to a reasonable minimum they may be rounded

(eg 86 instead of 8578 is often enough) or different units can be used (eg 112 thousand instead of 11200)

8 Graphs should have legible descriptions with source of the data If a graph was created using data from another source the source of the data should be given too otherwise it may be understood that the graph was copied from the first source

Exceptions to the above rules are possible only in justified cases and with the supervisorrsquos consent

Below see examples of wrongly done graphs and their corrected counterparts

WRONG

12

21

2519

1112

lt 2526-3536-4546-5556-65gt 65

WELL

lt 2512

26-3521

36-4525

46-5519

56-6511

gt 6512

Fig 1 Participation of particular age groups of respondents in the survey

Source own study

14

WRONG

01000020000 720230

24797401541890

937850651210

Ludność (w tys)

Ludność

WELL

Przedprodukcyjnym (0-17 lat)

Produkcyjnym (18-5964)

Mobilnym (18-44)

Niemobilnym (45-5964)

Poprodukcyjnym (6065 lat i więcej)

0 5 10 15 20 25 30

Ludność w wieku

Ludność (mln)

Fig 2 Population by economic age groups in 2011 according to National Census data (GUS 2011)Source own study

V FORMULAE

Formulae should be placed centrally in separate lines labelled with Arabic numerals in parentheses placed close to the outer margin

f ( x )=αsdotradic x+1|xminus1|

(1)

If references to some formulae are used in the text the number of the formula in parentheses (1) should be used

15

VI LITERATURE (REFERENCES AND QUOTING)

Basic rules of using someone elsersquos work 1 Each manifestation of creative activity of an individual nature preserved in any form ie an authorrsquos work

is protected by copyright To consider a work an authorrsquos work and protect it with copyright it is not important what its purpose scientific value or other value is It must be indicated however that intellectual work of a creative nature is different than work of a technical nature understood as work requiring only specific knowledge and skills and the use of suitable tools materials and technologyApplicable to protection of results of scientific work (research results) are not only provisions of the act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights but also provisions of the Civil Code act of 23rd April 1963 and more precisely art 23 which explicitly lists scientific and artistic work among personal rights It means that using just research results (not protected by copyright) the author of the research still needs to be indicated in order to secure hisher personal rights to the said results If it is not done such an author can make claims as mentioned in art 24 of the Civil Code ie claims related to protection of personal rights

2 Descriptions of research results scientific discoveries or their interpretations can be used either with the authorrsquos consent or as allowed by legal provisions

3 For use of legally released work (ie released with the authorrsquos consent) the right to quote is applicable as regulated in art 29 item 1 of the act on copyright and related rights According to that provision in works which are independent wholes it is allowed to quote fragments of other published works or short works in their entirety to an extent justified with explanation critical analysis teaching or rights resulting from the workrsquos genre

4 Quotation (providing source data) rules are given further in this chapter Failure to indicate bibliographical data (sources) is an instance of plagiarism ie appropriation of someone elsersquos work When paraphrasing ie expressing someone elsersquos thoughts in your own words without quoting a fragment of someonersquos work literally the source should also be given

5 The concept of plagiarism has not been defined in legal provisions but it is generally understood as- appropriation of the authorship of someone elsersquos work (overt plagiarism) or- taking fragments of someone elsersquos work without providing the data on the author and source (covert

plagiarism) 6 If exercising the right to quote only serves to save on the writerrsquos effort (ie it is not justified with an

explanation or critical analysis) it violates the copyright although it is not plagiarism

Principles of placing quotations in the thesisIf the thesis contains quotations ndash concrete fragments of other authorsrsquo work ndash the whole quoted text should be placed within standard quotation marks (ldquoquoted textrdquo) Only then will the antiplagiarism system omit the quoted fragment when examining the thesis for similarity with other theses and online resources Also- quotations up to 40 words are placed within quotation marks within the particular paragraph- quotations longer than 40 words are placed within quotation marks in a separate paragraph

Foreign literatureTitles of foreign publications should be given in the original languageIt is possible to transliterate the Cyrillic alphabet into the Latin one according to norm PN-ISO 92000 binding in Poland

16

Four methods of inserting references are acceptable The choice of one particular method is made by the supervisor of the thesis

Method 1Automatic foot-endnotes are obligatory (choose Insert Footnote or Insert Endnote from the menu or press Alt + j) Footnotes are placed at the bottom of the relevant page and endnotes at the end of the relevant chapter The foot- or endnotes should end with full stops

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

Foot- or endnotes to literature ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name (or in reversed order initials and last name4) title of the thesis publisher (optional5) place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable Punctuation and font (upright or italics) presented below

Monographic publication quoted as a whole egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Monographic publication indicating a specific issue egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Article in press 6 eg Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 No 12 pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication egPucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Quoting the same reference several times one after the other eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Ibid pp 70-71or2 Ibidem pp 70-71

If quotes are separated with other references eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Wierzchom ST Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-393 Romer D Makroekonomia dlahellip op cit pp 70-72

If different works of the same author are quoted one after the other eg1 Sztompka P Socjologia Analiza społeczeństwa Znak Krakoacutew 20022 Id Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005or2 Idem Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005

4 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis5 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis6 it is also possible to use the name of the periodical without inverted commas (Informatyka) - the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis

17

1 Marody M Jednostka po nowoczesności perspektywa socjologiczna Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 20142 Eadem7 (ed) Wymiary życia społecznego Polska na przełomie XX i XXI wieku Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 2007

Quoting another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)Kowalski J System ochrony konkurencji i konsumentoacutew w Polsce Master thesis UITM Faculty of Administration and Social Sciences Rzeszoacutew 2009

Quoting legal acts

Acts issued until 2011 inclusively egElection Code act of 5th January 2011 (Dz U No 21 item 112 as amended)act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights (unified text Dz U of 2000 No 80 item 904 as amended)Regulation of the Council of Ministers of 23rd December 1996 on execution of the act on administrative enforcement proceedings (Dz U of 1997 No 1 item 1)

Acts issued from 2012 onwards (without the number of the Journal of Laws (DzU)) egRegulation of the Council of Ministers of 11th February 2013 on requirements for commissioning and operation of nuclear installation (Dz U item 28)Regulation of the Minister of Agriculture and Rural Development of 15th December 2011 on the manner and forms of collaboration of district sea fisheries inspectors and the Agricultural and Food Quality Inspection when controlling fishery products (Dz U of 2012 item 2)

Quoting case law

Published case law egSupreme Court ruling of 25th November 2011 III CZP 7611 OSNC 2012 No 6 item 71

Case law published electronically egSupreme Court ruling of 15th June 2012 II CSK66611 LEX No 1212809

If the quoted decision is not published write ldquounpublrdquo (for ldquounpublishedrdquo) egSupreme Administrative Court ruling of 5th April 2002 III SA 319099 unpubl

Foot-endnotes for webpages

Simple foot-endnotes (it is necessary to provide the date of visiting the webpage) eg httpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp from 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp as of 150504orhttpwwwielodzpldokumentyasp 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp (150504)

Foot-endnotes to an unnamed document from a website eghttpwwwielodzpldokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

Situations when frames make it impossible to provide the exact path (catalogue names should be used ) eg httpwwwie1odzp1 DOKUMENTYPOLSKIESTARE from 150504

Foot-endnote to a named document from a website egKozak MW Regiony w Polsce [at] httpwwwie1odzp1dokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

7 female form

18

Method 2References are placed after the quoted text as the authorrsquos name with the year of issue of the quoted position in square brackets as a reference to a literature position given in the list at the end of the thesis egThe system for generating belief networks and belief rules BeliefSEEKERreg has been developed at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew Poland in cooperation with the University of Kansas in Lawrence (KS) USA The first use of the system concerned classification of melanocytic lesions [Hippe and Mroczek 2003] Other applications of the system have been described in [Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003 Varmuza Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2004 Mroczek Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2004 Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 2005 Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2005] Recently new approaches to generating belief networks have been described by Heckerman [Heckerman 1995] and Spiehler [Spiehler 2006]

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

References in bibliography ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name title of the thesis publisher place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable

Reference to a monographic publication quoted as a whole[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000

Reference to a monographic publication indicating a specific issue[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000 pp 267-270

Reference to a publication (one author) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse 1997]Grzymała-Busse JW A New Version of the Rule Induction System LERSFundamenta Informaticae 31(1997)27-39

Reference to a publication (three authors at the most) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 1998]Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Mroczek TBelief rules vs decision rules A preliminary appraisal to the problemFundamenta Informaticae 32(1998)112-119

Reference to a publication (more than three authors) in a scientific periodical[Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003]Błajdo P Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Marek T Mroczek T Wrzesień MA suite of machine learning tools for machine learning and extraction of information and knowledge from dataPattern Recognition 46(2005)36-49

Reference to a publication in conference proceedings[Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003] Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Mroczek TNowe narzędzia informatyczne inżynierii wiedzy i uczenia maszynowego II Poroacutewnanie wybranych modeli wiedzy ukrytej oraz niepewnejIn Bubnicki Z Grzech A (eds) Inżynieria wiedzy i systemy ekspertoweWydawnictwo Politechniki Wrocławskiej Wrocław 2003 Vol 1 pp 239-247

19

Reference to another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)[Cyrek 2011] Cyrek G Architektura i funkcjonalność rozproszonych katalogoacutew bibliotecznych na przykładzie KaRoMaster thesis UITM Faculty of Applied IT Rzeszoacutew 2011

References to websites

Reference to a website with author and title available[Heckerman 1995]Heckerman D A Tutorial on Learning Bayesian Networkshttpresearchmicrosoftcomresearchpubs from 15122006

Reference to a website without title available[Spiehler 2006]httpwwwicsuciedumlearnMLRepositoryhtml from 15122006

Reference to a website without author and title available [WWW-1 2009]httpwwwkardiolopl from 12092009

[WWW-2 2009]httpwwwtelezdrowiepl from 14092009

Method 3References are placed after the quoted text only as numbers in square brackets referring to the number of the item in the bibliography at the end of the thesis eg Comparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [12]Numbers are given to the references in the order in which the particular titles appear in the thesis and this is the order in which particular references should be listed in the bibliography at the end of the thesis If a given reference is quoted more than once it should be referred to with the same number given at the first instance of quoting it each time it is quoted in the thesis If the author uses several titles for one paragraph the numbers of all quoted titles should be written in square brackets egComparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [3 7 12-19]

Literature positions in the bibliography at the end of the thesis should begin with the surname and the initial of the first (first and middle) name they are followed by the title of the work publisherrsquos name place and year of issue page numbers (if applicable) for the text used The entries should end with full stops

Monographic publication eg3 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Monographic publication quoted as a whole eg7 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Article in press eg17 Wierzchoń ST Systemy rozpoznawania Informatyka 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication eg19 Pucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Refrences to webpagesLike in Method 1

20

Method 4

If the authorrsquos name is not used directly in the text give the name8 year of issue and page in brackets eg (Giddens 2004 127)

When the name appears in the text give the year of issue and page in brackets egCynthia Epstein (1988 14) in her work Deceptive Distinctions Sex Gender and the Social Order notes mutual strengthening of the above described dichotomies

If the reference relates to a source quoted by another author information about both sources should be given in brackets egThe research conducted by Smith (1960 after Jones 1994 104) hellipThe reference list at the end of the thesis should contain full data of only that publication which was actually used

With two authors both names should be given If there are more than two authors give the first name in brackets followed by ldquoet alrdquo the year of issue and the page egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski et al 1999 96)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain names of all authors

If several publications of the same author are used which have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski 1999a 20)The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

If no author is given (eg for some reports) the brackets should contain the title of the source (or part of it if the title is long) year of issue and the page egResearch indicates that employment feminisation is currently observed in Poland (Płeć a możliwości ekonomiczne w Polscehellip 2004 84)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain the whole title year of issue publisherrsquos name and place of issue

For press articles without authorrsquos name the brackets should contain the title of the paper year of issue and the page eg (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999 5)

If two press articles of the same author or published in the same paper without authorrsquos name are referred to and they have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egThe local press (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999a 1) reported a corruption affair which involved leaders of the party governing the district At a conference a week later the head of the XY district denied having had anything to do with that matter (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999b 3) The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

For quoting websites- if the website has an author ndash give the name and date egTurner (2001) has created many useful graphs showing the transition between the different age groups- if the website does not have an author ndash give the title of the website in brackets egCancer experts estimate that changes to our diet could prevent about one in three cancer deaths in the UK (CancerHelp UK 2002)

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author Punctuation presented below

8 If the given author is quoted in the text for the first time full name should be given and further in the text only the last name is given

21

Books ndash full name of the author year of issue title place of issue publisherrsquos name eg Ahmed Leila 1992 Women and Gender in Islam Historical Roots of a Modern Debate New Haven and London Yale University PressTibi Bassam 1997 Fundamentalizm religijny Transl by Janusz Danecki Warszawa PWN (for translations translatorrsquos name must be given)

Articles in books - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) ldquoInrdquo full name of the editor of the book book title (in italics) place of issue publisherrsquos name pages where the quoted article is to be found egBruce Steve 1992 Revelations The Future of New Christian Right In Kaplan Lawrence (ed) Fundamentalism in Comparative Perspective Amherts University of Massachusetts Press pp 100-156

Articles in periodicals - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) title of the periodical (in italics) numbers of the periodical (both the current one and the one in the year of publication the latter in brackets) pages where the quoted article is to be found egAlrsquoAlwani Taha 1986 The Testimony of Women in Islamic Law The American Journal of Islamic Social Sciences 13 (2) pp 28-45

Articles in pressIf the author of the article is known the data should contain (in that order) full name of the author year of issue of the paper title of the article (upright font) title of the paper (in italics) number of the paper in the year of publication page(s) egKowalski Jan 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie Gazeta Dzisiejsza 80 p 5

If the author of the article is not known the data is given as followsGazeta Dzisiejsza 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie 80 p 5

Online materials (websites e-books e-journals) full name of the author (editor) year of publication titlename of the page [online] place of publication (if available) information on the URL and date of accessing the source egHolland Matt 2004 Guide to citing Internet sources [online] Poole Bournemouth University At httpwwwbournemouthacuklibraryusingguide_to_citing_internet_sourchtml [20042006]

For more on the Harvard Referencing System seehttpwwwwydawnictwoivgplattachmentsFileZasady_tworzenia_przypis__w_bibliograficznychpdf (file in Polish)httpswwwstaffsacukassetsharvard_quick_guide_tcm44-47797pdf (file in English)

22

VII SUMMARY

The summary should be written according to the model below using Times New Roman size 10 None of the elements from the specimen should be omitted Keywords required in the summary should be understood as 2-3 characteristic names expressions reflecting the subject and content of the thesis

The summary should be put at the end of the thesis after bibliography

In their theses students of first-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in the language in which the thesis is written (Polish or English)In their theses students of second-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in Polish and in English

23

SUMMARY SPECIMEN

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w RzeszowieWydział Administracji i Nauk Społecznych Wydział EkonomicznyWydział Informatyki Stosowanej Wydział Medyczny

Streszczenie pracy dyplomowejThesis title in Polish

AutorPromotorSłowa kluczowe

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in Polish

The University of Information Technology and Management in RzeszoacutewFaculty of Administration and Social Sciences Faculty of EconomicsFaculty of Information Technology Faculty of Medicine

Diploma Thesis SummaryThesis title in English

AuthorSupervisorKeywords

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in English

24

VIII ATTACHMENTS

Attachments to the thesis (if applicable) should form a separate chapter of the thesis placed at the end of it (after the list of references) and considered in the list of contentsAttachments should be written in font Times New Roman size 10 and formatted according to the principles of formatting the text of the thesis margins formulae figures diagrams pictures tables as specified in this regulationIf the attachments are extensive or electronic in form (eg software graphics) they should be placed on a CD and thus attached (in an envelope pasted in at the end of the thesis)This part of the thesis also contains original copies of consents for processing personal data and the original copy of the positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission as applicable

25

Attachment 2 E

SPECIMEN

CONSENT FOR PROCESSING PERSONAL DATA

I the undersigned helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip hereby agree to have my personal

data collected and processed - within the scope of the thesis of student

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip student ID No helliphelliphelliphelliphellip titled helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip whose supervisor is

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip - by the University of Information Technology and

Management in Rzeszoacutew ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew according to the act of 29 th August 1997 on

personal data protection (DzU 2014 item 1182 as amended)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate legible signature

26

Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and principles of conducting a diploma examination

(Defence Principles)

I1 Defences are conducted at the following times

a) in July and September - for students finishing their studies in Juneb) in March - for students finishing their studies in Februarysubject to point II item 4

2 A detailed schedule of defences is established by the deans after consulting the supervisors of the theses3 Students writing a team thesis take their defence exam at the same time In justified cases and with the

deanrsquos consent it is possible for the team to take the defence exam without one or more members (even if only one student takes the exam)

II1 The student submits hisher thesis in paper and electronic form after fulfilling the conditions specified in

point III2 The thesis and attachments referred to in item 3 below must be submitted not later than

a) 30th June ndash for defences conducted in Julyb) 31st August ndash for defences conducted in September c) 28th February ndash for defences conducted in Marchbut no later than 14 days before the date set for the defence exam

3 By the time specified in item 2 the student submits to UITM Deanrsquos Office the following a)1 copy of a bound thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature for acceptance of the thesis The binding for the

thesis should be bought from the Photocopy Rooms at the University The student is entitled to 3 covers for the thesis

b)the thesis in electronic form in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 3 Ac)5 photos (signed with the studentsrsquo name at the back) for the diploma size 45x65 mm against a light

background (the studentrsquos face should take no less than 75 of the picture)For the photos for the diploma a person should be dressed formally ie dark suit and light-coloured shirt for men and a suit or dress with jacket for women (low-cut necklines and immoderate display of femininity are not allowed) Sporty look is to be avoided

d)clearance slip with signatures (clearance slip to be collected in the International Office) and questionnaires to go with the clearance slip if applicable

e)proof of payment for issuing the diplomaf) proofs of other payments according to the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of educationg)application to have a copy of the diploma issued in a foreign language (English French Spanish

German or Russian) ndash for students who would like to receive such a copy h)application to have a supplement to the diploma issued in English (the application should contain the

title of the thesis translated into English) ndash for students who would like to receive such a supplement 4 If it is impossible for the student to submit the thesis for justified reasons the dean may after asking the

supervisorrsquos opinion prolong the time for submitting the thesis but for not longer than two months In such cases the student should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty not later than by the date specified in item 2b) and c)

5 A student who does not submit the thesis in the specified time may apply for a permission to repeat the semester To do that she should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty within 7 days from the specified date for submitting theses

III1 The student is admitted to the defence after fulfilling the following conditions

a) passing all exams and receiving all credits required by the plan of studies for the particular field of study

b) submitting relevant statements concerning the thesis by the student and by the supervisor according to the specimens in Attachment 2 D (the statements should be placed at the second page of the thesis)

27

c) receiving at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo) marks from the reviews of the thesis done by the supervisor and the reviewer

d) satisfying financial requirements specified in the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of education at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

e) submitting the thesis with all documents specified in point II item 32 In the case of instituting disciplinary proceedings against a student suspected of plagiarism of the thesis

that student may not defend the thesis until valid completion of the proceedings

IV1 Theses prepared by students are checked with the Anti-Plagiarism System linked to the university thesis

repository national thesis repository and Internet resources For each thesis the following ratios are establisheda) similarity ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is repeated in other theses to be

found in the repositories and in materials published in the Internet Similarity is understood as every cluster of at least 20 words which can be found in another thesis or materials published in the Internet

b) quotation ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is made up of fragments quoted from other authors

2 The supervisor is responsible for checking a thesis with the Anti-Plagiarism System before it is formally approved for the defence

3 The instruction for operating the Anti-Plagiarism System is available in electronic version on the network drive and at the Virtual University

ODziekanatEgzamin dyplomowy_Prace dyplomoweAntyplagiat_instrukcja dla promotoroacutew

WU Promotor ndash Antyplagiat instrukcja

4 Deanrsquos Office employees accepting the theses in electronic version are obliged toa) enter the accepted theses to the Anti-Plagiarism System on a current basisb) send daily lists of theses in the case of which the ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or

more to the Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of studyc) include in the personal files of a student taking the defence the ldquosimilarity reportrdquo a specimen of

which constitutes Attachment 3 B5 Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of study are obliged

a) not to accept for the defence theses not checked by the Anti-Plagiarism Systemb) to withhold the defence of a student whose thesis has a ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo of

20 or more6 Supervisors are obliged to again carefully analyse the content of a thesis whose ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor

ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or more

V1 The thesis is reviewed and marked by the supervisor and by one reviewer appointed by the dean The mark

for the thesis is the arithmetic mean of both above-mentioned marks Thesis reviewer can be an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle including a teacher from outside of the University

2 If the thesis is marked ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) by the reviewer the dean sends the thesis back for correction or asks for its assessment by an additional reviewer

3 The thesis should be graded carefully ie the assessment should not simply be a description of the thesis but contain critical comments assess the studentrsquos substantive and technical qualifications and the value of the thesis Specimens for thesis review are given in Attachments 3 C1 (supervisor) and 3 C2 (reviewer)

4 The supervisor and the reviewer are obliged to fill in their reviews for the thesis electronically in Polish5 The student is entitled to know the review for hisher thesis including the grading of the thesis

VI1 The defence is in the form of an oral exam unless the UITM President decides otherwise 2 The defence takes place in front of a committee composed of

a) the dean vice-dean or an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle authorized by the dean ndash as the chairperson

b) the supervisor of the thesis

28

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 15: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

WRONG

01000020000 720230

24797401541890

937850651210

Ludność (w tys)

Ludność

WELL

Przedprodukcyjnym (0-17 lat)

Produkcyjnym (18-5964)

Mobilnym (18-44)

Niemobilnym (45-5964)

Poprodukcyjnym (6065 lat i więcej)

0 5 10 15 20 25 30

Ludność w wieku

Ludność (mln)

Fig 2 Population by economic age groups in 2011 according to National Census data (GUS 2011)Source own study

V FORMULAE

Formulae should be placed centrally in separate lines labelled with Arabic numerals in parentheses placed close to the outer margin

f ( x )=αsdotradic x+1|xminus1|

(1)

If references to some formulae are used in the text the number of the formula in parentheses (1) should be used

15

VI LITERATURE (REFERENCES AND QUOTING)

Basic rules of using someone elsersquos work 1 Each manifestation of creative activity of an individual nature preserved in any form ie an authorrsquos work

is protected by copyright To consider a work an authorrsquos work and protect it with copyright it is not important what its purpose scientific value or other value is It must be indicated however that intellectual work of a creative nature is different than work of a technical nature understood as work requiring only specific knowledge and skills and the use of suitable tools materials and technologyApplicable to protection of results of scientific work (research results) are not only provisions of the act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights but also provisions of the Civil Code act of 23rd April 1963 and more precisely art 23 which explicitly lists scientific and artistic work among personal rights It means that using just research results (not protected by copyright) the author of the research still needs to be indicated in order to secure hisher personal rights to the said results If it is not done such an author can make claims as mentioned in art 24 of the Civil Code ie claims related to protection of personal rights

2 Descriptions of research results scientific discoveries or their interpretations can be used either with the authorrsquos consent or as allowed by legal provisions

3 For use of legally released work (ie released with the authorrsquos consent) the right to quote is applicable as regulated in art 29 item 1 of the act on copyright and related rights According to that provision in works which are independent wholes it is allowed to quote fragments of other published works or short works in their entirety to an extent justified with explanation critical analysis teaching or rights resulting from the workrsquos genre

4 Quotation (providing source data) rules are given further in this chapter Failure to indicate bibliographical data (sources) is an instance of plagiarism ie appropriation of someone elsersquos work When paraphrasing ie expressing someone elsersquos thoughts in your own words without quoting a fragment of someonersquos work literally the source should also be given

5 The concept of plagiarism has not been defined in legal provisions but it is generally understood as- appropriation of the authorship of someone elsersquos work (overt plagiarism) or- taking fragments of someone elsersquos work without providing the data on the author and source (covert

plagiarism) 6 If exercising the right to quote only serves to save on the writerrsquos effort (ie it is not justified with an

explanation or critical analysis) it violates the copyright although it is not plagiarism

Principles of placing quotations in the thesisIf the thesis contains quotations ndash concrete fragments of other authorsrsquo work ndash the whole quoted text should be placed within standard quotation marks (ldquoquoted textrdquo) Only then will the antiplagiarism system omit the quoted fragment when examining the thesis for similarity with other theses and online resources Also- quotations up to 40 words are placed within quotation marks within the particular paragraph- quotations longer than 40 words are placed within quotation marks in a separate paragraph

Foreign literatureTitles of foreign publications should be given in the original languageIt is possible to transliterate the Cyrillic alphabet into the Latin one according to norm PN-ISO 92000 binding in Poland

16

Four methods of inserting references are acceptable The choice of one particular method is made by the supervisor of the thesis

Method 1Automatic foot-endnotes are obligatory (choose Insert Footnote or Insert Endnote from the menu or press Alt + j) Footnotes are placed at the bottom of the relevant page and endnotes at the end of the relevant chapter The foot- or endnotes should end with full stops

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

Foot- or endnotes to literature ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name (or in reversed order initials and last name4) title of the thesis publisher (optional5) place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable Punctuation and font (upright or italics) presented below

Monographic publication quoted as a whole egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Monographic publication indicating a specific issue egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Article in press 6 eg Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 No 12 pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication egPucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Quoting the same reference several times one after the other eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Ibid pp 70-71or2 Ibidem pp 70-71

If quotes are separated with other references eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Wierzchom ST Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-393 Romer D Makroekonomia dlahellip op cit pp 70-72

If different works of the same author are quoted one after the other eg1 Sztompka P Socjologia Analiza społeczeństwa Znak Krakoacutew 20022 Id Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005or2 Idem Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005

4 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis5 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis6 it is also possible to use the name of the periodical without inverted commas (Informatyka) - the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis

17

1 Marody M Jednostka po nowoczesności perspektywa socjologiczna Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 20142 Eadem7 (ed) Wymiary życia społecznego Polska na przełomie XX i XXI wieku Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 2007

Quoting another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)Kowalski J System ochrony konkurencji i konsumentoacutew w Polsce Master thesis UITM Faculty of Administration and Social Sciences Rzeszoacutew 2009

Quoting legal acts

Acts issued until 2011 inclusively egElection Code act of 5th January 2011 (Dz U No 21 item 112 as amended)act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights (unified text Dz U of 2000 No 80 item 904 as amended)Regulation of the Council of Ministers of 23rd December 1996 on execution of the act on administrative enforcement proceedings (Dz U of 1997 No 1 item 1)

Acts issued from 2012 onwards (without the number of the Journal of Laws (DzU)) egRegulation of the Council of Ministers of 11th February 2013 on requirements for commissioning and operation of nuclear installation (Dz U item 28)Regulation of the Minister of Agriculture and Rural Development of 15th December 2011 on the manner and forms of collaboration of district sea fisheries inspectors and the Agricultural and Food Quality Inspection when controlling fishery products (Dz U of 2012 item 2)

Quoting case law

Published case law egSupreme Court ruling of 25th November 2011 III CZP 7611 OSNC 2012 No 6 item 71

Case law published electronically egSupreme Court ruling of 15th June 2012 II CSK66611 LEX No 1212809

If the quoted decision is not published write ldquounpublrdquo (for ldquounpublishedrdquo) egSupreme Administrative Court ruling of 5th April 2002 III SA 319099 unpubl

Foot-endnotes for webpages

Simple foot-endnotes (it is necessary to provide the date of visiting the webpage) eg httpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp from 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp as of 150504orhttpwwwielodzpldokumentyasp 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp (150504)

Foot-endnotes to an unnamed document from a website eghttpwwwielodzpldokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

Situations when frames make it impossible to provide the exact path (catalogue names should be used ) eg httpwwwie1odzp1 DOKUMENTYPOLSKIESTARE from 150504

Foot-endnote to a named document from a website egKozak MW Regiony w Polsce [at] httpwwwie1odzp1dokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

7 female form

18

Method 2References are placed after the quoted text as the authorrsquos name with the year of issue of the quoted position in square brackets as a reference to a literature position given in the list at the end of the thesis egThe system for generating belief networks and belief rules BeliefSEEKERreg has been developed at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew Poland in cooperation with the University of Kansas in Lawrence (KS) USA The first use of the system concerned classification of melanocytic lesions [Hippe and Mroczek 2003] Other applications of the system have been described in [Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003 Varmuza Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2004 Mroczek Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2004 Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 2005 Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2005] Recently new approaches to generating belief networks have been described by Heckerman [Heckerman 1995] and Spiehler [Spiehler 2006]

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

References in bibliography ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name title of the thesis publisher place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable

Reference to a monographic publication quoted as a whole[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000

Reference to a monographic publication indicating a specific issue[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000 pp 267-270

Reference to a publication (one author) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse 1997]Grzymała-Busse JW A New Version of the Rule Induction System LERSFundamenta Informaticae 31(1997)27-39

Reference to a publication (three authors at the most) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 1998]Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Mroczek TBelief rules vs decision rules A preliminary appraisal to the problemFundamenta Informaticae 32(1998)112-119

Reference to a publication (more than three authors) in a scientific periodical[Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003]Błajdo P Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Marek T Mroczek T Wrzesień MA suite of machine learning tools for machine learning and extraction of information and knowledge from dataPattern Recognition 46(2005)36-49

Reference to a publication in conference proceedings[Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003] Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Mroczek TNowe narzędzia informatyczne inżynierii wiedzy i uczenia maszynowego II Poroacutewnanie wybranych modeli wiedzy ukrytej oraz niepewnejIn Bubnicki Z Grzech A (eds) Inżynieria wiedzy i systemy ekspertoweWydawnictwo Politechniki Wrocławskiej Wrocław 2003 Vol 1 pp 239-247

19

Reference to another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)[Cyrek 2011] Cyrek G Architektura i funkcjonalność rozproszonych katalogoacutew bibliotecznych na przykładzie KaRoMaster thesis UITM Faculty of Applied IT Rzeszoacutew 2011

References to websites

Reference to a website with author and title available[Heckerman 1995]Heckerman D A Tutorial on Learning Bayesian Networkshttpresearchmicrosoftcomresearchpubs from 15122006

Reference to a website without title available[Spiehler 2006]httpwwwicsuciedumlearnMLRepositoryhtml from 15122006

Reference to a website without author and title available [WWW-1 2009]httpwwwkardiolopl from 12092009

[WWW-2 2009]httpwwwtelezdrowiepl from 14092009

Method 3References are placed after the quoted text only as numbers in square brackets referring to the number of the item in the bibliography at the end of the thesis eg Comparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [12]Numbers are given to the references in the order in which the particular titles appear in the thesis and this is the order in which particular references should be listed in the bibliography at the end of the thesis If a given reference is quoted more than once it should be referred to with the same number given at the first instance of quoting it each time it is quoted in the thesis If the author uses several titles for one paragraph the numbers of all quoted titles should be written in square brackets egComparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [3 7 12-19]

Literature positions in the bibliography at the end of the thesis should begin with the surname and the initial of the first (first and middle) name they are followed by the title of the work publisherrsquos name place and year of issue page numbers (if applicable) for the text used The entries should end with full stops

Monographic publication eg3 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Monographic publication quoted as a whole eg7 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Article in press eg17 Wierzchoń ST Systemy rozpoznawania Informatyka 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication eg19 Pucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Refrences to webpagesLike in Method 1

20

Method 4

If the authorrsquos name is not used directly in the text give the name8 year of issue and page in brackets eg (Giddens 2004 127)

When the name appears in the text give the year of issue and page in brackets egCynthia Epstein (1988 14) in her work Deceptive Distinctions Sex Gender and the Social Order notes mutual strengthening of the above described dichotomies

If the reference relates to a source quoted by another author information about both sources should be given in brackets egThe research conducted by Smith (1960 after Jones 1994 104) hellipThe reference list at the end of the thesis should contain full data of only that publication which was actually used

With two authors both names should be given If there are more than two authors give the first name in brackets followed by ldquoet alrdquo the year of issue and the page egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski et al 1999 96)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain names of all authors

If several publications of the same author are used which have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski 1999a 20)The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

If no author is given (eg for some reports) the brackets should contain the title of the source (or part of it if the title is long) year of issue and the page egResearch indicates that employment feminisation is currently observed in Poland (Płeć a możliwości ekonomiczne w Polscehellip 2004 84)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain the whole title year of issue publisherrsquos name and place of issue

For press articles without authorrsquos name the brackets should contain the title of the paper year of issue and the page eg (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999 5)

If two press articles of the same author or published in the same paper without authorrsquos name are referred to and they have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egThe local press (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999a 1) reported a corruption affair which involved leaders of the party governing the district At a conference a week later the head of the XY district denied having had anything to do with that matter (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999b 3) The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

For quoting websites- if the website has an author ndash give the name and date egTurner (2001) has created many useful graphs showing the transition between the different age groups- if the website does not have an author ndash give the title of the website in brackets egCancer experts estimate that changes to our diet could prevent about one in three cancer deaths in the UK (CancerHelp UK 2002)

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author Punctuation presented below

8 If the given author is quoted in the text for the first time full name should be given and further in the text only the last name is given

21

Books ndash full name of the author year of issue title place of issue publisherrsquos name eg Ahmed Leila 1992 Women and Gender in Islam Historical Roots of a Modern Debate New Haven and London Yale University PressTibi Bassam 1997 Fundamentalizm religijny Transl by Janusz Danecki Warszawa PWN (for translations translatorrsquos name must be given)

Articles in books - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) ldquoInrdquo full name of the editor of the book book title (in italics) place of issue publisherrsquos name pages where the quoted article is to be found egBruce Steve 1992 Revelations The Future of New Christian Right In Kaplan Lawrence (ed) Fundamentalism in Comparative Perspective Amherts University of Massachusetts Press pp 100-156

Articles in periodicals - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) title of the periodical (in italics) numbers of the periodical (both the current one and the one in the year of publication the latter in brackets) pages where the quoted article is to be found egAlrsquoAlwani Taha 1986 The Testimony of Women in Islamic Law The American Journal of Islamic Social Sciences 13 (2) pp 28-45

Articles in pressIf the author of the article is known the data should contain (in that order) full name of the author year of issue of the paper title of the article (upright font) title of the paper (in italics) number of the paper in the year of publication page(s) egKowalski Jan 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie Gazeta Dzisiejsza 80 p 5

If the author of the article is not known the data is given as followsGazeta Dzisiejsza 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie 80 p 5

Online materials (websites e-books e-journals) full name of the author (editor) year of publication titlename of the page [online] place of publication (if available) information on the URL and date of accessing the source egHolland Matt 2004 Guide to citing Internet sources [online] Poole Bournemouth University At httpwwwbournemouthacuklibraryusingguide_to_citing_internet_sourchtml [20042006]

For more on the Harvard Referencing System seehttpwwwwydawnictwoivgplattachmentsFileZasady_tworzenia_przypis__w_bibliograficznychpdf (file in Polish)httpswwwstaffsacukassetsharvard_quick_guide_tcm44-47797pdf (file in English)

22

VII SUMMARY

The summary should be written according to the model below using Times New Roman size 10 None of the elements from the specimen should be omitted Keywords required in the summary should be understood as 2-3 characteristic names expressions reflecting the subject and content of the thesis

The summary should be put at the end of the thesis after bibliography

In their theses students of first-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in the language in which the thesis is written (Polish or English)In their theses students of second-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in Polish and in English

23

SUMMARY SPECIMEN

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w RzeszowieWydział Administracji i Nauk Społecznych Wydział EkonomicznyWydział Informatyki Stosowanej Wydział Medyczny

Streszczenie pracy dyplomowejThesis title in Polish

AutorPromotorSłowa kluczowe

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in Polish

The University of Information Technology and Management in RzeszoacutewFaculty of Administration and Social Sciences Faculty of EconomicsFaculty of Information Technology Faculty of Medicine

Diploma Thesis SummaryThesis title in English

AuthorSupervisorKeywords

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in English

24

VIII ATTACHMENTS

Attachments to the thesis (if applicable) should form a separate chapter of the thesis placed at the end of it (after the list of references) and considered in the list of contentsAttachments should be written in font Times New Roman size 10 and formatted according to the principles of formatting the text of the thesis margins formulae figures diagrams pictures tables as specified in this regulationIf the attachments are extensive or electronic in form (eg software graphics) they should be placed on a CD and thus attached (in an envelope pasted in at the end of the thesis)This part of the thesis also contains original copies of consents for processing personal data and the original copy of the positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission as applicable

25

Attachment 2 E

SPECIMEN

CONSENT FOR PROCESSING PERSONAL DATA

I the undersigned helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip hereby agree to have my personal

data collected and processed - within the scope of the thesis of student

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip student ID No helliphelliphelliphelliphellip titled helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip whose supervisor is

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip - by the University of Information Technology and

Management in Rzeszoacutew ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew according to the act of 29 th August 1997 on

personal data protection (DzU 2014 item 1182 as amended)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate legible signature

26

Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and principles of conducting a diploma examination

(Defence Principles)

I1 Defences are conducted at the following times

a) in July and September - for students finishing their studies in Juneb) in March - for students finishing their studies in Februarysubject to point II item 4

2 A detailed schedule of defences is established by the deans after consulting the supervisors of the theses3 Students writing a team thesis take their defence exam at the same time In justified cases and with the

deanrsquos consent it is possible for the team to take the defence exam without one or more members (even if only one student takes the exam)

II1 The student submits hisher thesis in paper and electronic form after fulfilling the conditions specified in

point III2 The thesis and attachments referred to in item 3 below must be submitted not later than

a) 30th June ndash for defences conducted in Julyb) 31st August ndash for defences conducted in September c) 28th February ndash for defences conducted in Marchbut no later than 14 days before the date set for the defence exam

3 By the time specified in item 2 the student submits to UITM Deanrsquos Office the following a)1 copy of a bound thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature for acceptance of the thesis The binding for the

thesis should be bought from the Photocopy Rooms at the University The student is entitled to 3 covers for the thesis

b)the thesis in electronic form in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 3 Ac)5 photos (signed with the studentsrsquo name at the back) for the diploma size 45x65 mm against a light

background (the studentrsquos face should take no less than 75 of the picture)For the photos for the diploma a person should be dressed formally ie dark suit and light-coloured shirt for men and a suit or dress with jacket for women (low-cut necklines and immoderate display of femininity are not allowed) Sporty look is to be avoided

d)clearance slip with signatures (clearance slip to be collected in the International Office) and questionnaires to go with the clearance slip if applicable

e)proof of payment for issuing the diplomaf) proofs of other payments according to the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of educationg)application to have a copy of the diploma issued in a foreign language (English French Spanish

German or Russian) ndash for students who would like to receive such a copy h)application to have a supplement to the diploma issued in English (the application should contain the

title of the thesis translated into English) ndash for students who would like to receive such a supplement 4 If it is impossible for the student to submit the thesis for justified reasons the dean may after asking the

supervisorrsquos opinion prolong the time for submitting the thesis but for not longer than two months In such cases the student should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty not later than by the date specified in item 2b) and c)

5 A student who does not submit the thesis in the specified time may apply for a permission to repeat the semester To do that she should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty within 7 days from the specified date for submitting theses

III1 The student is admitted to the defence after fulfilling the following conditions

a) passing all exams and receiving all credits required by the plan of studies for the particular field of study

b) submitting relevant statements concerning the thesis by the student and by the supervisor according to the specimens in Attachment 2 D (the statements should be placed at the second page of the thesis)

27

c) receiving at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo) marks from the reviews of the thesis done by the supervisor and the reviewer

d) satisfying financial requirements specified in the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of education at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

e) submitting the thesis with all documents specified in point II item 32 In the case of instituting disciplinary proceedings against a student suspected of plagiarism of the thesis

that student may not defend the thesis until valid completion of the proceedings

IV1 Theses prepared by students are checked with the Anti-Plagiarism System linked to the university thesis

repository national thesis repository and Internet resources For each thesis the following ratios are establisheda) similarity ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is repeated in other theses to be

found in the repositories and in materials published in the Internet Similarity is understood as every cluster of at least 20 words which can be found in another thesis or materials published in the Internet

b) quotation ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is made up of fragments quoted from other authors

2 The supervisor is responsible for checking a thesis with the Anti-Plagiarism System before it is formally approved for the defence

3 The instruction for operating the Anti-Plagiarism System is available in electronic version on the network drive and at the Virtual University

ODziekanatEgzamin dyplomowy_Prace dyplomoweAntyplagiat_instrukcja dla promotoroacutew

WU Promotor ndash Antyplagiat instrukcja

4 Deanrsquos Office employees accepting the theses in electronic version are obliged toa) enter the accepted theses to the Anti-Plagiarism System on a current basisb) send daily lists of theses in the case of which the ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or

more to the Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of studyc) include in the personal files of a student taking the defence the ldquosimilarity reportrdquo a specimen of

which constitutes Attachment 3 B5 Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of study are obliged

a) not to accept for the defence theses not checked by the Anti-Plagiarism Systemb) to withhold the defence of a student whose thesis has a ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo of

20 or more6 Supervisors are obliged to again carefully analyse the content of a thesis whose ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor

ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or more

V1 The thesis is reviewed and marked by the supervisor and by one reviewer appointed by the dean The mark

for the thesis is the arithmetic mean of both above-mentioned marks Thesis reviewer can be an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle including a teacher from outside of the University

2 If the thesis is marked ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) by the reviewer the dean sends the thesis back for correction or asks for its assessment by an additional reviewer

3 The thesis should be graded carefully ie the assessment should not simply be a description of the thesis but contain critical comments assess the studentrsquos substantive and technical qualifications and the value of the thesis Specimens for thesis review are given in Attachments 3 C1 (supervisor) and 3 C2 (reviewer)

4 The supervisor and the reviewer are obliged to fill in their reviews for the thesis electronically in Polish5 The student is entitled to know the review for hisher thesis including the grading of the thesis

VI1 The defence is in the form of an oral exam unless the UITM President decides otherwise 2 The defence takes place in front of a committee composed of

a) the dean vice-dean or an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle authorized by the dean ndash as the chairperson

b) the supervisor of the thesis

28

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 16: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

VI LITERATURE (REFERENCES AND QUOTING)

Basic rules of using someone elsersquos work 1 Each manifestation of creative activity of an individual nature preserved in any form ie an authorrsquos work

is protected by copyright To consider a work an authorrsquos work and protect it with copyright it is not important what its purpose scientific value or other value is It must be indicated however that intellectual work of a creative nature is different than work of a technical nature understood as work requiring only specific knowledge and skills and the use of suitable tools materials and technologyApplicable to protection of results of scientific work (research results) are not only provisions of the act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights but also provisions of the Civil Code act of 23rd April 1963 and more precisely art 23 which explicitly lists scientific and artistic work among personal rights It means that using just research results (not protected by copyright) the author of the research still needs to be indicated in order to secure hisher personal rights to the said results If it is not done such an author can make claims as mentioned in art 24 of the Civil Code ie claims related to protection of personal rights

2 Descriptions of research results scientific discoveries or their interpretations can be used either with the authorrsquos consent or as allowed by legal provisions

3 For use of legally released work (ie released with the authorrsquos consent) the right to quote is applicable as regulated in art 29 item 1 of the act on copyright and related rights According to that provision in works which are independent wholes it is allowed to quote fragments of other published works or short works in their entirety to an extent justified with explanation critical analysis teaching or rights resulting from the workrsquos genre

4 Quotation (providing source data) rules are given further in this chapter Failure to indicate bibliographical data (sources) is an instance of plagiarism ie appropriation of someone elsersquos work When paraphrasing ie expressing someone elsersquos thoughts in your own words without quoting a fragment of someonersquos work literally the source should also be given

5 The concept of plagiarism has not been defined in legal provisions but it is generally understood as- appropriation of the authorship of someone elsersquos work (overt plagiarism) or- taking fragments of someone elsersquos work without providing the data on the author and source (covert

plagiarism) 6 If exercising the right to quote only serves to save on the writerrsquos effort (ie it is not justified with an

explanation or critical analysis) it violates the copyright although it is not plagiarism

Principles of placing quotations in the thesisIf the thesis contains quotations ndash concrete fragments of other authorsrsquo work ndash the whole quoted text should be placed within standard quotation marks (ldquoquoted textrdquo) Only then will the antiplagiarism system omit the quoted fragment when examining the thesis for similarity with other theses and online resources Also- quotations up to 40 words are placed within quotation marks within the particular paragraph- quotations longer than 40 words are placed within quotation marks in a separate paragraph

Foreign literatureTitles of foreign publications should be given in the original languageIt is possible to transliterate the Cyrillic alphabet into the Latin one according to norm PN-ISO 92000 binding in Poland

16

Four methods of inserting references are acceptable The choice of one particular method is made by the supervisor of the thesis

Method 1Automatic foot-endnotes are obligatory (choose Insert Footnote or Insert Endnote from the menu or press Alt + j) Footnotes are placed at the bottom of the relevant page and endnotes at the end of the relevant chapter The foot- or endnotes should end with full stops

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

Foot- or endnotes to literature ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name (or in reversed order initials and last name4) title of the thesis publisher (optional5) place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable Punctuation and font (upright or italics) presented below

Monographic publication quoted as a whole egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Monographic publication indicating a specific issue egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Article in press 6 eg Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 No 12 pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication egPucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Quoting the same reference several times one after the other eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Ibid pp 70-71or2 Ibidem pp 70-71

If quotes are separated with other references eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Wierzchom ST Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-393 Romer D Makroekonomia dlahellip op cit pp 70-72

If different works of the same author are quoted one after the other eg1 Sztompka P Socjologia Analiza społeczeństwa Znak Krakoacutew 20022 Id Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005or2 Idem Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005

4 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis5 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis6 it is also possible to use the name of the periodical without inverted commas (Informatyka) - the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis

17

1 Marody M Jednostka po nowoczesności perspektywa socjologiczna Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 20142 Eadem7 (ed) Wymiary życia społecznego Polska na przełomie XX i XXI wieku Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 2007

Quoting another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)Kowalski J System ochrony konkurencji i konsumentoacutew w Polsce Master thesis UITM Faculty of Administration and Social Sciences Rzeszoacutew 2009

Quoting legal acts

Acts issued until 2011 inclusively egElection Code act of 5th January 2011 (Dz U No 21 item 112 as amended)act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights (unified text Dz U of 2000 No 80 item 904 as amended)Regulation of the Council of Ministers of 23rd December 1996 on execution of the act on administrative enforcement proceedings (Dz U of 1997 No 1 item 1)

Acts issued from 2012 onwards (without the number of the Journal of Laws (DzU)) egRegulation of the Council of Ministers of 11th February 2013 on requirements for commissioning and operation of nuclear installation (Dz U item 28)Regulation of the Minister of Agriculture and Rural Development of 15th December 2011 on the manner and forms of collaboration of district sea fisheries inspectors and the Agricultural and Food Quality Inspection when controlling fishery products (Dz U of 2012 item 2)

Quoting case law

Published case law egSupreme Court ruling of 25th November 2011 III CZP 7611 OSNC 2012 No 6 item 71

Case law published electronically egSupreme Court ruling of 15th June 2012 II CSK66611 LEX No 1212809

If the quoted decision is not published write ldquounpublrdquo (for ldquounpublishedrdquo) egSupreme Administrative Court ruling of 5th April 2002 III SA 319099 unpubl

Foot-endnotes for webpages

Simple foot-endnotes (it is necessary to provide the date of visiting the webpage) eg httpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp from 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp as of 150504orhttpwwwielodzpldokumentyasp 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp (150504)

Foot-endnotes to an unnamed document from a website eghttpwwwielodzpldokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

Situations when frames make it impossible to provide the exact path (catalogue names should be used ) eg httpwwwie1odzp1 DOKUMENTYPOLSKIESTARE from 150504

Foot-endnote to a named document from a website egKozak MW Regiony w Polsce [at] httpwwwie1odzp1dokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

7 female form

18

Method 2References are placed after the quoted text as the authorrsquos name with the year of issue of the quoted position in square brackets as a reference to a literature position given in the list at the end of the thesis egThe system for generating belief networks and belief rules BeliefSEEKERreg has been developed at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew Poland in cooperation with the University of Kansas in Lawrence (KS) USA The first use of the system concerned classification of melanocytic lesions [Hippe and Mroczek 2003] Other applications of the system have been described in [Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003 Varmuza Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2004 Mroczek Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2004 Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 2005 Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2005] Recently new approaches to generating belief networks have been described by Heckerman [Heckerman 1995] and Spiehler [Spiehler 2006]

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

References in bibliography ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name title of the thesis publisher place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable

Reference to a monographic publication quoted as a whole[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000

Reference to a monographic publication indicating a specific issue[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000 pp 267-270

Reference to a publication (one author) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse 1997]Grzymała-Busse JW A New Version of the Rule Induction System LERSFundamenta Informaticae 31(1997)27-39

Reference to a publication (three authors at the most) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 1998]Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Mroczek TBelief rules vs decision rules A preliminary appraisal to the problemFundamenta Informaticae 32(1998)112-119

Reference to a publication (more than three authors) in a scientific periodical[Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003]Błajdo P Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Marek T Mroczek T Wrzesień MA suite of machine learning tools for machine learning and extraction of information and knowledge from dataPattern Recognition 46(2005)36-49

Reference to a publication in conference proceedings[Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003] Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Mroczek TNowe narzędzia informatyczne inżynierii wiedzy i uczenia maszynowego II Poroacutewnanie wybranych modeli wiedzy ukrytej oraz niepewnejIn Bubnicki Z Grzech A (eds) Inżynieria wiedzy i systemy ekspertoweWydawnictwo Politechniki Wrocławskiej Wrocław 2003 Vol 1 pp 239-247

19

Reference to another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)[Cyrek 2011] Cyrek G Architektura i funkcjonalność rozproszonych katalogoacutew bibliotecznych na przykładzie KaRoMaster thesis UITM Faculty of Applied IT Rzeszoacutew 2011

References to websites

Reference to a website with author and title available[Heckerman 1995]Heckerman D A Tutorial on Learning Bayesian Networkshttpresearchmicrosoftcomresearchpubs from 15122006

Reference to a website without title available[Spiehler 2006]httpwwwicsuciedumlearnMLRepositoryhtml from 15122006

Reference to a website without author and title available [WWW-1 2009]httpwwwkardiolopl from 12092009

[WWW-2 2009]httpwwwtelezdrowiepl from 14092009

Method 3References are placed after the quoted text only as numbers in square brackets referring to the number of the item in the bibliography at the end of the thesis eg Comparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [12]Numbers are given to the references in the order in which the particular titles appear in the thesis and this is the order in which particular references should be listed in the bibliography at the end of the thesis If a given reference is quoted more than once it should be referred to with the same number given at the first instance of quoting it each time it is quoted in the thesis If the author uses several titles for one paragraph the numbers of all quoted titles should be written in square brackets egComparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [3 7 12-19]

Literature positions in the bibliography at the end of the thesis should begin with the surname and the initial of the first (first and middle) name they are followed by the title of the work publisherrsquos name place and year of issue page numbers (if applicable) for the text used The entries should end with full stops

Monographic publication eg3 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Monographic publication quoted as a whole eg7 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Article in press eg17 Wierzchoń ST Systemy rozpoznawania Informatyka 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication eg19 Pucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Refrences to webpagesLike in Method 1

20

Method 4

If the authorrsquos name is not used directly in the text give the name8 year of issue and page in brackets eg (Giddens 2004 127)

When the name appears in the text give the year of issue and page in brackets egCynthia Epstein (1988 14) in her work Deceptive Distinctions Sex Gender and the Social Order notes mutual strengthening of the above described dichotomies

If the reference relates to a source quoted by another author information about both sources should be given in brackets egThe research conducted by Smith (1960 after Jones 1994 104) hellipThe reference list at the end of the thesis should contain full data of only that publication which was actually used

With two authors both names should be given If there are more than two authors give the first name in brackets followed by ldquoet alrdquo the year of issue and the page egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski et al 1999 96)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain names of all authors

If several publications of the same author are used which have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski 1999a 20)The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

If no author is given (eg for some reports) the brackets should contain the title of the source (or part of it if the title is long) year of issue and the page egResearch indicates that employment feminisation is currently observed in Poland (Płeć a możliwości ekonomiczne w Polscehellip 2004 84)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain the whole title year of issue publisherrsquos name and place of issue

For press articles without authorrsquos name the brackets should contain the title of the paper year of issue and the page eg (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999 5)

If two press articles of the same author or published in the same paper without authorrsquos name are referred to and they have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egThe local press (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999a 1) reported a corruption affair which involved leaders of the party governing the district At a conference a week later the head of the XY district denied having had anything to do with that matter (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999b 3) The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

For quoting websites- if the website has an author ndash give the name and date egTurner (2001) has created many useful graphs showing the transition between the different age groups- if the website does not have an author ndash give the title of the website in brackets egCancer experts estimate that changes to our diet could prevent about one in three cancer deaths in the UK (CancerHelp UK 2002)

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author Punctuation presented below

8 If the given author is quoted in the text for the first time full name should be given and further in the text only the last name is given

21

Books ndash full name of the author year of issue title place of issue publisherrsquos name eg Ahmed Leila 1992 Women and Gender in Islam Historical Roots of a Modern Debate New Haven and London Yale University PressTibi Bassam 1997 Fundamentalizm religijny Transl by Janusz Danecki Warszawa PWN (for translations translatorrsquos name must be given)

Articles in books - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) ldquoInrdquo full name of the editor of the book book title (in italics) place of issue publisherrsquos name pages where the quoted article is to be found egBruce Steve 1992 Revelations The Future of New Christian Right In Kaplan Lawrence (ed) Fundamentalism in Comparative Perspective Amherts University of Massachusetts Press pp 100-156

Articles in periodicals - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) title of the periodical (in italics) numbers of the periodical (both the current one and the one in the year of publication the latter in brackets) pages where the quoted article is to be found egAlrsquoAlwani Taha 1986 The Testimony of Women in Islamic Law The American Journal of Islamic Social Sciences 13 (2) pp 28-45

Articles in pressIf the author of the article is known the data should contain (in that order) full name of the author year of issue of the paper title of the article (upright font) title of the paper (in italics) number of the paper in the year of publication page(s) egKowalski Jan 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie Gazeta Dzisiejsza 80 p 5

If the author of the article is not known the data is given as followsGazeta Dzisiejsza 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie 80 p 5

Online materials (websites e-books e-journals) full name of the author (editor) year of publication titlename of the page [online] place of publication (if available) information on the URL and date of accessing the source egHolland Matt 2004 Guide to citing Internet sources [online] Poole Bournemouth University At httpwwwbournemouthacuklibraryusingguide_to_citing_internet_sourchtml [20042006]

For more on the Harvard Referencing System seehttpwwwwydawnictwoivgplattachmentsFileZasady_tworzenia_przypis__w_bibliograficznychpdf (file in Polish)httpswwwstaffsacukassetsharvard_quick_guide_tcm44-47797pdf (file in English)

22

VII SUMMARY

The summary should be written according to the model below using Times New Roman size 10 None of the elements from the specimen should be omitted Keywords required in the summary should be understood as 2-3 characteristic names expressions reflecting the subject and content of the thesis

The summary should be put at the end of the thesis after bibliography

In their theses students of first-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in the language in which the thesis is written (Polish or English)In their theses students of second-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in Polish and in English

23

SUMMARY SPECIMEN

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w RzeszowieWydział Administracji i Nauk Społecznych Wydział EkonomicznyWydział Informatyki Stosowanej Wydział Medyczny

Streszczenie pracy dyplomowejThesis title in Polish

AutorPromotorSłowa kluczowe

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in Polish

The University of Information Technology and Management in RzeszoacutewFaculty of Administration and Social Sciences Faculty of EconomicsFaculty of Information Technology Faculty of Medicine

Diploma Thesis SummaryThesis title in English

AuthorSupervisorKeywords

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in English

24

VIII ATTACHMENTS

Attachments to the thesis (if applicable) should form a separate chapter of the thesis placed at the end of it (after the list of references) and considered in the list of contentsAttachments should be written in font Times New Roman size 10 and formatted according to the principles of formatting the text of the thesis margins formulae figures diagrams pictures tables as specified in this regulationIf the attachments are extensive or electronic in form (eg software graphics) they should be placed on a CD and thus attached (in an envelope pasted in at the end of the thesis)This part of the thesis also contains original copies of consents for processing personal data and the original copy of the positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission as applicable

25

Attachment 2 E

SPECIMEN

CONSENT FOR PROCESSING PERSONAL DATA

I the undersigned helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip hereby agree to have my personal

data collected and processed - within the scope of the thesis of student

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip student ID No helliphelliphelliphelliphellip titled helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip whose supervisor is

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip - by the University of Information Technology and

Management in Rzeszoacutew ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew according to the act of 29 th August 1997 on

personal data protection (DzU 2014 item 1182 as amended)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate legible signature

26

Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and principles of conducting a diploma examination

(Defence Principles)

I1 Defences are conducted at the following times

a) in July and September - for students finishing their studies in Juneb) in March - for students finishing their studies in Februarysubject to point II item 4

2 A detailed schedule of defences is established by the deans after consulting the supervisors of the theses3 Students writing a team thesis take their defence exam at the same time In justified cases and with the

deanrsquos consent it is possible for the team to take the defence exam without one or more members (even if only one student takes the exam)

II1 The student submits hisher thesis in paper and electronic form after fulfilling the conditions specified in

point III2 The thesis and attachments referred to in item 3 below must be submitted not later than

a) 30th June ndash for defences conducted in Julyb) 31st August ndash for defences conducted in September c) 28th February ndash for defences conducted in Marchbut no later than 14 days before the date set for the defence exam

3 By the time specified in item 2 the student submits to UITM Deanrsquos Office the following a)1 copy of a bound thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature for acceptance of the thesis The binding for the

thesis should be bought from the Photocopy Rooms at the University The student is entitled to 3 covers for the thesis

b)the thesis in electronic form in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 3 Ac)5 photos (signed with the studentsrsquo name at the back) for the diploma size 45x65 mm against a light

background (the studentrsquos face should take no less than 75 of the picture)For the photos for the diploma a person should be dressed formally ie dark suit and light-coloured shirt for men and a suit or dress with jacket for women (low-cut necklines and immoderate display of femininity are not allowed) Sporty look is to be avoided

d)clearance slip with signatures (clearance slip to be collected in the International Office) and questionnaires to go with the clearance slip if applicable

e)proof of payment for issuing the diplomaf) proofs of other payments according to the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of educationg)application to have a copy of the diploma issued in a foreign language (English French Spanish

German or Russian) ndash for students who would like to receive such a copy h)application to have a supplement to the diploma issued in English (the application should contain the

title of the thesis translated into English) ndash for students who would like to receive such a supplement 4 If it is impossible for the student to submit the thesis for justified reasons the dean may after asking the

supervisorrsquos opinion prolong the time for submitting the thesis but for not longer than two months In such cases the student should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty not later than by the date specified in item 2b) and c)

5 A student who does not submit the thesis in the specified time may apply for a permission to repeat the semester To do that she should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty within 7 days from the specified date for submitting theses

III1 The student is admitted to the defence after fulfilling the following conditions

a) passing all exams and receiving all credits required by the plan of studies for the particular field of study

b) submitting relevant statements concerning the thesis by the student and by the supervisor according to the specimens in Attachment 2 D (the statements should be placed at the second page of the thesis)

27

c) receiving at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo) marks from the reviews of the thesis done by the supervisor and the reviewer

d) satisfying financial requirements specified in the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of education at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

e) submitting the thesis with all documents specified in point II item 32 In the case of instituting disciplinary proceedings against a student suspected of plagiarism of the thesis

that student may not defend the thesis until valid completion of the proceedings

IV1 Theses prepared by students are checked with the Anti-Plagiarism System linked to the university thesis

repository national thesis repository and Internet resources For each thesis the following ratios are establisheda) similarity ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is repeated in other theses to be

found in the repositories and in materials published in the Internet Similarity is understood as every cluster of at least 20 words which can be found in another thesis or materials published in the Internet

b) quotation ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is made up of fragments quoted from other authors

2 The supervisor is responsible for checking a thesis with the Anti-Plagiarism System before it is formally approved for the defence

3 The instruction for operating the Anti-Plagiarism System is available in electronic version on the network drive and at the Virtual University

ODziekanatEgzamin dyplomowy_Prace dyplomoweAntyplagiat_instrukcja dla promotoroacutew

WU Promotor ndash Antyplagiat instrukcja

4 Deanrsquos Office employees accepting the theses in electronic version are obliged toa) enter the accepted theses to the Anti-Plagiarism System on a current basisb) send daily lists of theses in the case of which the ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or

more to the Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of studyc) include in the personal files of a student taking the defence the ldquosimilarity reportrdquo a specimen of

which constitutes Attachment 3 B5 Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of study are obliged

a) not to accept for the defence theses not checked by the Anti-Plagiarism Systemb) to withhold the defence of a student whose thesis has a ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo of

20 or more6 Supervisors are obliged to again carefully analyse the content of a thesis whose ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor

ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or more

V1 The thesis is reviewed and marked by the supervisor and by one reviewer appointed by the dean The mark

for the thesis is the arithmetic mean of both above-mentioned marks Thesis reviewer can be an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle including a teacher from outside of the University

2 If the thesis is marked ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) by the reviewer the dean sends the thesis back for correction or asks for its assessment by an additional reviewer

3 The thesis should be graded carefully ie the assessment should not simply be a description of the thesis but contain critical comments assess the studentrsquos substantive and technical qualifications and the value of the thesis Specimens for thesis review are given in Attachments 3 C1 (supervisor) and 3 C2 (reviewer)

4 The supervisor and the reviewer are obliged to fill in their reviews for the thesis electronically in Polish5 The student is entitled to know the review for hisher thesis including the grading of the thesis

VI1 The defence is in the form of an oral exam unless the UITM President decides otherwise 2 The defence takes place in front of a committee composed of

a) the dean vice-dean or an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle authorized by the dean ndash as the chairperson

b) the supervisor of the thesis

28

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 17: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

Four methods of inserting references are acceptable The choice of one particular method is made by the supervisor of the thesis

Method 1Automatic foot-endnotes are obligatory (choose Insert Footnote or Insert Endnote from the menu or press Alt + j) Footnotes are placed at the bottom of the relevant page and endnotes at the end of the relevant chapter The foot- or endnotes should end with full stops

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

Foot- or endnotes to literature ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name (or in reversed order initials and last name4) title of the thesis publisher (optional5) place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable Punctuation and font (upright or italics) presented below

Monographic publication quoted as a whole egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Monographic publication indicating a specific issue egD Romer Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Article in press 6 eg Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-39Wierzchoń S T Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo 1999 No 12 pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication egPucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Quoting the same reference several times one after the other eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Ibid pp 70-71or2 Ibidem pp 70-71

If quotes are separated with other references eg1 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-762 Wierzchom ST Systemy rozpoznawania ldquoInformatykardquo No 121999 pp 33-393 Romer D Makroekonomia dlahellip op cit pp 70-72

If different works of the same author are quoted one after the other eg1 Sztompka P Socjologia Analiza społeczeństwa Znak Krakoacutew 20022 Id Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005or2 Idem Socjologia wizualna fotografia jako metoda badawcza WN PWN Warszawa 2005

4 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis5 the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis6 it is also possible to use the name of the periodical without inverted commas (Informatyka) - the chosen version should be consequently used throughout the thesis

17

1 Marody M Jednostka po nowoczesności perspektywa socjologiczna Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 20142 Eadem7 (ed) Wymiary życia społecznego Polska na przełomie XX i XXI wieku Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 2007

Quoting another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)Kowalski J System ochrony konkurencji i konsumentoacutew w Polsce Master thesis UITM Faculty of Administration and Social Sciences Rzeszoacutew 2009

Quoting legal acts

Acts issued until 2011 inclusively egElection Code act of 5th January 2011 (Dz U No 21 item 112 as amended)act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights (unified text Dz U of 2000 No 80 item 904 as amended)Regulation of the Council of Ministers of 23rd December 1996 on execution of the act on administrative enforcement proceedings (Dz U of 1997 No 1 item 1)

Acts issued from 2012 onwards (without the number of the Journal of Laws (DzU)) egRegulation of the Council of Ministers of 11th February 2013 on requirements for commissioning and operation of nuclear installation (Dz U item 28)Regulation of the Minister of Agriculture and Rural Development of 15th December 2011 on the manner and forms of collaboration of district sea fisheries inspectors and the Agricultural and Food Quality Inspection when controlling fishery products (Dz U of 2012 item 2)

Quoting case law

Published case law egSupreme Court ruling of 25th November 2011 III CZP 7611 OSNC 2012 No 6 item 71

Case law published electronically egSupreme Court ruling of 15th June 2012 II CSK66611 LEX No 1212809

If the quoted decision is not published write ldquounpublrdquo (for ldquounpublishedrdquo) egSupreme Administrative Court ruling of 5th April 2002 III SA 319099 unpubl

Foot-endnotes for webpages

Simple foot-endnotes (it is necessary to provide the date of visiting the webpage) eg httpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp from 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp as of 150504orhttpwwwielodzpldokumentyasp 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp (150504)

Foot-endnotes to an unnamed document from a website eghttpwwwielodzpldokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

Situations when frames make it impossible to provide the exact path (catalogue names should be used ) eg httpwwwie1odzp1 DOKUMENTYPOLSKIESTARE from 150504

Foot-endnote to a named document from a website egKozak MW Regiony w Polsce [at] httpwwwie1odzp1dokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

7 female form

18

Method 2References are placed after the quoted text as the authorrsquos name with the year of issue of the quoted position in square brackets as a reference to a literature position given in the list at the end of the thesis egThe system for generating belief networks and belief rules BeliefSEEKERreg has been developed at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew Poland in cooperation with the University of Kansas in Lawrence (KS) USA The first use of the system concerned classification of melanocytic lesions [Hippe and Mroczek 2003] Other applications of the system have been described in [Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003 Varmuza Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2004 Mroczek Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2004 Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 2005 Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2005] Recently new approaches to generating belief networks have been described by Heckerman [Heckerman 1995] and Spiehler [Spiehler 2006]

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

References in bibliography ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name title of the thesis publisher place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable

Reference to a monographic publication quoted as a whole[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000

Reference to a monographic publication indicating a specific issue[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000 pp 267-270

Reference to a publication (one author) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse 1997]Grzymała-Busse JW A New Version of the Rule Induction System LERSFundamenta Informaticae 31(1997)27-39

Reference to a publication (three authors at the most) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 1998]Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Mroczek TBelief rules vs decision rules A preliminary appraisal to the problemFundamenta Informaticae 32(1998)112-119

Reference to a publication (more than three authors) in a scientific periodical[Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003]Błajdo P Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Marek T Mroczek T Wrzesień MA suite of machine learning tools for machine learning and extraction of information and knowledge from dataPattern Recognition 46(2005)36-49

Reference to a publication in conference proceedings[Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003] Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Mroczek TNowe narzędzia informatyczne inżynierii wiedzy i uczenia maszynowego II Poroacutewnanie wybranych modeli wiedzy ukrytej oraz niepewnejIn Bubnicki Z Grzech A (eds) Inżynieria wiedzy i systemy ekspertoweWydawnictwo Politechniki Wrocławskiej Wrocław 2003 Vol 1 pp 239-247

19

Reference to another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)[Cyrek 2011] Cyrek G Architektura i funkcjonalność rozproszonych katalogoacutew bibliotecznych na przykładzie KaRoMaster thesis UITM Faculty of Applied IT Rzeszoacutew 2011

References to websites

Reference to a website with author and title available[Heckerman 1995]Heckerman D A Tutorial on Learning Bayesian Networkshttpresearchmicrosoftcomresearchpubs from 15122006

Reference to a website without title available[Spiehler 2006]httpwwwicsuciedumlearnMLRepositoryhtml from 15122006

Reference to a website without author and title available [WWW-1 2009]httpwwwkardiolopl from 12092009

[WWW-2 2009]httpwwwtelezdrowiepl from 14092009

Method 3References are placed after the quoted text only as numbers in square brackets referring to the number of the item in the bibliography at the end of the thesis eg Comparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [12]Numbers are given to the references in the order in which the particular titles appear in the thesis and this is the order in which particular references should be listed in the bibliography at the end of the thesis If a given reference is quoted more than once it should be referred to with the same number given at the first instance of quoting it each time it is quoted in the thesis If the author uses several titles for one paragraph the numbers of all quoted titles should be written in square brackets egComparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [3 7 12-19]

Literature positions in the bibliography at the end of the thesis should begin with the surname and the initial of the first (first and middle) name they are followed by the title of the work publisherrsquos name place and year of issue page numbers (if applicable) for the text used The entries should end with full stops

Monographic publication eg3 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Monographic publication quoted as a whole eg7 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Article in press eg17 Wierzchoń ST Systemy rozpoznawania Informatyka 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication eg19 Pucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Refrences to webpagesLike in Method 1

20

Method 4

If the authorrsquos name is not used directly in the text give the name8 year of issue and page in brackets eg (Giddens 2004 127)

When the name appears in the text give the year of issue and page in brackets egCynthia Epstein (1988 14) in her work Deceptive Distinctions Sex Gender and the Social Order notes mutual strengthening of the above described dichotomies

If the reference relates to a source quoted by another author information about both sources should be given in brackets egThe research conducted by Smith (1960 after Jones 1994 104) hellipThe reference list at the end of the thesis should contain full data of only that publication which was actually used

With two authors both names should be given If there are more than two authors give the first name in brackets followed by ldquoet alrdquo the year of issue and the page egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski et al 1999 96)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain names of all authors

If several publications of the same author are used which have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski 1999a 20)The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

If no author is given (eg for some reports) the brackets should contain the title of the source (or part of it if the title is long) year of issue and the page egResearch indicates that employment feminisation is currently observed in Poland (Płeć a możliwości ekonomiczne w Polscehellip 2004 84)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain the whole title year of issue publisherrsquos name and place of issue

For press articles without authorrsquos name the brackets should contain the title of the paper year of issue and the page eg (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999 5)

If two press articles of the same author or published in the same paper without authorrsquos name are referred to and they have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egThe local press (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999a 1) reported a corruption affair which involved leaders of the party governing the district At a conference a week later the head of the XY district denied having had anything to do with that matter (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999b 3) The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

For quoting websites- if the website has an author ndash give the name and date egTurner (2001) has created many useful graphs showing the transition between the different age groups- if the website does not have an author ndash give the title of the website in brackets egCancer experts estimate that changes to our diet could prevent about one in three cancer deaths in the UK (CancerHelp UK 2002)

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author Punctuation presented below

8 If the given author is quoted in the text for the first time full name should be given and further in the text only the last name is given

21

Books ndash full name of the author year of issue title place of issue publisherrsquos name eg Ahmed Leila 1992 Women and Gender in Islam Historical Roots of a Modern Debate New Haven and London Yale University PressTibi Bassam 1997 Fundamentalizm religijny Transl by Janusz Danecki Warszawa PWN (for translations translatorrsquos name must be given)

Articles in books - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) ldquoInrdquo full name of the editor of the book book title (in italics) place of issue publisherrsquos name pages where the quoted article is to be found egBruce Steve 1992 Revelations The Future of New Christian Right In Kaplan Lawrence (ed) Fundamentalism in Comparative Perspective Amherts University of Massachusetts Press pp 100-156

Articles in periodicals - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) title of the periodical (in italics) numbers of the periodical (both the current one and the one in the year of publication the latter in brackets) pages where the quoted article is to be found egAlrsquoAlwani Taha 1986 The Testimony of Women in Islamic Law The American Journal of Islamic Social Sciences 13 (2) pp 28-45

Articles in pressIf the author of the article is known the data should contain (in that order) full name of the author year of issue of the paper title of the article (upright font) title of the paper (in italics) number of the paper in the year of publication page(s) egKowalski Jan 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie Gazeta Dzisiejsza 80 p 5

If the author of the article is not known the data is given as followsGazeta Dzisiejsza 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie 80 p 5

Online materials (websites e-books e-journals) full name of the author (editor) year of publication titlename of the page [online] place of publication (if available) information on the URL and date of accessing the source egHolland Matt 2004 Guide to citing Internet sources [online] Poole Bournemouth University At httpwwwbournemouthacuklibraryusingguide_to_citing_internet_sourchtml [20042006]

For more on the Harvard Referencing System seehttpwwwwydawnictwoivgplattachmentsFileZasady_tworzenia_przypis__w_bibliograficznychpdf (file in Polish)httpswwwstaffsacukassetsharvard_quick_guide_tcm44-47797pdf (file in English)

22

VII SUMMARY

The summary should be written according to the model below using Times New Roman size 10 None of the elements from the specimen should be omitted Keywords required in the summary should be understood as 2-3 characteristic names expressions reflecting the subject and content of the thesis

The summary should be put at the end of the thesis after bibliography

In their theses students of first-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in the language in which the thesis is written (Polish or English)In their theses students of second-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in Polish and in English

23

SUMMARY SPECIMEN

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w RzeszowieWydział Administracji i Nauk Społecznych Wydział EkonomicznyWydział Informatyki Stosowanej Wydział Medyczny

Streszczenie pracy dyplomowejThesis title in Polish

AutorPromotorSłowa kluczowe

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in Polish

The University of Information Technology and Management in RzeszoacutewFaculty of Administration and Social Sciences Faculty of EconomicsFaculty of Information Technology Faculty of Medicine

Diploma Thesis SummaryThesis title in English

AuthorSupervisorKeywords

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in English

24

VIII ATTACHMENTS

Attachments to the thesis (if applicable) should form a separate chapter of the thesis placed at the end of it (after the list of references) and considered in the list of contentsAttachments should be written in font Times New Roman size 10 and formatted according to the principles of formatting the text of the thesis margins formulae figures diagrams pictures tables as specified in this regulationIf the attachments are extensive or electronic in form (eg software graphics) they should be placed on a CD and thus attached (in an envelope pasted in at the end of the thesis)This part of the thesis also contains original copies of consents for processing personal data and the original copy of the positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission as applicable

25

Attachment 2 E

SPECIMEN

CONSENT FOR PROCESSING PERSONAL DATA

I the undersigned helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip hereby agree to have my personal

data collected and processed - within the scope of the thesis of student

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip student ID No helliphelliphelliphelliphellip titled helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip whose supervisor is

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip - by the University of Information Technology and

Management in Rzeszoacutew ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew according to the act of 29 th August 1997 on

personal data protection (DzU 2014 item 1182 as amended)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate legible signature

26

Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and principles of conducting a diploma examination

(Defence Principles)

I1 Defences are conducted at the following times

a) in July and September - for students finishing their studies in Juneb) in March - for students finishing their studies in Februarysubject to point II item 4

2 A detailed schedule of defences is established by the deans after consulting the supervisors of the theses3 Students writing a team thesis take their defence exam at the same time In justified cases and with the

deanrsquos consent it is possible for the team to take the defence exam without one or more members (even if only one student takes the exam)

II1 The student submits hisher thesis in paper and electronic form after fulfilling the conditions specified in

point III2 The thesis and attachments referred to in item 3 below must be submitted not later than

a) 30th June ndash for defences conducted in Julyb) 31st August ndash for defences conducted in September c) 28th February ndash for defences conducted in Marchbut no later than 14 days before the date set for the defence exam

3 By the time specified in item 2 the student submits to UITM Deanrsquos Office the following a)1 copy of a bound thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature for acceptance of the thesis The binding for the

thesis should be bought from the Photocopy Rooms at the University The student is entitled to 3 covers for the thesis

b)the thesis in electronic form in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 3 Ac)5 photos (signed with the studentsrsquo name at the back) for the diploma size 45x65 mm against a light

background (the studentrsquos face should take no less than 75 of the picture)For the photos for the diploma a person should be dressed formally ie dark suit and light-coloured shirt for men and a suit or dress with jacket for women (low-cut necklines and immoderate display of femininity are not allowed) Sporty look is to be avoided

d)clearance slip with signatures (clearance slip to be collected in the International Office) and questionnaires to go with the clearance slip if applicable

e)proof of payment for issuing the diplomaf) proofs of other payments according to the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of educationg)application to have a copy of the diploma issued in a foreign language (English French Spanish

German or Russian) ndash for students who would like to receive such a copy h)application to have a supplement to the diploma issued in English (the application should contain the

title of the thesis translated into English) ndash for students who would like to receive such a supplement 4 If it is impossible for the student to submit the thesis for justified reasons the dean may after asking the

supervisorrsquos opinion prolong the time for submitting the thesis but for not longer than two months In such cases the student should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty not later than by the date specified in item 2b) and c)

5 A student who does not submit the thesis in the specified time may apply for a permission to repeat the semester To do that she should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty within 7 days from the specified date for submitting theses

III1 The student is admitted to the defence after fulfilling the following conditions

a) passing all exams and receiving all credits required by the plan of studies for the particular field of study

b) submitting relevant statements concerning the thesis by the student and by the supervisor according to the specimens in Attachment 2 D (the statements should be placed at the second page of the thesis)

27

c) receiving at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo) marks from the reviews of the thesis done by the supervisor and the reviewer

d) satisfying financial requirements specified in the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of education at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

e) submitting the thesis with all documents specified in point II item 32 In the case of instituting disciplinary proceedings against a student suspected of plagiarism of the thesis

that student may not defend the thesis until valid completion of the proceedings

IV1 Theses prepared by students are checked with the Anti-Plagiarism System linked to the university thesis

repository national thesis repository and Internet resources For each thesis the following ratios are establisheda) similarity ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is repeated in other theses to be

found in the repositories and in materials published in the Internet Similarity is understood as every cluster of at least 20 words which can be found in another thesis or materials published in the Internet

b) quotation ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is made up of fragments quoted from other authors

2 The supervisor is responsible for checking a thesis with the Anti-Plagiarism System before it is formally approved for the defence

3 The instruction for operating the Anti-Plagiarism System is available in electronic version on the network drive and at the Virtual University

ODziekanatEgzamin dyplomowy_Prace dyplomoweAntyplagiat_instrukcja dla promotoroacutew

WU Promotor ndash Antyplagiat instrukcja

4 Deanrsquos Office employees accepting the theses in electronic version are obliged toa) enter the accepted theses to the Anti-Plagiarism System on a current basisb) send daily lists of theses in the case of which the ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or

more to the Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of studyc) include in the personal files of a student taking the defence the ldquosimilarity reportrdquo a specimen of

which constitutes Attachment 3 B5 Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of study are obliged

a) not to accept for the defence theses not checked by the Anti-Plagiarism Systemb) to withhold the defence of a student whose thesis has a ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo of

20 or more6 Supervisors are obliged to again carefully analyse the content of a thesis whose ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor

ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or more

V1 The thesis is reviewed and marked by the supervisor and by one reviewer appointed by the dean The mark

for the thesis is the arithmetic mean of both above-mentioned marks Thesis reviewer can be an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle including a teacher from outside of the University

2 If the thesis is marked ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) by the reviewer the dean sends the thesis back for correction or asks for its assessment by an additional reviewer

3 The thesis should be graded carefully ie the assessment should not simply be a description of the thesis but contain critical comments assess the studentrsquos substantive and technical qualifications and the value of the thesis Specimens for thesis review are given in Attachments 3 C1 (supervisor) and 3 C2 (reviewer)

4 The supervisor and the reviewer are obliged to fill in their reviews for the thesis electronically in Polish5 The student is entitled to know the review for hisher thesis including the grading of the thesis

VI1 The defence is in the form of an oral exam unless the UITM President decides otherwise 2 The defence takes place in front of a committee composed of

a) the dean vice-dean or an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle authorized by the dean ndash as the chairperson

b) the supervisor of the thesis

28

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 18: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

1 Marody M Jednostka po nowoczesności perspektywa socjologiczna Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 20142 Eadem7 (ed) Wymiary życia społecznego Polska na przełomie XX i XXI wieku Wydawnictwo Naukowe Scholar Warszawa 2007

Quoting another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)Kowalski J System ochrony konkurencji i konsumentoacutew w Polsce Master thesis UITM Faculty of Administration and Social Sciences Rzeszoacutew 2009

Quoting legal acts

Acts issued until 2011 inclusively egElection Code act of 5th January 2011 (Dz U No 21 item 112 as amended)act of 4th February 1994 on copyright and related rights (unified text Dz U of 2000 No 80 item 904 as amended)Regulation of the Council of Ministers of 23rd December 1996 on execution of the act on administrative enforcement proceedings (Dz U of 1997 No 1 item 1)

Acts issued from 2012 onwards (without the number of the Journal of Laws (DzU)) egRegulation of the Council of Ministers of 11th February 2013 on requirements for commissioning and operation of nuclear installation (Dz U item 28)Regulation of the Minister of Agriculture and Rural Development of 15th December 2011 on the manner and forms of collaboration of district sea fisheries inspectors and the Agricultural and Food Quality Inspection when controlling fishery products (Dz U of 2012 item 2)

Quoting case law

Published case law egSupreme Court ruling of 25th November 2011 III CZP 7611 OSNC 2012 No 6 item 71

Case law published electronically egSupreme Court ruling of 15th June 2012 II CSK66611 LEX No 1212809

If the quoted decision is not published write ldquounpublrdquo (for ldquounpublishedrdquo) egSupreme Administrative Court ruling of 5th April 2002 III SA 319099 unpubl

Foot-endnotes for webpages

Simple foot-endnotes (it is necessary to provide the date of visiting the webpage) eg httpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp from 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp as of 150504orhttpwwwielodzpldokumentyasp 150504orhttpwwwielodzp1dokumentyasp (150504)

Foot-endnotes to an unnamed document from a website eghttpwwwielodzpldokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

Situations when frames make it impossible to provide the exact path (catalogue names should be used ) eg httpwwwie1odzp1 DOKUMENTYPOLSKIESTARE from 150504

Foot-endnote to a named document from a website egKozak MW Regiony w Polsce [at] httpwwwie1odzp1dokumentydokument001pdf from 150504 p 15

7 female form

18

Method 2References are placed after the quoted text as the authorrsquos name with the year of issue of the quoted position in square brackets as a reference to a literature position given in the list at the end of the thesis egThe system for generating belief networks and belief rules BeliefSEEKERreg has been developed at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew Poland in cooperation with the University of Kansas in Lawrence (KS) USA The first use of the system concerned classification of melanocytic lesions [Hippe and Mroczek 2003] Other applications of the system have been described in [Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003 Varmuza Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2004 Mroczek Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2004 Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 2005 Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2005] Recently new approaches to generating belief networks have been described by Heckerman [Heckerman 1995] and Spiehler [Spiehler 2006]

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

References in bibliography ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name title of the thesis publisher place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable

Reference to a monographic publication quoted as a whole[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000

Reference to a monographic publication indicating a specific issue[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000 pp 267-270

Reference to a publication (one author) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse 1997]Grzymała-Busse JW A New Version of the Rule Induction System LERSFundamenta Informaticae 31(1997)27-39

Reference to a publication (three authors at the most) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 1998]Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Mroczek TBelief rules vs decision rules A preliminary appraisal to the problemFundamenta Informaticae 32(1998)112-119

Reference to a publication (more than three authors) in a scientific periodical[Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003]Błajdo P Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Marek T Mroczek T Wrzesień MA suite of machine learning tools for machine learning and extraction of information and knowledge from dataPattern Recognition 46(2005)36-49

Reference to a publication in conference proceedings[Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003] Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Mroczek TNowe narzędzia informatyczne inżynierii wiedzy i uczenia maszynowego II Poroacutewnanie wybranych modeli wiedzy ukrytej oraz niepewnejIn Bubnicki Z Grzech A (eds) Inżynieria wiedzy i systemy ekspertoweWydawnictwo Politechniki Wrocławskiej Wrocław 2003 Vol 1 pp 239-247

19

Reference to another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)[Cyrek 2011] Cyrek G Architektura i funkcjonalność rozproszonych katalogoacutew bibliotecznych na przykładzie KaRoMaster thesis UITM Faculty of Applied IT Rzeszoacutew 2011

References to websites

Reference to a website with author and title available[Heckerman 1995]Heckerman D A Tutorial on Learning Bayesian Networkshttpresearchmicrosoftcomresearchpubs from 15122006

Reference to a website without title available[Spiehler 2006]httpwwwicsuciedumlearnMLRepositoryhtml from 15122006

Reference to a website without author and title available [WWW-1 2009]httpwwwkardiolopl from 12092009

[WWW-2 2009]httpwwwtelezdrowiepl from 14092009

Method 3References are placed after the quoted text only as numbers in square brackets referring to the number of the item in the bibliography at the end of the thesis eg Comparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [12]Numbers are given to the references in the order in which the particular titles appear in the thesis and this is the order in which particular references should be listed in the bibliography at the end of the thesis If a given reference is quoted more than once it should be referred to with the same number given at the first instance of quoting it each time it is quoted in the thesis If the author uses several titles for one paragraph the numbers of all quoted titles should be written in square brackets egComparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [3 7 12-19]

Literature positions in the bibliography at the end of the thesis should begin with the surname and the initial of the first (first and middle) name they are followed by the title of the work publisherrsquos name place and year of issue page numbers (if applicable) for the text used The entries should end with full stops

Monographic publication eg3 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Monographic publication quoted as a whole eg7 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Article in press eg17 Wierzchoń ST Systemy rozpoznawania Informatyka 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication eg19 Pucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Refrences to webpagesLike in Method 1

20

Method 4

If the authorrsquos name is not used directly in the text give the name8 year of issue and page in brackets eg (Giddens 2004 127)

When the name appears in the text give the year of issue and page in brackets egCynthia Epstein (1988 14) in her work Deceptive Distinctions Sex Gender and the Social Order notes mutual strengthening of the above described dichotomies

If the reference relates to a source quoted by another author information about both sources should be given in brackets egThe research conducted by Smith (1960 after Jones 1994 104) hellipThe reference list at the end of the thesis should contain full data of only that publication which was actually used

With two authors both names should be given If there are more than two authors give the first name in brackets followed by ldquoet alrdquo the year of issue and the page egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski et al 1999 96)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain names of all authors

If several publications of the same author are used which have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski 1999a 20)The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

If no author is given (eg for some reports) the brackets should contain the title of the source (or part of it if the title is long) year of issue and the page egResearch indicates that employment feminisation is currently observed in Poland (Płeć a możliwości ekonomiczne w Polscehellip 2004 84)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain the whole title year of issue publisherrsquos name and place of issue

For press articles without authorrsquos name the brackets should contain the title of the paper year of issue and the page eg (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999 5)

If two press articles of the same author or published in the same paper without authorrsquos name are referred to and they have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egThe local press (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999a 1) reported a corruption affair which involved leaders of the party governing the district At a conference a week later the head of the XY district denied having had anything to do with that matter (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999b 3) The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

For quoting websites- if the website has an author ndash give the name and date egTurner (2001) has created many useful graphs showing the transition between the different age groups- if the website does not have an author ndash give the title of the website in brackets egCancer experts estimate that changes to our diet could prevent about one in three cancer deaths in the UK (CancerHelp UK 2002)

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author Punctuation presented below

8 If the given author is quoted in the text for the first time full name should be given and further in the text only the last name is given

21

Books ndash full name of the author year of issue title place of issue publisherrsquos name eg Ahmed Leila 1992 Women and Gender in Islam Historical Roots of a Modern Debate New Haven and London Yale University PressTibi Bassam 1997 Fundamentalizm religijny Transl by Janusz Danecki Warszawa PWN (for translations translatorrsquos name must be given)

Articles in books - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) ldquoInrdquo full name of the editor of the book book title (in italics) place of issue publisherrsquos name pages where the quoted article is to be found egBruce Steve 1992 Revelations The Future of New Christian Right In Kaplan Lawrence (ed) Fundamentalism in Comparative Perspective Amherts University of Massachusetts Press pp 100-156

Articles in periodicals - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) title of the periodical (in italics) numbers of the periodical (both the current one and the one in the year of publication the latter in brackets) pages where the quoted article is to be found egAlrsquoAlwani Taha 1986 The Testimony of Women in Islamic Law The American Journal of Islamic Social Sciences 13 (2) pp 28-45

Articles in pressIf the author of the article is known the data should contain (in that order) full name of the author year of issue of the paper title of the article (upright font) title of the paper (in italics) number of the paper in the year of publication page(s) egKowalski Jan 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie Gazeta Dzisiejsza 80 p 5

If the author of the article is not known the data is given as followsGazeta Dzisiejsza 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie 80 p 5

Online materials (websites e-books e-journals) full name of the author (editor) year of publication titlename of the page [online] place of publication (if available) information on the URL and date of accessing the source egHolland Matt 2004 Guide to citing Internet sources [online] Poole Bournemouth University At httpwwwbournemouthacuklibraryusingguide_to_citing_internet_sourchtml [20042006]

For more on the Harvard Referencing System seehttpwwwwydawnictwoivgplattachmentsFileZasady_tworzenia_przypis__w_bibliograficznychpdf (file in Polish)httpswwwstaffsacukassetsharvard_quick_guide_tcm44-47797pdf (file in English)

22

VII SUMMARY

The summary should be written according to the model below using Times New Roman size 10 None of the elements from the specimen should be omitted Keywords required in the summary should be understood as 2-3 characteristic names expressions reflecting the subject and content of the thesis

The summary should be put at the end of the thesis after bibliography

In their theses students of first-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in the language in which the thesis is written (Polish or English)In their theses students of second-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in Polish and in English

23

SUMMARY SPECIMEN

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w RzeszowieWydział Administracji i Nauk Społecznych Wydział EkonomicznyWydział Informatyki Stosowanej Wydział Medyczny

Streszczenie pracy dyplomowejThesis title in Polish

AutorPromotorSłowa kluczowe

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in Polish

The University of Information Technology and Management in RzeszoacutewFaculty of Administration and Social Sciences Faculty of EconomicsFaculty of Information Technology Faculty of Medicine

Diploma Thesis SummaryThesis title in English

AuthorSupervisorKeywords

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in English

24

VIII ATTACHMENTS

Attachments to the thesis (if applicable) should form a separate chapter of the thesis placed at the end of it (after the list of references) and considered in the list of contentsAttachments should be written in font Times New Roman size 10 and formatted according to the principles of formatting the text of the thesis margins formulae figures diagrams pictures tables as specified in this regulationIf the attachments are extensive or electronic in form (eg software graphics) they should be placed on a CD and thus attached (in an envelope pasted in at the end of the thesis)This part of the thesis also contains original copies of consents for processing personal data and the original copy of the positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission as applicable

25

Attachment 2 E

SPECIMEN

CONSENT FOR PROCESSING PERSONAL DATA

I the undersigned helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip hereby agree to have my personal

data collected and processed - within the scope of the thesis of student

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip student ID No helliphelliphelliphelliphellip titled helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip whose supervisor is

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip - by the University of Information Technology and

Management in Rzeszoacutew ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew according to the act of 29 th August 1997 on

personal data protection (DzU 2014 item 1182 as amended)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate legible signature

26

Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and principles of conducting a diploma examination

(Defence Principles)

I1 Defences are conducted at the following times

a) in July and September - for students finishing their studies in Juneb) in March - for students finishing their studies in Februarysubject to point II item 4

2 A detailed schedule of defences is established by the deans after consulting the supervisors of the theses3 Students writing a team thesis take their defence exam at the same time In justified cases and with the

deanrsquos consent it is possible for the team to take the defence exam without one or more members (even if only one student takes the exam)

II1 The student submits hisher thesis in paper and electronic form after fulfilling the conditions specified in

point III2 The thesis and attachments referred to in item 3 below must be submitted not later than

a) 30th June ndash for defences conducted in Julyb) 31st August ndash for defences conducted in September c) 28th February ndash for defences conducted in Marchbut no later than 14 days before the date set for the defence exam

3 By the time specified in item 2 the student submits to UITM Deanrsquos Office the following a)1 copy of a bound thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature for acceptance of the thesis The binding for the

thesis should be bought from the Photocopy Rooms at the University The student is entitled to 3 covers for the thesis

b)the thesis in electronic form in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 3 Ac)5 photos (signed with the studentsrsquo name at the back) for the diploma size 45x65 mm against a light

background (the studentrsquos face should take no less than 75 of the picture)For the photos for the diploma a person should be dressed formally ie dark suit and light-coloured shirt for men and a suit or dress with jacket for women (low-cut necklines and immoderate display of femininity are not allowed) Sporty look is to be avoided

d)clearance slip with signatures (clearance slip to be collected in the International Office) and questionnaires to go with the clearance slip if applicable

e)proof of payment for issuing the diplomaf) proofs of other payments according to the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of educationg)application to have a copy of the diploma issued in a foreign language (English French Spanish

German or Russian) ndash for students who would like to receive such a copy h)application to have a supplement to the diploma issued in English (the application should contain the

title of the thesis translated into English) ndash for students who would like to receive such a supplement 4 If it is impossible for the student to submit the thesis for justified reasons the dean may after asking the

supervisorrsquos opinion prolong the time for submitting the thesis but for not longer than two months In such cases the student should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty not later than by the date specified in item 2b) and c)

5 A student who does not submit the thesis in the specified time may apply for a permission to repeat the semester To do that she should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty within 7 days from the specified date for submitting theses

III1 The student is admitted to the defence after fulfilling the following conditions

a) passing all exams and receiving all credits required by the plan of studies for the particular field of study

b) submitting relevant statements concerning the thesis by the student and by the supervisor according to the specimens in Attachment 2 D (the statements should be placed at the second page of the thesis)

27

c) receiving at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo) marks from the reviews of the thesis done by the supervisor and the reviewer

d) satisfying financial requirements specified in the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of education at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

e) submitting the thesis with all documents specified in point II item 32 In the case of instituting disciplinary proceedings against a student suspected of plagiarism of the thesis

that student may not defend the thesis until valid completion of the proceedings

IV1 Theses prepared by students are checked with the Anti-Plagiarism System linked to the university thesis

repository national thesis repository and Internet resources For each thesis the following ratios are establisheda) similarity ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is repeated in other theses to be

found in the repositories and in materials published in the Internet Similarity is understood as every cluster of at least 20 words which can be found in another thesis or materials published in the Internet

b) quotation ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is made up of fragments quoted from other authors

2 The supervisor is responsible for checking a thesis with the Anti-Plagiarism System before it is formally approved for the defence

3 The instruction for operating the Anti-Plagiarism System is available in electronic version on the network drive and at the Virtual University

ODziekanatEgzamin dyplomowy_Prace dyplomoweAntyplagiat_instrukcja dla promotoroacutew

WU Promotor ndash Antyplagiat instrukcja

4 Deanrsquos Office employees accepting the theses in electronic version are obliged toa) enter the accepted theses to the Anti-Plagiarism System on a current basisb) send daily lists of theses in the case of which the ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or

more to the Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of studyc) include in the personal files of a student taking the defence the ldquosimilarity reportrdquo a specimen of

which constitutes Attachment 3 B5 Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of study are obliged

a) not to accept for the defence theses not checked by the Anti-Plagiarism Systemb) to withhold the defence of a student whose thesis has a ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo of

20 or more6 Supervisors are obliged to again carefully analyse the content of a thesis whose ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor

ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or more

V1 The thesis is reviewed and marked by the supervisor and by one reviewer appointed by the dean The mark

for the thesis is the arithmetic mean of both above-mentioned marks Thesis reviewer can be an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle including a teacher from outside of the University

2 If the thesis is marked ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) by the reviewer the dean sends the thesis back for correction or asks for its assessment by an additional reviewer

3 The thesis should be graded carefully ie the assessment should not simply be a description of the thesis but contain critical comments assess the studentrsquos substantive and technical qualifications and the value of the thesis Specimens for thesis review are given in Attachments 3 C1 (supervisor) and 3 C2 (reviewer)

4 The supervisor and the reviewer are obliged to fill in their reviews for the thesis electronically in Polish5 The student is entitled to know the review for hisher thesis including the grading of the thesis

VI1 The defence is in the form of an oral exam unless the UITM President decides otherwise 2 The defence takes place in front of a committee composed of

a) the dean vice-dean or an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle authorized by the dean ndash as the chairperson

b) the supervisor of the thesis

28

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 19: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

Method 2References are placed after the quoted text as the authorrsquos name with the year of issue of the quoted position in square brackets as a reference to a literature position given in the list at the end of the thesis egThe system for generating belief networks and belief rules BeliefSEEKERreg has been developed at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew Poland in cooperation with the University of Kansas in Lawrence (KS) USA The first use of the system concerned classification of melanocytic lesions [Hippe and Mroczek 2003] Other applications of the system have been described in [Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003 Varmuza Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003 Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2004 Mroczek Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2004 Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 2005 Grzymała-Busse and Hippe 2005] Recently new approaches to generating belief networks have been described by Heckerman [Heckerman 1995] and Spiehler [Spiehler 2006]

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author

References in bibliography ndash last name and initials(s) of the first (or first and middle) name title of the thesis publisher place and year of issue and page numbers for the text used if applicable

Reference to a monographic publication quoted as a whole[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000

Reference to a monographic publication indicating a specific issue[Cichosz 2000]Cichosz P Systemy uczące sięWydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne Warszawa 2000 pp 267-270

Reference to a publication (one author) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse 1997]Grzymała-Busse JW A New Version of the Rule Induction System LERSFundamenta Informaticae 31(1997)27-39

Reference to a publication (three authors at the most) in a scientific periodical[Grzymała-Busse Hippe and Mroczek 1998]Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Mroczek TBelief rules vs decision rules A preliminary appraisal to the problemFundamenta Informaticae 32(1998)112-119

Reference to a publication (more than three authors) in a scientific periodical[Błajdo Grzymała-Busse Hippe et al 2003]Błajdo P Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Marek T Mroczek T Wrzesień MA suite of machine learning tools for machine learning and extraction of information and knowledge from dataPattern Recognition 46(2005)36-49

Reference to a publication in conference proceedings[Grzymała-Busse Hippe Knap et al 2003] Grzymała-Busse JW Hippe ZS Knap M Mroczek TNowe narzędzia informatyczne inżynierii wiedzy i uczenia maszynowego II Poroacutewnanie wybranych modeli wiedzy ukrytej oraz niepewnejIn Bubnicki Z Grzech A (eds) Inżynieria wiedzy i systemy ekspertoweWydawnictwo Politechniki Wrocławskiej Wrocław 2003 Vol 1 pp 239-247

19

Reference to another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)[Cyrek 2011] Cyrek G Architektura i funkcjonalność rozproszonych katalogoacutew bibliotecznych na przykładzie KaRoMaster thesis UITM Faculty of Applied IT Rzeszoacutew 2011

References to websites

Reference to a website with author and title available[Heckerman 1995]Heckerman D A Tutorial on Learning Bayesian Networkshttpresearchmicrosoftcomresearchpubs from 15122006

Reference to a website without title available[Spiehler 2006]httpwwwicsuciedumlearnMLRepositoryhtml from 15122006

Reference to a website without author and title available [WWW-1 2009]httpwwwkardiolopl from 12092009

[WWW-2 2009]httpwwwtelezdrowiepl from 14092009

Method 3References are placed after the quoted text only as numbers in square brackets referring to the number of the item in the bibliography at the end of the thesis eg Comparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [12]Numbers are given to the references in the order in which the particular titles appear in the thesis and this is the order in which particular references should be listed in the bibliography at the end of the thesis If a given reference is quoted more than once it should be referred to with the same number given at the first instance of quoting it each time it is quoted in the thesis If the author uses several titles for one paragraph the numbers of all quoted titles should be written in square brackets egComparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [3 7 12-19]

Literature positions in the bibliography at the end of the thesis should begin with the surname and the initial of the first (first and middle) name they are followed by the title of the work publisherrsquos name place and year of issue page numbers (if applicable) for the text used The entries should end with full stops

Monographic publication eg3 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Monographic publication quoted as a whole eg7 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Article in press eg17 Wierzchoń ST Systemy rozpoznawania Informatyka 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication eg19 Pucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Refrences to webpagesLike in Method 1

20

Method 4

If the authorrsquos name is not used directly in the text give the name8 year of issue and page in brackets eg (Giddens 2004 127)

When the name appears in the text give the year of issue and page in brackets egCynthia Epstein (1988 14) in her work Deceptive Distinctions Sex Gender and the Social Order notes mutual strengthening of the above described dichotomies

If the reference relates to a source quoted by another author information about both sources should be given in brackets egThe research conducted by Smith (1960 after Jones 1994 104) hellipThe reference list at the end of the thesis should contain full data of only that publication which was actually used

With two authors both names should be given If there are more than two authors give the first name in brackets followed by ldquoet alrdquo the year of issue and the page egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski et al 1999 96)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain names of all authors

If several publications of the same author are used which have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski 1999a 20)The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

If no author is given (eg for some reports) the brackets should contain the title of the source (or part of it if the title is long) year of issue and the page egResearch indicates that employment feminisation is currently observed in Poland (Płeć a możliwości ekonomiczne w Polscehellip 2004 84)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain the whole title year of issue publisherrsquos name and place of issue

For press articles without authorrsquos name the brackets should contain the title of the paper year of issue and the page eg (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999 5)

If two press articles of the same author or published in the same paper without authorrsquos name are referred to and they have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egThe local press (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999a 1) reported a corruption affair which involved leaders of the party governing the district At a conference a week later the head of the XY district denied having had anything to do with that matter (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999b 3) The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

For quoting websites- if the website has an author ndash give the name and date egTurner (2001) has created many useful graphs showing the transition between the different age groups- if the website does not have an author ndash give the title of the website in brackets egCancer experts estimate that changes to our diet could prevent about one in three cancer deaths in the UK (CancerHelp UK 2002)

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author Punctuation presented below

8 If the given author is quoted in the text for the first time full name should be given and further in the text only the last name is given

21

Books ndash full name of the author year of issue title place of issue publisherrsquos name eg Ahmed Leila 1992 Women and Gender in Islam Historical Roots of a Modern Debate New Haven and London Yale University PressTibi Bassam 1997 Fundamentalizm religijny Transl by Janusz Danecki Warszawa PWN (for translations translatorrsquos name must be given)

Articles in books - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) ldquoInrdquo full name of the editor of the book book title (in italics) place of issue publisherrsquos name pages where the quoted article is to be found egBruce Steve 1992 Revelations The Future of New Christian Right In Kaplan Lawrence (ed) Fundamentalism in Comparative Perspective Amherts University of Massachusetts Press pp 100-156

Articles in periodicals - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) title of the periodical (in italics) numbers of the periodical (both the current one and the one in the year of publication the latter in brackets) pages where the quoted article is to be found egAlrsquoAlwani Taha 1986 The Testimony of Women in Islamic Law The American Journal of Islamic Social Sciences 13 (2) pp 28-45

Articles in pressIf the author of the article is known the data should contain (in that order) full name of the author year of issue of the paper title of the article (upright font) title of the paper (in italics) number of the paper in the year of publication page(s) egKowalski Jan 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie Gazeta Dzisiejsza 80 p 5

If the author of the article is not known the data is given as followsGazeta Dzisiejsza 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie 80 p 5

Online materials (websites e-books e-journals) full name of the author (editor) year of publication titlename of the page [online] place of publication (if available) information on the URL and date of accessing the source egHolland Matt 2004 Guide to citing Internet sources [online] Poole Bournemouth University At httpwwwbournemouthacuklibraryusingguide_to_citing_internet_sourchtml [20042006]

For more on the Harvard Referencing System seehttpwwwwydawnictwoivgplattachmentsFileZasady_tworzenia_przypis__w_bibliograficznychpdf (file in Polish)httpswwwstaffsacukassetsharvard_quick_guide_tcm44-47797pdf (file in English)

22

VII SUMMARY

The summary should be written according to the model below using Times New Roman size 10 None of the elements from the specimen should be omitted Keywords required in the summary should be understood as 2-3 characteristic names expressions reflecting the subject and content of the thesis

The summary should be put at the end of the thesis after bibliography

In their theses students of first-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in the language in which the thesis is written (Polish or English)In their theses students of second-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in Polish and in English

23

SUMMARY SPECIMEN

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w RzeszowieWydział Administracji i Nauk Społecznych Wydział EkonomicznyWydział Informatyki Stosowanej Wydział Medyczny

Streszczenie pracy dyplomowejThesis title in Polish

AutorPromotorSłowa kluczowe

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in Polish

The University of Information Technology and Management in RzeszoacutewFaculty of Administration and Social Sciences Faculty of EconomicsFaculty of Information Technology Faculty of Medicine

Diploma Thesis SummaryThesis title in English

AuthorSupervisorKeywords

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in English

24

VIII ATTACHMENTS

Attachments to the thesis (if applicable) should form a separate chapter of the thesis placed at the end of it (after the list of references) and considered in the list of contentsAttachments should be written in font Times New Roman size 10 and formatted according to the principles of formatting the text of the thesis margins formulae figures diagrams pictures tables as specified in this regulationIf the attachments are extensive or electronic in form (eg software graphics) they should be placed on a CD and thus attached (in an envelope pasted in at the end of the thesis)This part of the thesis also contains original copies of consents for processing personal data and the original copy of the positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission as applicable

25

Attachment 2 E

SPECIMEN

CONSENT FOR PROCESSING PERSONAL DATA

I the undersigned helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip hereby agree to have my personal

data collected and processed - within the scope of the thesis of student

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip student ID No helliphelliphelliphelliphellip titled helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip whose supervisor is

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip - by the University of Information Technology and

Management in Rzeszoacutew ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew according to the act of 29 th August 1997 on

personal data protection (DzU 2014 item 1182 as amended)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate legible signature

26

Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and principles of conducting a diploma examination

(Defence Principles)

I1 Defences are conducted at the following times

a) in July and September - for students finishing their studies in Juneb) in March - for students finishing their studies in Februarysubject to point II item 4

2 A detailed schedule of defences is established by the deans after consulting the supervisors of the theses3 Students writing a team thesis take their defence exam at the same time In justified cases and with the

deanrsquos consent it is possible for the team to take the defence exam without one or more members (even if only one student takes the exam)

II1 The student submits hisher thesis in paper and electronic form after fulfilling the conditions specified in

point III2 The thesis and attachments referred to in item 3 below must be submitted not later than

a) 30th June ndash for defences conducted in Julyb) 31st August ndash for defences conducted in September c) 28th February ndash for defences conducted in Marchbut no later than 14 days before the date set for the defence exam

3 By the time specified in item 2 the student submits to UITM Deanrsquos Office the following a)1 copy of a bound thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature for acceptance of the thesis The binding for the

thesis should be bought from the Photocopy Rooms at the University The student is entitled to 3 covers for the thesis

b)the thesis in electronic form in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 3 Ac)5 photos (signed with the studentsrsquo name at the back) for the diploma size 45x65 mm against a light

background (the studentrsquos face should take no less than 75 of the picture)For the photos for the diploma a person should be dressed formally ie dark suit and light-coloured shirt for men and a suit or dress with jacket for women (low-cut necklines and immoderate display of femininity are not allowed) Sporty look is to be avoided

d)clearance slip with signatures (clearance slip to be collected in the International Office) and questionnaires to go with the clearance slip if applicable

e)proof of payment for issuing the diplomaf) proofs of other payments according to the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of educationg)application to have a copy of the diploma issued in a foreign language (English French Spanish

German or Russian) ndash for students who would like to receive such a copy h)application to have a supplement to the diploma issued in English (the application should contain the

title of the thesis translated into English) ndash for students who would like to receive such a supplement 4 If it is impossible for the student to submit the thesis for justified reasons the dean may after asking the

supervisorrsquos opinion prolong the time for submitting the thesis but for not longer than two months In such cases the student should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty not later than by the date specified in item 2b) and c)

5 A student who does not submit the thesis in the specified time may apply for a permission to repeat the semester To do that she should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty within 7 days from the specified date for submitting theses

III1 The student is admitted to the defence after fulfilling the following conditions

a) passing all exams and receiving all credits required by the plan of studies for the particular field of study

b) submitting relevant statements concerning the thesis by the student and by the supervisor according to the specimens in Attachment 2 D (the statements should be placed at the second page of the thesis)

27

c) receiving at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo) marks from the reviews of the thesis done by the supervisor and the reviewer

d) satisfying financial requirements specified in the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of education at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

e) submitting the thesis with all documents specified in point II item 32 In the case of instituting disciplinary proceedings against a student suspected of plagiarism of the thesis

that student may not defend the thesis until valid completion of the proceedings

IV1 Theses prepared by students are checked with the Anti-Plagiarism System linked to the university thesis

repository national thesis repository and Internet resources For each thesis the following ratios are establisheda) similarity ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is repeated in other theses to be

found in the repositories and in materials published in the Internet Similarity is understood as every cluster of at least 20 words which can be found in another thesis or materials published in the Internet

b) quotation ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is made up of fragments quoted from other authors

2 The supervisor is responsible for checking a thesis with the Anti-Plagiarism System before it is formally approved for the defence

3 The instruction for operating the Anti-Plagiarism System is available in electronic version on the network drive and at the Virtual University

ODziekanatEgzamin dyplomowy_Prace dyplomoweAntyplagiat_instrukcja dla promotoroacutew

WU Promotor ndash Antyplagiat instrukcja

4 Deanrsquos Office employees accepting the theses in electronic version are obliged toa) enter the accepted theses to the Anti-Plagiarism System on a current basisb) send daily lists of theses in the case of which the ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or

more to the Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of studyc) include in the personal files of a student taking the defence the ldquosimilarity reportrdquo a specimen of

which constitutes Attachment 3 B5 Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of study are obliged

a) not to accept for the defence theses not checked by the Anti-Plagiarism Systemb) to withhold the defence of a student whose thesis has a ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo of

20 or more6 Supervisors are obliged to again carefully analyse the content of a thesis whose ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor

ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or more

V1 The thesis is reviewed and marked by the supervisor and by one reviewer appointed by the dean The mark

for the thesis is the arithmetic mean of both above-mentioned marks Thesis reviewer can be an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle including a teacher from outside of the University

2 If the thesis is marked ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) by the reviewer the dean sends the thesis back for correction or asks for its assessment by an additional reviewer

3 The thesis should be graded carefully ie the assessment should not simply be a description of the thesis but contain critical comments assess the studentrsquos substantive and technical qualifications and the value of the thesis Specimens for thesis review are given in Attachments 3 C1 (supervisor) and 3 C2 (reviewer)

4 The supervisor and the reviewer are obliged to fill in their reviews for the thesis electronically in Polish5 The student is entitled to know the review for hisher thesis including the grading of the thesis

VI1 The defence is in the form of an oral exam unless the UITM President decides otherwise 2 The defence takes place in front of a committee composed of

a) the dean vice-dean or an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle authorized by the dean ndash as the chairperson

b) the supervisor of the thesis

28

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 20: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

Reference to another thesis (own or someone elsersquos)[Cyrek 2011] Cyrek G Architektura i funkcjonalność rozproszonych katalogoacutew bibliotecznych na przykładzie KaRoMaster thesis UITM Faculty of Applied IT Rzeszoacutew 2011

References to websites

Reference to a website with author and title available[Heckerman 1995]Heckerman D A Tutorial on Learning Bayesian Networkshttpresearchmicrosoftcomresearchpubs from 15122006

Reference to a website without title available[Spiehler 2006]httpwwwicsuciedumlearnMLRepositoryhtml from 15122006

Reference to a website without author and title available [WWW-1 2009]httpwwwkardiolopl from 12092009

[WWW-2 2009]httpwwwtelezdrowiepl from 14092009

Method 3References are placed after the quoted text only as numbers in square brackets referring to the number of the item in the bibliography at the end of the thesis eg Comparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [12]Numbers are given to the references in the order in which the particular titles appear in the thesis and this is the order in which particular references should be listed in the bibliography at the end of the thesis If a given reference is quoted more than once it should be referred to with the same number given at the first instance of quoting it each time it is quoted in the thesis If the author uses several titles for one paragraph the numbers of all quoted titles should be written in square brackets egComparing the commitment of enterprises active in Poland with enterprises operating in the EU one can draw the conclusion that entrepreneurs in Poland show relatively low commitment in training employees [3 7 12-19]

Literature positions in the bibliography at the end of the thesis should begin with the surname and the initial of the first (first and middle) name they are followed by the title of the work publisherrsquos name place and year of issue page numbers (if applicable) for the text used The entries should end with full stops

Monographic publication eg3 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000 pp 68-72

Monographic publication quoted as a whole eg7 Romer D Makroekonomia dla zaawansowanych PWN Warszawa 2000

Article in press eg17 Wierzchoń ST Systemy rozpoznawania Informatyka 1999 (38 No 12) pp 33-39

Article in a joint publication eg19 Pucek Z Kultura w refleksji socjologicznej [in] Krawczyk Z Sowa ZK (eds) Socjologia w Polsce Wyd WSP Rzeszoacutew 1998 pp 33-39

Refrences to webpagesLike in Method 1

20

Method 4

If the authorrsquos name is not used directly in the text give the name8 year of issue and page in brackets eg (Giddens 2004 127)

When the name appears in the text give the year of issue and page in brackets egCynthia Epstein (1988 14) in her work Deceptive Distinctions Sex Gender and the Social Order notes mutual strengthening of the above described dichotomies

If the reference relates to a source quoted by another author information about both sources should be given in brackets egThe research conducted by Smith (1960 after Jones 1994 104) hellipThe reference list at the end of the thesis should contain full data of only that publication which was actually used

With two authors both names should be given If there are more than two authors give the first name in brackets followed by ldquoet alrdquo the year of issue and the page egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski et al 1999 96)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain names of all authors

If several publications of the same author are used which have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski 1999a 20)The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

If no author is given (eg for some reports) the brackets should contain the title of the source (or part of it if the title is long) year of issue and the page egResearch indicates that employment feminisation is currently observed in Poland (Płeć a możliwości ekonomiczne w Polscehellip 2004 84)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain the whole title year of issue publisherrsquos name and place of issue

For press articles without authorrsquos name the brackets should contain the title of the paper year of issue and the page eg (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999 5)

If two press articles of the same author or published in the same paper without authorrsquos name are referred to and they have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egThe local press (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999a 1) reported a corruption affair which involved leaders of the party governing the district At a conference a week later the head of the XY district denied having had anything to do with that matter (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999b 3) The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

For quoting websites- if the website has an author ndash give the name and date egTurner (2001) has created many useful graphs showing the transition between the different age groups- if the website does not have an author ndash give the title of the website in brackets egCancer experts estimate that changes to our diet could prevent about one in three cancer deaths in the UK (CancerHelp UK 2002)

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author Punctuation presented below

8 If the given author is quoted in the text for the first time full name should be given and further in the text only the last name is given

21

Books ndash full name of the author year of issue title place of issue publisherrsquos name eg Ahmed Leila 1992 Women and Gender in Islam Historical Roots of a Modern Debate New Haven and London Yale University PressTibi Bassam 1997 Fundamentalizm religijny Transl by Janusz Danecki Warszawa PWN (for translations translatorrsquos name must be given)

Articles in books - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) ldquoInrdquo full name of the editor of the book book title (in italics) place of issue publisherrsquos name pages where the quoted article is to be found egBruce Steve 1992 Revelations The Future of New Christian Right In Kaplan Lawrence (ed) Fundamentalism in Comparative Perspective Amherts University of Massachusetts Press pp 100-156

Articles in periodicals - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) title of the periodical (in italics) numbers of the periodical (both the current one and the one in the year of publication the latter in brackets) pages where the quoted article is to be found egAlrsquoAlwani Taha 1986 The Testimony of Women in Islamic Law The American Journal of Islamic Social Sciences 13 (2) pp 28-45

Articles in pressIf the author of the article is known the data should contain (in that order) full name of the author year of issue of the paper title of the article (upright font) title of the paper (in italics) number of the paper in the year of publication page(s) egKowalski Jan 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie Gazeta Dzisiejsza 80 p 5

If the author of the article is not known the data is given as followsGazeta Dzisiejsza 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie 80 p 5

Online materials (websites e-books e-journals) full name of the author (editor) year of publication titlename of the page [online] place of publication (if available) information on the URL and date of accessing the source egHolland Matt 2004 Guide to citing Internet sources [online] Poole Bournemouth University At httpwwwbournemouthacuklibraryusingguide_to_citing_internet_sourchtml [20042006]

For more on the Harvard Referencing System seehttpwwwwydawnictwoivgplattachmentsFileZasady_tworzenia_przypis__w_bibliograficznychpdf (file in Polish)httpswwwstaffsacukassetsharvard_quick_guide_tcm44-47797pdf (file in English)

22

VII SUMMARY

The summary should be written according to the model below using Times New Roman size 10 None of the elements from the specimen should be omitted Keywords required in the summary should be understood as 2-3 characteristic names expressions reflecting the subject and content of the thesis

The summary should be put at the end of the thesis after bibliography

In their theses students of first-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in the language in which the thesis is written (Polish or English)In their theses students of second-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in Polish and in English

23

SUMMARY SPECIMEN

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w RzeszowieWydział Administracji i Nauk Społecznych Wydział EkonomicznyWydział Informatyki Stosowanej Wydział Medyczny

Streszczenie pracy dyplomowejThesis title in Polish

AutorPromotorSłowa kluczowe

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in Polish

The University of Information Technology and Management in RzeszoacutewFaculty of Administration and Social Sciences Faculty of EconomicsFaculty of Information Technology Faculty of Medicine

Diploma Thesis SummaryThesis title in English

AuthorSupervisorKeywords

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in English

24

VIII ATTACHMENTS

Attachments to the thesis (if applicable) should form a separate chapter of the thesis placed at the end of it (after the list of references) and considered in the list of contentsAttachments should be written in font Times New Roman size 10 and formatted according to the principles of formatting the text of the thesis margins formulae figures diagrams pictures tables as specified in this regulationIf the attachments are extensive or electronic in form (eg software graphics) they should be placed on a CD and thus attached (in an envelope pasted in at the end of the thesis)This part of the thesis also contains original copies of consents for processing personal data and the original copy of the positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission as applicable

25

Attachment 2 E

SPECIMEN

CONSENT FOR PROCESSING PERSONAL DATA

I the undersigned helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip hereby agree to have my personal

data collected and processed - within the scope of the thesis of student

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip student ID No helliphelliphelliphelliphellip titled helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip whose supervisor is

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip - by the University of Information Technology and

Management in Rzeszoacutew ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew according to the act of 29 th August 1997 on

personal data protection (DzU 2014 item 1182 as amended)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate legible signature

26

Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and principles of conducting a diploma examination

(Defence Principles)

I1 Defences are conducted at the following times

a) in July and September - for students finishing their studies in Juneb) in March - for students finishing their studies in Februarysubject to point II item 4

2 A detailed schedule of defences is established by the deans after consulting the supervisors of the theses3 Students writing a team thesis take their defence exam at the same time In justified cases and with the

deanrsquos consent it is possible for the team to take the defence exam without one or more members (even if only one student takes the exam)

II1 The student submits hisher thesis in paper and electronic form after fulfilling the conditions specified in

point III2 The thesis and attachments referred to in item 3 below must be submitted not later than

a) 30th June ndash for defences conducted in Julyb) 31st August ndash for defences conducted in September c) 28th February ndash for defences conducted in Marchbut no later than 14 days before the date set for the defence exam

3 By the time specified in item 2 the student submits to UITM Deanrsquos Office the following a)1 copy of a bound thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature for acceptance of the thesis The binding for the

thesis should be bought from the Photocopy Rooms at the University The student is entitled to 3 covers for the thesis

b)the thesis in electronic form in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 3 Ac)5 photos (signed with the studentsrsquo name at the back) for the diploma size 45x65 mm against a light

background (the studentrsquos face should take no less than 75 of the picture)For the photos for the diploma a person should be dressed formally ie dark suit and light-coloured shirt for men and a suit or dress with jacket for women (low-cut necklines and immoderate display of femininity are not allowed) Sporty look is to be avoided

d)clearance slip with signatures (clearance slip to be collected in the International Office) and questionnaires to go with the clearance slip if applicable

e)proof of payment for issuing the diplomaf) proofs of other payments according to the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of educationg)application to have a copy of the diploma issued in a foreign language (English French Spanish

German or Russian) ndash for students who would like to receive such a copy h)application to have a supplement to the diploma issued in English (the application should contain the

title of the thesis translated into English) ndash for students who would like to receive such a supplement 4 If it is impossible for the student to submit the thesis for justified reasons the dean may after asking the

supervisorrsquos opinion prolong the time for submitting the thesis but for not longer than two months In such cases the student should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty not later than by the date specified in item 2b) and c)

5 A student who does not submit the thesis in the specified time may apply for a permission to repeat the semester To do that she should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty within 7 days from the specified date for submitting theses

III1 The student is admitted to the defence after fulfilling the following conditions

a) passing all exams and receiving all credits required by the plan of studies for the particular field of study

b) submitting relevant statements concerning the thesis by the student and by the supervisor according to the specimens in Attachment 2 D (the statements should be placed at the second page of the thesis)

27

c) receiving at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo) marks from the reviews of the thesis done by the supervisor and the reviewer

d) satisfying financial requirements specified in the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of education at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

e) submitting the thesis with all documents specified in point II item 32 In the case of instituting disciplinary proceedings against a student suspected of plagiarism of the thesis

that student may not defend the thesis until valid completion of the proceedings

IV1 Theses prepared by students are checked with the Anti-Plagiarism System linked to the university thesis

repository national thesis repository and Internet resources For each thesis the following ratios are establisheda) similarity ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is repeated in other theses to be

found in the repositories and in materials published in the Internet Similarity is understood as every cluster of at least 20 words which can be found in another thesis or materials published in the Internet

b) quotation ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is made up of fragments quoted from other authors

2 The supervisor is responsible for checking a thesis with the Anti-Plagiarism System before it is formally approved for the defence

3 The instruction for operating the Anti-Plagiarism System is available in electronic version on the network drive and at the Virtual University

ODziekanatEgzamin dyplomowy_Prace dyplomoweAntyplagiat_instrukcja dla promotoroacutew

WU Promotor ndash Antyplagiat instrukcja

4 Deanrsquos Office employees accepting the theses in electronic version are obliged toa) enter the accepted theses to the Anti-Plagiarism System on a current basisb) send daily lists of theses in the case of which the ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or

more to the Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of studyc) include in the personal files of a student taking the defence the ldquosimilarity reportrdquo a specimen of

which constitutes Attachment 3 B5 Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of study are obliged

a) not to accept for the defence theses not checked by the Anti-Plagiarism Systemb) to withhold the defence of a student whose thesis has a ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo of

20 or more6 Supervisors are obliged to again carefully analyse the content of a thesis whose ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor

ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or more

V1 The thesis is reviewed and marked by the supervisor and by one reviewer appointed by the dean The mark

for the thesis is the arithmetic mean of both above-mentioned marks Thesis reviewer can be an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle including a teacher from outside of the University

2 If the thesis is marked ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) by the reviewer the dean sends the thesis back for correction or asks for its assessment by an additional reviewer

3 The thesis should be graded carefully ie the assessment should not simply be a description of the thesis but contain critical comments assess the studentrsquos substantive and technical qualifications and the value of the thesis Specimens for thesis review are given in Attachments 3 C1 (supervisor) and 3 C2 (reviewer)

4 The supervisor and the reviewer are obliged to fill in their reviews for the thesis electronically in Polish5 The student is entitled to know the review for hisher thesis including the grading of the thesis

VI1 The defence is in the form of an oral exam unless the UITM President decides otherwise 2 The defence takes place in front of a committee composed of

a) the dean vice-dean or an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle authorized by the dean ndash as the chairperson

b) the supervisor of the thesis

28

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 21: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

Method 4

If the authorrsquos name is not used directly in the text give the name8 year of issue and page in brackets eg (Giddens 2004 127)

When the name appears in the text give the year of issue and page in brackets egCynthia Epstein (1988 14) in her work Deceptive Distinctions Sex Gender and the Social Order notes mutual strengthening of the above described dichotomies

If the reference relates to a source quoted by another author information about both sources should be given in brackets egThe research conducted by Smith (1960 after Jones 1994 104) hellipThe reference list at the end of the thesis should contain full data of only that publication which was actually used

With two authors both names should be given If there are more than two authors give the first name in brackets followed by ldquoet alrdquo the year of issue and the page egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski et al 1999 96)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain names of all authors

If several publications of the same author are used which have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egDespite the governmentrsquos optimism social support for reforms continues to decrease (Kowalski 1999a 20)The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

If no author is given (eg for some reports) the brackets should contain the title of the source (or part of it if the title is long) year of issue and the page egResearch indicates that employment feminisation is currently observed in Poland (Płeć a możliwości ekonomiczne w Polscehellip 2004 84)The reference list at the end of the thesis should contain the whole title year of issue publisherrsquos name and place of issue

For press articles without authorrsquos name the brackets should contain the title of the paper year of issue and the page eg (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999 5)

If two press articles of the same author or published in the same paper without authorrsquos name are referred to and they have been issued in the same year differentiation is made by using letters (a b c) next to the year of issue egThe local press (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999a 1) reported a corruption affair which involved leaders of the party governing the district At a conference a week later the head of the XY district denied having had anything to do with that matter (ldquoGazeta Dzisiejszardquo 1999b 3) The same letters (a b c) should be included in the reference list at the end of the thesis

For quoting websites- if the website has an author ndash give the name and date egTurner (2001) has created many useful graphs showing the transition between the different age groups- if the website does not have an author ndash give the title of the website in brackets egCancer experts estimate that changes to our diet could prevent about one in three cancer deaths in the UK (CancerHelp UK 2002)

The quoted publications are placed in the reference list at the end of the thesis in alphabetical order by name of the author Punctuation presented below

8 If the given author is quoted in the text for the first time full name should be given and further in the text only the last name is given

21

Books ndash full name of the author year of issue title place of issue publisherrsquos name eg Ahmed Leila 1992 Women and Gender in Islam Historical Roots of a Modern Debate New Haven and London Yale University PressTibi Bassam 1997 Fundamentalizm religijny Transl by Janusz Danecki Warszawa PWN (for translations translatorrsquos name must be given)

Articles in books - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) ldquoInrdquo full name of the editor of the book book title (in italics) place of issue publisherrsquos name pages where the quoted article is to be found egBruce Steve 1992 Revelations The Future of New Christian Right In Kaplan Lawrence (ed) Fundamentalism in Comparative Perspective Amherts University of Massachusetts Press pp 100-156

Articles in periodicals - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) title of the periodical (in italics) numbers of the periodical (both the current one and the one in the year of publication the latter in brackets) pages where the quoted article is to be found egAlrsquoAlwani Taha 1986 The Testimony of Women in Islamic Law The American Journal of Islamic Social Sciences 13 (2) pp 28-45

Articles in pressIf the author of the article is known the data should contain (in that order) full name of the author year of issue of the paper title of the article (upright font) title of the paper (in italics) number of the paper in the year of publication page(s) egKowalski Jan 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie Gazeta Dzisiejsza 80 p 5

If the author of the article is not known the data is given as followsGazeta Dzisiejsza 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie 80 p 5

Online materials (websites e-books e-journals) full name of the author (editor) year of publication titlename of the page [online] place of publication (if available) information on the URL and date of accessing the source egHolland Matt 2004 Guide to citing Internet sources [online] Poole Bournemouth University At httpwwwbournemouthacuklibraryusingguide_to_citing_internet_sourchtml [20042006]

For more on the Harvard Referencing System seehttpwwwwydawnictwoivgplattachmentsFileZasady_tworzenia_przypis__w_bibliograficznychpdf (file in Polish)httpswwwstaffsacukassetsharvard_quick_guide_tcm44-47797pdf (file in English)

22

VII SUMMARY

The summary should be written according to the model below using Times New Roman size 10 None of the elements from the specimen should be omitted Keywords required in the summary should be understood as 2-3 characteristic names expressions reflecting the subject and content of the thesis

The summary should be put at the end of the thesis after bibliography

In their theses students of first-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in the language in which the thesis is written (Polish or English)In their theses students of second-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in Polish and in English

23

SUMMARY SPECIMEN

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w RzeszowieWydział Administracji i Nauk Społecznych Wydział EkonomicznyWydział Informatyki Stosowanej Wydział Medyczny

Streszczenie pracy dyplomowejThesis title in Polish

AutorPromotorSłowa kluczowe

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in Polish

The University of Information Technology and Management in RzeszoacutewFaculty of Administration and Social Sciences Faculty of EconomicsFaculty of Information Technology Faculty of Medicine

Diploma Thesis SummaryThesis title in English

AuthorSupervisorKeywords

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in English

24

VIII ATTACHMENTS

Attachments to the thesis (if applicable) should form a separate chapter of the thesis placed at the end of it (after the list of references) and considered in the list of contentsAttachments should be written in font Times New Roman size 10 and formatted according to the principles of formatting the text of the thesis margins formulae figures diagrams pictures tables as specified in this regulationIf the attachments are extensive or electronic in form (eg software graphics) they should be placed on a CD and thus attached (in an envelope pasted in at the end of the thesis)This part of the thesis also contains original copies of consents for processing personal data and the original copy of the positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission as applicable

25

Attachment 2 E

SPECIMEN

CONSENT FOR PROCESSING PERSONAL DATA

I the undersigned helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip hereby agree to have my personal

data collected and processed - within the scope of the thesis of student

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip student ID No helliphelliphelliphelliphellip titled helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip whose supervisor is

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip - by the University of Information Technology and

Management in Rzeszoacutew ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew according to the act of 29 th August 1997 on

personal data protection (DzU 2014 item 1182 as amended)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate legible signature

26

Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and principles of conducting a diploma examination

(Defence Principles)

I1 Defences are conducted at the following times

a) in July and September - for students finishing their studies in Juneb) in March - for students finishing their studies in Februarysubject to point II item 4

2 A detailed schedule of defences is established by the deans after consulting the supervisors of the theses3 Students writing a team thesis take their defence exam at the same time In justified cases and with the

deanrsquos consent it is possible for the team to take the defence exam without one or more members (even if only one student takes the exam)

II1 The student submits hisher thesis in paper and electronic form after fulfilling the conditions specified in

point III2 The thesis and attachments referred to in item 3 below must be submitted not later than

a) 30th June ndash for defences conducted in Julyb) 31st August ndash for defences conducted in September c) 28th February ndash for defences conducted in Marchbut no later than 14 days before the date set for the defence exam

3 By the time specified in item 2 the student submits to UITM Deanrsquos Office the following a)1 copy of a bound thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature for acceptance of the thesis The binding for the

thesis should be bought from the Photocopy Rooms at the University The student is entitled to 3 covers for the thesis

b)the thesis in electronic form in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 3 Ac)5 photos (signed with the studentsrsquo name at the back) for the diploma size 45x65 mm against a light

background (the studentrsquos face should take no less than 75 of the picture)For the photos for the diploma a person should be dressed formally ie dark suit and light-coloured shirt for men and a suit or dress with jacket for women (low-cut necklines and immoderate display of femininity are not allowed) Sporty look is to be avoided

d)clearance slip with signatures (clearance slip to be collected in the International Office) and questionnaires to go with the clearance slip if applicable

e)proof of payment for issuing the diplomaf) proofs of other payments according to the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of educationg)application to have a copy of the diploma issued in a foreign language (English French Spanish

German or Russian) ndash for students who would like to receive such a copy h)application to have a supplement to the diploma issued in English (the application should contain the

title of the thesis translated into English) ndash for students who would like to receive such a supplement 4 If it is impossible for the student to submit the thesis for justified reasons the dean may after asking the

supervisorrsquos opinion prolong the time for submitting the thesis but for not longer than two months In such cases the student should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty not later than by the date specified in item 2b) and c)

5 A student who does not submit the thesis in the specified time may apply for a permission to repeat the semester To do that she should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty within 7 days from the specified date for submitting theses

III1 The student is admitted to the defence after fulfilling the following conditions

a) passing all exams and receiving all credits required by the plan of studies for the particular field of study

b) submitting relevant statements concerning the thesis by the student and by the supervisor according to the specimens in Attachment 2 D (the statements should be placed at the second page of the thesis)

27

c) receiving at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo) marks from the reviews of the thesis done by the supervisor and the reviewer

d) satisfying financial requirements specified in the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of education at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

e) submitting the thesis with all documents specified in point II item 32 In the case of instituting disciplinary proceedings against a student suspected of plagiarism of the thesis

that student may not defend the thesis until valid completion of the proceedings

IV1 Theses prepared by students are checked with the Anti-Plagiarism System linked to the university thesis

repository national thesis repository and Internet resources For each thesis the following ratios are establisheda) similarity ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is repeated in other theses to be

found in the repositories and in materials published in the Internet Similarity is understood as every cluster of at least 20 words which can be found in another thesis or materials published in the Internet

b) quotation ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is made up of fragments quoted from other authors

2 The supervisor is responsible for checking a thesis with the Anti-Plagiarism System before it is formally approved for the defence

3 The instruction for operating the Anti-Plagiarism System is available in electronic version on the network drive and at the Virtual University

ODziekanatEgzamin dyplomowy_Prace dyplomoweAntyplagiat_instrukcja dla promotoroacutew

WU Promotor ndash Antyplagiat instrukcja

4 Deanrsquos Office employees accepting the theses in electronic version are obliged toa) enter the accepted theses to the Anti-Plagiarism System on a current basisb) send daily lists of theses in the case of which the ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or

more to the Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of studyc) include in the personal files of a student taking the defence the ldquosimilarity reportrdquo a specimen of

which constitutes Attachment 3 B5 Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of study are obliged

a) not to accept for the defence theses not checked by the Anti-Plagiarism Systemb) to withhold the defence of a student whose thesis has a ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo of

20 or more6 Supervisors are obliged to again carefully analyse the content of a thesis whose ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor

ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or more

V1 The thesis is reviewed and marked by the supervisor and by one reviewer appointed by the dean The mark

for the thesis is the arithmetic mean of both above-mentioned marks Thesis reviewer can be an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle including a teacher from outside of the University

2 If the thesis is marked ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) by the reviewer the dean sends the thesis back for correction or asks for its assessment by an additional reviewer

3 The thesis should be graded carefully ie the assessment should not simply be a description of the thesis but contain critical comments assess the studentrsquos substantive and technical qualifications and the value of the thesis Specimens for thesis review are given in Attachments 3 C1 (supervisor) and 3 C2 (reviewer)

4 The supervisor and the reviewer are obliged to fill in their reviews for the thesis electronically in Polish5 The student is entitled to know the review for hisher thesis including the grading of the thesis

VI1 The defence is in the form of an oral exam unless the UITM President decides otherwise 2 The defence takes place in front of a committee composed of

a) the dean vice-dean or an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle authorized by the dean ndash as the chairperson

b) the supervisor of the thesis

28

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 22: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

Books ndash full name of the author year of issue title place of issue publisherrsquos name eg Ahmed Leila 1992 Women and Gender in Islam Historical Roots of a Modern Debate New Haven and London Yale University PressTibi Bassam 1997 Fundamentalizm religijny Transl by Janusz Danecki Warszawa PWN (for translations translatorrsquos name must be given)

Articles in books - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) ldquoInrdquo full name of the editor of the book book title (in italics) place of issue publisherrsquos name pages where the quoted article is to be found egBruce Steve 1992 Revelations The Future of New Christian Right In Kaplan Lawrence (ed) Fundamentalism in Comparative Perspective Amherts University of Massachusetts Press pp 100-156

Articles in periodicals - full name of the author year of issue title of the article (upright font) title of the periodical (in italics) numbers of the periodical (both the current one and the one in the year of publication the latter in brackets) pages where the quoted article is to be found egAlrsquoAlwani Taha 1986 The Testimony of Women in Islamic Law The American Journal of Islamic Social Sciences 13 (2) pp 28-45

Articles in pressIf the author of the article is known the data should contain (in that order) full name of the author year of issue of the paper title of the article (upright font) title of the paper (in italics) number of the paper in the year of publication page(s) egKowalski Jan 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie Gazeta Dzisiejsza 80 p 5

If the author of the article is not known the data is given as followsGazeta Dzisiejsza 24042010 Afera korupcyjna w rządzie 80 p 5

Online materials (websites e-books e-journals) full name of the author (editor) year of publication titlename of the page [online] place of publication (if available) information on the URL and date of accessing the source egHolland Matt 2004 Guide to citing Internet sources [online] Poole Bournemouth University At httpwwwbournemouthacuklibraryusingguide_to_citing_internet_sourchtml [20042006]

For more on the Harvard Referencing System seehttpwwwwydawnictwoivgplattachmentsFileZasady_tworzenia_przypis__w_bibliograficznychpdf (file in Polish)httpswwwstaffsacukassetsharvard_quick_guide_tcm44-47797pdf (file in English)

22

VII SUMMARY

The summary should be written according to the model below using Times New Roman size 10 None of the elements from the specimen should be omitted Keywords required in the summary should be understood as 2-3 characteristic names expressions reflecting the subject and content of the thesis

The summary should be put at the end of the thesis after bibliography

In their theses students of first-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in the language in which the thesis is written (Polish or English)In their theses students of second-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in Polish and in English

23

SUMMARY SPECIMEN

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w RzeszowieWydział Administracji i Nauk Społecznych Wydział EkonomicznyWydział Informatyki Stosowanej Wydział Medyczny

Streszczenie pracy dyplomowejThesis title in Polish

AutorPromotorSłowa kluczowe

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in Polish

The University of Information Technology and Management in RzeszoacutewFaculty of Administration and Social Sciences Faculty of EconomicsFaculty of Information Technology Faculty of Medicine

Diploma Thesis SummaryThesis title in English

AuthorSupervisorKeywords

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in English

24

VIII ATTACHMENTS

Attachments to the thesis (if applicable) should form a separate chapter of the thesis placed at the end of it (after the list of references) and considered in the list of contentsAttachments should be written in font Times New Roman size 10 and formatted according to the principles of formatting the text of the thesis margins formulae figures diagrams pictures tables as specified in this regulationIf the attachments are extensive or electronic in form (eg software graphics) they should be placed on a CD and thus attached (in an envelope pasted in at the end of the thesis)This part of the thesis also contains original copies of consents for processing personal data and the original copy of the positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission as applicable

25

Attachment 2 E

SPECIMEN

CONSENT FOR PROCESSING PERSONAL DATA

I the undersigned helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip hereby agree to have my personal

data collected and processed - within the scope of the thesis of student

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip student ID No helliphelliphelliphelliphellip titled helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip whose supervisor is

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip - by the University of Information Technology and

Management in Rzeszoacutew ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew according to the act of 29 th August 1997 on

personal data protection (DzU 2014 item 1182 as amended)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate legible signature

26

Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and principles of conducting a diploma examination

(Defence Principles)

I1 Defences are conducted at the following times

a) in July and September - for students finishing their studies in Juneb) in March - for students finishing their studies in Februarysubject to point II item 4

2 A detailed schedule of defences is established by the deans after consulting the supervisors of the theses3 Students writing a team thesis take their defence exam at the same time In justified cases and with the

deanrsquos consent it is possible for the team to take the defence exam without one or more members (even if only one student takes the exam)

II1 The student submits hisher thesis in paper and electronic form after fulfilling the conditions specified in

point III2 The thesis and attachments referred to in item 3 below must be submitted not later than

a) 30th June ndash for defences conducted in Julyb) 31st August ndash for defences conducted in September c) 28th February ndash for defences conducted in Marchbut no later than 14 days before the date set for the defence exam

3 By the time specified in item 2 the student submits to UITM Deanrsquos Office the following a)1 copy of a bound thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature for acceptance of the thesis The binding for the

thesis should be bought from the Photocopy Rooms at the University The student is entitled to 3 covers for the thesis

b)the thesis in electronic form in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 3 Ac)5 photos (signed with the studentsrsquo name at the back) for the diploma size 45x65 mm against a light

background (the studentrsquos face should take no less than 75 of the picture)For the photos for the diploma a person should be dressed formally ie dark suit and light-coloured shirt for men and a suit or dress with jacket for women (low-cut necklines and immoderate display of femininity are not allowed) Sporty look is to be avoided

d)clearance slip with signatures (clearance slip to be collected in the International Office) and questionnaires to go with the clearance slip if applicable

e)proof of payment for issuing the diplomaf) proofs of other payments according to the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of educationg)application to have a copy of the diploma issued in a foreign language (English French Spanish

German or Russian) ndash for students who would like to receive such a copy h)application to have a supplement to the diploma issued in English (the application should contain the

title of the thesis translated into English) ndash for students who would like to receive such a supplement 4 If it is impossible for the student to submit the thesis for justified reasons the dean may after asking the

supervisorrsquos opinion prolong the time for submitting the thesis but for not longer than two months In such cases the student should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty not later than by the date specified in item 2b) and c)

5 A student who does not submit the thesis in the specified time may apply for a permission to repeat the semester To do that she should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty within 7 days from the specified date for submitting theses

III1 The student is admitted to the defence after fulfilling the following conditions

a) passing all exams and receiving all credits required by the plan of studies for the particular field of study

b) submitting relevant statements concerning the thesis by the student and by the supervisor according to the specimens in Attachment 2 D (the statements should be placed at the second page of the thesis)

27

c) receiving at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo) marks from the reviews of the thesis done by the supervisor and the reviewer

d) satisfying financial requirements specified in the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of education at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

e) submitting the thesis with all documents specified in point II item 32 In the case of instituting disciplinary proceedings against a student suspected of plagiarism of the thesis

that student may not defend the thesis until valid completion of the proceedings

IV1 Theses prepared by students are checked with the Anti-Plagiarism System linked to the university thesis

repository national thesis repository and Internet resources For each thesis the following ratios are establisheda) similarity ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is repeated in other theses to be

found in the repositories and in materials published in the Internet Similarity is understood as every cluster of at least 20 words which can be found in another thesis or materials published in the Internet

b) quotation ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is made up of fragments quoted from other authors

2 The supervisor is responsible for checking a thesis with the Anti-Plagiarism System before it is formally approved for the defence

3 The instruction for operating the Anti-Plagiarism System is available in electronic version on the network drive and at the Virtual University

ODziekanatEgzamin dyplomowy_Prace dyplomoweAntyplagiat_instrukcja dla promotoroacutew

WU Promotor ndash Antyplagiat instrukcja

4 Deanrsquos Office employees accepting the theses in electronic version are obliged toa) enter the accepted theses to the Anti-Plagiarism System on a current basisb) send daily lists of theses in the case of which the ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or

more to the Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of studyc) include in the personal files of a student taking the defence the ldquosimilarity reportrdquo a specimen of

which constitutes Attachment 3 B5 Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of study are obliged

a) not to accept for the defence theses not checked by the Anti-Plagiarism Systemb) to withhold the defence of a student whose thesis has a ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo of

20 or more6 Supervisors are obliged to again carefully analyse the content of a thesis whose ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor

ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or more

V1 The thesis is reviewed and marked by the supervisor and by one reviewer appointed by the dean The mark

for the thesis is the arithmetic mean of both above-mentioned marks Thesis reviewer can be an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle including a teacher from outside of the University

2 If the thesis is marked ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) by the reviewer the dean sends the thesis back for correction or asks for its assessment by an additional reviewer

3 The thesis should be graded carefully ie the assessment should not simply be a description of the thesis but contain critical comments assess the studentrsquos substantive and technical qualifications and the value of the thesis Specimens for thesis review are given in Attachments 3 C1 (supervisor) and 3 C2 (reviewer)

4 The supervisor and the reviewer are obliged to fill in their reviews for the thesis electronically in Polish5 The student is entitled to know the review for hisher thesis including the grading of the thesis

VI1 The defence is in the form of an oral exam unless the UITM President decides otherwise 2 The defence takes place in front of a committee composed of

a) the dean vice-dean or an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle authorized by the dean ndash as the chairperson

b) the supervisor of the thesis

28

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 23: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

VII SUMMARY

The summary should be written according to the model below using Times New Roman size 10 None of the elements from the specimen should be omitted Keywords required in the summary should be understood as 2-3 characteristic names expressions reflecting the subject and content of the thesis

The summary should be put at the end of the thesis after bibliography

In their theses students of first-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in the language in which the thesis is written (Polish or English)In their theses students of second-cycle studies give a summary of the thesis in Polish and in English

23

SUMMARY SPECIMEN

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w RzeszowieWydział Administracji i Nauk Społecznych Wydział EkonomicznyWydział Informatyki Stosowanej Wydział Medyczny

Streszczenie pracy dyplomowejThesis title in Polish

AutorPromotorSłowa kluczowe

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in Polish

The University of Information Technology and Management in RzeszoacutewFaculty of Administration and Social Sciences Faculty of EconomicsFaculty of Information Technology Faculty of Medicine

Diploma Thesis SummaryThesis title in English

AuthorSupervisorKeywords

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in English

24

VIII ATTACHMENTS

Attachments to the thesis (if applicable) should form a separate chapter of the thesis placed at the end of it (after the list of references) and considered in the list of contentsAttachments should be written in font Times New Roman size 10 and formatted according to the principles of formatting the text of the thesis margins formulae figures diagrams pictures tables as specified in this regulationIf the attachments are extensive or electronic in form (eg software graphics) they should be placed on a CD and thus attached (in an envelope pasted in at the end of the thesis)This part of the thesis also contains original copies of consents for processing personal data and the original copy of the positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission as applicable

25

Attachment 2 E

SPECIMEN

CONSENT FOR PROCESSING PERSONAL DATA

I the undersigned helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip hereby agree to have my personal

data collected and processed - within the scope of the thesis of student

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip student ID No helliphelliphelliphelliphellip titled helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip whose supervisor is

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip - by the University of Information Technology and

Management in Rzeszoacutew ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew according to the act of 29 th August 1997 on

personal data protection (DzU 2014 item 1182 as amended)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate legible signature

26

Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and principles of conducting a diploma examination

(Defence Principles)

I1 Defences are conducted at the following times

a) in July and September - for students finishing their studies in Juneb) in March - for students finishing their studies in Februarysubject to point II item 4

2 A detailed schedule of defences is established by the deans after consulting the supervisors of the theses3 Students writing a team thesis take their defence exam at the same time In justified cases and with the

deanrsquos consent it is possible for the team to take the defence exam without one or more members (even if only one student takes the exam)

II1 The student submits hisher thesis in paper and electronic form after fulfilling the conditions specified in

point III2 The thesis and attachments referred to in item 3 below must be submitted not later than

a) 30th June ndash for defences conducted in Julyb) 31st August ndash for defences conducted in September c) 28th February ndash for defences conducted in Marchbut no later than 14 days before the date set for the defence exam

3 By the time specified in item 2 the student submits to UITM Deanrsquos Office the following a)1 copy of a bound thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature for acceptance of the thesis The binding for the

thesis should be bought from the Photocopy Rooms at the University The student is entitled to 3 covers for the thesis

b)the thesis in electronic form in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 3 Ac)5 photos (signed with the studentsrsquo name at the back) for the diploma size 45x65 mm against a light

background (the studentrsquos face should take no less than 75 of the picture)For the photos for the diploma a person should be dressed formally ie dark suit and light-coloured shirt for men and a suit or dress with jacket for women (low-cut necklines and immoderate display of femininity are not allowed) Sporty look is to be avoided

d)clearance slip with signatures (clearance slip to be collected in the International Office) and questionnaires to go with the clearance slip if applicable

e)proof of payment for issuing the diplomaf) proofs of other payments according to the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of educationg)application to have a copy of the diploma issued in a foreign language (English French Spanish

German or Russian) ndash for students who would like to receive such a copy h)application to have a supplement to the diploma issued in English (the application should contain the

title of the thesis translated into English) ndash for students who would like to receive such a supplement 4 If it is impossible for the student to submit the thesis for justified reasons the dean may after asking the

supervisorrsquos opinion prolong the time for submitting the thesis but for not longer than two months In such cases the student should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty not later than by the date specified in item 2b) and c)

5 A student who does not submit the thesis in the specified time may apply for a permission to repeat the semester To do that she should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty within 7 days from the specified date for submitting theses

III1 The student is admitted to the defence after fulfilling the following conditions

a) passing all exams and receiving all credits required by the plan of studies for the particular field of study

b) submitting relevant statements concerning the thesis by the student and by the supervisor according to the specimens in Attachment 2 D (the statements should be placed at the second page of the thesis)

27

c) receiving at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo) marks from the reviews of the thesis done by the supervisor and the reviewer

d) satisfying financial requirements specified in the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of education at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

e) submitting the thesis with all documents specified in point II item 32 In the case of instituting disciplinary proceedings against a student suspected of plagiarism of the thesis

that student may not defend the thesis until valid completion of the proceedings

IV1 Theses prepared by students are checked with the Anti-Plagiarism System linked to the university thesis

repository national thesis repository and Internet resources For each thesis the following ratios are establisheda) similarity ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is repeated in other theses to be

found in the repositories and in materials published in the Internet Similarity is understood as every cluster of at least 20 words which can be found in another thesis or materials published in the Internet

b) quotation ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is made up of fragments quoted from other authors

2 The supervisor is responsible for checking a thesis with the Anti-Plagiarism System before it is formally approved for the defence

3 The instruction for operating the Anti-Plagiarism System is available in electronic version on the network drive and at the Virtual University

ODziekanatEgzamin dyplomowy_Prace dyplomoweAntyplagiat_instrukcja dla promotoroacutew

WU Promotor ndash Antyplagiat instrukcja

4 Deanrsquos Office employees accepting the theses in electronic version are obliged toa) enter the accepted theses to the Anti-Plagiarism System on a current basisb) send daily lists of theses in the case of which the ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or

more to the Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of studyc) include in the personal files of a student taking the defence the ldquosimilarity reportrdquo a specimen of

which constitutes Attachment 3 B5 Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of study are obliged

a) not to accept for the defence theses not checked by the Anti-Plagiarism Systemb) to withhold the defence of a student whose thesis has a ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo of

20 or more6 Supervisors are obliged to again carefully analyse the content of a thesis whose ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor

ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or more

V1 The thesis is reviewed and marked by the supervisor and by one reviewer appointed by the dean The mark

for the thesis is the arithmetic mean of both above-mentioned marks Thesis reviewer can be an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle including a teacher from outside of the University

2 If the thesis is marked ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) by the reviewer the dean sends the thesis back for correction or asks for its assessment by an additional reviewer

3 The thesis should be graded carefully ie the assessment should not simply be a description of the thesis but contain critical comments assess the studentrsquos substantive and technical qualifications and the value of the thesis Specimens for thesis review are given in Attachments 3 C1 (supervisor) and 3 C2 (reviewer)

4 The supervisor and the reviewer are obliged to fill in their reviews for the thesis electronically in Polish5 The student is entitled to know the review for hisher thesis including the grading of the thesis

VI1 The defence is in the form of an oral exam unless the UITM President decides otherwise 2 The defence takes place in front of a committee composed of

a) the dean vice-dean or an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle authorized by the dean ndash as the chairperson

b) the supervisor of the thesis

28

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 24: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

SUMMARY SPECIMEN

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w RzeszowieWydział Administracji i Nauk Społecznych Wydział EkonomicznyWydział Informatyki Stosowanej Wydział Medyczny

Streszczenie pracy dyplomowejThesis title in Polish

AutorPromotorSłowa kluczowe

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in Polish

The University of Information Technology and Management in RzeszoacutewFaculty of Administration and Social Sciences Faculty of EconomicsFaculty of Information Technology Faculty of Medicine

Diploma Thesis SummaryThesis title in English

AuthorSupervisorKeywords

Content ndash a few sentences concerning thesis content in English

24

VIII ATTACHMENTS

Attachments to the thesis (if applicable) should form a separate chapter of the thesis placed at the end of it (after the list of references) and considered in the list of contentsAttachments should be written in font Times New Roman size 10 and formatted according to the principles of formatting the text of the thesis margins formulae figures diagrams pictures tables as specified in this regulationIf the attachments are extensive or electronic in form (eg software graphics) they should be placed on a CD and thus attached (in an envelope pasted in at the end of the thesis)This part of the thesis also contains original copies of consents for processing personal data and the original copy of the positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission as applicable

25

Attachment 2 E

SPECIMEN

CONSENT FOR PROCESSING PERSONAL DATA

I the undersigned helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip hereby agree to have my personal

data collected and processed - within the scope of the thesis of student

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip student ID No helliphelliphelliphelliphellip titled helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip whose supervisor is

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip - by the University of Information Technology and

Management in Rzeszoacutew ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew according to the act of 29 th August 1997 on

personal data protection (DzU 2014 item 1182 as amended)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate legible signature

26

Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and principles of conducting a diploma examination

(Defence Principles)

I1 Defences are conducted at the following times

a) in July and September - for students finishing their studies in Juneb) in March - for students finishing their studies in Februarysubject to point II item 4

2 A detailed schedule of defences is established by the deans after consulting the supervisors of the theses3 Students writing a team thesis take their defence exam at the same time In justified cases and with the

deanrsquos consent it is possible for the team to take the defence exam without one or more members (even if only one student takes the exam)

II1 The student submits hisher thesis in paper and electronic form after fulfilling the conditions specified in

point III2 The thesis and attachments referred to in item 3 below must be submitted not later than

a) 30th June ndash for defences conducted in Julyb) 31st August ndash for defences conducted in September c) 28th February ndash for defences conducted in Marchbut no later than 14 days before the date set for the defence exam

3 By the time specified in item 2 the student submits to UITM Deanrsquos Office the following a)1 copy of a bound thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature for acceptance of the thesis The binding for the

thesis should be bought from the Photocopy Rooms at the University The student is entitled to 3 covers for the thesis

b)the thesis in electronic form in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 3 Ac)5 photos (signed with the studentsrsquo name at the back) for the diploma size 45x65 mm against a light

background (the studentrsquos face should take no less than 75 of the picture)For the photos for the diploma a person should be dressed formally ie dark suit and light-coloured shirt for men and a suit or dress with jacket for women (low-cut necklines and immoderate display of femininity are not allowed) Sporty look is to be avoided

d)clearance slip with signatures (clearance slip to be collected in the International Office) and questionnaires to go with the clearance slip if applicable

e)proof of payment for issuing the diplomaf) proofs of other payments according to the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of educationg)application to have a copy of the diploma issued in a foreign language (English French Spanish

German or Russian) ndash for students who would like to receive such a copy h)application to have a supplement to the diploma issued in English (the application should contain the

title of the thesis translated into English) ndash for students who would like to receive such a supplement 4 If it is impossible for the student to submit the thesis for justified reasons the dean may after asking the

supervisorrsquos opinion prolong the time for submitting the thesis but for not longer than two months In such cases the student should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty not later than by the date specified in item 2b) and c)

5 A student who does not submit the thesis in the specified time may apply for a permission to repeat the semester To do that she should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty within 7 days from the specified date for submitting theses

III1 The student is admitted to the defence after fulfilling the following conditions

a) passing all exams and receiving all credits required by the plan of studies for the particular field of study

b) submitting relevant statements concerning the thesis by the student and by the supervisor according to the specimens in Attachment 2 D (the statements should be placed at the second page of the thesis)

27

c) receiving at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo) marks from the reviews of the thesis done by the supervisor and the reviewer

d) satisfying financial requirements specified in the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of education at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

e) submitting the thesis with all documents specified in point II item 32 In the case of instituting disciplinary proceedings against a student suspected of plagiarism of the thesis

that student may not defend the thesis until valid completion of the proceedings

IV1 Theses prepared by students are checked with the Anti-Plagiarism System linked to the university thesis

repository national thesis repository and Internet resources For each thesis the following ratios are establisheda) similarity ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is repeated in other theses to be

found in the repositories and in materials published in the Internet Similarity is understood as every cluster of at least 20 words which can be found in another thesis or materials published in the Internet

b) quotation ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is made up of fragments quoted from other authors

2 The supervisor is responsible for checking a thesis with the Anti-Plagiarism System before it is formally approved for the defence

3 The instruction for operating the Anti-Plagiarism System is available in electronic version on the network drive and at the Virtual University

ODziekanatEgzamin dyplomowy_Prace dyplomoweAntyplagiat_instrukcja dla promotoroacutew

WU Promotor ndash Antyplagiat instrukcja

4 Deanrsquos Office employees accepting the theses in electronic version are obliged toa) enter the accepted theses to the Anti-Plagiarism System on a current basisb) send daily lists of theses in the case of which the ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or

more to the Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of studyc) include in the personal files of a student taking the defence the ldquosimilarity reportrdquo a specimen of

which constitutes Attachment 3 B5 Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of study are obliged

a) not to accept for the defence theses not checked by the Anti-Plagiarism Systemb) to withhold the defence of a student whose thesis has a ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo of

20 or more6 Supervisors are obliged to again carefully analyse the content of a thesis whose ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor

ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or more

V1 The thesis is reviewed and marked by the supervisor and by one reviewer appointed by the dean The mark

for the thesis is the arithmetic mean of both above-mentioned marks Thesis reviewer can be an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle including a teacher from outside of the University

2 If the thesis is marked ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) by the reviewer the dean sends the thesis back for correction or asks for its assessment by an additional reviewer

3 The thesis should be graded carefully ie the assessment should not simply be a description of the thesis but contain critical comments assess the studentrsquos substantive and technical qualifications and the value of the thesis Specimens for thesis review are given in Attachments 3 C1 (supervisor) and 3 C2 (reviewer)

4 The supervisor and the reviewer are obliged to fill in their reviews for the thesis electronically in Polish5 The student is entitled to know the review for hisher thesis including the grading of the thesis

VI1 The defence is in the form of an oral exam unless the UITM President decides otherwise 2 The defence takes place in front of a committee composed of

a) the dean vice-dean or an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle authorized by the dean ndash as the chairperson

b) the supervisor of the thesis

28

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 25: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

VIII ATTACHMENTS

Attachments to the thesis (if applicable) should form a separate chapter of the thesis placed at the end of it (after the list of references) and considered in the list of contentsAttachments should be written in font Times New Roman size 10 and formatted according to the principles of formatting the text of the thesis margins formulae figures diagrams pictures tables as specified in this regulationIf the attachments are extensive or electronic in form (eg software graphics) they should be placed on a CD and thus attached (in an envelope pasted in at the end of the thesis)This part of the thesis also contains original copies of consents for processing personal data and the original copy of the positive opinion of the UITM Bioethical Commission as applicable

25

Attachment 2 E

SPECIMEN

CONSENT FOR PROCESSING PERSONAL DATA

I the undersigned helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip hereby agree to have my personal

data collected and processed - within the scope of the thesis of student

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip student ID No helliphelliphelliphelliphellip titled helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip whose supervisor is

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip - by the University of Information Technology and

Management in Rzeszoacutew ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew according to the act of 29 th August 1997 on

personal data protection (DzU 2014 item 1182 as amended)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate legible signature

26

Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and principles of conducting a diploma examination

(Defence Principles)

I1 Defences are conducted at the following times

a) in July and September - for students finishing their studies in Juneb) in March - for students finishing their studies in Februarysubject to point II item 4

2 A detailed schedule of defences is established by the deans after consulting the supervisors of the theses3 Students writing a team thesis take their defence exam at the same time In justified cases and with the

deanrsquos consent it is possible for the team to take the defence exam without one or more members (even if only one student takes the exam)

II1 The student submits hisher thesis in paper and electronic form after fulfilling the conditions specified in

point III2 The thesis and attachments referred to in item 3 below must be submitted not later than

a) 30th June ndash for defences conducted in Julyb) 31st August ndash for defences conducted in September c) 28th February ndash for defences conducted in Marchbut no later than 14 days before the date set for the defence exam

3 By the time specified in item 2 the student submits to UITM Deanrsquos Office the following a)1 copy of a bound thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature for acceptance of the thesis The binding for the

thesis should be bought from the Photocopy Rooms at the University The student is entitled to 3 covers for the thesis

b)the thesis in electronic form in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 3 Ac)5 photos (signed with the studentsrsquo name at the back) for the diploma size 45x65 mm against a light

background (the studentrsquos face should take no less than 75 of the picture)For the photos for the diploma a person should be dressed formally ie dark suit and light-coloured shirt for men and a suit or dress with jacket for women (low-cut necklines and immoderate display of femininity are not allowed) Sporty look is to be avoided

d)clearance slip with signatures (clearance slip to be collected in the International Office) and questionnaires to go with the clearance slip if applicable

e)proof of payment for issuing the diplomaf) proofs of other payments according to the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of educationg)application to have a copy of the diploma issued in a foreign language (English French Spanish

German or Russian) ndash for students who would like to receive such a copy h)application to have a supplement to the diploma issued in English (the application should contain the

title of the thesis translated into English) ndash for students who would like to receive such a supplement 4 If it is impossible for the student to submit the thesis for justified reasons the dean may after asking the

supervisorrsquos opinion prolong the time for submitting the thesis but for not longer than two months In such cases the student should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty not later than by the date specified in item 2b) and c)

5 A student who does not submit the thesis in the specified time may apply for a permission to repeat the semester To do that she should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty within 7 days from the specified date for submitting theses

III1 The student is admitted to the defence after fulfilling the following conditions

a) passing all exams and receiving all credits required by the plan of studies for the particular field of study

b) submitting relevant statements concerning the thesis by the student and by the supervisor according to the specimens in Attachment 2 D (the statements should be placed at the second page of the thesis)

27

c) receiving at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo) marks from the reviews of the thesis done by the supervisor and the reviewer

d) satisfying financial requirements specified in the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of education at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

e) submitting the thesis with all documents specified in point II item 32 In the case of instituting disciplinary proceedings against a student suspected of plagiarism of the thesis

that student may not defend the thesis until valid completion of the proceedings

IV1 Theses prepared by students are checked with the Anti-Plagiarism System linked to the university thesis

repository national thesis repository and Internet resources For each thesis the following ratios are establisheda) similarity ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is repeated in other theses to be

found in the repositories and in materials published in the Internet Similarity is understood as every cluster of at least 20 words which can be found in another thesis or materials published in the Internet

b) quotation ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is made up of fragments quoted from other authors

2 The supervisor is responsible for checking a thesis with the Anti-Plagiarism System before it is formally approved for the defence

3 The instruction for operating the Anti-Plagiarism System is available in electronic version on the network drive and at the Virtual University

ODziekanatEgzamin dyplomowy_Prace dyplomoweAntyplagiat_instrukcja dla promotoroacutew

WU Promotor ndash Antyplagiat instrukcja

4 Deanrsquos Office employees accepting the theses in electronic version are obliged toa) enter the accepted theses to the Anti-Plagiarism System on a current basisb) send daily lists of theses in the case of which the ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or

more to the Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of studyc) include in the personal files of a student taking the defence the ldquosimilarity reportrdquo a specimen of

which constitutes Attachment 3 B5 Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of study are obliged

a) not to accept for the defence theses not checked by the Anti-Plagiarism Systemb) to withhold the defence of a student whose thesis has a ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo of

20 or more6 Supervisors are obliged to again carefully analyse the content of a thesis whose ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor

ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or more

V1 The thesis is reviewed and marked by the supervisor and by one reviewer appointed by the dean The mark

for the thesis is the arithmetic mean of both above-mentioned marks Thesis reviewer can be an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle including a teacher from outside of the University

2 If the thesis is marked ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) by the reviewer the dean sends the thesis back for correction or asks for its assessment by an additional reviewer

3 The thesis should be graded carefully ie the assessment should not simply be a description of the thesis but contain critical comments assess the studentrsquos substantive and technical qualifications and the value of the thesis Specimens for thesis review are given in Attachments 3 C1 (supervisor) and 3 C2 (reviewer)

4 The supervisor and the reviewer are obliged to fill in their reviews for the thesis electronically in Polish5 The student is entitled to know the review for hisher thesis including the grading of the thesis

VI1 The defence is in the form of an oral exam unless the UITM President decides otherwise 2 The defence takes place in front of a committee composed of

a) the dean vice-dean or an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle authorized by the dean ndash as the chairperson

b) the supervisor of the thesis

28

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 26: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

Attachment 2 E

SPECIMEN

CONSENT FOR PROCESSING PERSONAL DATA

I the undersigned helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip hereby agree to have my personal

data collected and processed - within the scope of the thesis of student

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip student ID No helliphelliphelliphelliphellip titled helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip whose supervisor is

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip - by the University of Information Technology and

Management in Rzeszoacutew ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew according to the act of 29 th August 1997 on

personal data protection (DzU 2014 item 1182 as amended)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate legible signature

26

Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and principles of conducting a diploma examination

(Defence Principles)

I1 Defences are conducted at the following times

a) in July and September - for students finishing their studies in Juneb) in March - for students finishing their studies in Februarysubject to point II item 4

2 A detailed schedule of defences is established by the deans after consulting the supervisors of the theses3 Students writing a team thesis take their defence exam at the same time In justified cases and with the

deanrsquos consent it is possible for the team to take the defence exam without one or more members (even if only one student takes the exam)

II1 The student submits hisher thesis in paper and electronic form after fulfilling the conditions specified in

point III2 The thesis and attachments referred to in item 3 below must be submitted not later than

a) 30th June ndash for defences conducted in Julyb) 31st August ndash for defences conducted in September c) 28th February ndash for defences conducted in Marchbut no later than 14 days before the date set for the defence exam

3 By the time specified in item 2 the student submits to UITM Deanrsquos Office the following a)1 copy of a bound thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature for acceptance of the thesis The binding for the

thesis should be bought from the Photocopy Rooms at the University The student is entitled to 3 covers for the thesis

b)the thesis in electronic form in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 3 Ac)5 photos (signed with the studentsrsquo name at the back) for the diploma size 45x65 mm against a light

background (the studentrsquos face should take no less than 75 of the picture)For the photos for the diploma a person should be dressed formally ie dark suit and light-coloured shirt for men and a suit or dress with jacket for women (low-cut necklines and immoderate display of femininity are not allowed) Sporty look is to be avoided

d)clearance slip with signatures (clearance slip to be collected in the International Office) and questionnaires to go with the clearance slip if applicable

e)proof of payment for issuing the diplomaf) proofs of other payments according to the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of educationg)application to have a copy of the diploma issued in a foreign language (English French Spanish

German or Russian) ndash for students who would like to receive such a copy h)application to have a supplement to the diploma issued in English (the application should contain the

title of the thesis translated into English) ndash for students who would like to receive such a supplement 4 If it is impossible for the student to submit the thesis for justified reasons the dean may after asking the

supervisorrsquos opinion prolong the time for submitting the thesis but for not longer than two months In such cases the student should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty not later than by the date specified in item 2b) and c)

5 A student who does not submit the thesis in the specified time may apply for a permission to repeat the semester To do that she should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty within 7 days from the specified date for submitting theses

III1 The student is admitted to the defence after fulfilling the following conditions

a) passing all exams and receiving all credits required by the plan of studies for the particular field of study

b) submitting relevant statements concerning the thesis by the student and by the supervisor according to the specimens in Attachment 2 D (the statements should be placed at the second page of the thesis)

27

c) receiving at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo) marks from the reviews of the thesis done by the supervisor and the reviewer

d) satisfying financial requirements specified in the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of education at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

e) submitting the thesis with all documents specified in point II item 32 In the case of instituting disciplinary proceedings against a student suspected of plagiarism of the thesis

that student may not defend the thesis until valid completion of the proceedings

IV1 Theses prepared by students are checked with the Anti-Plagiarism System linked to the university thesis

repository national thesis repository and Internet resources For each thesis the following ratios are establisheda) similarity ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is repeated in other theses to be

found in the repositories and in materials published in the Internet Similarity is understood as every cluster of at least 20 words which can be found in another thesis or materials published in the Internet

b) quotation ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is made up of fragments quoted from other authors

2 The supervisor is responsible for checking a thesis with the Anti-Plagiarism System before it is formally approved for the defence

3 The instruction for operating the Anti-Plagiarism System is available in electronic version on the network drive and at the Virtual University

ODziekanatEgzamin dyplomowy_Prace dyplomoweAntyplagiat_instrukcja dla promotoroacutew

WU Promotor ndash Antyplagiat instrukcja

4 Deanrsquos Office employees accepting the theses in electronic version are obliged toa) enter the accepted theses to the Anti-Plagiarism System on a current basisb) send daily lists of theses in the case of which the ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or

more to the Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of studyc) include in the personal files of a student taking the defence the ldquosimilarity reportrdquo a specimen of

which constitutes Attachment 3 B5 Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of study are obliged

a) not to accept for the defence theses not checked by the Anti-Plagiarism Systemb) to withhold the defence of a student whose thesis has a ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo of

20 or more6 Supervisors are obliged to again carefully analyse the content of a thesis whose ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor

ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or more

V1 The thesis is reviewed and marked by the supervisor and by one reviewer appointed by the dean The mark

for the thesis is the arithmetic mean of both above-mentioned marks Thesis reviewer can be an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle including a teacher from outside of the University

2 If the thesis is marked ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) by the reviewer the dean sends the thesis back for correction or asks for its assessment by an additional reviewer

3 The thesis should be graded carefully ie the assessment should not simply be a description of the thesis but contain critical comments assess the studentrsquos substantive and technical qualifications and the value of the thesis Specimens for thesis review are given in Attachments 3 C1 (supervisor) and 3 C2 (reviewer)

4 The supervisor and the reviewer are obliged to fill in their reviews for the thesis electronically in Polish5 The student is entitled to know the review for hisher thesis including the grading of the thesis

VI1 The defence is in the form of an oral exam unless the UITM President decides otherwise 2 The defence takes place in front of a committee composed of

a) the dean vice-dean or an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle authorized by the dean ndash as the chairperson

b) the supervisor of the thesis

28

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 27: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos RegulationNo 452015 of 17092015

Conditions for admitting a student to a diploma examination and principles of conducting a diploma examination

(Defence Principles)

I1 Defences are conducted at the following times

a) in July and September - for students finishing their studies in Juneb) in March - for students finishing their studies in Februarysubject to point II item 4

2 A detailed schedule of defences is established by the deans after consulting the supervisors of the theses3 Students writing a team thesis take their defence exam at the same time In justified cases and with the

deanrsquos consent it is possible for the team to take the defence exam without one or more members (even if only one student takes the exam)

II1 The student submits hisher thesis in paper and electronic form after fulfilling the conditions specified in

point III2 The thesis and attachments referred to in item 3 below must be submitted not later than

a) 30th June ndash for defences conducted in Julyb) 31st August ndash for defences conducted in September c) 28th February ndash for defences conducted in Marchbut no later than 14 days before the date set for the defence exam

3 By the time specified in item 2 the student submits to UITM Deanrsquos Office the following a)1 copy of a bound thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature for acceptance of the thesis The binding for the

thesis should be bought from the Photocopy Rooms at the University The student is entitled to 3 covers for the thesis

b)the thesis in electronic form in accordance with the rules specified in Attachment 3 Ac)5 photos (signed with the studentsrsquo name at the back) for the diploma size 45x65 mm against a light

background (the studentrsquos face should take no less than 75 of the picture)For the photos for the diploma a person should be dressed formally ie dark suit and light-coloured shirt for men and a suit or dress with jacket for women (low-cut necklines and immoderate display of femininity are not allowed) Sporty look is to be avoided

d)clearance slip with signatures (clearance slip to be collected in the International Office) and questionnaires to go with the clearance slip if applicable

e)proof of payment for issuing the diplomaf) proofs of other payments according to the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of educationg)application to have a copy of the diploma issued in a foreign language (English French Spanish

German or Russian) ndash for students who would like to receive such a copy h)application to have a supplement to the diploma issued in English (the application should contain the

title of the thesis translated into English) ndash for students who would like to receive such a supplement 4 If it is impossible for the student to submit the thesis for justified reasons the dean may after asking the

supervisorrsquos opinion prolong the time for submitting the thesis but for not longer than two months In such cases the student should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty not later than by the date specified in item 2b) and c)

5 A student who does not submit the thesis in the specified time may apply for a permission to repeat the semester To do that she should submit a suitable application to the dean of the faculty within 7 days from the specified date for submitting theses

III1 The student is admitted to the defence after fulfilling the following conditions

a) passing all exams and receiving all credits required by the plan of studies for the particular field of study

b) submitting relevant statements concerning the thesis by the student and by the supervisor according to the specimens in Attachment 2 D (the statements should be placed at the second page of the thesis)

27

c) receiving at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo) marks from the reviews of the thesis done by the supervisor and the reviewer

d) satisfying financial requirements specified in the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of education at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

e) submitting the thesis with all documents specified in point II item 32 In the case of instituting disciplinary proceedings against a student suspected of plagiarism of the thesis

that student may not defend the thesis until valid completion of the proceedings

IV1 Theses prepared by students are checked with the Anti-Plagiarism System linked to the university thesis

repository national thesis repository and Internet resources For each thesis the following ratios are establisheda) similarity ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is repeated in other theses to be

found in the repositories and in materials published in the Internet Similarity is understood as every cluster of at least 20 words which can be found in another thesis or materials published in the Internet

b) quotation ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is made up of fragments quoted from other authors

2 The supervisor is responsible for checking a thesis with the Anti-Plagiarism System before it is formally approved for the defence

3 The instruction for operating the Anti-Plagiarism System is available in electronic version on the network drive and at the Virtual University

ODziekanatEgzamin dyplomowy_Prace dyplomoweAntyplagiat_instrukcja dla promotoroacutew

WU Promotor ndash Antyplagiat instrukcja

4 Deanrsquos Office employees accepting the theses in electronic version are obliged toa) enter the accepted theses to the Anti-Plagiarism System on a current basisb) send daily lists of theses in the case of which the ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or

more to the Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of studyc) include in the personal files of a student taking the defence the ldquosimilarity reportrdquo a specimen of

which constitutes Attachment 3 B5 Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of study are obliged

a) not to accept for the defence theses not checked by the Anti-Plagiarism Systemb) to withhold the defence of a student whose thesis has a ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo of

20 or more6 Supervisors are obliged to again carefully analyse the content of a thesis whose ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor

ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or more

V1 The thesis is reviewed and marked by the supervisor and by one reviewer appointed by the dean The mark

for the thesis is the arithmetic mean of both above-mentioned marks Thesis reviewer can be an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle including a teacher from outside of the University

2 If the thesis is marked ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) by the reviewer the dean sends the thesis back for correction or asks for its assessment by an additional reviewer

3 The thesis should be graded carefully ie the assessment should not simply be a description of the thesis but contain critical comments assess the studentrsquos substantive and technical qualifications and the value of the thesis Specimens for thesis review are given in Attachments 3 C1 (supervisor) and 3 C2 (reviewer)

4 The supervisor and the reviewer are obliged to fill in their reviews for the thesis electronically in Polish5 The student is entitled to know the review for hisher thesis including the grading of the thesis

VI1 The defence is in the form of an oral exam unless the UITM President decides otherwise 2 The defence takes place in front of a committee composed of

a) the dean vice-dean or an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle authorized by the dean ndash as the chairperson

b) the supervisor of the thesis

28

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 28: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

c) receiving at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo) marks from the reviews of the thesis done by the supervisor and the reviewer

d) satisfying financial requirements specified in the Payment Policy for studies and other forms of education at the University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutew

e) submitting the thesis with all documents specified in point II item 32 In the case of instituting disciplinary proceedings against a student suspected of plagiarism of the thesis

that student may not defend the thesis until valid completion of the proceedings

IV1 Theses prepared by students are checked with the Anti-Plagiarism System linked to the university thesis

repository national thesis repository and Internet resources For each thesis the following ratios are establisheda) similarity ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is repeated in other theses to be

found in the repositories and in materials published in the Internet Similarity is understood as every cluster of at least 20 words which can be found in another thesis or materials published in the Internet

b) quotation ratio - informing what percentage of the analysed thesis is made up of fragments quoted from other authors

2 The supervisor is responsible for checking a thesis with the Anti-Plagiarism System before it is formally approved for the defence

3 The instruction for operating the Anti-Plagiarism System is available in electronic version on the network drive and at the Virtual University

ODziekanatEgzamin dyplomowy_Prace dyplomoweAntyplagiat_instrukcja dla promotoroacutew

WU Promotor ndash Antyplagiat instrukcja

4 Deanrsquos Office employees accepting the theses in electronic version are obliged toa) enter the accepted theses to the Anti-Plagiarism System on a current basisb) send daily lists of theses in the case of which the ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or

more to the Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of studyc) include in the personal files of a student taking the defence the ldquosimilarity reportrdquo a specimen of

which constitutes Attachment 3 B5 Vice-Deans responsible for the particular fields of study are obliged

a) not to accept for the defence theses not checked by the Anti-Plagiarism Systemb) to withhold the defence of a student whose thesis has a ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor ldquoquotation ratiordquo of

20 or more6 Supervisors are obliged to again carefully analyse the content of a thesis whose ldquosimilarity ratiordquo andor

ldquoquotation ratiordquo is 20 or more

V1 The thesis is reviewed and marked by the supervisor and by one reviewer appointed by the dean The mark

for the thesis is the arithmetic mean of both above-mentioned marks Thesis reviewer can be an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle including a teacher from outside of the University

2 If the thesis is marked ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) by the reviewer the dean sends the thesis back for correction or asks for its assessment by an additional reviewer

3 The thesis should be graded carefully ie the assessment should not simply be a description of the thesis but contain critical comments assess the studentrsquos substantive and technical qualifications and the value of the thesis Specimens for thesis review are given in Attachments 3 C1 (supervisor) and 3 C2 (reviewer)

4 The supervisor and the reviewer are obliged to fill in their reviews for the thesis electronically in Polish5 The student is entitled to know the review for hisher thesis including the grading of the thesis

VI1 The defence is in the form of an oral exam unless the UITM President decides otherwise 2 The defence takes place in front of a committee composed of

a) the dean vice-dean or an academic teacher with an academic degreetitle authorized by the dean ndash as the chairperson

b) the supervisor of the thesis

28

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 29: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

c) the reviewer of the thesis subject to items 3 and 4

3 In particularly justified cases the dean may grant consent for the supervisor or reviewer of the thesis to be absent from the defence In such cases the dean appoints another academic teacher with an academic degreetitle to complete the committeersquos composition The appointed teacher should represent the scientific discipline covering the issues of the particular thesis or a related discipline

4 For team theses the committee is composed of the supervisors and reviewers for the particular team member(s)

5 The course of the defence is minuted The minutes form is given in Attachment 3 C36 With the deanrsquos consent the student may defend the thesis in a foreign language7 The defence comprises of the following

a) the student presenting the thesis for no longer than 15 minutes the presentation may be prepared and shown using one of the computer applications designed for such aims eg Power Point or using a text projector

b) the reviewer presenting a short opinion on the thesis c) the student answering

- two problem-solving questions concerning the learning outcomes from within hisher field of study

- one question from the material covered by the thesis8 The mark from the defence is an arithmetic mean of the marks obtained by the student for answering the

questions referred to in item 6 c) rounded to a full or half-mark iea) if the arithmetic mean is 299 or less the mark is written as 20b) if the arithmetic mean is between 30 and 349 the mark is written as 30c) if the arithmetic mean is between 350 and 374 the mark is written as 35d) if the arithmetic mean is between 375 and 424 the mark is written as 40e) if the arithmetic mean is between 425 and 450 the mark is written as 45f) if the arithmetic mean is between 451 and 500 the mark is written as 50

9 At the request of the student or the supervisor the defence may be open to the public In order to do so the student or the supervisor should submit a written application to that effect to the dean 7 days before the date set for the defence at the latest

29

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 30: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

VII1 If the student receives an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend

hisher thesis the dean determines a second date for the defence The repeated defence cannot take place earlier than after one month from the first defence

2 If the student receives again an ldquounsatisfactoryrdquo (ldquoniedostatecznyrdquo) mark at hisher defence or does not defend hisher thesis at the second date the dean decides to have the student expelled

3 Within a year from the date of the first defence a student expelled pursuant to item 2 can apply to reenrol and have another date set for the defence

VIII1 The student finishes studies after passing the defence with a mark of at least ldquosatisfactoryrdquo (ldquodostatecznyrdquo)

The graduate receives a diploma 2 The basis for the final mark is as follows

a) grade point average from the studies counting as 60 of the final markb) the mark from the thesis counting as 20 of the final markc) the mark from the defence counting as 20 of the final mark

3 The final mark is written in the diploma according to the rules below subject to item 4a) if the final mark from the studies is 374 or less the mark is written as satisfactoryb) if the final mark from the studies is between 375 and 439 the mark is written as goodc) if the final mark from the studies is between 44 and 50 the mark is written as very good

4 If the grade point average from the studies is lower than 30 the final mark written in the diploma cannot be higher than satisfactory

IX1 One copy of the thesis with the supervisorrsquos signature of accepting the thesis is stored in paper version in

the studentrsquos files according to the Ordinance of the Minister of Science and Higher Education of 14 th

September 2011 on documentation of the course of studying (Dz U of 2011 No 201 item 1188)2 Theses in paper versions are stored in accordance with the Chancellorrsquos Regulation No 1282001 of

28092001 (as amended) on Document Circulation Regulations Archival Regulations and Subject File Index defining the scope of activity for the registry and principles and procedures concerning handling UITM documentation

X1 On passing the defence the electronic form of the thesis is included in the national repository of written

theses (ORPD) kept according to art 167b of the Law on Higher Education act2 ORPD does not include theses which contain information protected according to the provisions on

confidential information protection

30

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 31: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

Attachment 3 A

I ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis should be prepared as follows

middot Thesis file with appropriate name 2015_UEZ_12345_p

year of defence symbol of the group students record book number thesis (in Polish ldquopracardquo)

The file with the thesis should be saved in Microsoft Word format The thesis may not be protected with a password (this applies also to write-protection)

The file with the thesis should contain all required elements such as title page introduction the main body of the thesis conclusion bibliography list of tables and figures summary and potential attachments middot If there is one or more attachments to the thesis as a separate file(s) it should be named

2015_UEZ_12345_z (where ldquozrdquo means ldquoattachmentrdquo ndash ldquozałącznikrdquo in Polish) If there is more than one file attached to the thesis they should be compressed with an archive program to the ZIP format to one file named 2015_UEZ_12345_z and the attachments themselves may have any names File names should not exceed 12 characters

II SUBMITTING THE ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE THESIS

The electronic version of the thesis is submitted by sending it by means of the Virtual University After logging in to the Virtual University (URL httpwuwsizrzeszowpl) you should choose ldquoStudentrdquo in the menu on the left side of the screen You will have several options to choose from In order to submit the thesis choose ldquoThesisrdquo

31

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 32: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

In that window you will see information concerning the thesis such as the supervisorrsquos data and the status of the thesis In the example below the status is ldquoNonerdquo because the thesis has not been submitted yet After the thesis is sent the status changes to ldquoSentrdquo and after the thesis is read by an employee from the International Office the status changes to ldquoAcceptedrdquo or ldquoRequires changesrdquo ndash if the thesis does not comply with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the similarity rate shown by the UITM Anti-plagiarism System exceeds the established levelNote If after submitting the thesis any changes are introduced for important reasons in its text the student should report to the International Office employee and determine a way of replacing the thesis with the corrected version

To send the thesis first you have to enter a description of it which you can do by clicking ldquoEnter descriptionrdquo

A window opens in which you have to enter the following data thesis title abstract (summary) and keywords

Students of first-cycle studies enter the data only in Polish Students of second-cycle studies enter the data in Polish and in English

32

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 33: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

To enter the data click ldquoChangerdquo and write the necessary information

The entry is accepted by clicking ldquoSaverdquo After entering and saving all data click ldquoBackrdquo

Note Students who do not enter all required information (thesis title abstract and keywords) cannot pass on to the next stage of submitting their thesis

After clicking ldquoBackrdquo you return to the window showing information concerning the thesis

The example below shows the title of the thesis entered as given aboveTo pass on to the next stage of submitting the thesis please click the button ldquoSend thesis file(s)rdquo

33

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 34: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

A window appears in which you choose the type of file you want to send (Thesis file or Attachment to thesis) and then click ldquoSend filerdquo

34

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 35: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

Information about browser security may appear If it does click ldquoTakrdquordquoYesrdquo both times

A window appears in which you should click the active button ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo That window and several following ones are in Polish which is necessary for technical reasons

35

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 36: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

After clicking ldquoWybierz plik do przesłaniardquo find your previously prepared file with the thesis which you want to submit on the disc After choosing the right file accept it by clicking ldquoOtwoacuterzrdquo

Once chosen the right thesis file is sent by clicking ldquoYesrdquo If by mistake a wrong file has been chosen click ldquoNordquo and choose a file once again

If the file has been sent successfully the following message appears

Click ldquoOKrdquo ndash the page will reload When it does the final message appears informing you if the file has been sent successfully

36

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 37: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

After clicking ldquoNextrdquo a window appears showing the sent file If the thesis has an attachment it has to be sent as well You should then choose Attachment to thesis as your file type and repeat the procedure for sending the file

On finishing the process of sending the thesis click ldquoBackrdquo to come back to the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo

To check whether the thesis sent in its electronic form has been accepted choose the option ldquoStudent - Thesisrdquo at the Virtual University

NOTE the confirmation that the electronic version of the thesis has been accepted can appear one day after the thesis is sent at the earliest

37

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 38: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

If the thesis has been accepted you will see a date and the message ldquoThesis has been acceptedrdquo in the field ldquoDate of submitting the thesisrdquo and the message ldquoAcceptedrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field This is shown below on an example

If the thesis is found not to be in compliance with the ldquoInstruction for writing a thesisrdquo or if the established similarity rate in the Anti-plagiarism System is exceeded the date of submitting the thesis will not be shown in the window ldquoStudent ndash Thesisrdquo and the message ldquoRequires changesrdquo will appear in the ldquoStatusrdquo field

In such cases the student needs to read the information about what needs to be corrected in the thesis as given in the field ldquoNotesrdquo or contact the Deanrsquos office After corrections the thesis must be sent again according to the above described thesis sending procedure It is possible to correct and resend the thesis no more than three times

38

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 39: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

Attachment 3 B (filled in Polish)

Raport podobieństwa z dnia (helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip)

Numer Albumu Nazwisko i imiona studenta symbol studioacutew Temat pracy

Promotor

Ilość wyrazoacutew w dokumencie

Ilość podobieństw

Ilość powtoacuterzonych wyrazoacutew

Najdłuższy powtoacuterzony tekst

Czas trwania analizy

Stopień podobieństwa sumaryczny

Stopień podobieństwa bdquopraceldquo

Stopień podobieństwa bdquointernetldquo

Odsetek cytatoacutew w pracy

w przypadku gdy- stopień podobieństwa wynosi 20 i więcej lub- odsetek cytatoacutew wynosi 20 i więcej konieczna jest akceptacja promotora i dziekana

Decyzja promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis promotora)

Decyzja Dziekana helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(data i podpis dziekana)

39

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 40: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

Attachment 3 C1The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - SUPERVISOR

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Evaluation the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in diploma thesis

2 Substantive assessment of the thesis

3 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

4 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

5 Assessment of the studentrsquos involvement in writing the thesis

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Supervisorrsquos signature

40

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 41: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

Attachment 3 C2The University of Information Technology and Management in Rzeszoacutewul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutew

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Rzeszoacutew

I kindly ask for evaluation of the attached thesisThe diploma examination will be held on helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(stamp and signature of the Dean)

Evaluation of BachelorsEngineerrsquosMasterrsquos Thesis - REVIEWER

Thesis subjectFull name of the studentStudentrsquos ID NoFull name of the supervisor

1 Does the content of the thesis correspond to the topic specified in the title

2 Evaluation of the technique of writing stylistic and linguistic correctness in the diploma thesis

3 Substantive assessment of the thesis

4 To what extent does the thesis represent a new approach to the problem subject matter

5 Assessment of the selection and the use of sources

I estimate the work as(Scale very good good plus good satisfactory plus satisfactory unsatisfactory)

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipDate Reviewerrsquos signature

in the case of a negative response justification is required

41

Dear SirMadam

(Title Reviewer Name amp Surname)

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 42: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

Attachment 3 D (filled in Polish)

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania ul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22Wydział helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

P R O T O K Oacute ŁKomisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego licencjackiegoinżynierskiegomagisterskiego

z dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Pan(i) (Nazwisko i imięimiona) imię ojca helliphelliphelliphellipurodzony dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip rokumiejsce urodzenia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipstudent(ka) Wydziału helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip numer albumu helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipkierunek helliphelliphellip (forma stacjonarneniestacjonarne) (poziom I stopnia ndash

licencjackieinzynierskie II stopnia ndash magisterskie)rok immatrykulacji (data immatrykulacji)specjalność podstawowa helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip zdawał(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjacki inżynierskimagisterskiw dniu (data) przed Komisją Egzaminacyjną w składzie

Przewodniczący helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipPromotor zastępstwo promotora helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipRecenzentzastępstwo recenzenta helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Temat hellip

Pytania egzaminacyjne ocena

1)

2)

3)

Biorąc pod uwagę przebieg studioacutew ocenę pracy dyplomowej ocenę z egzaminu dyplomowego1 Średnia ocen za studia helliphellip 060 = helliphellip2 Ocena pracy dyplomowej helliphellip 020 = helliphellip3 Ocena z egzaminu dyplomowego 020 = Ostateczny wynik studioacutew

Komisja jednogłośniewiększością głosoacutew uznała żePan(i) (Nazwisko i imię studenta(tki) Złożył(a) egzamin dyplomowy licencjackiinżynierski magisterskii nadaje tytuł licencjat inżynier magisterOcena na dyplomie

(skala bardzo dobry dobry dostateczny)

podpisy członkoacutew Komisji podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji

Promotor

42

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
Page 43: ZARZĄDZENIE NR 121/2002 - wsiz. Web viewDo not put a space between a word and a punctuation ... Prototype of a light tank “Skald 2” prepared in the workshop of ... Infantry. Artillery

Załącznik do Protokołu Komisji Egzaminu Dyplomowego

Wyższa Szkoła Informatyki i Zarządzania z siedzibą w Rzeszowie Rzeszoacutew dnia helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipul Sucharskiego 2 35-225 Rzeszoacutewtel (0 prefix 17) 866 11 11fax (0 prefix 17) 866 12 22

OCENA SPOSOBU WYKORZYSTANIA PRACY DYPLOMOWEJ

Temat pracy helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Imię i nazwisko helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Nr albumu helliphelliphelliphellip

Seminarium (promotor) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

Załączona praca dyplomowa kwalifikuje się do(proszę zaznaczyć krzyżykiem)

przekazania Działowi Sprzedaży WSIiZ w Rzeszowie

zamieszczenia w Wirtualnej Uczelni jako materiał dydaktyczny dla studentoacutew w zakładce bdquoPrace dyplomowe jako skrypty dydaktycznerdquo

udziału w uczelnianym Konkursie na najlepszą pracę dyplomową

(podpis Przewodniczącego Komisji)

43

  • Attachment 1 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 2 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation
  • Attachment 3 to the Presidentrsquos Regulation